ML13353A478: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 15: Line 15:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Tennessee Valley Authority, Post Office Box 2000, Spring City, Tennessee 37381-2000 December 12, 201310 CFR 50.34(b)10 CFR 50.6710 CFR 100U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Document Control DeskWashington, D.C. 20555-0001 Watts Bar Nuclear Plant, Unit 2NRC Docket No. 50-391
{{#Wiki_filter:Tennessee Valley Authority, Post Office Box 2000, Spring City, Tennessee 37381-2000 December 12, 2013 10 CFR 50.34(b)10 CFR 50.67 10 CFR 100 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Document Control Desk Washington, D.C. 20555-0001 Watts Bar Nuclear Plant, Unit 2 NRC Docket No. 50-391  


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
 
Watts Bar Nuclear Plant Unit 2 -Fuel Handling Accident Dose Analysis Final Safety Analysis Report and Technical Specification Revision  
Watts Bar Nuclear Plant Unit 2 -Fuel Handling Accident DoseAnalysis Final Safety Analysis Report and Technical Specification Revision


==References:==
==References:==
: 1. NRC letter to TVA dated June 19, 2013, "Watts Bar Nuclear Plant,Unit 1 -Issuance of Amendment to Allow Selective Implementation ofAlternate Source Term to Analyze the Dose Consequences Associated with Fuel-Handling Accidents (TAC NO. ME8877)"(ADAMS Accession No. ML13141A564)
: 1. NRC letter to TVA dated June 19, 2013, "Watts Bar Nuclear Plant, Unit 1 -Issuance of Amendment to Allow Selective Implementation of Alternate Source Term to Analyze the Dose Consequences Associated with Fuel-Handling Accidents (TAC NO. ME8877)" (ADAMS Accession No. ML13141A564)
: 2. TVA letter to NRC dated August 5, 2011, "Watts Bar Nuclear Plant(WBN) Unit 2 -Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) -Chapter 15.5Design Basis Dose Accident Analysis" (ADAMS Accession No. ML11222A022)
: 2. TVA letter to NRC dated August 5, 2011, "Watts Bar Nuclear Plant (WBN) Unit 2 -Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) -Chapter 15.5 Design Basis Dose Accident Analysis" (ADAMS Accession No. ML11222A022)
: 3. TVA letter to NRC dated September 23, 2011, "Watts Bar Nuclear Plant(WBN) Unit 2 -Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) -Chapter 15.5Fuel Handling Accident (FHA) Dose Analysis" (ADAMS Accession No. ML1 1269A064)
: 3. TVA letter to NRC dated September 23, 2011, "Watts Bar Nuclear Plant (WBN) Unit 2 -Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) -Chapter 15.5 Fuel Handling Accident (FHA) Dose Analysis" (ADAMS Accession No. ML1 1269A064)This letter provides revised Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) discussions and Technical Specification (TS) and Technical Specification Bases (TSB) changes associated with the Design Basis Accident (DBA) discussion for the Fuel Handling Accident (FHA) at Watts Bar Nuclear Plant (WBN) Unit 2. The changes to the WBN Unit 2 documents provide consistency with the recently approved amendment issued for WBN Unit 1 (Reference 1).
This letter provides revised Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) discussions andTechnical Specification (TS) and Technical Specification Bases (TSB) changesassociated with the Design Basis Accident (DBA) discussion for the Fuel HandlingAccident (FHA) at Watts Bar Nuclear Plant (WBN) Unit 2. The changes to the WBNUnit 2 documents provide consistency with the recently approved amendment issued forWBN Unit 1 (Reference 1).
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Page 2 December 12, 2013 WBN Unit 1 submitted a license amendment request to implement the Alternate Source Term (AST) methodology for the FHA. The amendment included TS and TSB changes to remove the requirements for certain safety-related filtration systems to be operable during refueling because no credit was taken for radionuclide removal by those systems in the FHA. By Reference 3, WBN Unit 2 submitted a FHA based on the AST methodology for a dropped fuel assembly in the Auxiliary Building and in the containment when the containment was not isolated.
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Page 2December 12, 2013WBN Unit 1 submitted a license amendment request to implement the Alternate SourceTerm (AST) methodology for the FHA. The amendment included TS and TSB changesto remove the requirements for certain safety-related filtration systems to be operableduring refueling because no credit was taken for radionuclide removal by those systemsin the FHA. By Reference 3, WBN Unit 2 submitted a FHA based on the ASTmethodology for a dropped fuel assembly in the Auxiliary Building and in thecontainment when the containment was not isolated.
The Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) determined that the WBN Unit 2 FHA analysis was acceptable in NUREG-0847 Supplemental Safety Evaluation Report (SSER) 25, "Safety Evaluation Report Related to the Operation of Watts Bar Nuclear Plant, Unit 2." The WBN Unit 1 FHA Amendment did not include a specific evaluation for the case when the primary containment is closed and the purge system is in operation because the results from the containment closed case are clearly bounded by the containment open case. The WBN 2 FSAR currently includes a dose analysis for the FHA with the containment closed based on Regulatory Guide 1.25 guidance.
The Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) determined that the WBN Unit 2 FHA analysis was acceptable inNUREG-0847 Supplemental Safety Evaluation Report (SSER) 25, "Safety Evaluation Report Related to the Operation of Watts Bar Nuclear Plant, Unit 2."The WBN Unit 1 FHA Amendment did not include a specific evaluation for the casewhen the primary containment is closed and the purge system is in operation becausethe results from the containment closed case are clearly bounded by the containment open case. The WBN 2 FSAR currently includes a dose analysis for the FHA with thecontainment closed based on Regulatory Guide 1.25 guidance.
This letter provides a revised WBN Unit 2 FHA FSAR Section 15.5.6 discussion consistent with the approved Unit 1 License Amendment Request (LAR). This change removes the discussion of the Regulatory Guide 1.25 analysis for the closed containment case. Changes to the Unit 2 TS and TSB to be consistent with the approved Unit 1 TS and TSB are provided.Changes to WBN Unit 2 FSAR Chapters 6 and 9 that remove the mitigation of an FHA as a design basis for the safety related filtration systems consistent with the WBN Unit 1 Amendment are also provided.Enclosure 1 provides a discussion of changes to the FHA analysis currently described in the FSAR.Enclosures 2 through 5 provide red-line markup and final versions of FSAR Sections in Chapters 6, 9, and 15. Enclosures 6 through 9 provide the red-lined markup and final versions of the WBN Unit 2 TS and TSB consistent with Reference  
This letter provides arevised WBN Unit 2 FHA FSAR Section 15.5.6 discussion consistent with the approvedUnit 1 License Amendment Request (LAR). This change removes the discussion of theRegulatory Guide 1.25 analysis for the closed containment case. Changes to the Unit 2TS and TSB to be consistent with the approved Unit 1 TS and TSB are provided.
: 1. Enclosure 10 shows the deletion of Technical Requirements Manual Section 3.9.1, "Decay Time." This requirement has been moved to a new TS Section 3.9.8, "Decay Time." The FSAR changes will be incorporated in Amendment 111. This is a new regulatory commitment.
Changes to WBN Unit 2 FSAR Chapters 6 and 9 that remove the mitigation of an FHAas a design basis for the safety related filtration systems consistent with the WBN Unit 1Amendment are also provided.
If you have any questions, please call me at (423) 365-2004.I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on the 12th day of December, 2013.on Arent Director, Watts Bar Licensing Nuclear Construction U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Page 3 December 12, 2013  
Enclosure 1 provides a discussion of changes to the FHA analysis currently described inthe FSAR.Enclosures 2 through 5 provide red-line markup and final versions of FSAR Sections inChapters 6, 9, and 15. Enclosures 6 through 9 provide the red-lined markup and finalversions of the WBN Unit 2 TS and TSB consistent with Reference  
: 1. Enclosure 10shows the deletion of Technical Requirements Manual Section 3.9.1, "Decay Time."This requirement has been moved to a new TS Section 3.9.8, "Decay Time."The FSAR changes will be incorporated in Amendment 111. This is a new regulatory commitment.
If you have any questions, please call me at (423) 365-2004.
I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed on the12th day of December, 2013.on ArentDirector, Watts Bar Licensing Nuclear Construction U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Page 3December 12, 2013


==Enclosures:==
==Enclosures:==
: 1. WBN Unit 2 Revised FSAR Section 15.5 Fuel Handling Accident DoseAnalysis Results2. WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Section 15.5. -Red-Lined
: 1. WBN Unit 2 Revised FSAR Section 15.5 Fuel Handling Accident Dose Analysis Results 2. WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Section 15.5. -Red-Lined 3. WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, 9.4. and 15.5 -Final 4. WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 -Red-Lined 5. WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 -Final 6. WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification Red-Line Markup 7. WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification  
: 3. WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, 9.4. and 15.5 -Final4. WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 -Red-Lined
-Final 8. WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification Bases Red-Line Markup 9. WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification Bases -Final 10. WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Requirements Manual Section 3.9.1 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Page 4 December 12, 2013 cc (Enclosures):
: 5. WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 -Final6. WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification Red-Line Markup7. WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification  
U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Region II Marquis One Tower 245 Peachtree Center Ave., NE Suite 1200 Atlanta, Georgia 30303-1257 NRC Resident Inspector Unit 2 Watts Bar Nuclear Plant 1260 Nuclear Plant Road Spring City, Tennessee 37381 Enclosure 1 WBN Unit 2 Revised FSAR Section 15.5 Dose Analysis The Watts Bar Nuclear Plant (WBN) Unit 2 Fuel Handling Accident (FHA) was updated to use the Alternate Source Term (AST) described in Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 for an event in the spent fuel pool located in the Auxiliary Building or in the containment when the equipment hatch, or both doors in a personnel air lock, are open. The analysis for a dropped fuel assembly inside containment when the containment air locks and equipment hatch are closed continued to use the methodology of RG-1.25. This change was approved by the NRC as documented in NUREG-0847 Supplement 25, "Safety Evaluation Report Related to the Operation of Watts Bar Nuclear Plant, Unit 2." Subsequently, WBN Unit 1 submitted a License Amendment Request (LAR) to selectively implement the AST for the FHA. The NRC approved this request June 19, 2013, as Amendment
-Final8. WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification Bases Red-Line Markup9. WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification Bases -Final10. WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Requirements Manual Section 3.9.1 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Page 4December 12, 2013cc (Enclosures):
: 92. The WBN Unit 1 LAR presented two cases. Case 1 was the FHA at the Spent Fuel Pool. Case 2 was an FHA in containment with the containment open. The discussion of the FHA with the containment isolated was removed from the Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) by Amendment  
U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Region IIMarquis One Tower245 Peachtree Center Ave., NE Suite 1200Atlanta, Georgia 30303-1257 NRC Resident Inspector Unit 2Watts Bar Nuclear Plant1260 Nuclear Plant RoadSpring City, Tennessee 37381 Enclosure 1WBN Unit 2 Revised FSAR Section 15.5Dose AnalysisThe Watts Bar Nuclear Plant (WBN) Unit 2 Fuel Handling Accident (FHA) was updated to usethe Alternate Source Term (AST) described in Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 for an event in thespent fuel pool located in the Auxiliary Building or in the containment when the equipment hatch,or both doors in a personnel air lock, are open. The analysis for a dropped fuel assembly insidecontainment when the containment air locks and equipment hatch are closed continued to usethe methodology of RG-1.25.
: 92. The refueling mode Limiting Condition for Operation and associated Surveillance Requirements for the Purge System and the Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System were removed from the Technical Specifications (TS) because no credit was taken in the analyses for the filtration units. The approval for these changes was included in Amendment 92.The WBN Unit 2 FSAR, TS and TS Bases are being revised to match those of WBN Unit 1. For WBN Unit 2, the discussion of the RG 1.25 analysis of the containment closed FHA is being removed from the FSAR. A table will be added in WBN Unit 2 FSAR, Section 15.5, providing the results for the containment open case to be consistent with what was done for WBN Unit 1.The WBN Unit 2 FSAR tables will not include the values for fuel with Tritium Producing Burnable Adsorber Rods (TPBARS), because they are not part of the WBN Unit 2 design basis. The WBN Unit 1 analyses were performed using the same meteorological data (X/Q) and wind speeds that form the basis for the WBN Unit 2 FSAR, Section 15.5 dose analyses.
This change was approved by the NRC as documented inNUREG-0847 Supplement 25, "Safety Evaluation Report Related to the Operation of Watts BarNuclear Plant, Unit 2."Subsequently, WBN Unit 1 submitted a License Amendment Request (LAR) to selectively implement the AST for the FHA. The NRC approved this request June 19, 2013, asAmendment
Thus, the results are consistent with the WBN Unit 2 AST approval documented in SSER 25.The evaluation for the FHA at the spent fuel pool is a bounding analysis for a dropped assembly in containment when the containment is open or closed. The release point for the containment purge system is the WBN Unit 2 shield building stack. The X/Qs are lower for this release point than the normal Auxiliary Building exhaust. In addition, any release from the shield building stack would go through the purge system High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) and charcoal filter assemblies prior to release. Currently, when the purge lines isolate on high radiation, the Auxiliary Building also isolates and the Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS) is actuated.
: 92. The WBN Unit 1 LAR presented two cases. Case 1 was the FHA at the SpentFuel Pool. Case 2 was an FHA in containment with the containment open. The discussion ofthe FHA with the containment isolated was removed from the Updated Final Safety AnalysisReport (FSAR) by Amendment  
The release point for ABGTS is the shield building stacks, and the releases are filtered through HEPA and charcoal assemblies.
: 92. The refueling mode Limiting Condition for Operation andassociated Surveillance Requirements for the Purge System and the Auxiliary Building GasTreatment System were removed from the Technical Specifications (TS) because no credit wastaken in the analyses for the filtration units. The approval for these changes was included inAmendment 92.The WBN Unit 2 FSAR, TS and TS Bases are being revised to match those of WBN Unit 1. ForWBN Unit 2, the discussion of the RG 1.25 analysis of the containment closed FHA is beingremoved from the FSAR. A table will be added in WBN Unit 2 FSAR, Section 15.5, providing the results for the containment open case to be consistent with what was done for WBN Unit 1.The WBN Unit 2 FSAR tables will not include the values for fuel with Tritium Producing BurnableAdsorber Rods (TPBARS),
Thus, the AST analysis for the FHA in the Auxiliary Building that considers no filtration and no Auxiliary Building isolation is conservative and acceptable as the basis for the containment open evaluation.
because they are not part of the WBN Unit 2 design basis. TheWBN Unit 1 analyses were performed using the same meteorological data (X/Q) and windspeeds that form the basis for the WBN Unit 2 FSAR, Section 15.5 dose analyses.
When the purge valves close at approximately 12.7 seconds with the containment closed, any further release of radioactivity would be terminated.
Thus, theresults are consistent with the WBN Unit 2 AST approval documented in SSER 25.The evaluation for the FHA at the spent fuel pool is a bounding analysis for a dropped assemblyin containment when the containment is open or closed. The release point for the containment purge system is the WBN Unit 2 shield building stack. The X/Qs are lower for this release pointthan the normal Auxiliary Building exhaust.
If the purge valves did not close and the releases continued from the shield building stack, the results would be bounded by the FHA in the Auxiliary Building.E1-1 Enclosure 1 WBN Unit 2 Revised FSAR Section 15.5 Dose Analysis This change is determined to be acceptable because: 1) If the containment closed case were evaluated using the AST, the results would be bounded by the cases currently presented in the FSAR, and 2) This will bring the WBN Unit 2 FSAR discussion of this event into agreement with the recently approved WBN Unit 1 LAR.As part of this selective implementation of AST, the following changes are assumed in the analysis:* The total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) acceptance criterion of 10 CFR 50.67(b)(2) replaces the previous whole body and thyroid dose guidelines of 10 CFR 100.11.* The gap activity is revised to be consistent with RG-1.183." The decontamination factors were changed to be consistent with RG-1.183.* New onsite (control room) and offsite atmospheric dispersion factors (X/Q) are used." The time to isolate the control room is increased from 20.6 seconds to 40 seconds.* No Auxiliary Building isolation is assumed.* No filtration of the release from the Containment or the spent fuel pool to the environment by the containment purge filters or the ABGTS is assumed.The WBN design includes a secondary containment that is designed to limit any potential radioactive leakage to the outside environment following a Design Basis Accident (DBA). The secondary containment consists of the concrete shield building that encloses the steel primary containment and the portion of the Auxiliary Building called the Auxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure.
In addition, any release from the shield buildingstack would go through the purge system High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) and charcoalfilter assemblies prior to release.
The Secondary Containment is described in FSAR Section 6.2.3. The secondary containment structures work in conjunction with safety related ventilation systems and the appropriate isolation of normal ventilation systems to perform its safety functions.
Currently, when the purge lines isolate on high radiation, theAuxiliary Building also isolates and the Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS) isactuated.
In addition to the descriptions in FSAR section 6.2.3, the air clean-up and filtration systems are described in FSAR Section 6.5. The DBA Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA) is the accident that generally dictates the basis for the design of the Secondary Containment.
The release point for ABGTS is the shield building stacks, and the releases arefiltered through HEPA and charcoal assemblies.
In addition to the LOCA, the FHA analyses performed based on RG-1.25 that were part of the original licensing basis for WBN resulted in safety functions being defined for the Secondary Containment.
Thus, the AST analysis for the FHA in theAuxiliary Building that considers no filtration and no Auxiliary Building isolation is conservative and acceptable as the basis for the containment open evaluation.
If an FHA occurred either in the Auxiliary Building or in primary containment, the ABGTS was required to start and the Auxiliary Building normal ventilation system isolated.
When the purge valves closeat approximately 12.7 seconds with the containment closed, any further release of radioactivity would be terminated.
A discussion of the Auxiliary Building Ventilation System is provided in FSAR Sections 9.4.2 and 9.4.3. If the FHA occurred in the primary containment, credit was taken for the Reactor Building Purge Filtration system in the FSAR Chapter 15 dose analysis.
If the purge valves did not close and the releases continued from theshield building stack, the results would be bounded by the FHA in the Auxiliary Building.
A general description of the Reactor Building Purge System is provided in FSAR Section 9.4.6. The FHA based on the AST does not credit containment or Auxiliary Building isolation.
E1-1 Enclosure 1WBN Unit 2 Revised FSAR Section 15.5Dose AnalysisThis change is determined to be acceptable because:1) If the containment closed case were evaluated using the AST, the results would bebounded by the cases currently presented in the FSAR, and2) This will bring the WBN Unit 2 FSAR discussion of this event into agreement with therecently approved WBN Unit 1 LAR.As part of this selective implementation of AST, the following changes are assumed in theanalysis:
No credit is taken for the high efficiency particulate and charcoal filter systems associated with the ABGTS and the purge system. The approved WBN Unit 1 amendment removed the TS requirements associated with refuel mode operation for these systems. The WBN Unit 2 FSAR revisions associated with the approved WBN Unit 1 TS changes are provided in this submittal.
* The total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) acceptance criterion of 10 CFR 50.67(b)(2) replaces the previous whole body and thyroid dose guidelines of 10 CFR 100.11.* The gap activity is revised to be consistent with RG-1.183.
FSAR Section 6.2.4.3 on containment isolation discusses administrative controls to manually close the ice blowing penetrations in the event of an FHA in containment.
" The decontamination factors were changed to be consistent with RG-1.183.
The updated FHA based on the AST does not require containment isolation to meet dose criteria.
* New onsite (control room) and offsite atmospheric dispersion factors (X/Q) are used." The time to isolate the control room is increased from 20.6 seconds to 40 seconds.* No Auxiliary Building isolation is assumed.* No filtration of the release from the Containment or the spent fuel pool to theenvironment by the containment purge filters or the ABGTS is assumed.The WBN design includes a secondary containment that is designed to limit any potential radioactive leakage to the outside environment following a Design Basis Accident (DBA). Thesecondary containment consists of the concrete shield building that encloses the steel primarycontainment and the portion of the Auxiliary Building called the Auxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure.
This section has been revised accordingly.
The Secondary Containment is described in FSAR Section 6.2.3. Thesecondary containment structures work in conjunction with safety related ventilation systemsand the appropriate isolation of normal ventilation systems to perform its safety functions.
E1-2 Enclosure I WBN Unit 2 Revised FSAR Section 15.5 Dose Analysis The following summarizes the specific changes to the FSAR and TS.1. Update FSAR Section 15.5.6 to remove the RG-1.25 based analysis of a FHA in containment with the containment isolated except for the purge system.2. Revise FSAR Sections 6.2.3.1.1 and 6.2.3.1.3 to remove the FHA as a design basis for the Secondary Containment and ABGTS.3. Revise FSAR Section 6.2.4.3 to remove the administrative requirement to manually isolate the ice blowing penetrations for an FHA.4. Revise FSAR Sections 6.5.1.1.3 and 6.5.1.2.3 to remove the discussion of the Reactor Building Purge System design basis for the FHA.5. Revise FSAR Section 9.4.2.3 to remove the requirement for the Auxiliary Building normal ventilation system to isolate for an FHA.6. Revise FSAR Section 9.4.6 on the Reactor Building Purge System to remove the FHA as a design basis for the system.7. Add new WBN Unit 2 TS 3.9.10 and associated Bases Section to restrict movement of irradiated fuel assemblies until 100 hours after the reactor core has become sub-critical.
Inaddition to the descriptions in FSAR section 6.2.3, the air clean-up and filtration systems aredescribed in FSAR Section 6.5. The DBA Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA) is the accident thatgenerally dictates the basis for the design of the Secondary Containment.
TS 3.9.10 ensures that the irradiated fuel meets the minimum decay time established in the radiological analysis of the FHA.8. Modify WBN Unit 2 TS 3.3.6, "Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation";
In addition to the LOCA, the FHA analyses performed based on RG-1.25 that were part of theoriginal licensing basis for WBN resulted in safety functions being defined for the Secondary Containment.
If an FHA occurred either in the Auxiliary Building or in primary containment, theABGTS was required to start and the Auxiliary Building normal ventilation system isolated.
Adiscussion of the Auxiliary Building Ventilation System is provided in FSAR Sections 9.4.2 and9.4.3. If the FHA occurred in the primary containment, credit was taken for the Reactor BuildingPurge Filtration system in the FSAR Chapter 15 dose analysis.
A general description of theReactor Building Purge System is provided in FSAR Section 9.4.6. The FHA based on the ASTdoes not credit containment or Auxiliary Building isolation.
No credit is taken for the highefficiency particulate and charcoal filter systems associated with the ABGTS and the purgesystem. The approved WBN Unit 1 amendment removed the TS requirements associated withrefuel mode operation for these systems.
The WBN Unit 2 FSAR revisions associated with theapproved WBN Unit 1 TS changes are provided in this submittal.
FSAR Section 6.2.4.3 on containment isolation discusses administrative controls to manuallyclose the ice blowing penetrations in the event of an FHA in containment.
The updated FHAbased on the AST does not require containment isolation to meet dose criteria.
This sectionhas been revised accordingly.
E1-2 Enclosure IWBN Unit 2 Revised FSAR Section 15.5Dose AnalysisThe following summarizes the specific changes to the FSAR and TS.1. Update FSAR Section 15.5.6 to remove the RG-1.25 based analysis of a FHA incontainment with the containment isolated except for the purge system.2. Revise FSAR Sections 6.2.3.1.1 and 6.2.3.1.3 to remove the FHA as a design basis forthe Secondary Containment and ABGTS.3. Revise FSAR Section 6.2.4.3 to remove the administrative requirement to manuallyisolate the ice blowing penetrations for an FHA.4. Revise FSAR Sections 6.5.1.1.3 and 6.5.1.2.3 to remove the discussion of the ReactorBuilding Purge System design basis for the FHA.5. Revise FSAR Section 9.4.2.3 to remove the requirement for the Auxiliary Buildingnormal ventilation system to isolate for an FHA.6. Revise FSAR Section 9.4.6 on the Reactor Building Purge System to remove the FHAas a design basis for the system.7. Add new WBN Unit 2 TS 3.9.10 and associated Bases Section to restrict movement ofirradiated fuel assemblies until 100 hours after the reactor core has become sub-critical.
TS 3.9.10 ensures that the irradiated fuel meets the minimum decay time established inthe radiological analysis of the FHA.8. Modify WBN Unit 2 TS 3.3.6, "Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation";
TS 3.3.8,"Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS) Actuation Instrumentation";
TS 3.3.8,"Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS) Actuation Instrumentation";
andTS 3.7.12, "Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)",
and TS 3.7.12, "Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)", to eliminate the requirements associated with movement of irradiated fuel assemblies in the containment or the fuel handling area. Modify associated TS Bases.9. Eliminate TS 3.9.4, "Containment Penetrations", and TS 3.9.8, "Reactor Building Purge Air Cleanup Units".10. Modify WBN Unit 2 TS 5.7.2.14 to remove RG-1.52 testing of the Reactor Building Purge HEPA and Charcoal Filter Units.11. Modify WBN Unit 2 TS 5.7.2.20 to incorporate the Control Room dose limit defined in 10 CFR 50.67(b)(2)(iii).
to eliminate therequirements associated with movement of irradiated fuel assemblies in thecontainment or the fuel handling area. Modify associated TS Bases.9. Eliminate TS 3.9.4, "Containment Penetrations",
and TS 3.9.8, "Reactor Building PurgeAir Cleanup Units".10. Modify WBN Unit 2 TS 5.7.2.14 to remove RG-1.52 testing of the Reactor BuildingPurge HEPA and Charcoal Filter Units.11. Modify WBN Unit 2 TS 5.7.2.20 to incorporate the Control Room dose limit defined in10 CFR 50.67(b)(2)(iii).
: 12. Modify TS Bases 3.6.1, "Containment Penetrations";
: 12. Modify TS Bases 3.6.1, "Containment Penetrations";
3.6.2, "Containment Air Locks";and 3.6.3, "Containment Isolation Valves",
3.6.2, "Containment Air Locks";and 3.6.3, "Containment Isolation Valves", to eliminate isolation requirements during fuel movement inside containment.
to eliminate isolation requirements duringfuel movement inside containment.
Delete TS Bases 3.9.4.13. Modify TS Bases 3.7.13, "Spent Fuel Pool Level," and 3.9.7, "Reactor Cavity Water Level," to update references associated with AST.14. Remove the decay time restriction on post shutdown irradiated fuel movement from Section 3.9.1 of the Technical Requirements Manual. This restriction has been added to the TS as described in Item 7 above.Enclosures 2 and 3 provide a red-lined mark-up and a final version of FSAR Section 15.5.6 on the FHA. Enclosures 4 and 5 provide a red-lined mark-up and a final version of FSAR Sections 6.2.3, 6.2.4, 6.5, and 9.4. Enclosures 6 and 7 provide the red-lined mark-up and final version of the WBN Unit 2 TS sections as enumerated in the numbered list immediately above.Enclosures 8 and 9 provide the red-lined mark-up and final version of the TS Bases sections associated with TS listed in items 7 through 9 of the list provided above. Enclosure 10 deletes Technical Requirements Manual Section, 3.9.1.E1-3 Enclosure 2 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6 E2-1 Enclosure 2 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6 15.5.6 Environmental Consequences of a Postulated Fuel Handling Accident The analysis of the fuel handling accident considers two thee cases. The f4r6t crae
Delete TS Bases 3.9.4.13. Modify TS Bases 3.7.13, "Spent Fuel Pool Level," and 3.9.7, "Reactor Cavity WaterLevel," to update references associated with AST.14. Remove the decay time restriction on post shutdown irradiated fuel movement fromSection 3.9.1 of the Technical Requirements Manual. This restriction has been addedto the TS as described in Item 7 above.Enclosures 2 and 3 provide a red-lined mark-up and a final version of FSAR Section 15.5.6 onthe FHA. Enclosures 4 and 5 provide a red-lined mark-up and a final version of FSAR Sections6.2.3, 6.2.4, 6.5, and 9.4. Enclosures 6 and 7 provide the red-lined mark-up and final version ofthe WBN Unit 2 TS sections as enumerated in the numbered list immediately above.Enclosures 8 and 9 provide the red-lined mark-up and final version of the TS Bases sectionsassociated with TS listed in items 7 through 9 of the list provided above. Enclosure 10 deletesTechnical Requirements Manual Section, 3.9.1.E1-3 Enclosure 2WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6E2-1 Enclosure 2WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.615.5.6 Environmental Consequences of a Postulated Fuel Handling AccidentThe analysis of the fuel handling accident considers two thee cases. The f4r6t crae
* for a Fuel Handlina Acciden~t Oncido containim~ent With the containment clocod and the Reactor B3Uilding R d P P d --I L J ----P-urge ýiystem operating. , nis anaiysis is emsecussee in ýiecien 15519 ana is haseeo Regulator, G 1 25 anRd -1 IUREG P_-The first SeGend case is for an accident in the spent fuel pool area located in the Auxiliary Building.
* for a FuelHandlina Acciden~t Oncido containim~ent With the containment clocod and the Reactor B3Uilding Rd P P d --I LJ ----P-urge ýiystem operating.  
This case is discu..sed in Section 15..6.2 and evaluated using the Alternate Source Term (AST) based on Regulatory Guide 1.183[18],"Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors." The second thrd case considered is an open containment case for an accident inside containment where there is open communication between the containment and the Auxiliary Building.
, nis anaiysis is emsecussee in ýiecien 15519 ana is haseeoRegulator, G 1 25 anRd -1 IUREG P_-The first SeGend case is for an accident in thespent fuel pool area located in the Auxiliary Building.
This evaluation is also based on the AST digc's-sed in SeACtio 15.5.6.2 and ie-based-eG Regulatory Guide 1.183. The parameters used for this analysis are listed in Table 15.5-20.a.
This case is discu..sed in Section 15..6.2and evaluated using the Alternate Source Term (AST) based on Regulatory Guide 1.183[18],
I I A A P I i l.1~b1 03I-up: naaigACOfI ao n1oua~r uo .I P II I li i II I I A P AA Ine parameters used .. ts analysis are listedinlTabe165-20  
"Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear PowerReactors."
-" " The Bases +dr the rtguiatory  
The second thrd case considered is an open containment case for an accidentinside containment where there is open communication between the containment and theAuxiliary Building.
This evaluation is also based on the AST digc's-sed in SeACtio 15.5.6.2 andie-based-eG Regulatory Guide 1.183. The parameters used for this analysis are listed in Table15.5-20.a.
I I A A P Iil.1~b1 03I-up: naaigACOfI ao n1oua~r uo .I P II Ili i II I I A P AAIne parameters used .. ts analysis are listedinlTabe165-20  
-" "The Bases +dr the rtguiatory  
'uiuuA 4 .2 O e.i ga-I uatien isru.+/-L a. A ^_ r _ _.. --An ^^ .- --_-1--i-I Ifl mu r~uuu:amur:  
'uiuuA 4 .2 O e.i ga-I uatien isru.+/-L a. A ^_ r _ _.. --An ^^ .- --_-1--i-I Ifl mu r~uuu:amur:  
'~..uiuu i ..~ ~ina:v~i~.
'~..uiuu i ..~ ~ina:v~i~.
mu ~cuiuvnm u~uur~ uu nuuru JIIU[ ui.inmriSt., ,~flnShn  
mu ~cuiuvnm u~uur~ uu nuuru JIIU[ ui.inm r i St., ,~flnShn ~flflS5p5tktpp nasal, a. 9155 ,,pr.,nr.
~flflS5p5tktpp nasal, a. 9155 ,,pr.,nr.
nraflI 559 *nttpfltflflI 55 nfln .na InYarttaI r.an.,aan  
nraflI 559 *nttpfltflflI 55 nfln .na InYarttaI r.an.,aan  
: 5. *15----U Wfl~WflflUSJU S 1.fl ~5NIfl US *1 I t5 7 .EIAI IS I~ IS 1 IS I 15 V S SVV~Is * ,t.,n artid r.I..na.sar.*  
: 5. *15----U Wfl~WflflUSJU S 1.fl ~5NIfl US *1 I t5 7 .EIAI IS I~ IS 1 IS I 15 V S SVV~Is * ,t.,n artid r.I..na.sar.*  
~ *ka # re* s w*#. sat ..,nnam ki.. mn*n *k5s rwan* , sal .It;~ to *Ian0 Rte aGGOU~tP ii IQ'2 In theO iRquiater;  
~ *ka # re* s w*#. sat ..,nnam ki.. mn*n *k 5 s rwan* , sal .It;~ to *Ian 0 Rte aGGOU~t P ii I Q'2 In theO iRquiater;  
~u:e 4.25b analyscis eaFamae is assume-a gar all mroasn on asseMol1y.
~u:e 4.25b analyscis eaFamae is assume-a gar all mroasn on asseMol1y.
fI glm II3 Thno aasomnly eamagga is the nignest PoW8ere assemiqiy in Me core region W 1DOýg_ýnýr ý ý xsý i iýý r m ii i iý ýý -m rO tj nxfflýn ^r ýý nassemnbly are GaIcUlated assuming full poWer operation at the_ enRd Of core life immediately pFeceding shutdeown.
fI gl m II 3 Thno aasomnly eamagga is the nignest PoW8ere assemiqiy in Me core region W 1DOýg_ýnýr ý ý xsý i iýý r m ii i iý ýý -m rO tj nxfflýn ^r ýý n assemnbly are GaIcUlated assuming full poWer operation at the_ enRd Of core life immediately pFeceding shutdeown.
W-uclear core characteristics used in the analysiS are given inTalI1. I 21. A radial peaking factor of 1.65 is used.444 For the Reulat8rV Guide 1.25 analysis all of the aaV ati*it'V in the damaged rodn isreleased to the seont fue: pool and consists of 109 ncoT the total nobie gases andIraa~oacIGGe 1Roaine O :nenr :nMe FRoS a! Me Uime of the aiccdent with the moiiweVAR gappercentage opti9Aons, wfc- are- boaed_ N,1UK FM, / ,UU0 [24] as 14% tvthe Kr 85, 5 VA o If the Xe 133, 2% of the Xe 135, and 12A of the 1 131.(5) Noble gases released in the GOntainFMet are released through the Shield Bu ilding Vent tothe enuironment.
W-uclear core characteristics used in the analysiS are given inTal I1. I 21. A radial peaking factor of 1.65 is used.444 For the Reulat8rV Guide 1.25 analysis all of the aaV ati*it'V in the damaged rodn is released to the seont fue: pool and consists of 109 ncoT the total nobie gases and I raa~oacIGGe 1Roaine O :nenr :nMe FRoS a! Me Uime of the aiccdent with the moiiweVAR gap percentage opti9Aons, wfc- are- boaed_ N,1UK FM, / ,UU0 [24] as 14% tv the Kr 85, 5 VA o If the Xe 133, 2% of the Xe 135, and 12A of the 1 131.(5) Noble gases released in the GOntainFMet are released through the Shield Bu ilding Vent to the enuironment.
(6) In the Regulator; Guide 1.25 analysis the iodine gap ineno; s Rposed cfinracSpecies (09.75%)
(6) In the Regulator; Guide 1.25 analysis the iodine gap ineno; s Rposed cfinrac Species (09.75%) and organic species (0.25%).(7) A fiter efficiency of 90% for inor~ganic iodine and 30% for organic- iodine for the purge air exhaust filters is used sinca8 no relative humidity control is provi~ded.
and organic species (0.25%).(7) A fiter efficiency of 90% for inor~ganic iodine and 30% for organic-iodine for the purge airexhaust filters is used sinca8 no relative humidity control is provi~ded.
E2-2 Enclosure 2 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6 (9) No GUAdi ;A taken for- nntu r l docay after the activity has been released to the atmeeSPI4e.
E2-2 Enclosure 2WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6(9) No GUAdi ;A taken for- nntu r l docay after the activity has been released to theatmeeSPI4e.
(9) The shedt term (i.e., 0 2 hour) atmoe6Pheri dluio factO~r, at the ecuinarea boundar;and low population zone giyen in Ial r8A 2 are used. The thyroid decoa utilizmel  
(9) The shedt term (i.e., 0 2 hour) atmoe6Pheri dluio factO~r, at the ecuinarea boundar;and low population zone giyen in Ial r8A 2 are used. The thyroid decoa utilizmel  
'GRP30 [25] iodine dose conyeerion factorc.
'GRP 30 [25] iodine dose conyeerion factorc. Doece aro bacod en the dose moedeic prOcented i n Appenidix 1 5A.1D.O.U.Z~M ruuiJ L'uun .'cwun D~5U~ uu Mur; '.iu ,AEuu u. io The analysis of a poctu_':atej fuel h ndllng accGident in the Au*iliary Bguilding rf&ueling Arean Or~~- tlký+ t j,. D ...I,,... .1 4 412 Aiýý + Q~t:TeR~ns (AST)The bases for evaluation are: (1) IF; the Regulatey Guide ,. ,,3 , ,;a " +. The accident occurs 100 hours after plant shutdown.
Doece aro bacod en the dose moedeic prOcented i n Appenidix 1 5A.1D.O.U.Z~M ruuiJ L'uun .'cwun D~5U~ uu Mur; '.iu ,AEuu u. ioThe analysis of a poctu_':atej fuel h ndllng accGident in the Au*iliary Bguilding rf&ueling Arean Or~~- tlký+ t j,. D ...I,,... .1 4 412 Aiýý + Q~t:TeR~ns (AST)The bases for evaluation are:(1) IF; the Regulatey Guide ,. ,,3 , ,;a " +. The accident occurs 100 hours after plantshutdown.
Radioactive decay of the fission product inventory during the interval between shutdown and placement of the first spent fuel assembly into the spent fuel pit is taken into account.(2) In the RegulatoryG .183 ., ", Damage was assumed for all rods in one assembly.(3) The assembly damaged is the highest powered assembly in the core region to be discharged.
Radioactive decay of the fission product inventory during the interval betweenshutdown and placement of the first spent fuel assembly into the spent fuel pit is takeninto account.(2) In the RegulatoryG .183 ., ", Damage was assumed for all rods in oneassembly.
The values for individual fission product inventories in the damaged assembly are calculated assuming full-power operation at the end of core life immediately preceding shutdown.
(3) The assembly damaged is the highest powered assembly in the core region to bedischarged.
Nuclear core characteristics used in the analysis are given in Table 15.5-21. A radial peaking factor of 1.65 is used.(4) The Guide 1. 183 analyci' aaume. a All of the gap activity in the damaged rods is released to the spent fuel pool and consists of 8% 1-131, 10% Kr-85, and 5% of other noble gases and other halogens.(5) Noble gases released to the Auxiliary Building spent fuel pool are released through the Auxiliary Building vent to the environment.
The values for individual fission product inventories in the damagedassembly are calculated assuming full-power operation at the end of core life immediately preceding shutdown.
(6) In the Regulatory Guide 1.183 analysic" t The iodine gap inventory is composed of inorganic species (99.85%) and organic species (0.15%).(7) in the Regulatery Guide 1.183 analyie,m The overall inorganic and organic iodine spent fuel pool decontamination factor is 200.(8) k, the R.gulatey Guide 1.183 analys ", a All iodine escaping from the Auxiliary Building spent fuel pool is exhausted unfiltered through the Auxiliary Building vent.E2-3 Enclosure 2 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6 (9) The release path for the containment scenario is changed to include 12.7 seconds of unfiltered release through the Shield Building vent, with the remainder of the unfiltered release through the Auxiliary Building vent.(10) No credit is taken for the ABGTS or Containment Purge System Filters in the analysis.(11) No credit is taken for natural decay either due to holdup in the Auxiliary Building or after the activity has been released to the atmosphere.
Nuclear core characteristics used in the analysis are given in Table15.5-21.
(12) The short-term (i.e., 0-2 hour) atmospheric dilution factors at the exclusion area boundary and low population zone given in Table 15A-2 are used. The thyroid dose utilizes ICRP-30 [25] iodine dose conversion factors. Doses are based on the dose models presented in Appendix 15A.1.6..6.3 Fuel Handling Accident Results The r-adatio, do- rcul-te Of the RegulatoI  
A radial peaking factor of 1.65 is used.(4) The Guide 1. 183 analyci' aaume. a All of the gap activity in the damagedrods is released to the spent fuel pool and consists of 8% 1-131, 10% Kr-85, and 5% ofother noble gases and other halogens.
; Guide 1.25 4 .ith the co-nta-in ent nlocd fe lal handling accaident (FH4A) are giV8n in T-abl 15.5 23. For a FHA inside containm~ent, no allo.A.nre has boon made for p bleholdup or Mi*ai in the ;. containment Or i;olation of the ntainmeRt 2n a roeult of a high radiatioFn; ignal froam tha thr ventilationm cem o the cass where containment penetrations are cloced to the Auxiliar-Building.
(5) Noble gases released to the Auxiliary Building spent fuel pool are released through theAuxiliary Building vent to the environment.
However, the contafinment purge filterc are Gredited.
(6) In the Regulatory Guide 1.183 analysic" t The iodine gap inventory is composed ofinorganic species (99.85%)
Dese equations in TID 11811[23] were ucedt d~ete_:ine t-he dCoI-6. DeOS cenVe~iGn factore in !RP 30 [25] Wores used to detemine thYroid doses in placo of thoce found nTD181 The Wentilation funtionR Of the reactorbuilding purge ventilating system (RBP31VS) is noet a safey reltatd fucion Hot*Rwever the filtration unitg and aseociated exhaucit dch ibosrk do provide a safet related flrto path following a fuel handling acciden~t prior to aultomatic c-1ocuIe-GOf th accoc-aiatod isolation valves. The RAWPV S containc, air cleanup units with prefiltorc, H4EPA filtorc, an~d 2 inhthick charcoal AdcrbeA hccce i -tiiart the auiliar; buildinig gas treatment system SXcept that the la#8r is equipped with 4 inch thick charcoal ndcrebeFS.
and organic species (0.15%).(7) in the Regulatery Guide 1.183 analyie,m The overall inorganic and organic iodine spentfuel pool decontamination factor is 200.(8) k, the R.gulatey Guide 1.183 analys ", a All iodine escaping from the Auxiliary Buildingspent fuel pool is exhausted unfiltered through the Auxiliary Building vent.E2-3 Enclosure 2WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6(9) The release path for the containment scenario is changed to include 12.7 seconds ofunfiltered release through the Shield Building vent, with the remainder of the unfiltered release through the Auxiliary Building vent.(10) No credit is taken for the ABGTS or Containment Purge System Filters in the analysis.
An~ytime fuel handling operations are being care on icid the primary containmenRt, either the containment is isolated or the reactor buildin~g purge filtration system or, operational.
(11) No credit is taken for natural decay either due to holdup in the Auxiliary Building or afterthe activity has been released to the atmosphere.
The assumptions listed above are, therefore, applic-able to a fuel handling aciet fniepimary Gentaonmef*
(12) The short-term (i.e., 0-2 hour) atmospheric dilution factors at the exclusion area boundaryand low population zone given in Table 15A-2 are used. The thyroid dose utilizes ICRP-30 [25] iodine dose conversion factors.
The thyroid, gamma, and beta doese for FHAs for the% cleced containment are given in Table 15a.69 23 for the eAcnucMon area boundar; and low population ZonRe. These doese are 10cc than 25% oth10 CFR 1 00.11 "Mitts Of 30 reM. to9 the thyroid, and 25 rem gamma to the whole body. These doese are caIculated using the comAputer code FEFNGOOSE  
Doses are based on the dose models presented in Appendix 15A.1.6..6.3 Fuel Handling Accident ResultsThe r-adatio, do- rcul-te Of the RegulatoI  
[16].The whole body, beta, and thyroid decec89 to control room pe-GRconn fro-m the radiation SOurcec diccupcced-above are precented OR T-able 15. fi23. T-he doses are calculated by the COROID rc9mputeFrcode
; Guide 1.25 4 .ith the co-nta-in ent nlocd fe lalhandling accaident (FH4A) are giV8n in T-abl 15.5 23. For a FHA inside containm~ent, noallo.A.nre has boon made for p bleholdup or Mi*ai in the ;. containment Or i;olation of the ntainmeRt 2n a roeult of a high radiatioFn; ignal froam tha thrventilationm cem o the cass where containment penetrations are cloced to the Auxiliar-Building.  
[17]. Parame-terc for the ontrol room anaiycis a re found in Table 15,.5 14. The deco to whole body is beloew the 10Q CFWR 5-0 Appendix A, GDCQG 190 limit of 5 r.m. forF conrol room nerconRRA and the thymo~d decoA ic elo the !imit of 30 rem._E2-4 Enclosure 2 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6 The radiation dose results of the Regulatory Guide 1.183 fuel handling accident (FHA) are given in Table 15.5-23. Alte ..ate -ourc- term-, (A^T) The AST described in RG 1.183 was selectively used to evaluate the FHA due to an event in the spent fuel pool located in the Auxiliary Building or in the containment when the equipment hatch or both doors in a personnel air lock are open.As part of this selective implementation of AST, the following assumptions are used in the analysis:* The total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) acceptance criterion of 10 CFR 50.67(b)(2) replaces the previous whole body and thyroid dose guidelines of 10 CFR 100.11." The gap activity is revised to be consistent with that required by RG 1.183." The decontamination factors were changed to be consistent with those required by RG.1.183.* No Auxiliary Building isolation is assumed.* No filtration of the release from the Containment or the spent fuel pool to the environment by the Containment Purge filters or the ABGTS is assumed.The evaluation for the FHA at the spent fuel pool is a bounding analysis for a dropped assembly in containment when the containment is open or closed. The release point for the containment purge system is the Unit 2 shield building stack. The X/Qs are lower for this release point than for the normal auxiliary building exhaust. in addition, any .eleae the shield building , tac, Currently, when the purge oR high radiation, the buildiRg alco iclate. and-are filtred through HEPA and, Charcoal a.. emblie. Thu- The AST analysis for the FHA in the Auxiliary Building that considers no filtration is conservative and acceptable as the basis for the containment evaluation.
: However, the contafinment purge filterc are Gredited.
The thyrFid, gamma, and beta TEDE for FHAs in the Auxiliary and the open containment are given in Table 15.5-23 for the exclusion area boundary and low population zone. These doses are leee than 25% of the 10 CFR 100.11 limits of 300 rem to the thyro~d, and 25 rem gamma to the IAho-'le" -body and less than the 10 CFR 50.67 limit of 6.3 2-6 rem TEDE. These doses are calculated using the computer code FENCDOSE [16].The TEDE whole body, beta, and thy,.id doses to control room personnel from the radiation sources discussed above are presented in Table 15.5-23. The doses are calculated by the COROD computer code [17]. Parameters for the control room analysis are found in Table 15.5-14. The dose to whole body i" b"elow the 10DO CF ,-R 5-00 Appendix A, GDCr 10- limit of 5% for control room personnel, and the thyroid doce is below the limit of 30 rFem aRd the 1 OCFR 50.67 limit of 5 rem TEDE.E2-5 Enclosure 2 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6 Tabkl--l&62C Used In Fuel Handl. i Regulator' Guide 1.26* t X Time between plant AchutdWnCA a2nd acciden~t Damage to- fuel agmcembly Fuel aseombly activity A.4IIaYJII~
Dese equations in TID 11811[23] were ucedt d~ete_:ine t-he dCoI-6. DeOS cenVe~iGn factore in !RP 30 [25] Wores used todetemine thYroid doses in placo of thoce found nTD181The Wentilation funtionR Of the reactorbuilding purge ventilating system (RBP31VS) is noet a safeyreltatd fucion Hot*Rwever the filtration unitg and aseociated exhaucit dch ibosrk do provide asafet related flrto path following a fuel handling acciden~t prior to aultomatic c-1ocuIe-GOf thaccoc-aiatod isolation valves. The RAWPV S containc, air cleanup units with prefiltorc, H4EPA filtorc,an~d 2 inhthick charcoal AdcrbeA hccce i -tiiart the auiliar; buildinig gastreatment system SXcept that the la#8r is equipped with 4 inch thick charcoal ndcrebeFS.
frel a-e p-nt fuel poo1 All Fedo ,r~r Gap arti~ity in ruptured rods(4)-ROWS-(2)V~i V-aylal peakic' g acOr Form of iodine acti'.ity roloasod me~thyl idn elemental odn 90916 30%Amutof mnixing of activity in Auxiliary Building Non MeteOrology See Table 15.15 14 And] Table 15A 2 (1 ) 10% of the, total radvioactwe iodine S*copt for 129% o-f I131 agnd- 10%9A of total no-ble gases, excopt for 141A far Kr 85, 5% for Xe 133 and 2% for Xe 135 in the damaged rods at the time of the-a6ggidt (2) Reactor Buwilding Purge Ventilation System E2-6 Enclosure 2 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6 Table 15.5-20.a Parameters Used In Fuel Handling Accident Analysis Regulatory Guide 1.183 Analysis Time between plant shutdown and accident 100 hours Damage to fuel assembly All rods ruptured Fuel assembly activity Highest powered fuel assembly in core region discharged Activity release to spent fuel pool Gap activity in ruptured rods(l)Radial peaking factor 1.65 Form of iodine activity released to spent fuel pool elemental iodine 99.85%(AST) methyl iodine 0.15%(AST)
An~ytime fuel handling operations are being care on icid the primary containmenRt, either thecontainment is isolated or the reactor buildin~g purge filtration system or, operational.
Decontamination factor in spent fuel pool AST Overall=200 Filter efficiencies No credit taken Amount of mixing of activity in Auxiliary Building None Meteorology See Table 15.5-14 and Tablel5A-2 (1) 8% 1-131, 10% Kr-85, and 5% other gasses and other halogens.E2-7 Enclosure 2 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6 Table 15.5-23 Doses From A Fuel Handling Accident (FHA) (rem)Doses from Fuel Handling Accident Regulatory Guide 1.183 Analyses FHA in Auxiliary Building (rem) or In --nt-ainm ant Contnin mant Onon troml 2 HR EAB 30 DAY LPZ CONTROL ROOM Gamma 3.OOQI0r-01 4.29F5 01 9.27SE 021-.20E 01 1.9-5E4 A Q016r- -QR6- 64 Seta l.177E*O l.IOE+OO 2.7-3 E 013.33E 01 1.068E*0u.68E+O0, ThYrid ICRPD30 5.514+4 2A3re- 1.4 E l r- I+ I l -4.Q51r+0.32E+O4 TEDE 2.38E+00 6.66E-01 1.02E-00 Doses from Fuel Handling Accident Regulatory Guide 1.183 Analyses FHA in Containment  
Theassumptions listed above are, therefore, applic-able to a fuel handling aciet fniepimary Gentaonmef*
-Containment Open (rem)2 HR EAB 30 DAY LPZ CONTROL ROOM G m3.94E 01 4.29E 01 Q.278E 021 .20E 01 4 935rE 04r; t5.8 01 Beta 1.1:77E9+00  
The thyroid, gamma, and beta doese for FHAs for the% cleced containment are given in Table15a.69 23 for the eAcnucMon area boundar; and low population ZonRe. These doese are 10cc than25% oth10 CFR 1 00.11 "Mitts Of 30 reM. to9 the thyroid, and 25 rem gamma to the wholebody. These doese are caIculated using the comAputer code FEFNGOOSE  
: 1. 1 E+Q0 2.7-34E 043.33E 01 4.068E+001.69rE+00 T-hYroid ICRP 30 1.67-7E+90 5.51 E*01 3.663E Q11.51E+01 I1.510Er+001.32E+01Q TEDE 2.38E+00 6.66E-01 1.01 E-00 Deoe frmom Fuel Handling Accidont RogulatoY Guide 1.25 FHA In Ro-anter BRuilding, Containmont Closed (MRm), 2 MR EAB 30 DAY LPZ CONTRO' ROOM Ga.ma 4.102E 014.31E 01 9.629E 024.21E 01 2.6V, 77EV Q"1V2.72E 01 Beta 1.1 8_2E_+00Q1.24E+00 2.746-E-C013.48E 01 2.207-E*002.25E+00 ThYroid ICRP 30 39.42E*004.15GE+01  
[16].The whole body, beta, and thyroid decec89 to control room pe-GRconn fro-m the radiation SOurcecdiccupcced-above are precented OR T-able 15. fi23. T-he doses are calculated by the COROIDrc9mputeFrcode
[17]. Parame-terc for the ontrol room anaiycis a re found in Table 15,.5 14. Thedeco to whole body is beloew the 10Q CFWR 5-0 Appendix A, GDCQG 190 limit of 5 r.m. forF conrol roomnerconRRA and the thymo~d decoA ic elo the !imit of 30 rem._E2-4 Enclosure 2WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6The radiation dose results of the Regulatory Guide 1.183 fuel handling accident (FHA) are givenin Table 15.5-23.
Alte ..ate -ourc- term-, (A^T) The AST described in RG 1.183 was selectively used to evaluate the FHA due to an event in the spent fuel pool located in the Auxiliary Buildingor in the containment when the equipment hatch or both doors in a personnel air lock are open.As part of this selective implementation of AST, the following assumptions are used in theanalysis:
* The total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) acceptance criterion of 10 CFR 50.67(b)(2) replaces the previous whole body and thyroid dose guidelines of 10 CFR 100.11." The gap activity is revised to be consistent with that required by RG 1.183." The decontamination factors were changed to be consistent with those required by RG.1.183.* No Auxiliary Building isolation is assumed.* No filtration of the release from the Containment or the spent fuel pool to theenvironment by the Containment Purge filters or the ABGTS is assumed.The evaluation for the FHA at the spent fuel pool is a bounding analysis for a dropped assemblyin containment when the containment is open or closed. The release point for the containment purge system is the Unit 2 shield building stack. The X/Qs are lower for this release point thanfor the normal auxiliary building exhaust.
in addition, any .eleae the shield building  
, tac,Currently, when the purge oR high radiation, the buildiRg alco iclate. and-are filtred through HEPA and, Charcoal a.. emblie. Thu- The AST analysis for the FHA in theAuxiliary Building that considers no filtration is conservative and acceptable as the basis for thecontainment evaluation.
The thyrFid, gamma, and beta TEDE for FHAs in the Auxiliary and the open containment are given in Table 15.5-23 for the exclusion area boundary and low population zone. Thesedoses are leee than 25% of the 10 CFR 100.11 limits of 300 rem to the thyro~d, and 25 remgamma to the IAho-'le"  
-body and less than the 10 CFR 50.67 limit of 6.3 2-6 rem TEDE. Thesedoses are calculated using the computer code FENCDOSE  
[16].The TEDE whole body, beta, and thy,.id doses to control room personnel from the radiation sources discussed above are presented in Table 15.5-23.
The doses are calculated by theCOROD computer code [17]. Parameters for the control room analysis are found in Table 15.5-14. The dose to whole body i" b"elow the 10DO CF ,-R 5-00 Appendix A, GDCr 10- limit of 5% forcontrol room personnel, and the thyroid doce is below the limit of 30 rFem aRd the 1 OCFR 50.67limit of 5 rem TEDE.E2-5 Enclosure 2WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6Tabkl--l&62C Used In Fuel Handl. iRegulator' Guide 1.26* t XTime between plant AchutdWnCA a2nd acciden~t Damage to- fuel agmcembly Fuel aseombly activityA.4IIaYJII~
frel a-e p-nt fuel poo1All Fedo ,r~rGap arti~ity in ruptured rods(4)-ROWS-(2)
V~i V-aylal peakic' g acOrForm of iodine acti'.ity roloasodme~thyl idnelemental odn9091630%Amutof mnixing of activity in Auxiliary Building NonMeteOrology See Table 15.15 14 And] Table 15A 2(1 ) 10% of the, total radvioactwe iodine S*copt for 129% o-f I131 agnd- 10%9A of total no-ble gases,excopt for 141A far Kr 85, 5% for Xe 133 and 2% for Xe 135 in the damaged rods at the time ofthe-a6ggidt (2) Reactor Buwilding Purge Ventilation SystemE2-6 Enclosure 2WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6Table 15.5-20.a Parameters Used In Fuel Handling Accident AnalysisRegulatory Guide 1.183 AnalysisTime between plant shutdown and accident 100 hoursDamage to fuel assembly All rods rupturedFuel assembly activity Highest powered fuel assembly in coreregion discharged Activity release to spent fuel pool Gap activity in ruptured rods(l)Radial peaking factor 1.65Form of iodine activity released to spent fuel poolelemental iodine 99.85%(AST) methyl iodine 0.15%(AST)
Decontamination factor in spent fuel pool AST Overall=200 Filter efficiencies No credit takenAmount of mixing of activity in Auxiliary Building NoneMeteorology See Table 15.5-14 and Tablel5A-2 (1) 8% 1-131, 10% Kr-85, and 5% other gasses and other halogens.
E2-7 Enclosure 2WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6Table 15.5-23Doses From A Fuel Handling Accident (FHA) (rem)Doses from Fuel Handling Accident Regulatory Guide 1.183 AnalysesFHA in Auxiliary Building (rem) or In --nt-ainmant Contnin mant Onon troml2 HR EAB30 DAY LPZCONTROL ROOMGamma 3.OOQI0r-01 4.29F5 01 9.27SE 021-.20E 01 1.9-5E4 A Q016r- -QR6- 64Seta l.177E*O l.IOE+OO 2.7-3 E 013.33E 01 1.068E*0u.68E+O0, ThYrid ICRPD30 5.514+4 2A3re- 1.4 E l r- I+ I l -4.Q51r+0.32E+O4 TEDE 2.38E+00 6.66E-01 1.02E-00Doses from Fuel Handling Accident Regulatory Guide 1.183 AnalysesFHA in Containment  
-Containment Open (rem)2 HR EAB 30 DAY LPZ CONTROL ROOMG m3.94E 01 4.29E 01 Q.278E 021 .20E 01 4 935rE 04r; t5.8 01Beta 1.1:77E9+00  
: 1. 1 E+Q0 2.7-34E 043.33E 01 4.068E+001.69rE+00 T-hYroid ICRP 30 1.67-7E+90 5.51 E*01 3.663E Q11.51E+01 I1.510Er+001.32E+01Q TEDE 2.38E+00 6.66E-01 1.01 E-00Deoe frmom Fuel Handling Accidont RogulatoY Guide 1.25 FHA In Ro-anter BRuilding, Containmont Closed (MRm),2 MR EAB 30 DAY LPZ CONTRO' ROOMGa.ma 4.102E 014.31E 01 9.629E 024.21E 01 2.6V, 77EV Q"1V2.72E 01Beta 1.1 8_2E_+00Q1.24E+00 2.746-E-C013.48E 01 2.207-E*002.25E+00 ThYroid ICRP 30 39.42E*004.15GE+01  
: 9. 15 8F+*00QI.
: 9. 15 8F+*00QI.
16 E +0-1 5 2090E4006 A IE+00E2-8 Enclosure 3WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Section 15.5FinalE3-1 Enclosure 3WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Section 15.5Final15.5.6 Environmental Consequences of a Postulated Fuel Handling AccidentThe analysis of the fuel handling accident considers two cases. The first case is for an accidentin the spent fuel pool area located in the Auxiliary Building.
16 E +0-1 5 2090E4006 A IE+00 E2-8 Enclosure 3 WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Section 15.5 Final E3-1 Enclosure 3 WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Section 15.5 Final 15.5.6 Environmental Consequences of a Postulated Fuel Handling Accident The analysis of the fuel handling accident considers two cases. The first case is for an accident in the spent fuel pool area located in the Auxiliary Building.
This case is evaluated using theAlternate Source Term based on Regulatory Guide 1.183118],  
This case is evaluated using the Alternate Source Term based on Regulatory Guide 1.183118], "Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors." The second case considered is an open containment case for an accident inside containment where there is open communication between the containment and the Auxiliary Building.
"Alternative Radiological SourceTerms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors."
This evaluation is also based on the AST and Regulatory Guide 1.183. The parameters used for this analysis are listed in Table 15.5-20.a.
The second caseconsidered is an open containment case for an accident inside containment where there is opencommunication between the containment and the Auxiliary Building.
The bases for evaluation are: (1) The accident occurs 100 hours after plant shutdown.
This evaluation is alsobased on the AST and Regulatory Guide 1.183. The parameters used for this analysis arelisted in Table 15.5-20.a.
Radioactive decay of the fission product inventory during the interval between shutdown and placement of the first spent fuel assembly into the spent fuel pit is taken into account.(2) Damage was assumed for all rods in one assembly.(3) The assembly damaged is the highest powered assembly in the core region to be discharged.
The bases for evaluation are:(1) The accident occurs 100 hours after plant shutdown.
The values for individual fission product inventories in the damaged assembly are calculated assuming full-power operation at the end of core life immediately preceding shutdown.
Radioactive decay of the fissionproduct inventory during the interval between shutdown and placement of the first spentfuel assembly into the spent fuel pit is taken into account.(2) Damage was assumed for all rods in one assembly.
Nuclear core characteristics used in the analysis are given in Table 15.5-21. A radial peaking factor of 1.65 is used.(4) All of the gap activity in the damaged rods is released to the spent fuel pool and consists of 8% 1-131, 10% Kr-85, and 5% of other noble gases and other halogens.(5) Noble gases released to the Auxiliary Building spent fuel pool are released through the Auxiliary Building vent to the environment.
(3) The assembly damaged is the highest powered assembly in the core region to bedischarged.
(6) The iodine gap inventory is composed of inorganic species (99.85%) and organic species (0.15%).(7) The overall inorganic and organic iodine spent fuel pool decontamination factor is 200.(8) All iodine escaping from the Auxiliary Building spent fuel pool is exhausted unfiltered through the Auxiliary Building vent.(9) The release path for the containment scenario is changed to include 12.7 seconds of unfiltered release through the Shield Building vent, with the remainder of the unfiltered release through the Auxiliary Building vent.(10) No credit is taken for the ABGTS or Containment Purge System Filters in the analysis.(11) No credit is taken for natural decay either due to holdup in the Auxiliary Building or after the activity has been released to the atmosphere.
The values for individual fission product inventories in the damagedassembly are calculated assuming full-power operation at the end of core life immediately preceding shutdown.
E3-2 Enclosure 3 WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Section 15.5 Final (12) The short-term (i.e., 0-2 hour) atmospheric dilution factors at the exclusion area boundary and low population zone given in Table 15A-2 are used. The thyroid dose utilizes ICRP-30 [25] iodine dose conversion factors. Doses are based on the dose models presented in Appendix 15A.15.5.6.3 Fuel Handling Accident Results The radiation dose results of the Regulatory Guide 1.183 fuel handling accident (FHA) are given in Table 15.5-23. The AST described in RG 1.183 was selectively used to evaluate the FHA due to an event in the spent fuel pool located in the Auxiliary Building or in the containment when the equipment hatch or both doors in a personnel air lock are open. As part of this selective implementation of AST, the following assumptions are used in the analysis:* The total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) acceptance criterion of 10 CFR 50.67(b)(2) replaces the previous whole body and thyroid dose guidelines of 10 CFR 100.11.* The gap activity is revised to be consistent with that required by RG 1.183." The decontamination factors were changed to be consistent with those required by RG.1.183." No Auxiliary Building isolation is assumed." No filtration of the release from the Containment or the spent fuel pool to the environment by the Containment Purge filters or the ABGTS is assumed.The evaluation for the FHA at the spent fuel pool is a bounding analysis for a dropped assembly in containment when the containment is open or closed. The release point for the containment purge system is the Unit 2 shield building stack. The X/Qs are lower for this release point than for the normal auxiliary building exhaust. The AST analysis for the FHA in the Auxiliary Building is conservative and acceptable as the basis for the containment evaluation.
Nuclear core characteristics used in the analysis are given in Table15.5-21.
The thyroid, gamma, and beta doses for FHAs in the Auxiliary and the open containment are given in Table 15.5-23 for the exclusion area boundary and low population zone. These doses are less than the 10 CFR 50.67 limit of 6.3 rem TEDE. These doses are calculated using the computer code FENCDOSE [16].The whole body, beta, and thyroid doses to control room personnel from the radiation sources discussed above are presented in Table 15.5-23. The doses are calculated by the COROD computer code [17]. Parameters for the control room analysis are found in Table 15.5-14. The dose to control room personnel is below the 10CFR 50.67 limit of 5 rem TEDE.E3-3 Enclosure 3 WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Section 15.5 Final Table 15.5-20.a Parameters Used In Fuel Handling Accident Analysis Regulatory Guide 1.183 Analysis Time between plant shutdown and accident 100 hours Damage to fuel assembly All rods ruptured Fuel assembly activity Highest powered fuel assembly in core region discharged Activity release to spent fuel pool Gap activity in ruptured rods(l)Radial peaking factor 1.65 Form of iodine activity released to spent fuel pool elemental iodine 99.85%(AST) methyl iodine 0.1 5%(AST)Decontamination factor in spent fuel pool AST Overall=200 Filter efficiencies No credit taken Amount of mixing of activity in Auxiliary Building None Meteorology See Table 15.5-14 and Tablel5A-2 (2) 8% 1-131, 10% Kr-85, and 5% other gasses and other halogens.E3-4 Enclosure 3 WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Section 15.5 Final Table 15.5-23 Doses From A Fuel Handling Accident (FHA) (rem)FHA in Auxiliary Building (rem)2 HR EAB 30 DAY LPZ C TEDE 2.38E+00 6.66E-01 FHA in Containment  
A radial peaking factor of 1.65 is used.(4) All of the gap activity in the damaged rods is released to the spent fuel pool and consistsof 8% 1-131, 10% Kr-85, and 5% of other noble gases and other halogens.
-Containment Open (rem)2 HR EAB 30 DAY LPZ TEDE 2.38E+00 6.66E-01 C ONTROL ROOM 1.02E-00 ONTROL ROOM 1.01 E-00 E3-5 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 E4-1 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 6.2.3 Secondary Containment Functional Design Structures included as part of the secondary containment system are the Shield Building of each reactor unit, the Auxiliary Building, the Condensate Demineralizer Waste Evaporator (CDWE) Building and the essential raw cooling water (ERCW) pipe tunnels adjacent to the Auxiliary Building.
(5) Noble gases released to the Auxiliary Building spent fuel pool are released through theAuxiliary Building vent to the environment.
Depending on the configuration of the plant, the Primary Containment Building(s) may also be included as a structure which is part of the secondary containment system. This condition exists when the primary containment is open to the Auxiliary Building.The emergency gas treatment system (EGTS) is provided for ventilation control and cleanup of the atmosphere inside the annulus between the Shield Building and the Primary Containment Building.
(6) The iodine gap inventory is composed of inorganic species (99.85%)
The Reactor Building purge air system is also available for cleaning up the atmosphere inside the Shield Building Annulus. Refer to Section 9.4.6 for further details relating to the purge air system. The Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS) provides a similar contamination control capability in the Auxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure (ABSCE),which includes all of the areas listed above.6.2.3.1 Design Bases 6.2.3.1.1 Secondary Containment Enclosures Design bases for the secondary containment structures were devised to assure that an effective barrier exists for airborne fission products that may leak from the primary containment, or the Auxiliary Building fuel handling area, during a loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA),-eF-a-fuel handling a,.id.. t (FH)" .Within the scope of these design bases are requirements that influence the size, structural integrity, and leak tightness of the secondary containment enclosure.
and organic species(0.15%).(7) The overall inorganic and organic iodine spent fuel pool decontamination factor is 200.(8) All iodine escaping from the Auxiliary Building spent fuel pool is exhausted unfiltered through the Auxiliary Building vent.(9) The release path for the containment scenario is changed to include 12.7 seconds ofunfiltered release through the Shield Building vent, with the remainder of the unfiltered release through the Auxiliary Building vent.(10) No credit is taken for the ABGTS or Containment Purge System Filters in the analysis.
Specifically, these include a capability to: (a) maintain an effective barrier for gases and vapors that may leak from the primary containment during all normal and abnormal events;(b) delay the release of any gases and vapors that may leak from the primary containment during accidents; (c) allow gases and vapors that may leak through the primary containment during accidents to flow into the contained air volume within the secondary containment where they are diluted, held up, and purified prior to being released to the environs; (d) bleed to the secondary containment each air-filled containment penetration enclosure which extends beyond the Shield Building and which is formed by automatically actuated isolation valves; (e) maintain an effective barrier for airborne radioactive contaminants, gases, and vapors originating in the ABSCE during normal and abnormal events. Refer to Sections 3.8.1 and 3.8.4 for further details relating to the design of the Shield Building and the Auxiliary Building.6.2.3.1.3 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)The design bases for the ABGTS are: 1. To establish and keep an air pressure that is below atmospheric within the portion of the buildings serving as a secondary containment enclosure during accidents.
(11) No credit is taken for natural decay either due to holdup in the Auxiliary Building or afterthe activity has been released to the atmosphere.
: 2. To reduce the concentration of radioactive nuclides in air releases from the secondary containment enclosures to the environs during accidents to levels sufficiently low to keep the site boundary and LPZ dose rates below the 10 CFR 100 guideline values.3. To minimize the spreading of airborne radioactivity within the Auxiliary Building following an accidental release in the fuel handling and waste packaging areas.ABGTS is not required to mitigate the consequences of a fuel handling accident.4. To withstand the safe shutdown earthquake.
E3-2 Enclosure 3WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Section 15.5Final(12) The short-term (i.e., 0-2 hour) atmospheric dilution factors at the exclusion area boundaryand low population zone given in Table 15A-2 are used. The thyroid dose utilizes ICRP-30 [25] iodine dose conversion factors.
E4-2 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 5. To provide for initial and periodic testing of the system capability to function as designed (See Chapter 14.0 for information on initial testing of systems).6.2.3.2 System Design 6.2.3.2.1 Secondary Containment Enclosures (1) Shield Building[Text not provided as no changes needed](2) Auxiliary Building[Text not provided as no changes needed](3) Auxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure (ABSCE)The Auxiliary Building secondary containment enclosure (ABSCE) is that portion of the Auxiliary Building and CDWE Building (and for certain configurations, the annulus and primary containment, as discussed below) which serves to maintain an effective barrier for airborne radioactive contaminants released in the auxiliary building during abnormal events. Mechanical and electrical penetrations of this enclosure are provided with seals to minimize infiltration.
Doses are based on the dose models presented in Appendix 15A.15.5.6.3 Fuel Handling Accident ResultsThe radiation dose results of the Regulatory Guide 1.183 fuel handling accident (FHA) are givenin Table 15.5-23.
[Text for next 3 paragraphs no provided as no changes were needed]During periods when the primary containment and/or annulus of both units are open to the Auxiliary Building, the ABSCE also includes these areas. Qwiig fuel hanidling oporatines OF; this configuration, a high radiation; signal fromA spen~t fuel pool radiation moeniters will ro-sult in -a Contain~mlent Ventilation IseolatiOn (CVI) i 1.1Lu: aA AWM1 aF N6II~j~I11GA IMATIJUR RRA1 AN -+. LWR1. 0Ii1 IaHY, a 1.~ 19A 17i icuiga CVI signal generated by a high radiation Gignaal from. ths containment eua arohaU~t Fadiatoen Menitors vill initiato an Au*iIiarj Building if'tolaio  
The AST described in RG 1.183 was selectively used to evaluate the FHAdue to an event in the spent fuel pool located in the Auxiliary Building or in the containment when the equipment hatch or both doors in a personnel air lock are open. As part of thisselective implementation of AST, the following assumptions are used in the analysis:
;and etart of ,A BGTS. L' ikeve, a A Containment Isolation Phase A (Sl Signal) from the operating unit or high temperature in the Unit 1 or Unit 2 Auxiliary Building air intake, or manual ABI will cause a CVI signal in the refueling unit. These actions will ensure proper operation of the ABSCE. Both doors of the containment vessel personnel airlocks may be open at the same time during refueling activities while the purge air ventilation system is operating.
* The total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) acceptance criterion of 10 CFR 50.67(b)(2) replaces the previous whole body and thyroid dose guidelines of 10 CFR 100.11.* The gap activity is revised to be consistent with that required by RG 1.183." The decontamination factors were changed to be consistent with those required by RG.1.183." No Auxiliary Building isolation is assumed." No filtration of the release from the Containment or the spent fuel pool to theenvironment by the Containment Purge filters or the ABGTS is assumed.The evaluation for the FHA at the spent fuel pool is a bounding analysis for a dropped assemblyin containment when the containment is open or closed. The release point for the containment purge system is the Unit 2 shield building stack. The X/Qs are lower for this release point thanfor the normal auxiliary building exhaust.
During fuel handling operations in this configuration, a high radiation signal from spent fuel pool radiation monitors will result in a Containment Ventilation Isolation (CVI) in addition to an Auxiliary Building isolation and ABGTS start. Similarly, a CVI signal, including a CVI signal generated by a high radiation signal from the containment purge air exhaust radiation monitors, will initiate an Auxiliary Building isolation and start of ABGTS.These are not required functions for the ABGTS and the Reactor Building Purge System filters or for Purge System isolation as no credit for these features is in mitigating a fuel handling accident.
The AST analysis for the FHA in the Auxiliary Buildingis conservative and acceptable as the basis for the containment evaluation.
The thyroid, gamma, and beta doses for FHAs in the Auxiliary and the open containment aregiven in Table 15.5-23 for the exclusion area boundary and low population zone. These dosesare less than the 10 CFR 50.67 limit of 6.3 rem TEDE. These doses are calculated using thecomputer code FENCDOSE  
[16].The whole body, beta, and thyroid doses to control room personnel from the radiation sourcesdiscussed above are presented in Table 15.5-23.
The doses are calculated by the CORODcomputer code [17]. Parameters for the control room analysis are found in Table 15.5-14.
Thedose to control room personnel is below the 10CFR 50.67 limit of 5 rem TEDE.E3-3 Enclosure 3WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Section 15.5FinalTable 15.5-20.a Parameters Used In Fuel Handling Accident AnalysisRegulatory Guide 1.183 AnalysisTime between plant shutdown and accident 100 hoursDamage to fuel assembly All rods rupturedFuel assembly activity Highest powered fuel assembly in coreregion discharged Activity release to spent fuel pool Gap activity in ruptured rods(l)Radial peaking factor 1.65Form of iodine activity released to spent fuel poolelemental iodine 99.85%(AST) methyl iodine 0.1 5%(AST)Decontamination factor in spent fuel pool AST Overall=200 Filter efficiencies No credit takenAmount of mixing of activity in Auxiliary Building NoneMeteorology See Table 15.5-14 and Tablel5A-2 (2) 8% 1-131, 10% Kr-85, and 5% other gasses and other halogens.
E3-4 Enclosure 3WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Section 15.5FinalTable 15.5-23Doses From A Fuel Handling Accident (FHA) (rem)FHA in Auxiliary Building (rem)2 HR EAB 30 DAY LPZ CTEDE 2.38E+00 6.66E-01FHA in Containment  
-Containment Open (rem)2 HR EAB 30 DAY LPZTEDE 2.38E+00 6.66E-01CONTROL ROOM1.02E-00ONTROL ROOM1.01 E-00E3-5 Enclosure 4WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4E4-1 Enclosure 4WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.46.2.3 Secondary Containment Functional DesignStructures included as part of the secondary containment system are the Shield Building ofeach reactor unit, the Auxiliary  
: Building, the Condensate Demineralizer Waste Evaporator (CDWE) Building and the essential raw cooling water (ERCW) pipe tunnels adjacent to theAuxiliary Building.
Depending on the configuration of the plant, the Primary Containment Building(s) may also be included as a structure which is part of the secondary containment system. This condition exists when the primary containment is open to the Auxiliary Building.
The emergency gas treatment system (EGTS) is provided for ventilation control and cleanup ofthe atmosphere inside the annulus between the Shield Building and the Primary Containment Building.
The Reactor Building purge air system is also available for cleaning up the atmosphere inside the Shield Building Annulus.
Refer to Section 9.4.6 for further details relating to the purgeair system. The Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS) provides a similarcontamination control capability in the Auxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure (ABSCE),which includes all of the areas listed above.6.2.3.1 Design Bases6.2.3.1.1 Secondary Containment Enclosures Design bases for the secondary containment structures were devised to assure that an effective barrier exists for airborne fission products that may leak from the primary containment, or theAuxiliary Building fuel handling area, during a loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA),-eF-a-fuel handling a,.id.. t (FH)" .Within the scope of these design bases are requirements thatinfluence the size, structural integrity, and leak tightness of the secondary containment enclosure.
Specifically, these include a capability to: (a) maintain an effective barrier for gasesand vapors that may leak from the primary containment during all normal and abnormal events;(b) delay the release of any gases and vapors that may leak from the primary containment during accidents; (c) allow gases and vapors that may leak through the primary containment during accidents to flow into the contained air volume within the secondary containment wherethey are diluted, held up, and purified prior to being released to the environs; (d) bleed to thesecondary containment each air-filled containment penetration enclosure which extends beyondthe Shield Building and which is formed by automatically actuated isolation valves; (e) maintainan effective barrier for airborne radioactive contaminants, gases, and vapors originating in theABSCE during normal and abnormal events. Refer to Sections 3.8.1 and 3.8.4 for further detailsrelating to the design of the Shield Building and the Auxiliary Building.
6.2.3.1.3 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)The design bases for the ABGTS are:1. To establish and keep an air pressure that is below atmospheric within the portionof the buildings serving as a secondary containment enclosure during accidents.
: 2. To reduce the concentration of radioactive nuclides in air releases from thesecondary containment enclosures to the environs during accidents to levelssufficiently low to keep the site boundary and LPZ dose rates below the 10 CFR100 guideline values.3. To minimize the spreading of airborne radioactivity within the Auxiliary Buildingfollowing an accidental release in the fuel handling and waste packaging areas.ABGTS is not required to mitigate the consequences of a fuel handling accident.
: 4. To withstand the safe shutdown earthquake.
E4-2 Enclosure 4WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.45. To provide for initial and periodic testing of the system capability to function asdesigned (See Chapter 14.0 for information on initial testing of systems).
6.2.3.2 System Design6.2.3.2.1 Secondary Containment Enclosures (1) Shield Building[Text not provided as no changes needed](2) Auxiliary Building[Text not provided as no changes needed](3) Auxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure (ABSCE)The Auxiliary Building secondary containment enclosure (ABSCE) is that portionof the Auxiliary Building and CDWE Building (and for certain configurations, theannulus and primary containment, as discussed below) which serves to maintainan effective barrier for airborne radioactive contaminants released in the auxiliary building during abnormal events. Mechanical and electrical penetrations of thisenclosure are provided with seals to minimize infiltration.
[Text for next 3 paragraphs no provided as no changes were needed]During periods when the primary containment and/or annulus of both units areopen to the Auxiliary  
: Building, the ABSCE also includes these areas. Qwiig fuelhanidling oporatines OF; this configuration, a high radiation; signal fromA spen~t fuelpool radiation moeniters will ro-sult in -a Contain~mlent Ventilation IseolatiOn (CVI) i1.1Lu: aA AWM1 aF N6II~j~I11GA IMATIJUR RRA1 AN -+. LWR1. 0Ii1 IaHY, a 1.~ 19A 17iicuiga CVI signal generated by a high radiation Gignaal from. ths containment eua arohaU~t Fadiatoen Menitors vill initiato an Au*iIiarj Building if'tolaio  
;andetart of ,A BGTS. L' ikeve, a A Containment Isolation Phase A (Sl Signal) from theoperating unit or high temperature in the Unit 1 or Unit 2 Auxiliary Building airintake, or manual ABI will cause a CVI signal in the refueling unit. These actionswill ensure proper operation of the ABSCE. Both doors of the containment vesselpersonnel airlocks may be open at the same time during refueling activities whilethe purge air ventilation system is operating.
During fuel handling operations inthis configuration, a high radiation signal from spent fuel pool radiation monitorswill result in a Containment Ventilation Isolation (CVI) in addition to an Auxiliary Building isolation and ABGTS start. Similarly, a CVI signal, including a CVI signalgenerated by a high radiation signal from the containment purge air exhaustradiation
: monitors, will initiate an Auxiliary Building isolation and start of ABGTS.These are not required functions for the ABGTS and the Reactor Building PurgeSystem filters or for Purge System isolation as no credit for these features is inmitigating a fuel handling accident.
Under .p...a!
Under .p...a!
cOntr.l.,
cOntr.l., one e.the airloc"k deoFr at each !cGatien v."1I be clocod and the purge air Y-ntilation haRnIdig to .n..rAMe A^BRR-rsC boun.da ;ntegrity.
one e.the airloc"k deoFr at each !cGatien v."1I be clocod and the purge air Y-ntilation haRnIdig to .n..rAMe A^BRR-rsC boun.da ;ntegrity.
In the case where E4-3 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 containment of both units is open to the Auxiliary Building spaces, a CVI in one unit will initiate a CVI in the other unit in order to maintain those spaces open to the ABSCE.6.2.3.2.3 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)The ABGTS is a fully redundant air cleanup network provided to reduce radioactive nuclide releases from the secondary containment enclosure during accidents.
In the case whereE4-3 Enclosure 4WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4containment of both units is open to the Auxiliary Building spaces, a CVI in oneunit will initiate a CVI in the other unit in order to maintain those spaces open tothe ABSCE.6.2.3.2.3 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)The ABGTS is a fully redundant air cleanup network provided to reduceradioactive nuclide releases from the secondary containment enclosure duringaccidents.
It does this by drawing air from the fuel handling and waste packaging areas through ducting normally used for ventilation purposes to air cleanup equipment, and then directing this air to the reactor unit vent. In doing so, this system draws air from all parts of the ABSCE to establish a negative pressure region in which virtually no unprocessed air passes from this secondary containment enclosure to the atmosphere.
It does this by drawing air from the fuel handling and waste packaging areas through ducting normally used for ventilation purposes to air cleanupequipment, and then directing this air to the reactor unit vent. In doing so, thissystem draws air from all parts of the ABSCE to establish a negative pressureregion in which virtually no unprocessed air passes from this secondary containment enclosure to the atmosphere.
During periods when the primary containment and/or annulus of both units are open to the Auxiliary Building, the ABSCE also includes these areas. The ABGTS has been designed to establish a negative pressure in these additional areas for this configuration.
During periods when the primary containment and/or annulus of both units areopen to the Auxiliary  
During fuel handling operations in this configuration, a high radiation signal from the spent fuel pool radiation monitors will result in a Containment Ventilation Isolation (CVI) in addition to an Auxiliary Building isolation and ABGTS start. Similarly, a CVI signal, including a CVI signal generated by a high radiation signal from the containment purge air exhaust radiation monitors, will initiate an Auxiliary Building isolation and start of ABGTS.Likewise, a Containment Isolation Phase A (SI Signal) from the operating unit or high temperature in the Unit 1 or Unit 2 Auxiliary Building air intake, or manual ABI will cause a CVI signal in the refueling unit. These actions will ensure proper operation of the ABSCE. However, as an added precaution to protect the ABGTS operational boundary, operational action is needed to ensure the closure of the containment purge exhaust isolation valves (system valves not containment isolation valves) which are controlled by hand switches.
: Building, the ABSCE also includes these areas. The ABGTShas been designed to establish a negative pressure in these additional areas forthis configuration.
In the case where containment of both units is open to the Auxiliary Building spaces, a CVI in one unit will initiate a CVI in the other unit in order to maintain those spaces open to the ABSCE.E4-4 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 6.2.3.3.3 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)The ABGTS has the capabilities needed to preserve safety in accidents as severe as a LOCA. This was determined by conducting functional analyses of the system to verify that the system has the proper features for accident mitigation which consist of a failure modes and effects analysis, a review of Regulatory Guide 1.52 sections to assure licensing requirement conformance, and a performance analysis to verify that the system has the desired accident mitigation capabilities.
During fuel handling operations in this configuration, a highradiation signal from the spent fuel pool radiation monitors will result in aContainment Ventilation Isolation (CVI) in addition to an Auxiliary Buildingisolation and ABGTS start. Similarly, a CVI signal, including a CVI signalgenerated by a high radiation signal from the containment purge air exhaustradiation
A detailed failure modes and effects analysis is presented in Table 6.2.3-3.The functional analyses conducted on the ABGTS have shown that: 1. The air intakes for the system are properly located to minimize accident effects.The use of the air intakes provided in the fuel handling and waste disposal areas minimizes the spread of airborne contamination that may be accidentally released at these positions in which the probability of an accidental release, e.g., a fuel handling accident, is more likely. This localization effect is provided without reducing the effectiveness of the system to cope with multiple activity released throughout the ABSCE that may occur during a LOCA. Such coverage is accomplished by utilizing the normal ventilation ducting to draw outside air inleakage from any point along the secondary containment enclosure to the fuel handling and waste disposal areas.2. Accident indication signals are utilized to bring the ABGTS into operation to assure that the system functions when needed to mitigate accident effects.Accidents in which this system is needed to preserve safety are automatically detected by at least one of the three instrumentation sets used to generate accident signals that result in system startup.3. System startup reliability is very high. The practice of allowing the automatic startup of both full capacity trains in the system gives greater assurance that one train of equipment functions upon receipt of an accident signal.4. The method adopted to establish and keep the negative pressure level within this secondary containment enclosure minimizes the time needed to reach the desired pressure level. Initially, the full capacity of the ABGTS fans is utilized for this purpose. After reaching the desired operating level, the system control module allows outside air to enter the air flow network just upstream of the fan at a rate to keep the fans operating at full capacity with the enclosed volume at the desired negative pressure level. In this situation, the amount of air withdrawn from the enclosed volume is equal to the amount of outside air inleakage through the ABSCE. In addition, two vacuum breaker dampers in series are provided to admit outside air in case the modulating dampers fail.5. The ABSCE is maintained at a slightly negative pressure to reduce the amount of unprocessed air escaping from this secondary containment enclosure to the atmosphere to insignificant quantities.
: monitors, will initiate an Auxiliary Building isolation and start of ABGTS.Likewise, a Containment Isolation Phase A (SI Signal) from the operating unit orhigh temperature in the Unit 1 or Unit 2 Auxiliary Building air intake, or manual ABIwill cause a CVI signal in the refueling unit. These actions will ensure properoperation of the ABSCE. However, as an added precaution to protect the ABGTSoperational
In addition, this negative pressure level is less than that which is maintained within the annulus; such that, any air leakage between the Auxiliary Building and the Shield Building is from the Auxiliary Building into the Shield Building.E4-5 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 6. The Train A and Train B air cleanup units are sufficiently separated from each other to eliminate the possibility of a single failure destroying the capability to process Auxiliary Building air prior to its release to the atmosphere.
: boundary, operational action is needed to ensure the closure of thecontainment purge exhaust isolation valves (system valves not containment isolation valves) which are controlled by hand switches.
Two concrete walls and a distance of more than 80 feet separate the two trains. The use of separate trains of the emergency power system to drive the air cleanup trains gives further assurance of proper equipment separation.
In the case wherecontainment of both units is open to the Auxiliary Building spaces, a CVI in oneunit will initiate a CVI in the other unit in order to maintain those spaces open tothe ABSCE.E4-4 Enclosure 4WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.46.2.3.3.3 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)The ABGTS has the capabilities needed to preserve safety in accidents as severe asa LOCA. This was determined by conducting functional analyses of the system toverify that the system has the proper features for accident mitigation which consist ofa failure modes and effects analysis, a review of Regulatory Guide 1.52 sections toassure licensing requirement conformance, and a performance analysis to verify thatthe system has the desired accident mitigation capabilities.
The review of the ABGTS conducted to determine its conformance with Regulatory Guide 1.52 has shown that this system, designed prior to issuance of the guide, is in general agreement with its requirements.
A detailed failure modesand effects analysis is presented in Table 6.2.3-3.The functional analyses conducted on the ABGTS have shown that:1. The air intakes for the system are properly located to minimize accident effects.The use of the air intakes provided in the fuel handling and waste disposal areasminimizes the spread of airborne contamination that may be accidentally released at these positions in which the probability of an accidental  
Details on compliance with Regulatory Guide 1.52 are given in Table 6.5-2.The performance analysis conducted to verify that the ABGTS has the required accident mitigation capabilities has shown that the system flow rate is sized properly to handle all expected outside air inleakage at a 1/4-inch water gauge negative pressure differential.
: release, e.g.,a fuel handling  
This indicates that the nominal flow rate of 9000 cfm is sufficient to assure an adequate margin above the expected ABSCE inleakage (ACU filters are replaced as needed to maintain a minimum flow capability of 9300 cfm under surveillance instructions).
: accident, is more likely. This localization effect is provided withoutreducing the effectiveness of the system to cope with multiple activity releasedthroughout the ABSCE that may occur during a LOCA. Such coverage isaccomplished by utilizing the normal ventilation ducting to draw outside airinleakage from any point along the secondary containment enclosure to the fuelhandling and waste disposal areas.2. Accident indication signals are utilized to bring the ABGTS into operation toassure that the system functions when needed to mitigate accident effects.Accidents in which this system is needed to preserve safety are automatically detected by at least one of the three instrumentation sets used to generateaccident signals that result in system startup.3. System startup reliability is very high. The practice of allowing the automatic startup of both full capacity trains in the system gives greater assurance that onetrain of equipment functions upon receipt of an accident signal.4. The method adopted to establish and keep the negative pressure level within thissecondary containment enclosure minimizes the time needed to reach thedesired pressure level. Initially, the full capacity of the ABGTS fans is utilized forthis purpose.
The performance analysis evaluated the capability of the ABGTS to reach and maintain a negative pressure of 1/4-inch water gauge with respect to the outside within the boundaries of the ABSCE. The following was utilized in the analysis: 1. Leakage into the ABSCE is proportional to the square root of the pressure differential.
After reaching the desired operating level, the system controlmodule allows outside air to enter the air flow network just upstream of the fan ata rate to keep the fans operating at full capacity with the enclosed volume at thedesired negative pressure level. In this situation, the amount of air withdrawn from the enclosed volume is equal to the amount of outside air inleakage throughthe ABSCE. In addition, two vacuum breaker dampers in series are provided toadmit outside air in case the modulating dampers fail.5. The ABSCE is maintained at a slightly negative pressure to reduce the amount ofunprocessed air escaping from this secondary containment enclosure to theatmosphere to insignificant quantities.
: 2. Only one air cleanup unit in the ABGTS operates at the rated capacity.3. The air cleanup unit fan begins to operate 30 seconds after the initiation of an ABI signal, Or a high .adiati.n .ig.Ral (Seo Sotion  
In addition, this negative pressure level isless than that which is maintained within the annulus; such that, any air leakagebetween the Auxiliary Building and the Shield Building is from the Auxiliary Building into the Shield Building.
: 4. The initial static pressure inside the ABSCE is conservatively considered to be atmospheric pressure, although the ABSCE is under a negative pressure during normal operation.
E4-5 Enclosure 4WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.46. The Train A and Train B air cleanup units are sufficiently separated from eachother to eliminate the possibility of a single failure destroying the capability toprocess Auxiliary Building air prior to its release to the atmosphere.
: 5. The effective pressure head due to wind equals 1/8-inch water gauge.6. Initial average air temperature inside the ABSCE equals 140 0 F.7. Atmospheric temperature and pressure are 70°F and 14.4 psia, respectively.
Two concretewalls and a distance of more than 80 feet separate the two trains. The use ofseparate trains of the emergency power system to drive the air cleanup trainsgives further assurance of proper equipment separation.
: 8. ABSCE isolation dampers/valves close within 30 seconds after receiving an ABI or a high radiation signal, S*copt fG" tho fuol handling a..a ".hau.t damp,..hIch& muc- t niaga ;Aithin (W3 soconde.9. The non-safety-related general ventilation and fuel handling area exhaust fans are designed to shut down automatically following a LOCA. Each fan is provided with a safety related Class 1 E primary circuit breaker and a safety related Class E4-6 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 1 E shunt trip isolation switch which is tripped by a signal of the opposite train from that for the primary circuit breaker to ensure that power is isolated from the fan.6.2.4.3 Design Evaluation The containment isolation systems are designed to present a double barrier to any flow path from the inside to the outside of the containment using the double-barrier approach to meet the single-failure criterion.(e) The design configuration for penetrations X-79A (ice blowing), and X-79B (negative return) is temporarily modified in operating Modes 5 and 6 and when the reactor is defueled (Mode 7) to support ice blowing activities.
The review of the ABGTS conducted to determine its conformance with Regulatory Guide 1.52 has shown that this system, designed prior to issuance of the guide, is ingeneral agreement with its requirements.
The normally closed blind flange on each penetration will be opened and temporary piping will be installed in the penetrations.
Details on compliance with Regulatory Guide 1.52 are given in Table 6.5-2.The performance analysis conducted to verify that the ABGTS has the requiredaccident mitigation capabilities has shown that the system flow rate is sized properlyto handle all expected outside air inleakage at a 1/4-inch water gauge negativepressure differential.
A 12-inch silicone seal will be installed between the piping segment and the penetration.
This indicates that the nominal flow rate of 9000 cfm is sufficient to assure an adequate margin above the expected ABSCE inleakage (ACU filters arereplaced as needed to maintain a minimum flow capability of 9300 cfm undersurveillance instructions).
Manual isolation valves will be connected to the piping on the inboard and outboard side of the penetrations.
The performance analysis evaluated the capability of the ABGTS to reach andmaintain a negative pressure of 1/4-inch water gauge with respect to the outsidewithin the boundaries of the ABSCE. The following was utilized in the analysis:
This configuration is being installed to permit ice blowing operations to occur concurrently with fuel handling activities inside containment.
: 1. Leakage into the ABSCE is proportional to the square root of the pressuredifferential.
: 2. Only one air cleanup unit in the ABGTS operates at the rated capacity.
: 3. The air cleanup unit fan begins to operate 30 seconds after the initiation of anABI signal, Or a high .adiati.n  
.ig.Ral (Seo Sotion  
: 4. The initial static pressure inside the ABSCE is conservatively considered to beatmospheric
: pressure, although the ABSCE is under a negative pressure duringnormal operation.
: 5. The effective pressure head due to wind equals 1/8-inch water gauge.6. Initial average air temperature inside the ABSCE equals 1400F.7. Atmospheric temperature and pressure are 70°F and 14.4 psia, respectively.
: 8. ABSCE isolation dampers/valves close within 30 seconds after receiving an ABIor a high radiation signal, S*copt fG" tho fuol handling a..a ".hau.t damp,..hIch& muc- t niaga ;Aithin (W3 soconde.9. The non-safety-related general ventilation and fuel handling area exhaust fansare designed to shut down automatically following a LOCA. Each fan is providedwith a safety related Class 1 E primary circuit breaker and a safety related ClassE4-6 Enclosure 4WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.41 E shunt trip isolation switch which is tripped by a signal of the opposite trainfrom that for the primary circuit breaker to ensure that power is isolated from thefan.6.2.4.3 Design Evaluation The containment isolation systems are designed to present a double barrier to anyflow path from the inside to the outside of the containment using the double-barrier approach to meet the single-failure criterion.
(e) The design configuration for penetrations X-79A (ice blowing),
and X-79B(negative return) is temporarily modified in operating Modes 5 and 6 and when thereactor is defueled (Mode 7) to support ice blowing activities.
The normally closedblind flange on each penetration will be opened and temporary piping will beinstalled in the penetrations.
A 12-inch silicone seal will be installed between thepiping segment and the penetration.
Manual isolation valves will be connected tothe piping on the inboard and outboard side of the penetrations.
This configuration is being installed to permit ice blowing operations to occur concurrently with fuelhandling activities inside containment.
Admo, *,tr.atko  
Admo, *,tr.atko  
: c. ntrol. ;Aill .n.uro tiN,,l.,ur o...f th ,
: c. ntrol. ;Aill .n.uro tiN,, l.,ur o...f th , t to ;a ful h.nling ...'den. The penetrations will be returned to their normal design configuration prior to entry into Mode 4 operations.
t to ;a ful h.nling ...'den. The penetrations willbe returned to their normal design configuration prior to entry into Mode 4operations.
E4-7 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 6.5 FISSION PRODUCT REMOVAL AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 6.5.1 Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) Filter Systems Four Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) air cleanup systems' units are provided for fission product removal in post-accident environments.
E4-7 Enclosure 4WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.46.5 FISSION PRODUCT REMOVAL AND CONTROL SYSTEMS6.5.1 Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) Filter SystemsFour Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) air cleanup systems' units are provided for fissionproduct removal in post-accident environments.
These are: (1) The emergency gas treatment system (EGTS) air cleanup units.(2) The Auxiliary Building gas treatment system (ABGTS) air cleanup units.(3) The Reactor Building purge system air cleanup units.(4) The Main Control Room emergency air cleanup units.6.5.1.1 Design Bases 6.5.1.1.1 Emergency Gas Treatment System Air Cleanup Units The design bases are: (1) To provide fission product removal capabilities sufficient to keep radioactivity levels in the Shield Building annulus air released to the environs during a DBA LOCA sufficiently low to assure compliance with 10 CFR 100 guidelines.
These are:(1) The emergency gas treatment system (EGTS) air cleanup units.(2) The Auxiliary Building gas treatment system (ABGTS) air cleanup units.(3) The Reactor Building purge system air cleanup units.(4) The Main Control Room emergency air cleanup units.6.5.1.1 Design Bases6.5.1.1.1 Emergency Gas Treatment System Air Cleanup UnitsThe design bases are:(1) To provide fission product removal capabilities sufficient to keep radioactivity levels inthe Shield Building annulus air released to the environs during a DBA LOCA sufficiently low to assure compliance with 10 CFR 100 guidelines.
(2) These air cleanup units are a part of the EGTS. See Section 6.2.3.1.2 for the design bases for other portions of this system.6.5.1.1.2 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System Air Cleanup Units The design bases are: (1) To provide fission product removal capabilities sufficient to keep radioactivity levels in the Auxiliary Building secondary containment enclosure (ABSCE) air released to the environs during a postulated accident sufficiently low to assure compliance with 10 CFR 100 guidelines.
(2) These air cleanup units are a part of the EGTS. See Section 6.2.3.1.2 for the designbases for other portions of this system.6.5.1.1.2 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System Air Cleanup UnitsThe design bases are:(1) To provide fission product removal capabilities sufficient to keep radioactivity levels inthe Auxiliary Building secondary containment enclosure (ABSCE) air released to theenvirons during a postulated accident sufficiently low to assure compliance with 10 CFR100 guidelines.
(2) These air cleanup units are a part of the ABGTS. See Section 6.2.3.1.3 for the design basis for other portions of this system.6.6.4.1.3 Building Pug, Air- Syctom Ai.r C-lonnup Units;The design bases aro: (i ) To pvvvidv fission product remew c vapabilities sufficient to keep nadioavtivity levelc in the primary containment air released to the envire s following 2 fu'Al handling accident wit04hin the coentainmient Gufficiently low to accure compliance with 10 CFR 100 guideline&.
(2) These air cleanup units are a part of the ABGTS. See Section 6.2.3.1.3 for the designbasis for other portions of this system.6.6.4.1.3 Building Pug, Air- Syctom Ai.r C-lonnup Units;The design bases aro:(i ) To pvvvidv fission product remew c vapabilities sufficient to keep nadioavtivity levelc inthe primary containment air released to the envire s following 2 fu'Al handling accidentwit04hin the coentainmient Gufficiently low to accure compliance with 10 CFR 100 guideline&.
(2) These air cleanup units aro a part of the Ro8actor Building purge air cyctom. Sea Section 9.4.6.1 for the design basis for other portionc of this, system.E4-8 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 A A .2 2 Roac.tar Building Purigo System Air Cleanup Units See Sectio 9.4.6.2 for deecription of the system design of the Reactor. Bu:!ding purge system and_ t-he funcRt*on, operation, and control Of the aiA clan nieWiti that cyctomn.Tmo 50%A capacity &i cleanup units, designed to supply a total of 22,919 cfm (two fn together), are proided_ for ~ac~h Reactor Bu"eiding.
(2) These air cleanup units aro a part of the Ro8actor Building purge air cyctom. SeaSection 9.4.6.1 for the design basis for other portionc of this, system.E4-8 Enclosure 4WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4A A .2 2 Roac.tar Building Purigo System Air Cleanup UnitsSee Sectio 9.4.6.2 for deecription of the system design of the Reactor.
Both unite are located wn the Gamne roomR On Elewation 713 adjacent to the Reactor Building they sewre.Eac.h vair- cleanup unit hA.. a- etotain W te hou..n. e d t a t m......samples, teet flitt -Hg W and aceec flaclilitiec forw miaintenAanceG.
Bu:!ding purge systemand_ t-he funcRt*on, operation, and control Of the aiA clan nieWiti that cyctomn.Tmo 50%A capacity  
The air treatment cOMPOnente within the huciRng inc ude a prefiteI eGctieo, a HERA filter bank, and a carbon; filter bank. This equi ment 1ieV meVtaalled_
&i cleanup units, designed to supply a total of 22,919 cfm (two fntogether),
In the order 1lIted. Integral to the hIuIing are test fitinge properly sized and proportioned to permit orderly _anRd_ efficientAIR teeting of the HERA filter and carbon adeorber The HEPA filtor .1 mtaled in the air cleanup u arme 1Q00 ft Units deiged to rem-ve at'o.aet 99Q_.9W% of the particulato.
are proided_
gremater t m ,.ic.rRn -in di*ameter, and mneet the r e.irt of y .pif ication MIL F 51068. The arbon ad-orber6 meRtalled in the ai, cleanup unite are Type I nit trays, fabricated in accordance wvith AACC St-and-ar-d CS 8T equiremeante.
for ~ac~h Reactor Bu"eiding.
A A.CC CS-8T has been eupmeredd; and, ANSII/RASE N609 089 epecifee ASE AGll I t be ueod Therefore, all now charo T el shall meet AG 1, Section FV , with the exception thait t-he 199A1 vrinof the; cede be ugod Exitin Typ A!cl~onot have to be repl~aced to meet the AG 1 code if being re~fill~d_.
Both unite are located wn the Gamne roomR OnElewation 713 adjacent to the Reactor Building they sewre.Eac.h vair- cleanup unit hA.. a- etotain W te hou..n. e d t a t m......samples, teet flitt -Hg W and aceec flaclilitiec forw miaintenAanceG.
New replacement ch~arcol adeorbent (forF un newll Vlland refilleVd Type II GVlc) shaIl be tmt the1 ASME AG 1191 eu rent in lieuW f the 1088 Ver,.,n (or later provided proper evaluation justifies adequacy), with the eception that labratoy testing of aderben be in accordance with ASTM_03-8032 10-89. The total numbere. of filtorc and -adeorber uItIR trayc provided in each air cleanup unit are licted in Table 6.5 5.Compliance of the doeign, testing, and- maintenance features Of the Rteac-tor-BuIilding purge svsetom aiF Gleinuo units with Regulatory Guide 1.62 OR- tabuwlated in Table A6.523-j ...........
The air treatment cOMPOnente within the huciRng inc ude a prefiteI  
E4-9 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 I 3D10 .o jiwg6UiNorG LWUIOO 1.*,KO~i, 6 6ocuon ppiscuuiuit; For The eoac-tor MicngPurgo  
: eGctieo, a HERA filter bank, and a carbon; filter bank. Thisequi ment 1ieV meVtaalled_
'VOntilatiOR SotOM (Page f2 G~de AppHiGabi Comment GiM.d Applmrsab"W r_ .om-Aent maedo" ToThe ndex SeOtOG1 O TOe l~do G. !a yes NoJte I G.3e yes Note 14 GAb yes -44 yes GA.G yes -C yes Note 14 G.44 yes -.3h yes C.4~e yes --.4 yes Note144 G-34 yes Note 14 G.2a AGNts&4 ~ e Nete-I!G.2b AGNote-4 C44 AG Note144 G.. yes G.4.rn yes G.2. fie Note4 5 G.4; fe Netes-Q--1 G.2e yes G.3. yes G-.24 yes G-" no hnotel12 A14 G--. A Note 6 C GNote4I .4.a fIo Note-12 G-4 yes GA.b AG Note 17 Re.-. AGe- GA. 44 Note144 G.2. yes GAA~ yes C,2 A Note 9 GA~e yes no.a R Notes 3 & 40 G.6. yes Nete 16.3. AGhnotes43&410 G.5b yes Nete 15 G.. yes Note-l 14 f yes Note 45 G3d yes Note-l 14G.4 yes Note 15 G.6.a yesNotes14,%
In the order 1lIted. Integral to the hIuIing are test fitinge properly sizedand proportioned to permit orderly _anRd_ efficientAIR teeting of the HERA filter and carbon adeorberThe HEPA filtor .1 mtaled in the air cleanup u arme 1Q00 ft Units deiged to rem-ve at'o.aet 99Q_.9W%
If C4b yes Netes-14 & 8 Notes 1. The postulated design basis accident (ID"A for the re~actor buAldin pug Retilation
of the particulato.
gremater t
m ,.ic.rRn  
-in di*ameter, and mneet ther e.irt of y .pif ication MIL F 51068. The arbon ad-orber6 meRtalled in the ai,cleanup unite are Type I nit trays, fabricated in accordance wvith AACC St-and-ar-d CS 8Tequiremeante.
A A.CC CS-8T has been eupmeredd; and, ANSII/RASE N609 089 epecifee ASEAGll I t be ueod Therefore, all now charo T el shall meet AG 1, Section FV ,with the exception thait t-he 199A1 vrinof the; cede be ugod Exitin Typ A!cl~onot haveto be repl~aced to meet the AG 1 code if being re~fill~d_.
New replacement ch~arcol adeorbent (forFun newll Vlland refilleVd Type II GVlc) shaIl be tmt the1 ASME AG 1191eu rent in lieuW f the 1088 Ver,.,n (or later provided proper evaluation justifies adequacy),
with the eception that labratoy testing of aderben be in accordance with ASTM_03-8032 10-89. The total numbere.
of filtorc and -adeorber uItIR trayc provided in each air cleanupunit are licted in Table 6.5 5.Compliance of the doeign, testing, and- maintenance features Of the Rteac-tor-BuIilding purgesvsetom aiF Gleinuo units with Regulatory Guide 1.62 OR- tabuwlated in Table A6.523-j ...........
E4-9 Enclosure 4WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4I 3D10 .o jiwg6UiNorG LWUIOO 1.*,KO~i, 6 6ocuon ppiscuuiuit; For The eoac-tor MicngPurgo  
'VOntilatiOR SotOM(Page f2G~de AppHiGabi Comment GiM.d Applmrsab"W r_ .om-Aentmaedo" ToThe ndex SeOtOG1 O TOe l~doG. !a yes NoJte I G.3e yes Note 14GAb yes -44 yesGA.G yes -C yes Note 14G.44 yes -.3h yesC.4~e yes --.4 yes Note144G-34 yes Note 14G.2a AGNts&4 ~ e Nete-I!G.2b AGNote-4 C44 AG Note144G.. yes G.4.rn yesG.2. fie Note4 5 G.4; fe Netes-Q--1 G.2e yes G.3. yesG-.24 yes G-" no hnotel12 A14G--. A Note 6C GNote4I .4.a fIo Note-12G-4 yes GA.b AG Note 17Re.-. AGe- GA. 44 Note144G.2. yes GAA~ yesC,2 A Note 9 GA~e yesno.a R Notes 3 & 40 G.6. yes Nete 16.3. AGhnotes43&410 G.5b yes Nete 15G.. yes Note-l 14 f yes Note 45G3d yes Note-l 14G.4 yes Note 15G.6.a yesNotes14,%
IfC4b yes Netes-14  
& 8Notes1. The postulated design basis accident (ID"A for the re~actor buAldin pug Retilation
: 2. [te ic ad fuel handling accident within the PrimFar; Containment.
: 2. [te ic ad fuel handling accident within the PrimFar; Containment.
: 23. Each air cleanup Unit cOntains a prefilter bank, HEPIA filter- bank, and carbon adseoberbank OR the order licted.4. I ro eor Ph duration or theo a' anpuit operation Mlped~ ToiiGWIng Mei PGStuia;oa UWNF--l++-- ,ILL++ ...... ++ ..... i.iaorni~ioa in rioroi mar~oc tn:c reauiromeni unnocaccar:
: 23. Each air cleanup Unit cOntains a prefilter bank, HEPIA filter- bank, and carbon adseober bank OR the order licted.4. I ro eor Ph duration or theo a' anpuit operation Mlped~ ToiiGWIng Mei PGStuia;oa UWNF--l++-- ,ILL++ ...... ++ ..... i.iaorni~ioa in rioroi mar~oc tn:c reauiromeni unnocaccar:
DOC~U~U in~ proua~iiivj UT ~UCfld.ctruct.  
DOC~U~U in~ proua~iiivj UT ~UCfl d.ctruct. .events to equipmen.
.events to equipmen.
t area.. in oer.ation duing a SAGA.. penoO .time is-w e~demselysmaeW P 6. No mreue suroe of any  
t area.. in oer.ation duing a SAGA.. penoO .time is-we~demselysmaeW P6. No mreue suroe of any  
'e to" tr-i air c,,ipanu e-uIImnare " nvlclenep£L. ..... I..4..J M~A ;. : 4 A :.. I,.4.I S* 1------1 ~ ** Iti*E4- 10 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 No-vws Continued 69. The cyctGem d860gn provide for temperature and pF8rawcre differential  
'e to" tr-i air c,,ipanu e-uIImnare  
" nvlclenep
£L. ..... I..4..J M~A ;. : 4 A :.. I,.4.IS* 1------1  
~ ** Iti*E4- 10 Enclosure 4WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4No-vws Continued
: 69. The cyctGem d860gn provide for temperature and pF8rawcre differential  
!ndicatien to allow'forF peioedic Wyreillanco of the filter traine. Also, iniainof fan operation ic ProvideAd-  
!ndicatien to allow'forF peioedic Wyreillanco of the filter traine. Also, iniainof fan operation ic ProvideAd-  
~n.the main control roomA.:7. eleted8_ The am~ount of radfioactive maaterial ceolleted by the fiter and adeo~hrbe banks during thepostulated DBA identifid in Noete I is not aufficient to create a radiation hazard when theGI. No 6afet enhancement is for-een by the umeI of low leakage du; Owk in this In the eVent Of a poetulate DL -, al ytmhmuwek Gam,4ng ad*9active materia i6 ata pro66UFe beoIw -at~moe6_pheriG.
~n.the main control roomA.:7. eleted 8_ The am~ount of radfioactive maaterial ceolleted by the fiter and adeo~hrbe banks during the postulated DBA identifid in Noete I is not aufficient to create a radiation hazard when the GI. No 6afet enhancement is for-een by the umeI of low leakage du; Owk in this In the eVent Of a poetulate DL -, al ytmhmuwek Gam,4ng ad*9active materia i6 at a pro66UFe beoIw -at~moe6_pheriG.
Concequently, duct leakage in thie part i6 from the"teidel inte the contaminated air trfeam.10. No of thi6 f i utilized in thi; becaUe , nGotUre i6considered highly unlikely in the postulated DBA.SI The amo, unt f readioative material  
Concequently, duct leakage in thie part i6 from the"teidel inte the contaminated air trfeam.10. No of thi6 f i utilized in thi; becaUe , nGotUre i6 considered highly unlikely in the postulated DBA.SI The amo, unt f readioative material -ellectled durig the postulated ORA OR too amall ta raiom the ;ad6rbe rhbank temFperature near the Gcarbon ignition temRperature.
-ellectled durig the postulated ORA OR too amall taraiom the ;ad6rbe rhbank temFperature near the Gcarbon ignition temRperature.
HGewoeF, Water epray6 are pFoYidt;d-  
HGewoeF,Water epray6 are pFoYidt;d-  
;n the event of a charcoal fire.12eCmpliance Wth thi e otion ;6 not a iconcinRg requiremnent.
;n the event of a charcoal fire.12eCmpliance Wth thi e otion ;6 not a iconcinRg requiremnent.
: 13. The 6yteFm is-6iZed to maintan ac-eptable air purity in the d uring nRormalfuel g GperatineS.
: 13. The 6yteFm is-6iZed to maintan ac-eptable air purity in the d uring nRormal fuel g GperatineS.
TWO 6Iytom a;ffect the Geii; g 8f the building purg 6etlto ytom. One of these is the fue! handling accident in thecotanment The other :ethe ventilation required to maintain acceptable air purity in theGGA d" ti th d 4WaSfound that the V8At*'atwGF; GaPaGity Re A-d-A-d-tw M.a*Ata*R a2 RG-Af-A WGFkoRg eRV*raRM..ARt_
TWO 6Iytom a;ffect the Geii; g 8f the building purg 6etlto ytom. One of these is the fue! handling accident in the cotanment The other :ethe ventilation required to maintain acceptable air purity in the GGA d" ti th d 4WaS found that the V8At*'atwGF; GaPaGity Re A-d-A-d- tw M.a*Ata*R a2 RG-Af-A WGFkoRg eRV*raRM..ARt_
t-*6 gFSateF than that needed temitigaatm the eft.-Gt6of a fuel haRdI*Rgag-GidARt.
t-*6 gFSateF than that needed temitigaatm the eft.-Gt6of a fuel haRdI*Rg ag-GidARt.
ThSFSfGFS, the 6ysteFA Wa6sizedfQF the ReFmal vent"atien needs. ginGehaRdling Gpwatffiem Gnly take P'aG8 Wh8A the PWFg8 V8At*'atbQF; SysteM *6 in OpeFatmOn, atle-mg-t-2-0-09A of the puFg-F;g GapaGity Reed-e-d-te nlaaF; up the GentainmeRt atR;GspheFe iAthe pestaGGident peFiGdi6GpeFat*Ag 6hGWId aA aGGdentGGGWF.
ThSFSfGFS, the 6ysteFA Wa6sizedfQF the ReFmal vent"atien needs. ginGe haRdling Gpwatffiem Gnly take P'aG8 Wh8A the PWFg8 V8At*'atbQF; SysteM *6 in OpeFatmOn, at le-mg-t- 2-0-09A of the puFg-F;g GapaGity Reed-e-d-te nlaaF; up the GentainmeRt atR;GspheFe iA the pestaGGident peFiGdi6GpeFat*Ag 6hGWId aA aGGdentGGGWF.
Availability Or-, t-hopmfem asswed te peftFm the enly eRgineemd safety faafi wa fi indien assigned to tN66yste4A'a. ~'w. a smut.. .w 5%5 a., %.WU = S ~ , t C ----Saw it ItS -J SS ~I WV- I~E tSR ItSli
Availability Or-, t-hopmfem asswed te peftFm the enly eRgineemd safety faafi wa fi indien assigned to tN66yste 4A'a. ~'w. a smut.. .w 5%5 a., %.WU = S ~ , t C ----Saw it ItS -J SS ~I WV- I~E tSR ItS li
* th i---nof thp ANSI d The ryrttmGGAfQFMed tG thir,vleakage teeting icp~re naccordanco with ANSI N509 19:76. W~heneveF poccible-,
* th i---nof thp ANSI d The ryrttmGGAfQFMed tG thir, v leakage teeting icp~re naccordanco with ANSI N509 19:76. W~heneveF poccible-, part6 or Gcomponent6 uced ac replacements comply with the l-atect issue ofAARSI/ASM ftl~lfl Ar peldmna Fa.eirýaW.An~
part6 or Gcomponent6 uced ac replacements comply with the l-atect issue ofAARSI/ASM ftl~lfl Ar peldmna Fa.eirýaW.An~
famr A. cbmfark, gas hia 4 6;ý 15 939 F ew ;.RtR-_.i 1_. :oDI~ancoe withl ANI9AIh'XAM hNb1U ; net required Pinco tflea ;eFeemwas decigno and Ji*---------aaWtUt a ~ ii a *%fl~ ~tStS~U II at. a WW WU ii ViA tashan niannekia aanenfl tha ne.anaAaa..an aaetlinaA in A~LI~ M~4fl 400fl WWLWi I n IW LWWLWW Wh Wbl i the P t" ARPAE WFI QI 1 ()89.I I
famr A. cbmfark, gas hia 4 6;ý 15 939 F ew ;.RtR-_.i1_. :oDI~ancoe withl ANI9AIh'XAM hNb1U ; net required Pinco tflea ;eFeemwas decigno andJi*---------aaWtUt a ~ ii a *%fl~ ~tStS~U II at. a WW WU ii ViAtashan niannekia aanenfl tha ne.anaAaa..an aaetlinaA in A~LI~ M~4fl 400flWWLWi I n IW LWWLWW Wh Wbl i the Pt" ARPAE WFI QI 1 ()89.I I
* i v I 1 hense or i I.J, I."l t..* a I -,l""l; Ipem f TVA Q ,-dSG,1d, auct WNn are8 Or welgi and a T~DflIedF or ruepaieru aftor inlu :-2, -i87, monet the weldng roguirements of ANSI/PAM A609 10976. The WorftmanehiP camPle6 are not required to ni'n nnnnrrlnT TFIF~T~~(~  
* i v I1 hense or i I.J, I."l t..* a I -,l""l; Ipem f TVA Q ,-dSG,1d, auct WNn are8 Or welgi and a T~DflIedF or ruepaieru aftor inlu :-2, -i87, monet the weldngroguirements of ANSI/PAM A609 10976. The WorftmanehiP camPle6 are not required toni'n nnnnrrlnT TFIF~T~~(~  
~ a nr m~r~-~'ir  
~ a nr m~r~-~'ir  
~ .. a.~ '...
~ .. a.~ '...
* I.I " \''' " I"* ~.w a I...., t.aer vs.., a ,5 j.r.naa'ae s we a4 0 I nkn..nbnr.
* I.I " \''' " I"* ~.w a I...., t.aer vs.., a ,5 j.r.naa'ae s we a 4 0 I nkn..nbnr.
* Ganiti no fran a any.., ef tha ..~Ar.l lWlll I il nil VVVlIVI I,_l--__ _l.._nl L.._ :__--.... ... : LI. IL. JI. L. eFy18 I b t.eFae6 ti f fh d hr. Rh ll;IR&;gr ith theroquirmenic T -~L.e L., 7(ghU6 nOfr orS8F cyGe poatOn;)
* Ganiti no fran a any.., ef tha ..~Ar.l lWlll I il nil VVVlIVI I,_l--__ _l.._nl L.._ :__--.... ... : LI. IL. JI. L. eFy 18 I b t.eFa e6 ti f fh d h r. Rh ll;IR&;gr ith the roquirmenic T -~L.e L., 7(ghU6 nOfr orS8F cyGe poatOn;) rer Mope 6, ana RG i11' awh f E4-11 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 9.4.2.3 Safety Evaluation A fuel handling accident in the Auxiliary Building is detected by the two gamma radiation detectors mounted above the fuel pool, as shown in Figure 9.4-12. The high radiation signals via redundant trains will then shut off the fuel handling and Auxiliary Building general supply and exhaust fans and start the ABGTS, as shown in Figures 9.4-9 and 9.4-10. No credit is taken in the dose or accident analyses for these functions.
rer Mope 6, ana RG i11' awh fE4-11 Enclosure 4WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.49.4.2.3 Safety Evaluation A fuel handling accident in the Auxiliary Building is detected by the two gamma radiation detectors mounted above the fuel pool, as shown in Figure 9.4-12. The high radiation signalsvia redundant trains will then shut off the fuel handling and Auxiliary Building general supply andexhaust fans and start the ABGTS, as shown in Figures 9.4-9 and 9.4-10. No credit is taken inthe dose or accident analyses for these functions.
To a.ccmplish its :f" funt.ction following 3 fu'-" handling acid.nt,, The fuel handling area ventilation system m44st will accomplish the following functions:
To a.ccmplish its :f" funt.ction following 3fu'-" handling acid.nt,,
The fuel handling area ventilation system m44st will accomplish thefollowing functions:
(1) Isolate the normal ventilation pathways between the spent fuel pool and the environment.
(1) Isolate the normal ventilation pathways between the spent fuel pool and the environment.
(2) Filter the contaminants out of the air by the ABGTS before exhausting it to the environment.
(2) Filter the contaminants out of the air by the ABGTS before exhausting it to the environment.
The two redundant radiation monitors (non-safety-related) located above the spent fuel pitassure that the accident is promptly detected and that a high radiation signal is provided to eachventilation train, even if one monitor fails. Also, during refueling operations when containment and/or the annulus is open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces, a Containment VentIsolation (CVI) signal from either the operating or refueling unit is procedurally configured toassure that a fuel handling accident in containment is promptly detected and the CVI signal isprovided to each ventilation train.In addition, the Auxiliary Building radiation monitor (non-safety related) which monitors theAuxiliary Building exhaust vent is also capable of providing a high radiation signal to the MCR. Ahigh radiation signal from either of the monitors located above the spent fuel pit or a operating or refueling unit CVI signal whenever containment and/or the annulus is open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces during refueling operations causes the fuel handling area (FHA) andAuxiliary Building general supply and exhaust fans to shut down and their associated dampersto close, as shown in Figures 9.4-9 and 9.4-10. Each of the two FHA exhaust fans has both trainA and train B dampers, to ensure building isolation in the event of one damper's failure to close.As an added safety feature, all ABSCE boundary isolation dampers are designed to fail-closed on loss of instrument air or electrical power.E4-12 Enclosure 4WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.49.4.6 Reactor Building Purge Ventilating System (RBPVS)9.4.6.1 Design BasesThe RBPVS is designed to maintain the environment in the primary containment and ShieldBuilding annulus within acceptable limits for equipment operation and for personnel accessduring inspection,  
The two redundant radiation monitors (non-safety-related) located above the spent fuel pit assure that the accident is promptly detected and that a high radiation signal is provided to each ventilation train, even if one monitor fails. Also, during refueling operations when containment and/or the annulus is open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces, a Containment Vent Isolation (CVI) signal from either the operating or refueling unit is procedurally configured to assure that a fuel handling accident in containment is promptly detected and the CVI signal is provided to each ventilation train.In addition, the Auxiliary Building radiation monitor (non-safety related) which monitors the Auxiliary Building exhaust vent is also capable of providing a high radiation signal to the MCR. A high radiation signal from either of the monitors located above the spent fuel pit or a operating or refueling unit CVI signal whenever containment and/or the annulus is open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces during refueling operations causes the fuel handling area (FHA) and Auxiliary Building general supply and exhaust fans to shut down and their associated dampers to close, as shown in Figures 9.4-9 and 9.4-10. Each of the two FHA exhaust fans has both train A and train B dampers, to ensure building isolation in the event of one damper's failure to close.As an added safety feature, all ABSCE boundary isolation dampers are designed to fail-closed on loss of instrument air or electrical power.E4-12 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 9.4.6 Reactor Building Purge Ventilating System (RBPVS)9.4.6.1 Design Bases The RBPVS is designed to maintain the environment in the primary containment and Shield Building annulus within acceptable limits for equipment operation and for personnel access during inspection, testing, maintenance, and refueling operations, and to provide a filtration path for any through-duct outleakage from the primary containment to limit the release of radioactivity to the environment.
: testing, maintenance, and refueling operations, and to provide a filtration pathfor any through-duct outleakage from the primary containment to limit the release of radioactivity to the environment.
The RBPVS performs three distinct functions, the forced air purge function, the continuous pressure relief function, and the alternate containment pressure relief function.The forced air purge function is performed by a purge supply and purge exhaust system consisting of two trains, each of which is designed to provide 50% of the capacity needed for normal purging. Each train consists of a supply fan, an exhaust fan, a HEPA filter-charcoal adsorber assembly, containment isolation valves and associated dampers and ductwork.
The RBPVS performs three distinct functions, the forced air purge function, the continuous pressure relief function, and the alternate containment pressure relief function.
This function provides a means by which containment air may be forcibly exchanged and filtered.The purge function provides a means by which containment air may be forcibly exchanged and filtered.
The forced air purge function is performed by a purge supply and purge exhaust systemconsisting of two trains, each of which is designed to provide 50% of the capacity needed fornormal purging.
The purge function of the RBPVS is not a safety-related function.
Each train consists of a supply fan, an exhaust fan, a HEPA filter-charcoal adsorber  
HowoYor, the filtFation units are roguired to provide a safot reated filtration path following a fuel handling acr.ddon until all conta:nment ico~ation valves are clocod. The safety functions are to assure isolation of primary containment during an accident and to isolate the purge air supply intake upon receipt of an Auxiliary Building Isolation (ABI) signal.In the case of a fuel handling accident the filtration units provide a filtration path following a fuel handling accident until all containment isolation valves are closed. However, neither the filtration nor the isolation functions are credited in the Fuel Handling Dose Analysis.
: assembly, containment isolation valves and associated dampers and ductwork.
Thus they are not safety functions for this accident.During Operating Modes 1 thru 5, continuous pressure relief is provided by a passive ducting system which passes through containment penetration X-80, through two 100% redundant containment vent air cleanup units (CVACU) containing HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers.
Thisfunction provides a means by which containment air may be forcibly exchanged and filtered.
Containment air is moved into the annulus by the motive force created by differential pressure between the two spaces. Filtration redundancy allows maintenance on one unit at a time while maintaining an open pathway through the other. This ventilation pathway is isolable using containment isolation valves FCV-30-40 and FCV-30-37 which are closed d-"ng Mede 6 r when containment isolation is required.
The purge function provides a means by which containment air may be forcibly exchanged andfiltered.
This system is not required for handling accident mnitigation aRd is not available for that pWeurpo cic ie t ie ocentially i*rlated by containment icol-atio~n valves duNrng fuel leading or handling artivtioc (Mode 6).The alternate pressure relief function is provided by way of a configuration alignment in the forced air purge system. This function is accomplished by opening lower compartment purge lines (one supply and one exhaust) or one of the two pairs of lines (one supply and one exhaust) in the upper compartment.
The purge function of the RBPVS is not a safety-related function.  
During purging mode, the purge air fans may or may not be used. To prevent inadvertent pressurization of containment due to supply and exhaust side ductwork flow imbalances, the supply ductwork airflow may be temporarily throttled as needed.The purge function of the RBPVS is not a safety-related function.
: HowoYor, the filtFation units are roguired to provide a safot reated filtration path following a fuel handling acr.ddonuntil all conta:nment ico~ation valves are clocod. The safety functions are to assure isolation ofprimary containment during an accident and to isolate the purge air supply intake upon receiptof an Auxiliary Building Isolation (ABI) signal.In the case of a fuel handling accident the filtration units provide a filtration path following a fuelhandling accident until all containment isolation valves are closed. However, neither the filtration nor the isolation functions are credited in the Fuel Handling Dose Analysis.
H1owever, the filtration unite ar reqird to pFGYide a safety related filtration path following a fuel handling accidet E4-13 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 The design bases include provisions to: (1) Supply fresh air for breathing and contamination control when the primary containment or annulus is occupied.(2) Exhaust primary containment and annulus air to the outdoors whenever the purge air supply system is operated.(3) Clean up containment exhaust during normal operation by routing the air through HEPA-carbon filter trains before release to the atmosphere to limit potential release of radioactivity to the environment.
Thus they are notsafety functions for this accident.
(4) Provide a reduced quantity of ventilating air to permit occupancy of the instrument room during reactor operation.
During Operating Modes 1 thru 5, continuous pressure relief is provided by a passive ductingsystem which passes through containment penetration X-80, through two 100% redundant containment vent air cleanup units (CVACU) containing HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers.
The provisions for 1, 2, and 3 above will apply.(5) Assure closure of primary and secondary containment isolation valves following accidents which result in the initiation of a containment ventilation isolation signal.(6) Assure closure of the system air intake dampers, which form part of the ABSCE (see Section 6.2.3.2.1), upon receipt of a signal for Auxiliary Building isolation.
Containment air is moved into the annulus by the motive force created by differential pressurebetween the two spaces. Filtration redundancy allows maintenance on one unit at a time whilemaintaining an open pathway through the other. This ventilation pathway is isolable usingcontainment isolation valves FCV-30-40 and FCV-30-37 which are closed d-"ng Mede 6 rwhen containment isolation is required.
(7) Provide continuous containment pressure relief path through HEPA-carbon filter trains before release to the atmosphere during normal operations.
This system is not required for handling accidentmnitigation aRd is not available for that pWeurpo cic ie t ie ocentially i*rlated by containment icol-atio~n valves duNrng fuel leading or handling artivtioc (Mode 6).The alternate pressure relief function is provided by way of a configuration alignment in theforced air purge system. This function is accomplished by opening lower compartment purgelines (one supply and one exhaust) or one of the two pairs of lines (one supply and oneexhaust) in the upper compartment.
Items 5 and 6 above are safety-related functions, except in the case of the fuel handling accident.The primary containment penetrations for the ventilation supply and exhaust subsystems are designed to primary containment structural standards.
During purging mode, the purge air fans may or may not beused. To prevent inadvertent pressurization of containment due to supply and exhaust sideductwork flow imbalances, the supply ductwork airflow may be temporarily throttled as needed.The purge function of the RBPVS is not a safety-related function.  
These are discussed in detail in Section 6.2.4.The RBPVS is sized to maintain an acceptable working environment within the containment during all normal operations.
: H1owever, the filtration unitear reqird to pFGYide a safety related filtration path following a fuel handling accidetE4-13 Enclosure 4WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4The design bases include provisions to:(1) Supply fresh air for breathing and contamination control when the primary containment orannulus is occupied.
The system has the capabilities to provide a filtration path for outleakage from the primary containment, and clean up containment atmosphere following a design basis accident.
(2) Exhaust primary containment and annulus air to the outdoors whenever the purge air supplysystem is operated.
It also has provisions to filter air flow exhausted from containment for pressure control, during normal operation.
(3) Clean up containment exhaust during normal operation by routing the air through HEPA-carbon filter trains before release to the atmosphere to limit potential release of radioactivity to the environment.
The controls are designed to have simultaneous starting and stopping of the matching supply and exhaust equipment and to initiate an automatic shutdown and isolation upon receipt of the containment ventilation isolation signal.In addition, RBPVS supply fans will shut down and the ABSCE isolation dampers in purge air supply ducts will close on an ABI signal.The RBPVS ";ir c.oanUp equipmpent acu -Fog that "t"'.ty r.loARod ineido ..ntainm.nt from a rnfueling anccient anRd conWAnment isolation, is proGsed through both HE-Pn A finn tr -and c~arbon adeorbere5 before reloase to the atmoephero.
(4) Provide a reduced quantity of ventilating air to permit occupancy of the instrument roomduring reactor operation.
Fuel handling oporatione inridG the primnary cnetainment are conetrained by the operability requirFement for tho RBPA S air cleanup units-contine inthe plant technica!
The provisions for 1, 2, and 3 above will apply.(5) Assure closure of primary and secondary containment isolation valves following accidents which result in the initiation of a containment ventilation isolation signal.(6) Assure closure of the system air intake dampers, which form part of the ABSCE (see Section6.2.3.2.1),
upon receipt of a signal for Auxiliary Building isolation.
(7) Provide continuous containment pressure relief path through HEPA-carbon filter trainsbefore release to the atmosphere during normal operations.
Items 5 and 6 above are safety-related functions, except in the case of the fuel handlingaccident.
The primary containment penetrations for the ventilation supply and exhaust subsystems aredesigned to primary containment structural standards.
These are discussed in detail in Section6.2.4.The RBPVS is sized to maintain an acceptable working environment within the containment during all normal operations.
The system has the capabilities to provide a filtration path foroutleakage from the primary containment, and clean up containment atmosphere following adesign basis accident.
It also has provisions to filter air flow exhausted from containment forpressure
: control, during normal operation.
The controls are designed to have simultaneous starting and stopping of the matching supplyand exhaust equipment and to initiate an automatic shutdown and isolation upon receipt of thecontainment ventilation isolation signal.In addition, RBPVS supply fans will shut down and the ABSCE isolation dampers in purge airsupply ducts will close on an ABI signal.The RBPVS ";ir c.oanUp equipmpent acu -Fog that "t"'.ty r.loARod ineido ..ntainm.nt from arnfueling anccient anRd conWAnment isolation, is proGsed through both HE-Pn A finn tr -andc~arbon adeorbere5 before reloase to the atmoephero.
Fuel handling oporatione inridG the primnarycnetainment are conetrained by the operability requirFement for tho RBPA S air cleanup units-contine inthe plant technica!
specifications.
specifications.
E4-14 Enclosure 4WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4The RBPVS components are designed or qualified to meet Seismic Category I requirements, except all purge ductwork within the containment, up to the inboard isolation valves, and thesupply air ductwork from the downstream flange of the ABSCE isolation dampers to theupstream flange of the Shield Building isolation valves, which are designed to meet SeismicCategory I(L) requirements.
E4-14 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 The RBPVS components are designed or qualified to meet Seismic Category I requirements, except all purge ductwork within the containment, up to the inboard isolation valves, and the supply air ductwork from the downstream flange of the ABSCE isolation dampers to the upstream flange of the Shield Building isolation valves, which are designed to meet Seismic Category I(L) requirements.
The primary containment exhaust is monitored by redundant radiation detectors which provideautomatic RBPVS isolation upon detecting the setpoint radioactivity in the exhaust air stream.The RBPVS isolation valves automatically close upon the actuation of a containment ventilation isolation signal or upon manual actuation from the MCR. In addition, during fuel handlingoperations in the Auxiliary Building with containment and/or the annulus open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces, the RBPVS isolation valves will close upon a high radiation signal fromthe spent fuel pool radiation monitors via a CVI signal from the operating or refueling unit.The system air supply and exhaust ducts are routed through the Shield Building annulus toseveral primary containment penetrations.
The primary containment exhaust is monitored by redundant radiation detectors which provide automatic RBPVS isolation upon detecting the setpoint radioactivity in the exhaust air stream.The RBPVS isolation valves automatically close upon the actuation of a containment ventilation isolation signal or upon manual actuation from the MCR. In addition, during fuel handling operations in the Auxiliary Building with containment and/or the annulus open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces, the RBPVS isolation valves will close upon a high radiation signal from the spent fuel pool radiation monitors via a CVI signal from the operating or refueling unit.The system air supply and exhaust ducts are routed through the Shield Building annulus to several primary containment penetrations.
Two air supply locations are provided for each of theupper and lower compartments and one for the instrument room. Air is supplied to areas of lowpotential radioactivity and is allowed to flow to the air pickup exhaust points in areas of higherpotential radioactivity.
Two air supply locations are provided for each of the upper and lower compartments and one for the instrument room. Air is supplied to areas of low potential radioactivity and is allowed to flow to the air pickup exhaust points in areas of higher potential radioactivity.
The air pickup points, located to exhaust air from the lower compartment and instrument room, also provide an air sweep across the surface of the refueling canal...The purge function of the RBPVS is not a safety-related function-:eweve 7, and the filtration units are not required to provide a safety-related filtration path following a fuel handling accident.
The air pickup points, located to exhaust air from the lower compartment and instrument room, also provide an air sweep across the surface of the refueling canal...The purge function of the RBPVS is not a safety-related function-:eweve 7 , and the filtration units are not required to provide a safety-related filtration path following a fuel handling accident.The primary containment isolation valves and intermediate piping of the RBPVS are designed in accordance with ANS safety class 2A; other portions are designated ANS safety class 2B except the purge fans, all purge ductwork within the containment, purge supply air ductwork from the ABSCE boundary, fire protection, and drain piping. The instrument room purge subsystem is not an engineered safety feature, and credit for its operability for a LOCA or a fuel-handling accident is not claimed.A containment ventilation isolation signal automatically shuts down the fans and isolates the RBPVS by closing its respective dampers and butterfly valves. Each RBPVS primary containment isolation valve is designed for fail safe closing within 4 seconds of receipt of a closure signal for containment penetrations (See Tables 6.2.4- 1 through 6.2.4-4 and Figure 6.2.4-21).
The primary containment isolation valves and intermediate piping of the RBPVS are designed inaccordance with ANS safety class 2A; other portions are designated ANS safety class 2Bexcept the purge fans, all purge ductwork within the containment, purge supply air ductworkfrom the ABSCE boundary, fire protection, and drain piping. The instrument room purgesubsystem is not an engineered safety feature, and credit for its operability for a LOCA or a fuel-handling accident is not claimed.A containment ventilation isolation signal automatically shuts down the fans and isolates theRBPVS by closing its respective dampers and butterfly valves. Each RBPVS primarycontainment isolation valve is designed for fail safe closing within 4 seconds of receipt of aclosure signal for containment penetrations (See Tables 6.2.4- 1 through 6.2.4-4 and Figure6.2.4-21).
The RBPVS primary containment isolation valve locations and descriptions are given in Table 6.2.4-1. Each valve is provided with an air cylinder valve operator, control air solenoid valve, and valve position indicating limit switches.Smoke detectors, located in the Auxiliary Building air intake and the general ventilation supply ducts, shut down the purge air supply and the incore instrument room purge supply fans and their isolation dampers.9.4.6.3 Safety Evaluation Functional analyses and failure modes and effects analysis have shown that the RBPVS meets the containment isolation requirements.
The RBPVS primary containment isolation valve locations and descriptions are givenin Table 6.2.4-1.
The purFg air filtrtirn units -and- 3cci-ted exh,- i-t ducatwor p...de a sa.t* r.lat.d filtration path following a fuel handling The CVACUs, performing a continuously filtered containment vent function during normal operation, are isolated by the closure of their containment isolation valves; therefore are not operable after E4-15 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 accidents.
Each valve is provided with an air cylinder valve operator, control air solenoidvalve, and valve position indicating limit switches.
In addition, the .entainmont ventilation is not a...wod to be ...d during Mede-6.A functional analysis of the system shows that: (1) During normal operation, adequate fresh air is provided for breathing and for contamination control when the primary or secondary containment (annulus) is occupied.(2) Primary and secondary containment exhaust air is cleaned up during normal operations and following a fuel handling accident.(3) Purge supply and exhaust fan operations cease and isolation dampers in the intake and exhaust ducting close when the system is in the accident isolation mode of operation.
Smoke detectors, located in the Auxiliary Building air intake and the general ventilation supplyducts, shut down the purge air supply and the incore instrument room purge supply fans andtheir isolation dampers.9.4.6.3 Safety Evaluation Functional analyses and failure modes and effects analysis have shown that the RBPVS meetsthe containment isolation requirements.
(4) Three signals cause the system to change from the normal purge mode to the accident isolation mode. These signals, which include manual, SIS auto initiate, and high purge exhaust radiation (automatic), initiate a containment ventilation isolation signal. Additionally, during refueling operations whenever containment and/or the annulus is open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces, a high radiation signal from the spent fuel pool accident radiation monitors or CVI signal from the operating unit automatically cause the system to change from the purge mode to the accident isolation mode.(5) Discharges from the annulus, during normal operation, which are exhausted through the Auxiliary Building exhaust stack, are monitored at the stack. Although these radiation monitors do not initiate an automatic containment isolation signal, radioactive release limits have been established as a basis for controlling plant discharge during operation.
The purFg air filtrtirn units -and- 3cci-ted exh,- i-tducatwor p...de a sa.t* r.lat.d filtration path following a fuel handling TheCVACUs, performing a continuously filtered containment vent function during normal operation, are isolated by the closure of their containment isolation valves; therefore are not operable afterE4-15 Enclosure 4WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4accidents.
Radioactive releases from the plant resulting from equipment faults of moderate frequency are within 10 CFR 50 Appendix I and 40 CFR 190 limits as specified in the ODCM (See Section 11.3 for further details).
In addition, the .entainmont ventilation is not a...wod to be ...d duringMede-6.A functional analysis of the system shows that:(1) During normal operation, adequate fresh air is provided for breathing and for contamination control when the primary or secondary containment (annulus) is occupied.
In addition, analyses have shown that any accident with the potential consequence to exceed the 10 CFR 100 limits, would be detected by other indicators (see item 4 above) and cause an automatic primary and/or secondary containment isolation.
(2) Primary and secondary containment exhaust air is cleaned up during normal operations andfollowing a fuel handling accident.
Containmont vent sysctem is not te bhe n Mode 6.E4-16 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final E5-1 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final 6.2.3 Secondary Containment Functional Design Structures included as part of the secondary containment system are the Shield Building of each reactor unit, the Auxiliary Building, the Condensate Demineralizer Waste Evaporator (CDWE) Building and the essential raw cooling water (ERCW) pipe tunnels adjacent to the Auxiliary Building.
(3) Purge supply and exhaust fan operations cease and isolation dampers in the intake andexhaust ducting close when the system is in the accident isolation mode of operation.
Depending on the configuration of the plant, the Primary Containment Building(s) may also be included as a structure which is part of the secondary containment system. This condition exists when the primary containment is open to the Auxiliary Building.The emergency gas treatment system (EGTS) is provided for ventilation control and cleanup of the atmosphere inside the annulus between the Shield Building and the Primary Containment Building.
(4) Three signals cause the system to change from the normal purge mode to the accidentisolation mode. These signals, which include manual, SIS auto initiate, and high purge exhaustradiation (automatic),
The Reactor Building purge air system is also available for cleaning up the atmosphere inside the Shield Building Annulus. Refer to Section 9.4.6 for further details relating to the purge air system. The Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS) provides a similar contamination control capability in the Auxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure (ABSCE),which includes all of the areas listed above.6.2.3.1 Design Bases 6.2.3.1.1 Secondary Containment Enclosures Design bases for the secondary containment structures were devised to assure that an effective barrier exists for airborne fission products that may leak from the primary containment, or the Auxiliary Building fuel handling area, during a loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA). Within the scope of these design bases are requirements that influence the size, structural integrity, and leak tightness of the secondary containment enclosure.
initiate a containment ventilation isolation signal. Additionally, duringrefueling operations whenever containment and/or the annulus is open to the Auxiliary BuildingABSCE spaces, a high radiation signal from the spent fuel pool accident radiation monitors orCVI signal from the operating unit automatically cause the system to change from the purgemode to the accident isolation mode.(5) Discharges from the annulus, during normal operation, which are exhausted through theAuxiliary Building exhaust stack, are monitored at the stack. Although these radiation monitorsdo not initiate an automatic containment isolation signal, radioactive release limits have beenestablished as a basis for controlling plant discharge during operation.
Specifically, these include a capability to: (a)maintain an effective barrier for gases and vapors that may leak from the primary containment during all normal and abnormal events; (b) delay the release of any gases and vapors that may leak from the primary containment during accidents; (c) allow gases and vapors that may leak through the primary containment during accidents to flow into the contained air volume within the secondary containment where they are diluted, held up, and purified prior to being released to the environs; (d) bleed to the secondary containment each air-filled containment penetration enclosure which extends beyond the Shield Building and which is formed by automatically actuated isolation valves; (e) maintain an effective barrier for airborne radioactive contaminants, gases, and vapors originating in the ABSCE during normal and abnormal events. Refer to Sections 3.8.1 and 3.8.4 for further details relating to the design of the Shield Building and the Auxiliary Building.6.2.3.1.3 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)The design bases for the ABGTS are: 1. To establish and keep an air pressure that is below atmospheric within the portion of the buildings serving as a secondary containment enclosure during accidents.
Radioactive releasesfrom the plant resulting from equipment faults of moderate frequency are within 10 CFR 50Appendix I and 40 CFR 190 limits as specified in the ODCM (See Section 11.3 for furtherdetails).
: 2. To reduce the concentration of radioactive nuclides in air releases from the secondary containment enclosures to the environs during accidents to levels sufficiently low to keep the site boundary and LPZ dose rates below the 10 CFR 100 guideline values.3. To withstand the safe shutdown earthquake.
In addition, analyses have shown that any accident with the potential consequence toexceed the 10 CFR 100 limits, would be detected by other indicators (see item 4 above) andcause an automatic primary and/or secondary containment isolation.
: 4. To provide for initial and periodic testing of the system capability to function as designed (See Chapter 14.0 for information on initial testing of systems).E5-2 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final E5-3 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final 6.2.3.3.3 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)The ABGTS has the capabilities needed to preserve safety in accidents as severe as a LOCA. This was determined by conducting functional analyses of the system to verify that the system has the proper features for accident mitigation which consist of a failure modes and effects analysis, a review of Regulatory Guide 1.52 sections to assure licensing requirement conformance, and a performance analysis to verify that the system has the desired accident mitigation capabilities.
Containmont vent sysctem is not te bhe n Mode 6.E4-16 Enclosure 5WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4FinalE5-1 Enclosure 5WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4Final6.2.3 Secondary Containment Functional DesignStructures included as part of the secondary containment system are the Shield Building ofeach reactor unit, the Auxiliary  
A detailed failure modes and effects analysis is presented in Table 6.2.3-3.The functional analyses conducted on the ABGTS have shown that: 1. The air intakes for the system are properly located to minimize accident effects.The use of the air intakes provided in the fuel handling and waste disposal areas minimizes the spread of airborne contamination that may be accidentally released at these positions in which the probability of an accidental release, e.g., a fuel handling accident, is more likely. This localization effect is provided without reducing the effectiveness of the system to cope with multiple activity released throughout the ABSCE that may occur during a LOCA. Such coverage is accomplished by utilizing the normal ventilation ducting to draw outside air inleakage from any point along the secondary containment enclosure to the fuel handling and waste disposal areas.2. Accident indication signals are utilized to bring the ABGTS into operation to assure that the system functions when needed to mitigate accident effects.Accidents in which this system is needed to preserve safety are automatically detected by at least one of the three instrumentation sets used to generate accident signals that result in system startup.3. System startup reliability is very high. The practice of allowing the automatic startup of both full capacity trains in the system gives greater assurance that one train of equipment functions upon receipt of an accident signal.4. The method adopted to establish and keep the negative pressure level within this secondary containment enclosure minimizes the time needed to reach the desired pressure level. Initially, the full capacity of the ABGTS fans is utilized for this purpose. After reaching the desired operating level, the system control module allows outside air to enter the air flow network just upstream of the fan at a rate to keep the fans operating at full capacity with the enclosed volume at the desired negative pressure level. In this situation, the amount of air withdrawn from the enclosed volume is equal to the amount of outside air inleakage through the ABSCE. In addition, two vacuum breaker dampers in series are provided to admit outside air in case the modulating dampers fail.5. The ABSCE is maintained at a slightly negative pressure to reduce the amount of unprocessed air escaping from this secondary containment enclosure to the atmosphere to insignificant quantities.
: Building, the Condensate Demineralizer Waste Evaporator (CDWE) Building and the essential raw cooling water (ERCW) pipe tunnels adjacent to theAuxiliary Building.
In addition, this negative pressure level is less than that which is maintained within the annulus; such that, any air leakage E5-4 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final between the Auxiliary Building and the Shield Building is from the Auxiliary Building into the Shield Building.6. The Train A and Train B air cleanup units are sufficiently separated from each other to eliminate the possibility of a single failure destroying the capability to process Auxiliary Building air prior to its release to the atmosphere.
Depending on the configuration of the plant, the Primary Containment Building(s) may also be included as a structure which is part of the secondary containment system. This condition exists when the primary containment is open to the Auxiliary Building.
Two concrete walls and a distance of more than 80 feet separate the two trains. The use of separate trains of the emergency power system to drive the air cleanup trains gives further assurance of proper equipment separation.
The emergency gas treatment system (EGTS) is provided for ventilation control and cleanup ofthe atmosphere inside the annulus between the Shield Building and the Primary Containment Building.
The review of the ABGTS conducted to determine its conformance with Regulatory Guide 1.52 has shown that this system, designed prior to issuance of the guide, is in general agreement with its requirements.
The Reactor Building purge air system is also available for cleaning up the atmosphere inside the Shield Building Annulus.
Details on compliance with Regulatory Guide 1.52 are given in Table 6.5-2.The performance analysis conducted to verify that the ABGTS has the required accident mitigation capabilities has shown that the system flow rate is sized properly to handle all expected outside air inleakage at a 1/4-inch water gauge negative pressure differential.
Refer to Section 9.4.6 for further details relating to the purgeair system. The Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS) provides a similarcontamination control capability in the Auxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure (ABSCE),which includes all of the areas listed above.6.2.3.1 Design Bases6.2.3.1.1 Secondary Containment Enclosures Design bases for the secondary containment structures were devised to assure that an effective barrier exists for airborne fission products that may leak from the primary containment, or theAuxiliary Building fuel handling area, during a loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA). Within the scopeof these design bases are requirements that influence the size, structural integrity, and leaktightness of the secondary containment enclosure.
This indicates that the nominal flow rate of 9000 cfm is sufficient to assure an adequate margin above the expected ABSCE inleakage (ACU filters are replaced as needed to maintain a minimum flow capability of 9300 cfm under surveillance instructions).
Specifically, these include a capability to: (a)maintain an effective barrier for gases and vapors that may leak from the primary containment during all normal and abnormal events; (b) delay the release of any gases and vapors that mayleak from the primary containment during accidents; (c) allow gases and vapors that may leakthrough the primary containment during accidents to flow into the contained air volume withinthe secondary containment where they are diluted, held up, and purified prior to being releasedto the environs; (d) bleed to the secondary containment each air-filled containment penetration enclosure which extends beyond the Shield Building and which is formed by automatically actuated isolation valves; (e) maintain an effective barrier for airborne radioactive contaminants, gases, and vapors originating in the ABSCE during normal and abnormal events. Refer toSections 3.8.1 and 3.8.4 for further details relating to the design of the Shield Building and theAuxiliary Building.
The performance analysis evaluated the capability of the ABGTS to reach and maintain a negative pressure of 1/4-inch water gauge with respect to the outside within the boundaries of the ABSCE. The following was utilized in the analysis: 1, Leakage into the ABSCE is proportional to the square root of the pressure differential.
6.2.3.1.3 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)The design bases for the ABGTS are:1. To establish and keep an air pressure that is below atmospheric within the portionof the buildings serving as a secondary containment enclosure during accidents.
: 2. Only one air cleanup unit in the ABGTS operates at the rated capacity.3. The air cleanup unit fan begins to operate 30 seconds after the initiation of an ABI signal.4. The initial static pressure inside the ABSCE is conservatively considered to be atmospheric pressure, although the ABSCE is under a negative pressure during normal operation.
: 2. To reduce the concentration of radioactive nuclides in air releases from thesecondary containment enclosures to the environs during accidents to levelssufficiently low to keep the site boundary and LPZ dose rates below the 10 CFR100 guideline values.3. To withstand the safe shutdown earthquake.
: 5. The effective pressure head due to wind equals 1/8-inch water gauge.6. Initial average air temperature inside the ABSCE equals 140 0 F.7. Atmospheric temperature and pressure are 70°F and 14.4 psia, respectively.
: 4. To provide for initial and periodic testing of the system capability to function asdesigned (See Chapter 14.0 for information on initial testing of systems).
: 8. ABSCE isolation dampers/valves close within 30 seconds after receiving an ABI signal.E5-5 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final 9. The non-safety-related general ventilation and fuel handling area exhaust fans are designed to shut down automatically following a LOCA. Each fan is provided with a safety related Class 1 E primary circuit breaker and a safety related Class 1 E shunt trip isolation switch which is tripped by a signal of the opposite train from that for the primary circuit breaker to ensure that power is isolated from the fan.6.2.4.3 Design Evaluation The containment isolation systems are designed to present a double barrier to any flow path from the inside to the outside of the containment using the double-barrier approach to meet the single-failure criterion.
E5-2 Enclosure 5WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4FinalE5-3 Enclosure 5WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4Final6.2.3.3.3 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)The ABGTS has the capabilities needed to preserve safety in accidents as severe asa LOCA. This was determined by conducting functional analyses of the system toverify that the system has the proper features for accident mitigation which consist ofa failure modes and effects analysis, a review of Regulatory Guide 1.52 sections toassure licensing requirement conformance, and a performance analysis to verify thatthe system has the desired accident mitigation capabilities.
(0 The design configuration for penetrations X-79A (ice blowing), and X-79B (negative return) is temporarily modified in operating Modes 5 and 6 and when the reactor is defueled (Mode 7) to support ice blowing activities.
A detailed failure modesand effects analysis is presented in Table 6.2.3-3.The functional analyses conducted on the ABGTS have shown that:1. The air intakes for the system are properly located to minimize accident effects.The use of the air intakes provided in the fuel handling and waste disposal areasminimizes the spread of airborne contamination that may be accidentally released at these positions in which the probability of an accidental  
The normally closed blind flange on each penetration will be opened and temporary piping will be installed in the penetrations.
: release, e.g.,a fuel handling  
A 12-inch silicone seal will be installed between the piping segment and the penetration.
: accident, is more likely. This localization effect is provided withoutreducing the effectiveness of the system to cope with multiple activity releasedthroughout the ABSCE that may occur during a LOCA. Such coverage isaccomplished by utilizing the normal ventilation ducting to draw outside airinleakage from any point along the secondary containment enclosure to the fuelhandling and waste disposal areas.2. Accident indication signals are utilized to bring the ABGTS into operation toassure that the system functions when needed to mitigate accident effects.Accidents in which this system is needed to preserve safety are automatically detected by at least one of the three instrumentation sets used to generateaccident signals that result in system startup.3. System startup reliability is very high. The practice of allowing the automatic startup of both full capacity trains in the system gives greater assurance that onetrain of equipment functions upon receipt of an accident signal.4. The method adopted to establish and keep the negative pressure level within thissecondary containment enclosure minimizes the time needed to reach thedesired pressure level. Initially, the full capacity of the ABGTS fans is utilized forthis purpose.
Manual isolation valves will be connected to the piping on the inboard and outboard side of the penetrations.
After reaching the desired operating level, the system controlmodule allows outside air to enter the air flow network just upstream of the fan ata rate to keep the fans operating at full capacity with the enclosed volume at thedesired negative pressure level. In this situation, the amount of air withdrawn from the enclosed volume is equal to the amount of outside air inleakage throughthe ABSCE. In addition, two vacuum breaker dampers in series are provided toadmit outside air in case the modulating dampers fail.5. The ABSCE is maintained at a slightly negative pressure to reduce the amount ofunprocessed air escaping from this secondary containment enclosure to theatmosphere to insignificant quantities.
This configuration is being installed to permit ice blowing operations to occur concurrently with fuel handling activities inside containment.
In addition, this negative pressure level isless than that which is maintained within the annulus; such that, any air leakageE5-4 Enclosure 5WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4Finalbetween the Auxiliary Building and the Shield Building is from the Auxiliary Building into the Shield Building.
The penetrations will be returned to their normal design configuration prior to entry into Mode 4 operations.
: 6. The Train A and Train B air cleanup units are sufficiently separated from eachother to eliminate the possibility of a single failure destroying the capability toprocess Auxiliary Building air prior to its release to the atmosphere.
E5-6 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final 6.5 FISSION PRODUCT REMOVAL AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 6.5.1 Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) Filter Systems Four Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) air cleanup systems' units are provided for fission product removal in post-accident environments.
Two concretewalls and a distance of more than 80 feet separate the two trains. The use ofseparate trains of the emergency power system to drive the air cleanup trainsgives further assurance of proper equipment separation.
These are: (1) The emergency gas treatment system (EGTS) air cleanup units.(2) The Auxiliary Building gas treatment system (ABGTS) air cleanup units.(3) The Reactor Building purge system air cleanup units.(4) The Main Control Room emergency air cleanup units.6.5.1.1 Design Bases 6.5.1.1.1 Emergency Gas Treatment System Air Cleanup Units The design bases are: (1) To provide fission product removal capabilities sufficient to keep radioactivity levels in the Shield Building annulus air released to the environs during a DBA LOCA sufficiently low to assure compliance with 10 CFR 100 guidelines.
The review of the ABGTS conducted to determine its conformance with Regulatory Guide 1.52 has shown that this system, designed prior to issuance of the guide, is ingeneral agreement with its requirements.
(2) These air cleanup units are a part of the EGTS. See Section 6.2.3.1.2 for the design bases for other portions of this system.6.5.1.1.2 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System Air Cleanup Units The design bases are: (1) To provide fission product removal capabilities sufficient to keep radioactivity levels in the Auxiliary Building secondary containment enclosure (ABSCE) air released to the environs during a postulated accident sufficiently low to assure compliance with 10 CFR 100 guidelines.
Details on compliance with Regulatory Guide 1.52 are given in Table 6.5-2.The performance analysis conducted to verify that the ABGTS has the requiredaccident mitigation capabilities has shown that the system flow rate is sized properlyto handle all expected outside air inleakage at a 1/4-inch water gauge negativepressure differential.
(2) These air cleanup units are a part of the ABGTS. See Section 6.2.3.1.3 for the design basis for other portions of this system.E5-7 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final 9.4.2.3 Safety Evaluation A fuel handling accident in the Auxiliary Building is detected by the two gamma radiation detectors mounted above the fuel pool, as shown in Figure 9.4-12. The high radiation signals via redundant trains will then shut off the fuel handling and Auxiliary Building general supply and exhaust fans and start the ABGTS, as shown in Figures 9.4-9 and 9.4-10. No credit is taken in the dose or accident analyses for these functions.
This indicates that the nominal flow rate of 9000 cfm is sufficient to assure an adequate margin above the expected ABSCE inleakage (ACU filters arereplaced as needed to maintain a minimum flow capability of 9300 cfm undersurveillance instructions).
The fuel handling area ventilation system will accomplish the following functions:
The performance analysis evaluated the capability of the ABGTS to reach andmaintain a negative pressure of 1/4-inch water gauge with respect to the outsidewithin the boundaries of the ABSCE. The following was utilized in the analysis:
1, Leakage into the ABSCE is proportional to the square root of the pressuredifferential.
: 2. Only one air cleanup unit in the ABGTS operates at the rated capacity.
: 3. The air cleanup unit fan begins to operate 30 seconds after the initiation of anABI signal.4. The initial static pressure inside the ABSCE is conservatively considered to beatmospheric
: pressure, although the ABSCE is under a negative pressure duringnormal operation.
: 5. The effective pressure head due to wind equals 1/8-inch water gauge.6. Initial average air temperature inside the ABSCE equals 1400F.7. Atmospheric temperature and pressure are 70°F and 14.4 psia, respectively.
: 8. ABSCE isolation dampers/valves close within 30 seconds after receiving an ABIsignal.E5-5 Enclosure 5WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4Final9. The non-safety-related general ventilation and fuel handling area exhaust fansare designed to shut down automatically following a LOCA. Each fan is providedwith a safety related Class 1 E primary circuit breaker and a safety related Class1 E shunt trip isolation switch which is tripped by a signal of the opposite trainfrom that for the primary circuit breaker to ensure that power is isolated from thefan.6.2.4.3 Design Evaluation The containment isolation systems are designed to present a double barrier to anyflow path from the inside to the outside of the containment using the double-barrier approach to meet the single-failure criterion.
(0 The design configuration for penetrations X-79A (ice blowing),
and X-79B(negative return) is temporarily modified in operating Modes 5 and 6 and when thereactor is defueled (Mode 7) to support ice blowing activities.
The normally closedblind flange on each penetration will be opened and temporary piping will beinstalled in the penetrations.
A 12-inch silicone seal will be installed between thepiping segment and the penetration.
Manual isolation valves will be connected tothe piping on the inboard and outboard side of the penetrations.
This configuration is being installed to permit ice blowing operations to occur concurrently with fuelhandling activities inside containment.
The penetrations will be returned to theirnormal design configuration prior to entry into Mode 4 operations.
E5-6 Enclosure 5WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4Final6.5 FISSION PRODUCT REMOVAL AND CONTROL SYSTEMS6.5.1 Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) Filter SystemsFour Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) air cleanup systems' units are provided for fissionproduct removal in post-accident environments.
These are:(1) The emergency gas treatment system (EGTS) air cleanup units.(2) The Auxiliary Building gas treatment system (ABGTS) air cleanup units.(3) The Reactor Building purge system air cleanup units.(4) The Main Control Room emergency air cleanup units.6.5.1.1 Design Bases6.5.1.1.1 Emergency Gas Treatment System Air Cleanup UnitsThe design bases are:(1) To provide fission product removal capabilities sufficient to keep radioactivity levels inthe Shield Building annulus air released to the environs during a DBA LOCA sufficiently low to assure compliance with 10 CFR 100 guidelines.
(2) These air cleanup units are a part of the EGTS. See Section 6.2.3.1.2 for the designbases for other portions of this system.6.5.1.1.2 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System Air Cleanup UnitsThe design bases are:(1) To provide fission product removal capabilities sufficient to keep radioactivity levels inthe Auxiliary Building secondary containment enclosure (ABSCE) air released to theenvirons during a postulated accident sufficiently low to assure compliance with 10 CFR100 guidelines.
(2) These air cleanup units are a part of the ABGTS. See Section 6.2.3.1.3 for the designbasis for other portions of this system.E5-7 Enclosure 5WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4Final9.4.2.3 Safety Evaluation A fuel handling accident in the Auxiliary Building is detected by the two gamma radiation detectors mounted above the fuel pool, as shown in Figure 9.4-12. The high radiation signalsvia redundant trains will then shut off the fuel handling and Auxiliary Building general supply andexhaust fans and start the ABGTS, as shown in Figures 9.4-9 and 9.4-10. No credit is taken inthe dose or accident analyses for these functions.
The fuel handling area ventilation system willaccomplish the following functions:
(1) Isolate the normal ventilation pathways between the spent fuel pool and the environment.
(1) Isolate the normal ventilation pathways between the spent fuel pool and the environment.
(2) Filter the contaminants out of the air by the ABGTS before exhausting it to the environment.
(2) Filter the contaminants out of the air by the ABGTS before exhausting it to the environment.
The two redundant radiation monitors (non-safety-related) located above the spent fuel pitassure that the accident is promptly detected and that a high radiation signal is provided to eachventilation train, even if one monitor fails. Also, during refueling operations when containment and/or the annulus is open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces, a Containment VentIsolation (CVI) signal from either the operating or refueling unit is procedurally configured toassure that a fuel handling accident in containment is promptly detected and the CVI signal isprovided to each ventilation train.In addition, the Auxiliary Building radiation monitor (non-safety related) which monitors theAuxiliary Building exhaust vent is also capable of providing a high radiation signal to the MCR. Ahigh radiation signal from either of the monitors located above the spent fuel pit or a operating or refueling unit CVI signal whenever containment and/or the annulus is open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces during refueling operations causes the fuel handling area (FHA) andAuxiliary Building general supply and exhaust fans to shut down and their associated dampersto close, as shown in Figures 9.4-9 and 9.4-10. Each of the two FHA exhaust fans has both trainA and train B dampers, to ensure building isolation in the event of one damper's failure to close.As an added safety feature, all ABSCE boundary isolation dampers are designed to fail-closed on loss of instrument air or electrical power.E5-1 Enclosure 5WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4Final9.4.6 Reactor Building Purge Ventilating System (RBPVS)9.4.6.1 Design BasesThe RBPVS is designed to maintain the environment in the primary containment andShield Building annulus within acceptable limits for equipment operation and forpersonnel access during inspection,  
The two redundant radiation monitors (non-safety-related) located above the spent fuel pit assure that the accident is promptly detected and that a high radiation signal is provided to each ventilation train, even if one monitor fails. Also, during refueling operations when containment and/or the annulus is open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces, a Containment Vent Isolation (CVI) signal from either the operating or refueling unit is procedurally configured to assure that a fuel handling accident in containment is promptly detected and the CVI signal is provided to each ventilation train.In addition, the Auxiliary Building radiation monitor (non-safety related) which monitors the Auxiliary Building exhaust vent is also capable of providing a high radiation signal to the MCR. A high radiation signal from either of the monitors located above the spent fuel pit or a operating or refueling unit CVI signal whenever containment and/or the annulus is open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces during refueling operations causes the fuel handling area (FHA) and Auxiliary Building general supply and exhaust fans to shut down and their associated dampers to close, as shown in Figures 9.4-9 and 9.4-10. Each of the two FHA exhaust fans has both train A and train B dampers, to ensure building isolation in the event of one damper's failure to close.As an added safety feature, all ABSCE boundary isolation dampers are designed to fail-closed on loss of instrument air or electrical power.E5-1 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final 9.4.6 Reactor Building Purge Ventilating System (RBPVS)9.4.6.1 Design Bases The RBPVS is designed to maintain the environment in the primary containment and Shield Building annulus within acceptable limits for equipment operation and for personnel access during inspection, testing, maintenance, and refueling operations, and to provide a filtration path for any through-duct outleakage from the primary containment to limit the release of radioactivity to the environment.
: testing, maintenance, and refueling operations, and to provide a filtration path for any through-duct outleakage from the primarycontainment to limit the release of radioactivity to the environment.
The RBPVS performs three distinct functions, the forced air purge function, the continuous pressure relief function, and the alternate containment pressure relief function.The forced air purge function is performed by a purge supply and purge exhaust system consisting of two trains, each of which is designed to provide 50% of the capacity needed for normal purging. Each train consists of a supply fan, an exhaust fan, a HEPA filter-charcoal adsorber assembly, containment isolation valves and associated dampers and ductwork.
The RBPVS performs three distinct functions, the forced air purge function, thecontinuous pressure relief function, and the alternate containment pressure relieffunction.
This function provides a means by which containment air may be forcibly exchanged and filtered.
The forced air purge function is performed by a purge supply and purge exhaust systemconsisting of two trains, each of which is designed to provide 50% of the capacityneeded for normal purging.
The purge function provides a means by which containment air may be forcibly exchanged and filtered.
Each train consists of a supply fan, an exhaust fan, a HEPAfilter-charcoal adsorber  
The purge function of the RBPVS is not a safety-related function.
: assembly, containment isolation valves and associated dampers and ductwork.
The safety functions are to assure isolation of primary containment during an accident and to isolate the purge air supply intake upon receipt of an Auxiliary Building Isolation (ABI) signal.In the case of a fuel handling accident the filtration units provide a filtration path following a fuel handling accident until all containment isolation valves are closed.However, neither the filtration nor the isolation functions are credited in the Fuel Handling Dose Analysis.
This function provides a means by which containment air maybe forcibly exchanged and filtered.
Thus they are not safety functions for this accident.During Operating Modes 1 thru 5, continuous pressure relief is provided by a passive ducting system which passes through containment penetration X-80, through two 100%redundant containment vent air cleanup units (CVACU) containing HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers.
The purge function provides a means by whichcontainment air may be forcibly exchanged and filtered.
Containment air is moved into the annulus by the motive force created by differential pressure between the two spaces. Filtration redundancy allows maintenance on one unit at a time while maintaining an open pathway through the other. This ventilation pathway is isolable using containment isolation valves FCV-30-40 and FCV-30-37 which are closed when containment isolation is required.The alternate pressure relief function is provided by way of a configuration alignment in the forced air purge system. This function is accomplished by opening lower compartment purge lines (one supply and one exhaust) or one of the two pairs of lines (one supply and one exhaust) in the upper compartment.
The purge function of theRBPVS is not a safety-related function.
During purging mode, the purge air fans may or may not be used. To prevent inadvertent pressurization of containment due to supply and exhaust side ductwork flow imbalances, the supply ductwork airflow may be temporarily throttled as needed.The purge function of the RBPVS is not a safety-related function.E5-2 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final The design bases include provisions to: (1) Supply fresh air for breathing and contamination control when the primary containment or annulus is occupied.(2) Exhaust primary containment and annulus air to the outdoors whenever the purge air supply system is operated.(3) Clean up containment exhaust during normal operation by routing the air through HEPA-carbon filter trains before release to the atmosphere to limit potential release of radioactivity to the environment.
The safety functions are to assure isolation ofprimary containment during an accident and to isolate the purge air supply intake uponreceipt of an Auxiliary Building Isolation (ABI) signal.In the case of a fuel handling accident the filtration units provide a filtration pathfollowing a fuel handling accident until all containment isolation valves are closed.However, neither the filtration nor the isolation functions are credited in the FuelHandling Dose Analysis.
(4) Provide a reduced quantity of ventilating air to permit occupancy of the instrument room during reactor operation.
Thus they are not safety functions for this accident.
The provisions for 1, 2, and 3 above will apply.(5) Assure closure of primary and secondary containment isolation valves following accidents which result in the initiation of a containment ventilation isolation signal.(6) Assure closure of the system air intake dampers, which form part of the ABSCE (see Section 6.2.3.2.1), upon receipt of a signal for Auxiliary Building isolation.
During Operating Modes 1 thru 5, continuous pressure relief is provided by a passiveducting system which passes through containment penetration X-80, through two 100%redundant containment vent air cleanup units (CVACU) containing HEPA filters andcharcoal adsorbers.
(7) Provide continuous containment pressure relief path through HEPA-carbon filter trains before release to the atmosphere during normal operations.
Containment air is moved into the annulus by the motive forcecreated by differential pressure between the two spaces. Filtration redundancy allowsmaintenance on one unit at a time while maintaining an open pathway through theother. This ventilation pathway is isolable using containment isolation valves FCV-30-40 and FCV-30-37 which are closed when containment isolation is required.
Items 5 and 6 above are safety-related functions, except in the case of the fuel handling accident.The primary containment penetrations for the ventilation supply and exhaust subsystems are designed to primary containment structural standards.
The alternate pressure relief function is provided by way of a configuration alignment inthe forced air purge system. This function is accomplished by opening lowercompartment purge lines (one supply and one exhaust) or one of the two pairs of lines(one supply and one exhaust) in the upper compartment.
These are discussed in detail in Section 6.2.4.The RBPVS is sized to maintain an acceptable working environment within the containment during all normal operations.
During purging mode, thepurge air fans may or may not be used. To prevent inadvertent pressurization ofcontainment due to supply and exhaust side ductwork flow imbalances, the supplyductwork airflow may be temporarily throttled as needed.The purge function of the RBPVS is not a safety-related function.
The system has the capabilities to provide a filtration path for outleakage from the primary containment, and clean up containment atmosphere following a design basis accident.
E5-2 Enclosure 5WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4FinalThe design bases include provisions to:(1) Supply fresh air for breathing and contamination control when the primary containment or annulus is occupied.
It also has provisions to filter air flow exhausted from containment for pressure control, during normal operation.
(2) Exhaust primary containment and annulus air to the outdoors whenever the purge airsupply system is operated.
The controls are designed to have simultaneous starting and stopping of the matching supply and exhaust equipment and to initiate an automatic shutdown and isolation upon receipt of the containment ventilation isolation signal.In addition, RBPVS supply fans will shut down and the ABSCE isolation dampers in purge air supply ducts will close on an ABI signal.The RBPVS components are designed or qualified to meet Seismic Category I requirements, except all purge ductwork within the containment, up to the inboard isolation valves, and the supply air ductwork from the downstream flange of the ABSCE E5-3 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final isolation dampers to the upstream flange of the Shield Building isolation valves, which are designed to meet Seismic Category I(L) requirements.
(3) Clean up containment exhaust during normal operation by routing the air throughHEPA-carbon filter trains before release to the atmosphere to limit potential release ofradioactivity to the environment.
The primary containment exhaust is monitored by redundant radiation detectors which provide automatic RBPVS isolation upon detecting the setpoint radioactivity in the exhaust air stream. The RBPVS isolation valves automatically close upon the actuation of a containment ventilation isolation signal or upon manual actuation from the MCR. In addition, during fuel handling operations in the Auxiliary Building with containment and/or the annulus open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces, the RBPVS isolation valves will close upon a high radiation signal from the spent fuel pool radiation monitors via a CVI signal from the operating or refueling unit.The system air supply and exhaust ducts are routed through the Shield Building annulus to several primary containment penetrations.
(4) Provide a reduced quantity of ventilating air to permit occupancy of the instrument roomduring reactor operation.
Two air supply locations are provided for each of the upper and lower compartments and one for the instrument room. Air is supplied to areas of low potential radioactivity and is allowed to flow to the air pickup exhaust points in areas of higher potential radioactivity.
The provisions for 1, 2, and 3 above will apply.(5) Assure closure of primary and secondary containment isolation valves following accidents which result in the initiation of a containment ventilation isolation signal.(6) Assure closure of the system air intake dampers, which form part of the ABSCE (seeSection 6.2.3.2.1),
The air pickup points, located to exhaust air from the lower compartment and instrument room, also provide an air sweep across the surface of the refueling canal...The purge function of the RBPVS is not a safety-related function and the filtration units are not required to provide a safety-related filtration path following a fuel handling accident.
upon receipt of a signal for Auxiliary Building isolation.
The primary containment isolation valves and intermediate piping of the RBPVS are designed in accordance with ANS safety class 2A; other portions are designated ANS safety class 2B except the purge fans, all purge ductwork within the containment, purge supply air ductwork from the ABSCE boundary, fire protection, and drain piping. The instrument room purge subsystem is not an engineered safety feature, and credit for its operability for a LOCA or a fuel-handling accident is not claimed.A containment ventilation isolation signal automatically shuts down the fans and isolates the RBPVS by closing its respective dampers and butterfly valves. Each RBPVS primary containment isolation valve is designed for fail safe closing within 4 seconds of receipt of a closure signal for containment penetrations (See Tables 6.2.4- 1 through 6.2.4-4 and Figure 6.2.4-21).
(7) Provide continuous containment pressure relief path through HEPA-carbon filter trainsbefore release to the atmosphere during normal operations.
The RBPVS primary containment isolation valve locations and descriptions are given in Table 6.2.4-1. Each valve is provided with an air cylinder valve operator, control air solenoid valve, and valve position indicating limit switches.Smoke detectors, located in the Auxiliary Building air intake and the general ventilation supply ducts, shut down the purge air supply and the incore instrument room purge supply fans and their isolation dampers.E5-4 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final 9.4.6.3 Safety Evaluation Functional analyses and failure modes and effects analysis have shown that the RBPVS meets the containment isolation requirements.
Items 5 and 6 above are safety-related functions, except in the case of the fuel handlingaccident.
The CVACUs, performing a continuously filtered containment vent function during normal operation, are isolated by the closure of their containment isolation valves; therefore are not operable after accidents.
The primary containment penetrations for the ventilation supply and exhaustsubsystems are designed to primary containment structural standards.
A functional analysis of the system shows that: (1) During normal operation, adequate fresh air is provided for breathing and for contamination control when the primary or secondary containment (annulus) is occupied.(2) Primary and secondary containment exhaust air is cleaned up during normal operations and following a fuel handling accident.(3) Purge supply and exhaust fan operations cease and isolation dampers in the intake and exhaust ducting close when the system is in the accident isolation mode of operation.
These arediscussed in detail in Section 6.2.4.The RBPVS is sized to maintain an acceptable working environment within thecontainment during all normal operations.
(4) Three signals cause the system to change from the normal purge mode to the accident isolation mode. These signals, which include manual, SIS auto initiate, and high purge exhaust radiation (automatic), initiate a containment ventilation isolation signal. Additionally, during refueling operations whenever containment and/or the annulus is open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces, a high radiation signal from the spent fuel pool accident radiation monitors or CVI signal from the operating unit automatically cause the system to change from the purge mode to the accident isolation mode.(5) Discharges from the annulus, during normal operation, which are exhausted through the Auxiliary Building exhaust stack, are monitored at the stack. Although these radiation monitors do not initiate an automatic containment isolation signal, radioactive release limits have been established as a basis for controlling plant discharge during operation.
The system has the capabilities to provide afiltration path for outleakage from the primary containment, and clean up containment atmosphere following a design basis accident.
Radioactive releases from the plant resulting from equipment faults of moderate frequency are within 10 CFR 50 Appendix I and 40 CFR 190 limits as specified in the ODCM (See Section 11.3 for further details).
It also has provisions to filter air flowexhausted from containment for pressure  
In addition, analyses have shown that any accident with the potential consequence to exceed the 10 CFR 100 limits, would be detected by other indicators (see item 4 above) and cause an automatic primary and/or secondary containment isolation.
: control, during normal operation.
E5-5 Enclosure 6 WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification Red-Line Markup E6-1 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.6 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation LCO 3.3.6 APPLICABILITY:
The controls are designed to have simultaneous starting and stopping of the matchingsupply and exhaust equipment and to initiate an automatic shutdown and isolation uponreceipt of the containment ventilation isolation signal.In addition, RBPVS supply fans will shut down and the ABSCE isolation dampers inpurge air supply ducts will close on an ABI signal.The RBPVS components are designed or qualified to meet Seismic Category Irequirements, except all purge ductwork within the containment, up to the inboardisolation valves, and the supply air ductwork from the downstream flange of the ABSCEE5-3 Enclosure 5WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4Finalisolation dampers to the upstream flange of the Shield Building isolation valves, whichare designed to meet Seismic Category I(L) requirements.
The Containment Vent Isolation instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.6-1 shall be OPERABLE.MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, Durin- of i.,diated f'u-Al apamb_.m; .thin continm Ant.Q v.ACTIONS---------------------
The primary containment exhaust is monitored by redundant radiation detectors whichprovide automatic RBPVS isolation upon detecting the setpoint radioactivity in theexhaust air stream. The RBPVS isolation valves automatically close upon the actuation of a containment ventilation isolation signal or upon manual actuation from the MCR. Inaddition, during fuel handling operations in the Auxiliary Building with containment and/or the annulus open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces, the RBPVS isolation valves will close upon a high radiation signal from the spent fuel pool radiation monitorsvia a CVI signal from the operating or refueling unit.The system air supply and exhaust ducts are routed through the Shield Buildingannulus to several primary containment penetrations.
NOTE-Separate Condition entry is allowed for each Function.CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One radiation monitoring A.1 Restore the affected 4 hours channel inoperable, channel to OPERABLE status.(continued)
Two air supply locations areprovided for each of the upper and lower compartments and one for the instrument room. Air is supplied to areas of low potential radioactivity and is allowed to flow to theair pickup exhaust points in areas of higher potential radioactivity.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-53 AHI Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 ACTIONS (continued)
The air pickup points,located to exhaust air from the lower compartment and instrument room, also providean air sweep across the surface of the refueling canal...The purge function of the RBPVS is not a safety-related function and the filtration unitsare not required to provide a safety-related filtration path following a fuel handlingaccident.
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. NOTE --NOTE ----------
The primary containment isolation valves and intermediate piping of theRBPVS are designed in accordance with ANS safety class 2A; other portions aredesignated ANS safety class 2B except the purge fans, all purge ductwork within thecontainment, purge supply air ductwork from the ABSCE boundary, fire protection, anddrain piping. The instrument room purge subsystem is not an engineered safety feature,and credit for its operability for a LOCA or a fuel-handling accident is not claimed.A containment ventilation isolation signal automatically shuts down the fans andisolates the RBPVS by closing its respective dampers and butterfly valves. EachRBPVS primary containment isolation valve is designed for fail safe closing within 4seconds of receipt of a closure signal for containment penetrations (See Tables 6.2.4- 1through 6.2.4-4 and Figure 6.2.4-21).
Only..,..."';""!b"i MODE 1, One train of automatic actuation 24 -,logic may be bypassed and Required Action B.1 may be delayed for up to 4 hours for One or more Functions with Surveillance testing provided the one or more manual or other train is OPERABLE.automatic actuation trains inoperable.
The RBPVS primary containment isolation valvelocations and descriptions are given in Table 6.2.4-1.
B. 1 Enter applicable Immediately OR Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.6.3, Two radiation monitoring "Containment Isolation channels inoperable.
Each valve is provided with an aircylinder valve operator, control air solenoid valve, and valve position indicating limitswitches.
Valves," for containment OR purge and exhaust isolation valves made Required Action and inoperable by isolation associated Completion instrumentation.
Smoke detectors, located in the Auxiliary Building air intake and the general ventilation supply ducts, shut down the purge air supply and the incore instrument room purgesupply fans and their isolation dampers.E5-4 Enclosure 5WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4Final9.4.6.3 Safety Evaluation Functional analyses and failure modes and effects analysis have shown that theRBPVS meets the containment isolation requirements.
Time of Condition A not met.(continued)
The CVACUs, performing acontinuously filtered containment vent function during normal operation, are isolated bythe closure of their containment isolation valves; therefore are not operable afteraccidents.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-54 AH I Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 ACTIONS (continued)
A functional analysis of the system shows that:(1) During normal operation, adequate fresh air is provided for breathing and forcontamination control when the primary or secondary containment (annulus) isoccupied.
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME G. NOTE G4 Place and mnanFtain4Fe;at~
(2) Primary and secondary containment exhaust air is cleaned up during normaloperations and following a fuel handling accident.
Only applicablo durn containmont purge and rnevement of iFfadiattedd fle, e~haust valves 9in clocod assemblies Mitin PG6Iitin TG~ffiO .OR One onr rnrmore Functiene With C" 2 mtF pplirable 4F~ed4tl one Or more manuwa! or Cond-itions and Required automatic ctato trains Actfione o-f LCOG 3.9.4, Penotrationcs, fo OR containment purge and TPWo rdainmonitoring mnade inoperable byf ch-1Annel inoperable.ioaio ntumnain OR Required Action and aocatod Completion Time for Cond-ition A noet Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-55 AH I Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS
(3) Purge supply and exhaust fan operations cease and isolation dampers in the intakeand exhaust ducting close when the system is in the accident isolation mode ofoperation.
(4) Three signals cause the system to change from the normal purge mode to theaccident isolation mode. These signals, which include manual, SIS auto initiate, andhigh purge exhaust radiation (automatic),
initiate a containment ventilation isolation signal. Additionally, during refueling operations whenever containment and/or theannulus is open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces, a high radiation signal fromthe spent fuel pool accident radiation monitors or CVI signal from the operating unitautomatically cause the system to change from the purge mode to the accident isolation mode.(5) Discharges from the annulus, during normal operation, which are exhausted throughthe Auxiliary Building exhaust stack, are monitored at the stack. Although theseradiation monitors do not initiate an automatic containment isolation signal, radioactive release limits have been established as a basis for controlling plant discharge duringoperation.
Radioactive releases from the plant resulting from equipment faults ofmoderate frequency are within 10 CFR 50 Appendix I and 40 CFR 190 limits asspecified in the ODCM (See Section 11.3 for further details).
In addition, analyses haveshown that any accident with the potential consequence to exceed the 10 CFR 100limits, would be detected by other indicators (see item 4 above) and cause an automatic primary and/or secondary containment isolation.
E5-5 Enclosure 6WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification Red-Line MarkupE6-1 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.63.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.6 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation LCO 3.3.6APPLICABILITY:
The Containment Vent Isolation instrumentation for each Function inTable 3.3.6-1 shall be OPERABLE.
MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4,Durin- of i.,diated f'u-Al apamb_.m;  
.thin continm Ant.Qv.ACTIONS---------------------
NOTE-Separate Condition entry is allowed for each Function.
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIMEA. One radiation monitoring A.1 Restore the affected 4 hourschannel inoperable, channel to OPERABLEstatus.(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.3-53AHI Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIMEB. NOTE --NOTE ----------
Only..,..."';""!b"i MODE 1, One train of automatic actuation 24 -,logic may be bypassed andRequired Action B.1 may bedelayed for up to 4 hours forOne or more Functions with Surveillance testing provided theone or more manual or other train is OPERABLE.
automatic actuation trainsinoperable.
B. 1 Enter applicable Immediately OR Conditions and RequiredActions of LCO 3.6.3,Two radiation monitoring "Containment Isolation channels inoperable.
Valves,"
for containment OR purge and exhaustisolation valves madeRequired Action and inoperable by isolation associated Completion instrumentation.
Time of Condition A notmet.(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.3-54AH I Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIMEG. NOTE G4 Place and mnanFtain4Fe;at~
Only applicablo durn containmont purge andrnevement of iFfadiattedd fle, e~haust valves 9in clocodassemblies Mitin PG6IitinTG~ffiO .OROne onr rnrmore Functiene With C" 2 mtF pplirable 4F~ed4tlone Or more manuwa! or Cond-itions and Requiredautomatic ctato trains Actfione o-f LCOG 3.9.4,Penotrationcs, foOR containment purge andTPWo rdainmonitoring mnade inoperable byfch-1Annel inoperable.ioaio ntumnainORRequired Action andaocatod Completion Time for Cond-ition A noetWatts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.3-55AH I Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS
-------------------
-------------------
NOTE--------------------------------
NOTE--------------------------------
Refer to Table 3.3.6-1 to determine which SRs apply for each Containment Vent Isolation Function.
Refer to Table 3.3.6-1 to determine which SRs apply for each Containment Vent Isolation Function.SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.6.1 Perform CHANNEL CHECK. 12 hours S R 3.3.6.2 ----------------------
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.6.1 Perform CHANNEL CHECK. 12 hoursS R 3.3.6.2 ----------------------
NOTE----------------
NOTE----------------
This surveillance is only applicable to the actuation logic of the ESFAS instrumentation.
This surveillance is only applicable to the actuation logic of the ESFAS instrumentation.
Perform ACTUATION LOGIC TEST. 92 days on aSTAGGERED TESTBASISSR 3.3.6.3 ----------------------
Perform ACTUATION LOGIC TEST. 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS SR 3.3.6.3 ----------------------
NOTE----------------
NOTE----------------
This surveillance is only applicable to the masterrelays of the ESFAS instrumentation.
This surveillance is only applicable to the master relays of the ESFAS instrumentation.
Perform MASTER RELAY TEST. 92 days on aSTAGGERED TESTBASISSR 3.3.6.4 Perform COT. 92 daysSR 3.3.6.5 Perform SLAVE RELAY TEST. 92 daysOR18 months forWestinghouse typeAR and Potter &Brumfield MDRSeries relays(continued)
Perform MASTER RELAY TEST. 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS SR 3.3.6.4 Perform COT. 92 days SR 3.3.6.5 Perform SLAVE RELAY TEST. 92 days OR 18 months for Westinghouse type AR and Potter &Brumfield MDR Series relays (continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.3-56B Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (Continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-56 B Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (Continued)
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.6.6 ----------------------
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.6.6 ----------------------
NOTE ----------------
NOTE ----------------
Verification of setpoint is not required.
Verification of setpoint is not required.Perform TADOT. 18 months SR 3.3.6.7 Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION.
Perform TADOT. 18 monthsSR 3.3.6.7 Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION.
18 months Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-57 A Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 Table 3.3.6-1 (page 1 of 1)Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation REQUIRED SURVEILLANCE ALLOWABLE FUNCTION CHANNELS REQUIREMENTS VALUE 1. Manual Initiation 2 SR 3.3.6.6 NA 2. Automatic Actuation Logic 2 trains SR 3.3.6.2 NA and Actuation Relays SR 3.3.6.3 SR 3.3.6.5 3. Containment Purge 2 SR 3.3.6.1 -8 .,E 02 , Exhaust Radiation Monitors SR 3.3.6.4 SR 3.3.6.7< 2.8E-02 pCi/ccN (1.14x10 4 cpm)4. Safety Injection Refer to LCO 3.3.2, "ESFAS Instrumentation," Function 1, for all initiation functions and requirements.
18 monthsWatts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.3-57A Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6Table 3.3.6-1 (page 1 of 1)Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation REQUIRED SURVEILLANCE ALLOWABLE FUNCTION CHANNELS REQUIREMENTS VALUE1. Manual Initiation 2 SR 3.3.6.6 NA2. Automatic Actuation Logic 2 trains SR 3.3.6.2 NAand Actuation Relays SR 3.3.6.3SR 3.3.6.53. Containment Purge 2 SR 3.3.6.1 -8 .,E 02 , Exhaust Radiation Monitors SR 3.3.6.4SR 3.3.6.7< 2.8E-02 pCi/ccN(1.14x104 cpm)4. Safety Injection Refer to LCO 3.3.2, "ESFAS Instrumentation,"
J k ?F P I 1.3) W~uFrig rnovomen; wT irraeafi-oa TurnA- -266-8-M-911 W:Rnn conainMon.
Function 1, forall initiation functions and requirements.
A A A A I() NMAW f 1 " 2 ,R, --l Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-58 SH I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation 3.3.8 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.8 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS) Actuation Instrumentation LCO 3.3.8 APPLICABILITY:
J k ?FP I1.3) W~uFrig rnovomen; wT irraeafi-oa TurnA- -266-8-M-911 W:Rnn conainMon.
The ABGTS actuation instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.8-1 shall be OPERABLE.According to Table 3.3.8-1.ACTIONS--------------------
A A A AI() NMAW f 1 " 2 ,R, --lWatts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.3-58SH I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation 3.3.83.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.8 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS) Actuation Instrumentation LCO 3.3.8APPLICABILITY:
NOT Separate Condition entry is allowed for each Ft r --------------------------------------------------------------
The ABGTS actuation instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.8-1shall be OPERABLE.
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more Functions with A.1 Place one ABGTS train in 7 days one channel or train operation.
According to Table 3.3.8-1.ACTIONS--------------------
NOTSeparate Condition entry is allowed for each Ftr --------------------------------------------------------------
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIMEA. One or more Functions with A.1 Place one ABGTS train in 7 daysone channel or train operation.
inoperable.
inoperable.
B. One or more Functions with B. 1.1 Place one ABGTS train in Immediately two channels or two trains operation.
B. One or more Functions with B. 1.1 Place one ABGTS train in Immediately two channels or two trains operation.
inoperable.
inoperable.
ANDB. 1.2 Enter applicable Immediately Conditions and RequiredActions of LCO 3.7.12,"Auxiliary Building GasTreatment System(ABGTS),"
AND B. 1.2 Enter applicable Immediately Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.7.12,"Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)," for one train made inoperable by inoperable actuation instrumentation OR (continued)
for one trainmade inoperable byinoperable actuation instrumentation OR(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-63 AH ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation 3.3.8 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. (continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.3-63AH ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation 3.3.8ACTIONSCONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIMEB. (continued)
B.2 Place both trains in Immediately emergency radiation protection mode.C. Required Actien and G4 SuBpeind MeOD em3. t 6eho associated Completion iaccemblie Time for Condition A or B in the fuel handling area.not met durig movement of iradiated fuel acemnbliec i the fu-el han~dling area.0- C. Required Action and Co. 1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours associated Completion Time for Condition A or B AND not met in MOIDE 1, 2, 3, CD.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS
B.2 Place both trains in Immediately emergency radiation protection mode.C. Required Actien and G4 SuBpeind MeOD em3. t 6ehoassociated Completion iaccemblie Time for Condition A or B in the fuel handling area.not met durig movement ofiradiated fuel acemnbliec ithe fu-el han~dling area.0- C. Required Action and Co. 1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hoursassociated Completion Time for Condition A or B ANDnot met in MOIDE 1, 2, 3,CD.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hoursSURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS
----------------------------------
----------------------------------
NOTE--------------------------------
NOTE--------------------------------
Refer to Table 3.3.8-1 to determine which SRs apply for each ABGTS Actuation Function.
Refer to Table 3.3.8-1 to determine which SRs apply for each ABGTS Actuation Function.SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY RR,32 Perform CHANNEL CHECK.11-4& ...... 92-days (continued)
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY RR,32 Perform CHANNEL CHECK.11-4& ...... 92-days(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-64 AH I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation 3.3.8 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.3-64AHI ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation 3.3.8SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.8.3-1  
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.8.3-1  
-------------------
-------------------
NOTE ----------------
NOTE ----------------
Verification of setpoint is not required.
Verification of setpoint is not required.Perform TADOT. 18 months SRP3.3..4 Pefm, CHA.NNEL CALIB.RATION.
Perform TADOT. 18 monthsSRP3.3..4 Pefm, CHA.NNEL CALIB.RATION.
48-.mr,,lth Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-65 AH ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation 3.3.8 Table 3.3.8-1 (page 1 of 1)ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED REQUIRED SURVEILLANCE ALLOWABLE FUNCTION CONDITIONS CHANNELS REQUIREMENTS VALUE 1. Manual Initiation 1,2,3,4 2 SR 3.3.8.31 NA (a) 2 SR 3.3.8.3 NA 2. FUe! Pooa Armp (a) 2 RR-4441 4-1191 mRthr Radiation Meniter-s SR 3.3.82 2. 3-Containment Refer to LCO 3.3.2, Function 3.a., for all Phase A initiating functions Isolation and requirements.
48-.mr,,lth Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.3-65AH ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation 3.3.8Table 3.3.8-1 (page 1 of 1)ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHERSPECIFIED REQUIRED SURVEILLANCE ALLOWABLE FUNCTION CONDITIONS CHANNELS REQUIREMENTS VALUE1. Manual Initiation 1,2,3,4 2 SR 3.3.8.31 NA(a) 2 SR 3.3.8.3 NA2. FUe! Pooa Armp (a) 2 RR-4441 4-1191 mRthrRadiation Meniter-s SR 3.3.822. 3-Containment Refer to LCO 3.3.2, Function 3.a., for all Phase A initiating functions Isolation and requirements.
---- :---- :-- AL-- l..--u L =.I!L.I ____ : ......&24 W1ffl 'ARQ on 0M 9[T101P1 Ofo !Wag!io WAG fIflOA 1 A A -6 TUO fal R R14Itfl aroa.Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-66 AH ABGTS 3.7.12 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS 3.7.12 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)LCO 3.7.12 APPLICABILITY:
---- :---- :-- AL-- l..--u L =.I!L.I ____ : ......&24 W1ffl 'ARQ on 0M 9[T101P1 Ofo !Wag!io WAG fIflOA 1 A A -6 TUO fal R R14Itfl aroa.Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.3-66AH ABGTS3.7.123.7 PLANT SYSTEMS3.7.12 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)LCO 3.7.12APPLICABILITY:
Two ABGTS trains shall be OPERABLE MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, Durinen of irradiated-fuel accomem1 l;ies in the handline area ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One ABGTS train A. 1 Restore ABGTS train to 7 days inoperable OPERABLE status.B. Required Action and B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours associated Completion Time of Condition A not met AND MODE rl1, 2, 3, or 1 B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours OR Two ABGTS trains inoperable in MOGDE 1, 2, 3, 4-4.G. Required Action and4 Place OPERABLE medatl accated Completion ABGTS6 train in operationr.
Two ABGTS trains shall be OPERABLEMODES 1, 2, 3, and 4,Durinen of irradiated-fuel accomem1 l;ies in the handline areaACTIONSCONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIMEA. One ABGTS train A. 1 Restore ABGTS train to 7 daysinoperable OPERABLE status.B. Required Action and B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hoursassociated Completion Time of Condition A not met ANDMODE rl1, 2, 3, or 1B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hoursORTwo ABGTS trainsinoperable in MOGDE 1, 2, 3,4-4.G. Required Action and4 Place OPERABLE medatlaccated Completion ABGTS6 train in operationr.
Time of Condition A not mnet.during mo9Vement Of OR iradiated fuel assemblies in the fu-el handling aresa. l Susepod moevement ot immediatl irradiated fuel assembliec in the fue! handl"ng area D-- Tw0BTStan Suseond movyement ot Immediately iAGS~ale U~ig iRadiated fue accomblioc move~ment o-f irradiated fuel in the fuel handling area.-assemblies in the fuel handling al ea,,l;;x Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.7-26 A H ABGTS 3.7.12 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.12.1 Operate each ABGTS train for > 10 continuous hours 31 days with the heaters operating.
Time of Condition A not mnet.during mo9Vement Of ORiradiated fuel assemblies inthe fu-el handling aresa. l Susepod moevement ot immediatl irradiated fuel assembliec in the fue! handl"ng areaD-- Tw0BTStan Suseond movyement ot Immediately iAGS~ale U~ig iRadiated fue accomblioc move~ment o-f irradiated fuel in the fuel handling area.-assemblies in the fuelhandling al ea,,l;;x Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.7-26A H ABGTS3.7.12SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.12.1 Operate each ABGTS train for > 10 continuous hours 31 dayswith the heaters operating.
SR 3.7.12.2 Perform required ABGTS filter testing in accordance In accordance with with the Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP). the VFTP SR 3.7.12.3 Verify each ABGTS train actuates on an actual or 18 months simulated actuation signal.SR 3.7.12.4 Verify one ABGTS train can maintain a pressure 18 months on a between -0.25 inches and -0.5 inches water gauge STAGGERED TEST with respect to atmospheric pressure during the post BASIS accident mode of operation at a flow rate > 9300 cfm and < 9900 cfm.Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.7-27 AH I VV I f3n FlII Ii-oI IRra;tRIo 34." 3.0 REFUELING OPERATIONS 3.0.4 Containment Penetations 1- C Q 3. -9. 4 i II I IO.n ...........
SR 3.7.12.2 Perform required ABGTS filter testing in accordance In accordance withwith the Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP). the VFTPSR 3.7.12.3 Verify each ABGTS train actuates on an actual or 18 monthssimulated actuation signal.SR 3.7.12.4 Verify one ABGTS train can maintain a pressure 18 months on abetween -0.25 inches and -0.5 inches water gauge STAGGERED TESTwith respect to atmospheric pressure during the post BASISaccident mode of operation at a flow rate > 9300 cfmand < 9900 cfm.Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.7-27AH I VV I f3n FlII Ii-oI IRra;tRIo 34."3.0 REFUELING OPERATIONS 3.0.4 Containment Penetations 1- C Q 3. -9. 4i II I IO.n ...........
t nn nr.Mnn 701' Z;71tntliwn  
t nn nr.Mnn 701' Z;71tntliwn  
~ra. iR no lP~e; uguWmun n lesen ao~nd neld in plaGS By a mAInImumR w TOWrbeftl-t,  
~r a. iR no lP~e; uguWmun n lesen ao~nd neld in plaGS By a mAInImumR w TOWr beftl-t, ;'tm bh. Onea dooar. fin eac-rh air. locak caloco-d;i Or capable Of baing cloced PFOY.'ied.A. R-T.S- Ic O-GPESR-ABEI-in acco-ardance-f Awith TS 317.42, and G. Emach penetration provid4ng diroctiaccecc66 fromF the containmon atmoephoro to the outcide atFnocphSro either 1. c-loced by a mau!or automatic-isolation valve, blind flange, or 2. capableof being clod by an OPE-RABLE Containment  
;'tmbh. Onea dooar. fin eac-rh air. locak caloco-d;i Or capable Of baing cloced PFOY.'ied
'ent IelaR-;System~
.A. R-T.S- Ic O-GPESR-ABEI-in acco-ardance-f Awith TS 317.42, andG. Emach penetration provid4ng diroctiaccecc66 fromF the containmon atmoephoro to the outcide atFnocphSro either1. c-loced by a mau!or automatic-isolation valve, blind flange, or2. capableof being clod by an OPE-RABLE Containment  
NOTE Penetration floW path(c) providing  
'entIelaR-;System~
&dirc accec frmM the A cnainment atm~osphere-to the otieatmocsphser m~ay be unicol-'-tated unFder a2dM6RinitrAtiVe controle provided .A.BGTS i OPERABLE in acodn ewth T R lelvl sw v l ~ l .l ~ V V* i , b ~ b 1 V V V I W W i, uur:na movement OT irraaiarea TUOI accemeiiec wirnin containment.
NOTEPenetration floW path(c) providing  
ACTION'S QN44NREmQUIRED[
&dirc accec frmM the A cnainment atm~osphere-to the otieatmocsphser m~ay be unicol-'-tated unFdera2dM6RinitrAtiVe controle provided  
ACTION COMh-PLET!ON TIME C. One or mRoFre ntainment A4 Suspend movement et .lmmediately pwentratin Anet in required iradiated fuel aiccemblioG status- Within cOntainmenSFt.
.A.BGTS i OPERABLE in acodn ewthT R lelvl sw v l ~ l .l ~ V V* i , b ~ b 1 V V V I W W i,uur:na movement OT irraaiarea TUOI accemeiiec wirnin containment.
MWRtt BAr Unit 2 (dvlomntl AH t6ontainment w-ene;rat~on 3-"A SURVEI.1'E!lr-rCE RE-QUIREMENTS
ACTION'SQN44NREmQUIRED[
________SRURVEILLA.NGCE SR .9.4.4 Verify each Fqured Gntainmont pene-tration is in 7-,days the required status.SR- R2. .4.2 Verify each required cOntRainmnt Vent'icoARtion aIV, I4R-MARth actuates to the icltn oiio na actua! ot simulated actuation signial.Waftv BSa Unit 2 (developmental)
ACTION COMh-PLET!ON TIMEC. One or mRoFre ntainment A4 Suspend movement et .lmmediately pwentratin Anet in required iradiated fuel aiccemblioG status- Within cOntainmenSFt.
MWRtt BAr Unit 2(dvlomntl AH t6ontainment w-ene;rat~on 3-"ASURVEI.1'E!lr-rCE RE-QUIREMENTS
________SRURVEILLA.NGCE SR .9.4.4 Verify each Fqured Gntainmont pene-tration is in 7-,daysthe required status.SR- R2. .4.2 Verify each required cOntRainmnt Vent'icoARtion aIV, I4R-MARth actuates to the icltn oiio na actua! otsimulated actuation signial.Waftv BSa Unit 2(developmental)
AH  
AH  
,,#d "P" ,,ahin" S, J i f i.l ..I iRl'rto w -'s3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS 33.90.8O R 6-actOr Building Pume Air Cleanuo UniteLGO 3.9Two Reator Bu~i~na Pure Air Cleanup Units shall be OPERABLEr APPLICABILITY:
,,#d "P" ,,ahin" S, J i f i.l ..I iRl'r to w -'s 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS 33.90.8O R 6-actOr Building Pume Air Cleanuo Unite LGO 3.9 Two Reator Bu~i~na Pure Air Cleanup Units shall be OPERABLEr APPLICABILITY:
Dun.... me.eme.t of irradiated fuel assembies within the containment.
Dun.... me.eme.t of irradiated fuel assembies within the containment.
CONDITION REQU-IlRD ACTIONAl COIMPLETION TIMEA.. One Re-actr Bu-di Purge A4 lotethe nprbeai seit~Air Cleanup Unit ineperabounit.a ANDA-2 Verify the OPERABLE air leIatlGpS~atleR;.
CONDITION REQU-IlRD ACTIONAl COIMPLETION TIME A.. One Re-actr Bu-di Purge A4 lotethe nprbeai seit~Air Cleanup Unit ineperabounit.a AND A-2 Verify the OPERABLE air leIatl GpS~atleR;.
B. Two ,;uld*g Purge 8_4 Su.ep..d mvem...en.
B. Two ,;uld*g Purge 8_4 Su.ep..d mvem...en.
Immediately AiF Clean;up Unite irradiated fuel aIembi2il perable~Within containrent.
Immediately AiF Clean;up Unite irradiated fuel aIembi2il perable~Within containrent.
URVE!ILLA~CS RRVQUREMENTL, S 1U-IREILLANCE FRQ,\N11 ------ PerGFoM requiere-d MilEr tetin6tFg in accor-danceQf With te I codnewtVentilation Filter T-ecting ProgramR eIFTP). the VF.pWatts Bar Unit 2e pm ntal)AH Decay Time3.9.83.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS 3.9.10 Decay TimeLCO 3.9.10APPLICABILITY:
URVE!ILLA~CS RRVQUREMENTL, S 1U-IREILLANCE FRQ,\N 11 ------ PerGFoM requiere-d MilEr tetin6tFg in accor-danceQf With te I codnewt Ventilation Filter T-ecting ProgramR eIFTP). the VF.p Watts Bar Unit 2e pm ntal)AH Decay Time 3.9.8 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS 3.9.10 Decay Time LCO 3.9.10 APPLICABILITY:
The reactor shall be subcritical for >100 hours.During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment.
The reactor shall be subcritical for >100 hours.During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment.
ACTIONSCONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIMEA. Reactor subcritical for A. 1 Suspend all operations Immediately
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Reactor subcritical for A. 1 Suspend all operations Immediately
< 100 hours. involving movement ofirradiated fuel assemblies within the containment.
< 100 hours. involving movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment.
TECHNICAL SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.9.10.1 Verify the reactor has been subcritical for > 100 hours Prior to movement ofby confirming the date and time of subcriticality.
TECHNICAL SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.9.10.1 Verify the reactor has been subcritical for > 100 hours Prior to movement of by confirming the date and time of subcriticality.
irradiated fuel in thereactor vesselWatts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.9-14H Procedures,  
irradiated fuel in the reactor vessel Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.9-14 H Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP)A program shall be established to implement the following required testing of Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) filter ventilation systems at the frequencies specified in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2; ASME N510-1989, and the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR.a. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that an inplace test of the high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters shows a penetration and system bypass within acceptance criterion when tested in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, and ASME N510-1989 at the system flowrate specified below.ESF VENTILATION ACCEPTANCE SYSTEM CRITERIA FLOW RATE,,ui,',,, ..... e. 14.00% 14 , ., , , m 1. 4n0o_Emergency Gas < 0.05% 4,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Auxiliary Building Gas < 0.05% 9,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Control Room Emergency  
: Programs, and Manuals5.75.7 Procedures,  
: Programs, and Manuals5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP)A program shall be established to implement the following requiredtesting of Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) filter ventilation systemsat the frequencies specified in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2; ASME N510-1989, and the exceptions notedfor each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of theFSAR.a. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that an inplace test ofthe high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters shows apenetration and system bypass within acceptance criterion whentested in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, theexceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2,6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, and ASME N510-1989 at thesystem flowrate specified below.ESF VENTILATION ACCEPTANCE SYSTEM CRITERIA FLOW RATE
,,ui,',,,  
..... e. 14.00% 14 , ., , , m 1. 4n0o_Emergency Gas < 0.05% 4,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Auxiliary Building Gas < 0.05% 9,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Control Room Emergency  
< 1.00% 4,000 cfm + 10%(continued)
< 1.00% 4,000 cfm + 10%(continued)
Watts Bar-Unit 2(developmental) 5.0-188HI Procedures,  
Watts Bar-Unit 2 (developmental) 5.0-18 8HI Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP) (continued)
: Programs, and Manuals5.75.7 Procedures,  
: b. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that an inplace test of the charcoal adsorber shows a penetration and system bypass within acceptance criterion when tested in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, and ASME N510-1989 at the system flowrate specified below.ESF VENTILATION ACCEPTANCE SYSTEM CRITERIA FLOW RATE Rea~OF Bildig Puqe 4.90%14,900 dm +10%Emergency Gas Treatment  
: Programs, and Manuals5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP) (continued)
: b. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that an inplace test ofthe charcoal adsorber shows a penetration and system bypasswithin acceptance criterion when tested in accordance withRegulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, the exceptions noted for eachESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR,and ASME N510-1989 at the system flowrate specified below.ESF VENTILATION ACCEPTANCE SYSTEM CRITERIA FLOW RATERea~OF Bildig Puqe 4.90%14,900 dm +10%Emergency Gas Treatment  
< 0.05% 4,000 cfm + 10%Auxiliary Building Gas < 0.05% 9,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Control Room Emergency  
< 0.05% 4,000 cfm + 10%Auxiliary Building Gas < 0.05% 9,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Control Room Emergency  
< 1.00% 4,000 cfm + 10%I(continued)
< 1.00% 4,000 cfm + 10%I (continued)
Watts Bar-Unit 2(developmental) 5.0-19 Procedures,  
Watts Bar-Unit 2 (developmental) 5.0-19 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP) (continued)
: Programs, and Manuals5.75.7 Procedures,  
: c. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that a laboratory test of a sample of the charcoal adsorber, when obtained as described in Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, and the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, shows the methyl iodide penetration less than the value specified below when tested in accordance with ASTM D3803-1989 at a temperature of _< 30 0 C and greater than or equal to the relative humidity specified below.METHYL IODIDE RELATIVE ESF VENTILATION SYSTEM PENETRATION HUMIDITY Roictor Building Purge 4 40% 0"0 Emergency Gas Treatment  
: Programs, and Manuals5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP) (continued)
: c. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that a laboratory test ofa sample of the charcoal  
: adsorber, when obtained as described in Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, and the exceptions notedfor each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 ofthe FSAR, shows the methyl iodide penetration less than thevalue specified below when tested in accordance withASTM D3803-1989 at a temperature of _< 300C and greater thanor equal to the relative humidity specified below.METHYL IODIDE RELATIVEESF VENTILATION SYSTEM PENETRATION HUMIDITYRoictor Building Purge 4 40% 0"0Emergency Gas Treatment  
< 0.175% 70%Auxiliary Building Gas < 0.175% 70%Treatment Control Room Emergency  
< 0.175% 70%Auxiliary Building Gas < 0.175% 70%Treatment Control Room Emergency  
< 1.0% 70%d. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that the pressure dropacross the entire filtration unit is less than the value specified below when tested in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52,Revision 2, the exceptions noted for each ESF system inTables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, andASME N510-1989 at the system flowrate specified below.ESF VENTILATION SYSTEM PRESSURE DROP FLOW RATE,1Buildig  
< 1.0% 70%d. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that the pressure drop across the entire filtration unit is less than the value specified below when tested in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, and ASME N510-1989 at the system flowrate specified below.ESF VENTILATION SYSTEM PRESSURE DROP FLOW RATE,1Buildig  
.4 1.7 .tOr 14,000 + 40%Emergency Gas < 7.6 inches water 4,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Auxiliary Building Gas < 7.6 inches water 9,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Control Room Emergency  
.4 1.7 .tOr 14,000 + 40%Emergency Gas < 7.6 inches water 4,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Auxiliary Building Gas < 7.6 inches water 9,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Control Room Emergency  
< 3.5 inches water 4,000 cfm + 10%(continued)
< 3.5 inches water 4,000 cfm + 10%(continued)
Watts Bar-Unit 2(developmental) 5.0-20B8HI Procedures,  
Watts Bar-Unit 2 (developmental) 5.0-20 B8HI Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP) (continued)
: Programs, and Manuals5.75.7 Procedures,  
: e. Demonstrate that the heaters for each of the ESF systems dissipate the value specified below when tested in accordance with ASME N510-1989.
: Programs, and Manuals5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP) (continued)
ESF VENTILATION SYSTEM AMOUNT OF HEAT Emergency Gas Treatment 20 + 2.0 kW Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment 50 + 5.0 kW The provisions of SR 3.0.2 and SR 3.0.3 are applicable to the VFTP test frequencies.
: e. Demonstrate that the heaters for each of the ESF systemsdissipate the value specified below when tested in accordance with ASME N510-1989.
5.7.2.15 Explosive Gas and Storage Tank Radioactivity Monitoring Program This program provides controls for potentially explosive gas mixtures contained in the Waste Gas Holdup System, the quantity of radioactivity contained in gas storage tanks and the quantity of radioactivity contained in unprotected outdoor liquid storage tanks.The gaseous radioactivity quantities shall be determined following the methodology in Branch Technical Position (BTP) ETSB 11-5,"Postulated Radioactive Release due to Waste Gas System Leak or Failure." The liquid radwaste quantities shall be determined in accordance with Standard Review Plan, Section 15.7.3, "Postulated Radioactive Release due to Tank Failures." The program shall include: a. The limits for concentrations of hydrogen and oxygen in the Waste Gas Holdup System and a surveillance program to ensure the limits are maintained.
ESF VENTILATION SYSTEM AMOUNT OF HEATEmergency Gas Treatment 20 + 2.0 kWAuxiliary Building Gas Treatment 50 + 5.0 kWThe provisions of SR 3.0.2 and SR 3.0.3 are applicable to the VFTP testfrequencies.
Such limits shall be appropriate to the system's design criteria (i.e., the system is not designed to withstand a hydrogen explosion);(continued)
5.7.2.15 Explosive Gas and Storage Tank Radioactivity Monitoring ProgramThis program provides controls for potentially explosive gas mixturescontained in the Waste Gas Holdup System, the quantity ofradioactivity contained in gas storage tanks and the quantity ofradioactivity contained in unprotected outdoor liquid storage tanks.The gaseous radioactivity quantities shall be determined following themethodology in Branch Technical Position (BTP) ETSB 11-5,"Postulated Radioactive Release due to Waste Gas System Leak orFailure."
Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-14 (developmental)
The liquid radwaste quantities shall be determined inaccordance with Standard Review Plan, Section 15.7.3, "Postulated Radioactive Release due to Tank Failures."
BH Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7.2.19 Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program (continued)
The program shall include:a. The limits for concentrations of hydrogen and oxygen in theWaste Gas Holdup System and a surveillance program to ensurethe limits are maintained.
Leakage rate acceptance criteria are: a. Containment overall leakage rate acceptance criterion is _ 1.0 La.During the first unit startup following testing in accordance with this program, the leakage rate acceptance criteria are < 0.60 La for the combined Type B and Type C tests, and _! 0.75 L, for Type A tests.b. Air lock testing acceptance criteria are: 1. Overall air lock leakage rate is  0.05 La when tested at > Pa.2. For each door, leakage rate is _ 0.01 La when pressurized to_> 6 psig.The provisions of SR 3.0.2 do not apply to the test frequencies specified in the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program.The provisions of SR 3.0.3 are applicable to the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program.5.7.2.20 Control Room Envelope Habitability Program A Control Room Envelope (CRE) Habitability Program shall be established and implemented to ensure that CRE habitability is maintained such that, with an OPERABLE Control Room Emergency Ventilation System (CREVS), CRE occupants can control the reactor safely under normal conditions and maintain it in a safe condition following a radiological event, hazardous chemical release, or a smoke challenge.
Such limits shall be appropriate to thesystem's design criteria (i.e., the system is not designed towithstand a hydrogen explosion);
The program shall ensure that adequate radiation protection is provided to permit access and occupancy of the CRE under design basis accident (DBA) conditions without personnel receiving radiation exposures in excess of the applicable regulatory requirement (i.e., 5 rem Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) for a fuel handling accident or 5 rem whole body or its equivalent to any part of the body) for the duration of the accident.
(continued)
The program shall include the following elements: a. The definition of the CRE and the CRE boundary.b. Requirements for maintaining the CRE boundary in its design condition including configuration control and preventive maintenance.
Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-14(developmental)
Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-25 (developmental)
BH Procedures,  
AH Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals Watts Bar-Unit 2 (developmental) 5.0-26 AH Enclosure 7 WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification Final E7-1 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.6 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation LCO 3.3.6 APPLICABILITY:
: Programs, and Manuals5.75.7 Procedures,  
The Containment Vent Isolation instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.6-1 shall be OPERABLE.MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, ACTIONS-------------------
: Programs, and Manuals5.7.2.19 Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program (continued)
NOTE --------Separate Condition entry is allowed for each Function.CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One radiation monitoring A.1 Restore the affected 4 hours channel inoperable, channel to OPERABLE status.(continued)
Leakage rate acceptance criteria are:a. Containment overall leakage rate acceptance criterion is _ 1.0 La.During the first unit startup following testing in accordance withthis program, the leakage rate acceptance criteria are < 0.60 Lafor the combined Type B and Type C tests, and _! 0.75 L, forType A tests.b. Air lock testing acceptance criteria are:1. Overall air lock leakage rate is  0.05 La when tested at > Pa.2. For each door, leakage rate is _ 0.01 La when pressurized to_> 6 psig.The provisions of SR 3.0.2 do not apply to the test frequencies specified in the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program.The provisions of SR 3.0.3 are applicable to the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program.5.7.2.20 Control Room Envelope Habitability ProgramA Control Room Envelope (CRE) Habitability Program shall beestablished and implemented to ensure that CRE habitability ismaintained such that, with an OPERABLE Control Room Emergency Ventilation System (CREVS),
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-53 H Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 ACTIONS (continued)
CRE occupants can control the reactorsafely under normal conditions and maintain it in a safe condition following a radiological event, hazardous chemical  
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. ---------NOTE ---------------------
: release, or asmoke challenge.
The program shall ensure that adequate radiation protection is provided to permit access and occupancy of the CREunder design basis accident (DBA) conditions without personnel receiving radiation exposures in excess of the applicable regulatory requirement (i.e., 5 rem Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) for afuel handling accident or 5 rem whole body or its equivalent to anypart of the body) for the duration of the accident.
The program shallinclude the following elements:
: a. The definition of the CRE and the CRE boundary.
: b. Requirements for maintaining the CRE boundary in its designcondition including configuration control and preventive maintenance.
Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-25(developmental)
AH Procedures,  
: Programs, and Manuals5.75.7 Procedures,  
: Programs, and ManualsWatts Bar-Unit 2(developmental) 5.0-26AH Enclosure 7WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification FinalE7-1 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.63.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.6 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation LCO 3.3.6APPLICABILITY:
The Containment Vent Isolation instrumentation for each Function inTable 3.3.6-1 shall be OPERABLE.
MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4,ACTIONS-------------------
NOTE --------Separate Condition entry is allowed for each Function.
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIMEA. One radiation monitoring A.1 Restore the affected 4 hourschannel inoperable, channel to OPERABLEstatus.(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.3-53H Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIMEB. ---------
NOTE ---------------------
NOTE ----------
NOTE ----------
One train of automatic actuation One or more Functions with logic may be bypassed andone or more manual or Required Action B. 1 may beautomatic actuation trains delayed for up to 4 hours forinoperable.
One train of automatic actuation One or more Functions with logic may be bypassed and one or more manual or Required Action B. 1 may be automatic actuation trains delayed for up to 4 hours for inoperable.
Surveillance testing provided theOR other train is OPERABLE.
Surveillance testing provided the OR other train is OPERABLE.Two radiation monitoring B. 1 Enter applicable Immediately channels inoperable.
Two radiation monitoring B. 1 Enter applicable Immediately channels inoperable.
Conditions and Required OR Actions of LCO 3.6.3,"Containment Isolation Required Action and Valves," for containment associated Completion purge and exhaust Time of Condition A not isolation valves made met. inoperable by isolation instrumentation.(continued)
Conditions and RequiredOR Actions of LCO 3.6.3,"Containment Isolation Required Action and Valves,"
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-54 H Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS
for containment associated Completion purge and exhaustTime of Condition A not isolation valves mademet. inoperable by isolation instrumentation.
(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.3-54H Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS
--------------------------------------
--------------------------------------
NOTE--------------------------------
NOTE--------------------------------
Refer to Table 3.3.6-1 to determine which SRs apply for each Containment Vent Isolation Function.
Refer to Table 3.3.6-1 to determine which SRs apply for each Containment Vent Isolation Function.SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.6.1 Perform CHANNEL CHECK. 12 hours SR 3.3.6.2 ----------------------
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.6.1 Perform CHANNEL CHECK. 12 hoursSR 3.3.6.2 ----------------------
NOTE ----------------
NOTE ----------------
This surveillance is only applicable to the actuation logic of the ESFAS instrumentation.
This surveillance is only applicable to the actuation logic of the ESFAS instrumentation.
Perform ACTUATION LOGIC TEST. 92 days on aSTAGGERED TESTBASISSIR 3.3.6.3 ----------------------
Perform ACTUATION LOGIC TEST. 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS SIR 3.3.6.3 ----------------------
NOTE ----------------
NOTE ----------------
This surveillance is only applicable to the masterrelays of the ESFAS instrumentation.
This surveillance is only applicable to the master relays of the ESFAS instrumentation.
Perform MASTER RELAY TEST. 92 days on aSTAGGERED TESTBASISSR 3.3.6.4 Perform COT. 92 daysSR 3.3.6.5 Perform SLAVE RELAY TEST. 92 daysOR18 months forWestinghouse typeAR and Potter &Brumfield MDRSeries relays(continued)
Perform MASTER RELAY TEST. 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS SR 3.3.6.4 Perform COT. 92 days SR 3.3.6.5 Perform SLAVE RELAY TEST. 92 days OR 18 months for Westinghouse type AR and Potter &Brumfield MDR Series relays (continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.3-55B Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (Continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-55 B Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (Continued)
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.6.6 ----------------------
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.6.6 ----------------------
NOTE ----------------
NOTE ----------------
Verification of setpoint is not required.
Verification of setpoint is not required.Perform TADOT. 18 months SR 3.3.6.7 Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION.
Perform TADOT. 18 monthsSR 3.3.6.7 Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION.
18 months Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-56 A Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 Table 3.3.6-1 (page 1 of 1)Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation REQUIRED SURVEILLANCE ALLOWABLE FUNCTION CHANNELS REQUIREMENTS VALUE 1. Manual Initiation 2 SR 3.3.6.6 NA 2. Automatic Actuation Logic 2 trains SR 3.3.6.2 NA and Actuation Relays SR 3.3.6.3 SR 3.3.6.5< 2.8E-02 pCi/cc 3. Containment Purge 2 SR 3.3.6.1 (1.14x10 4 cpm)Exhaust Radiation Monitors SR 3.3.6.4 SR 3.3.6.7 4. Safety Injection Refer to LCO 3.3.2, "ESFAS Instrumentation," Function 1, for all initiation functions and requirements.
18 monthsWatts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.3-56A Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6Table 3.3.6-1 (page 1 of 1)Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation REQUIRED SURVEILLANCE ALLOWABLE FUNCTION CHANNELS REQUIREMENTS VALUE1. Manual Initiation 2 SR 3.3.6.6 NA2. Automatic Actuation Logic 2 trains SR 3.3.6.2 NAand Actuation Relays SR 3.3.6.3SR 3.3.6.5< 2.8E-02 pCi/cc3. Containment Purge 2 SR 3.3.6.1 (1.14x104 cpm)Exhaust Radiation Monitors SR 3.3.6.4SR 3.3.6.74. Safety Injection Refer to LCO 3.3.2, "ESFAS Instrumentation,"
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-57 H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation 3.3.8 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.8 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS) Actuation Instrumentation LCO 3.3.8 APPLICABILITY:
Function 1, forall initiation functions and requirements.
The ABGTS actuation instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.8-1 shall be OPERABLE.According to Table 3.3.8-1.ACTIONS--------------------
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.3-57H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation 3.3.83.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.8 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS) Actuation Instrumentation LCO 3.3.8APPLICABILITY:
NOTE-Separate Condition entry is allowed for each Function.CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more Functions with A. 1 Place one ABGTS train in 7 days one channel or train operation.
The ABGTS actuation instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.8-1shall be OPERABLE.
According to Table 3.3.8-1.ACTIONS--------------------
NOTE-Separate Condition entry is allowed for each Function.
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIMEA. One or more Functions with A. 1 Place one ABGTS train in 7 daysone channel or train operation.
inoperable.
inoperable.
B. One or more Functions with B.1.1 Place one ABGTS train in Immediately two channels or two trains operation.
B. One or more Functions with B.1.1 Place one ABGTS train in Immediately two channels or two trains operation.
inoperable.
inoperable.
ANDB.1.2 Enter applicable Immediately Conditions and RequiredActions of LCO 3.7.12,"Auxiliary Building GasTreatment System(ABGTS),"
AND B.1.2 Enter applicable Immediately Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.7.12,"Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)," for one train made inoperable by inoperable actuation instrumentation OR (continued)
for one trainmade inoperable byinoperable actuation instrumentation OR(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-63 H ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation 3.3.8 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. (continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.3-63H ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation 3.3.8ACTIONSCONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIMEB. (continued)
B.2 Place both trains in Immediately emergency radiation protection mode.C. Required Action and C.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours associated Completion Time for Condition A or B AND not met-C.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS
B.2 Place both trains in Immediately emergency radiation protection mode.C. Required Action and C.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hoursassociated Completion Time for Condition A or B ANDnot met-C.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hoursSURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS
------------------------------------
------------------------------------
NOTE--------------------------------
NOTE--------------------------------
Refer to Table 3.3.8-1 to determine which SRs apply for each ABGTS Actuation Function.
Refer to Table 3.3.8-1 to determine which SRs apply for each ABGTS Actuation Function.SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.8.1 ----------------------
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.8.1 ----------------------
NOTE ----------------
NOTE ----------------
Verification of setpoint is not required.
Verification of setpoint is not required.Perform TADOT. 18 months Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-64 H ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation 3.3.8 Table 3.3.8-1 (page 1 of 1)ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED REQUIRED SURVEILLANCE ALLOWABLE FUNCTION CONDITIONS CHANNELS REQUIREMENTS VALUE 1. Manual Initiation 1,2,3,4 2 SR 3.3.8.3 NA 2. Containment Refer to LCO 3.3.2, Function 3.a., for all Phase A initiating functions Isolation and requirements.
Perform TADOT. 18 monthsWatts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.3-64H ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation 3.3.8Table 3.3.8-1 (page 1 of 1)ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHERSPECIFIED REQUIRED SURVEILLANCE ALLOWABLE FUNCTION CONDITIONS CHANNELS REQUIREMENTS VALUE1. Manual Initiation 1,2,3,4 2 SR 3.3.8.3 NA2. Containment Refer to LCO 3.3.2, Function 3.a., for all Phase A initiating functions Isolation and requirements.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-65 H ABGTS 3.7.12 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS 3.7.12 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)LCO 3.7.12 APPLICABILITY:
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.3-65H ABGTS3.7.123.7 PLANT SYSTEMS3.7.12 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)LCO 3.7.12APPLICABILITY:
Two ABGTS trains shall be OPERABLE MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One ABGTS train A.1 Restore ABGTS train to 7 days inoperable OPERABLE status.B. Required Action and B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours associated Completion Time of Condition A not met AND OR B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours Two ABGTS trains inoperable Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.7-26 H ABGTS 3.7.12 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.12.1 Operate each ABGTS train for _> 10 continuous hours 31 days with the heaters operating.
Two ABGTS trains shall be OPERABLEMODES 1, 2, 3, and 4,ACTIONSCONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIMEA. One ABGTS train A.1 Restore ABGTS train to 7 daysinoperable OPERABLE status.B. Required Action and B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hoursassociated Completion Time of Condition A not met ANDOR B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hoursTwo ABGTS trainsinoperable Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.7-26H ABGTS3.7.12SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.12.1 Operate each ABGTS train for _> 10 continuous hours 31 dayswith the heaters operating.
SR 3.7.12.2 Perform required ABGTS filter testing in accordance In accordance with with the Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP). the VFTP SR 3.7.12.3 Verify each ABGTS train actuates on an actual or 18 months simulated actuation signal.SR 3.7.12.4 Verify one ABGTS train can maintain a pressure 18 months on a between -0.25 inches and -0.5 inches water gauge STAGGERED TEST with respect to atmospheric pressure during the post BASIS accident mode of operation at a flow rate _> 9300 cfm and < 9900 cfm.Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.7-27 H Decay Time 3.9.8 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS 3.9.10 Decay Time LCO 3.9.10 APPLICABILITY:
SR 3.7.12.2 Perform required ABGTS filter testing in accordance In accordance withwith the Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP). the VFTPSR 3.7.12.3 Verify each ABGTS train actuates on an actual or 18 monthssimulated actuation signal.SR 3.7.12.4 Verify one ABGTS train can maintain a pressure 18 months on abetween -0.25 inches and -0.5 inches water gauge STAGGERED TESTwith respect to atmospheric pressure during the post BASISaccident mode of operation at a flow rate _> 9300 cfmand < 9900 cfm.Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.7-27H Decay Time3.9.83.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS 3.9.10 Decay TimeLCO 3.9.10APPLICABILITY:
The reactor shall be subcritical for >_100 hours.During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment.
The reactor shall be subcritical for >_100 hours.During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment.
ACTIONSCONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIMEA. Reactor subcritical for A.1 Suspend all operations Immediately
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Reactor subcritical for A.1 Suspend all operations Immediately
< 100 hours. involving movement ofirradiated fuel assemblies within the containment.
< 100 hours. involving movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment.
TECHNICAL SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.9.10.1 Verify the reactor has been subcritical for > 100 hours Prior to movement ofby confirming the date and time of subcriticality.
TECHNICAL SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.9.10.1 Verify the reactor has been subcritical for > 100 hours Prior to movement of by confirming the date and time of subcriticality.
irradiated fuel in thereactor vesselWatts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.9-14H I Procedures,  
irradiated fuel in the reactor vessel Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.9-14 H I Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP)A program shall be established to implement the following required testing of Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) filter ventilation systems at the frequencies specified in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2; ASME N510-1989, and the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR.f. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that an inplace test of the high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters shows a penetration and system bypass within acceptance criterion when tested in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, and ASME N510-1989 at the system flowrate specified below.ESF VENTILATION ACCEPTANCE SYSTEM CRITERIA FLOW RATE Emergency Gas < 0.05% 4,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Auxiliary Building Gas < 0.05% 9,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Control Room Emergency  
: Programs, and Manuals5.75.7 Procedures,  
< 1.00% 4,000 cfm + 10%I (continued)
: Programs, and Manuals5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP)A program shall be established to implement the following requiredtesting of Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) filter ventilation systemsat the frequencies specified in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2; ASME N510-1989, and the exceptions notedfor each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of theFSAR.f. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that an inplace test ofthe high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters shows apenetration and system bypass within acceptance criterion whentested in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, theexceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2,6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, and ASME N510-1989 at thesystem flowrate specified below.ESF VENTILATION ACCEPTANCE SYSTEM CRITERIA FLOW RATEEmergency Gas < 0.05% 4,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Auxiliary Building Gas < 0.05% 9,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Control Room Emergency  
Watts Bar-Unit 2 (developmental) 5.0-18 HI Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP) (continued)
< 1.00% 4,000 cfm + 10%I(continued)
: g. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that an inplace test of the charcoal adsorber shows a penetration and system bypass within acceptance criterion when tested in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, and ASME N510-1989 at the system flowrate specified below.ESF VENTILATION ACCEPTANCE SYSTEM CRITERIA FLOW RATE Emergency Gas Treatment  
Watts Bar-Unit 2(developmental) 5.0-18HI Procedures,  
: Programs, and Manuals5.75.7 Procedures,  
: Programs, and Manuals5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP) (continued)
: g. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that an inplace test ofthe charcoal adsorber shows a penetration and system bypasswithin acceptance criterion when tested in accordance withRegulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, the exceptions noted for eachESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR,and ASME N510-1989 at the system flowrate specified below.ESF VENTILATION ACCEPTANCE SYSTEM CRITERIA FLOW RATEEmergency Gas Treatment  
< 0.05% 4,000 cfm + 10%Auxiliary Building Gas < 0.05% 9,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Control Room Emergency  
< 0.05% 4,000 cfm + 10%Auxiliary Building Gas < 0.05% 9,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Control Room Emergency  
< 1.00% 4,000 cfm + 10%(continued)
< 1.00% 4,000 cfm + 10%(continued)
Watts Bar-Unit 2(developmental) 5.0-19HI Procedures,  
Watts Bar-Unit 2 (developmental) 5.0-19 HI Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP) (continued)
: Programs, and Manuals5.75.7 Procedures,  
: h. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that a laboratory test of a sample of the charcoal adsorber, when obtained as described in Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, and the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, shows the methyl iodide penetration less than the value specified below when tested in accordance with ASTM D3803-1989 at a temperature of _< 30 0 C and greater than or equal to the relative humidity specified below.METHYL IODIDE RELATIVE ESF VENTILATION SYSTEM PENETRATION HUMIDITY Emergency Gas Treatment  
: Programs, and Manuals5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP) (continued)
: h. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that a laboratory test ofa sample of the charcoal  
: adsorber, when obtained as described in Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, and the exceptions notedfor each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 ofthe FSAR, shows the methyl iodide penetration less than thevalue specified below when tested in accordance withASTM D3803-1989 at a temperature of _< 300C and greater thanor equal to the relative humidity specified below.METHYL IODIDE RELATIVEESF VENTILATION SYSTEM PENETRATION HUMIDITYEmergency Gas Treatment  
< 0.175% 70%Auxiliary Building Gas < 0.175% 70%Treatment Control Room Emergency  
< 0.175% 70%Auxiliary Building Gas < 0.175% 70%Treatment Control Room Emergency  
< 1.0% 70%i. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that the pressure dropacross the entire filtration unit is less than the value specified below when tested in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52,Revision 2, the exceptions noted for each ESF system inTables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, andASME N510-1989 at the system flowrate specified below.ESF VENTILATION SYSTEM PRESSURE DROP FLOW RATEEmergency Gas < 7.6 inches water 4,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Auxiliary Building Gas < 7.6 inches water 9,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Control Room Emergency  
< 1.0% 70%i. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that the pressure drop across the entire filtration unit is less than the value specified below when tested in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, and ASME N510-1989 at the system flowrate specified below.ESF VENTILATION SYSTEM PRESSURE DROP FLOW RATE Emergency Gas < 7.6 inches water 4,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Auxiliary Building Gas < 7.6 inches water 9,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Control Room Emergency  
< 3.5 inches water 4,000 cfm + 10%(continued)
< 3.5 inches water 4,000 cfm + 10%(continued)
Watts Bar-Unit 2(developmental) 5.0-20HI Procedures,  
Watts Bar-Unit 2 (developmental) 5.0-20 HI Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP) (continued)
: Programs, and Manuals5.75.7 Procedures,  
Demonstrate that the heaters for each of the ESF systems dissipate the value specified below when tested in accordance with ASME N510-1989.
: Programs, and Manuals5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP) (continued)
ESF VENTILATION SYSTEM AMOUNT OF HEAT Emergency Gas Treatment 20 + 2.0 kW Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment 50 + 5.0 kW The provisions of SR 3.0.2 and SR 3.0.3 are applicable to the VFTP test frequencies.
Demonstrate that the heaters for each of the ESF systemsdissipate the value specified below when tested in accordance with ASME N510-1989.
5.7.2.15 Explosive Gas and Storage Tank Radioactivity Monitoring Program This program provides controls for potentially explosive gas mixtures contained in the Waste Gas Holdup System, the quantity of radioactivity contained in gas storage tanks and the quantity of radioactivity contained in unprotected outdoor liquid storage tanks.The gaseous radioactivity quantities shall be determined following the methodology in Branch Technical Position (BTP) ETSB 11-5,"Postulated Radioactive Release due to Waste Gas System Leak or Failure." The liquid radwaste quantities shall be determined in accordance with Standard Review Plan, Section 15.7.3, "Postulated Radioactive Release due to Tank Failures." The program shall include: b. The limits for concentrations of hydrogen and oxygen in the Waste Gas Holdup System and a surveillance program to ensure the limits are maintained.
ESF VENTILATION SYSTEM AMOUNT OF HEATEmergency Gas Treatment 20 + 2.0 kWAuxiliary Building Gas Treatment 50 + 5.0 kWThe provisions of SR 3.0.2 and SR 3.0.3 are applicable to the VFTP testfrequencies.
Such limits shall be appropriate to the system's design criteria (i.e., the system is not designed to withstand a hydrogen explosion);(continued)
5.7.2.15 Explosive Gas and Storage Tank Radioactivity Monitoring ProgramThis program provides controls for potentially explosive gas mixturescontained in the Waste Gas Holdup System, the quantity ofradioactivity contained in gas storage tanks and the quantity ofradioactivity contained in unprotected outdoor liquid storage tanks.The gaseous radioactivity quantities shall be determined following themethodology in Branch Technical Position (BTP) ETSB 11-5,"Postulated Radioactive Release due to Waste Gas System Leak orFailure."
Watts Bar-Unit 2 (developmental) 5.0-14 HI Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7.2.19 Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program (continued)
The liquid radwaste quantities shall be determined inaccordance with Standard Review Plan, Section 15.7.3, "Postulated Radioactive Release due to Tank Failures."
Leakage rate acceptance criteria are: c. Containment overall leakage rate acceptance criterion is < 1.0 L,.During the first unit startup following testing in accordance with this program, the leakage rate acceptance criteria are < 0.60 L, for the combined Type B and Type C tests, and < 0.75 La for Type A tests.d. Air lock testing acceptance criteria are: 1. Overall air lock leakage rate is < 0.05 L, when tested at > Pa.2. For each door, leakage rate is < 0.01 La when pressurized to_> 6 psig.The provisions of SR 3.0.2 do not apply to the test frequencies specified in the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program.The provisions of SR 3.0.3 are applicable to the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program.5.7.2.20 Control Room Envelope Habitability Program A Control Room Envelope (CRE) Habitability Program shall be established and implemented to ensure that CRE habitability is maintained such that, with an OPERABLE Control Room Emergency Ventilation System (CREVS), CRE occupants can control the reactor safely under normal conditions and maintain it in a safe condition following a radiological event, hazardous chemical release, or a smoke challenge.
The program shall include:b. The limits for concentrations of hydrogen and oxygen in theWaste Gas Holdup System and a surveillance program to ensurethe limits are maintained.
The program shall ensure that adequate radiation protection is provided to permit access and occupancy of the CRE under design basis accident (DBA) conditions without personnel receiving radiation exposures in excess of the applicable regulatory requirement (i.e., 5 rem Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) for a fuel handling accident or 5 rem whole body or its equivalent to any part of the body) for the duration of the accident.
Such limits shall be appropriate to thesystem's design criteria (i.e., the system is not designed towithstand a hydrogen explosion);
The program shall include the following elements: c. The definition of the CRE and the CRE boundary.d. Requirements for maintaining the CRE boundary in its design condition including configuration control and preventive maintenance.
(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 5.0-25 (developmental)
Watts Bar-Unit 2(developmental) 5.0-14HI Procedures,  
H Enclosure 8 WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification Bases Red-Line Markup E8-1 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6 B 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION B 3.3.6 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation BASES BACKGROUND Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation closes the containment isolation valves in the Containment Purge System. This action isolates the containment atmosphere from the environment to minimize releases of radioactivity in the event of an accident.
: Programs, and Manuals5.75.7.2.19 Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program (continued)
The Reactor Building Purge System may be in use during reactor operation and with the reactor shutdown.Containment vent isolation is initiated by a safety injection (SI) signal or by manual actuation.
Leakage rate acceptance criteria are:c. Containment overall leakage rate acceptance criterion is < 1.0 L,.During the first unit startup following testing in accordance withthis program, the leakage rate acceptance criteria are < 0.60 L,for the combined Type B and Type C tests, and < 0.75 La forType A tests.d. Air lock testing acceptance criteria are:1. Overall air lock leakage rate is < 0.05 L, when tested at > Pa.2. For each door, leakage rate is < 0.01 La when pressurized to_> 6 psig.The provisions of SR 3.0.2 do not apply to the test frequencies specified in the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program.The provisions of SR 3.0.3 are applicable to the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program.5.7.2.20 Control Room Envelope Habitability ProgramA Control Room Envelope (CRE) Habitability Program shall beestablished and implemented to ensure that CRE habitability ismaintained such that, with an OPERABLE Control Room Emergency Ventilation System (CREVS),
The Bases for LCO 3.3.2, "Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFAS) Instrumentation," discuss initiation of SI signals.Redundant and independent gaseous radioactivity monitors measure the radioactivity levels of the containment purge exhaust, each of which will initiate its associated train of automatic Containment Vent Isolation upon detection of high gaseous radioactivity.
CRE occupants can control the reactorsafely under normal conditions and maintain it in a safe condition following a radiological event, hazardous chemical  
The Reactor Building Purge System has inner and outer containment isolation valves in its supply and exhaust ducts. This system is described in the Bases for LCO 3.6.3, "Containment Isolation Valves." The plant design basis reguireS that wheR nemvng irradiated fuel in the A u-liar' Building and!or CnimetWith the Conptainment oene to the A xw~~yBilig BCEsars a si~l#R the sp~ poolDG ral;aon mnitors l"0 RE 90 102 and 103 will initiate a Crntainm8nt
: release, or asmoke challenge.
%1 I4;1 4; 1~y Ii I V l' r%%1 VV AAI -V1 4-k I v l ll ll t I, ,llnVU I a csignal from the contafinment purge radi.ation mon;&#xfd;.6iiitom 2 REm 90 130, and-131 orI other CVI signal Will *initiat that po~tgnn Of the Auvili~arI Building Isolation (AWl noalyiitiated by the apn'fe po radiation MOnitoVA Cn~t~FIMS I~t~ l~lfef hs A (1sga)frm m s .... UIaII, t3, '...'JI ...............
The program shall ensure that adequate radiation protection is provided to permit access and occupancy of the CREunder design basis accident (DBA) conditions without personnel receiving radiation exposures in excess of the applicable regulatory requirement (i.e., 5 rem Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) for afuel handling accident or 5 rem whole body or its equivalent to anypart of the body) for the duration of the accident.
The program shallinclude the following elements:
: c. The definition of the CRE and the CRE boundary.
: d. Requirements for maintaining the CRE boundary in its designcondition including configuration control and preventive maintenance.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 5.0-25(developmental)
H Enclosure 8WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification BasesRed-Line MarkupE8-1 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6B 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION B 3.3.6 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation BASESBACKGROUND Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation closes the containment isolation valves in the Containment Purge System. This action isolatesthe containment atmosphere from the environment to minimize releasesof radioactivity in the event of an accident.
The Reactor Building PurgeSystem may be in use during reactor operation and with the reactorshutdown.
Containment vent isolation is initiated by a safety injection (SI) signal orby manual actuation.
The Bases for LCO 3.3.2, "Engineered SafetyFeature Actuation System (ESFAS) Instrumentation,"
discuss initiation ofSI signals.Redundant and independent gaseous radioactivity monitors measure theradioactivity levels of the containment purge exhaust, each of which willinitiate its associated train of automatic Containment Vent Isolation upondetection of high gaseous radioactivity.
The Reactor Building Purge System has inner and outer containment isolation valves in its supply and exhaust ducts. This system is described in the Bases for LCO 3.6.3, "Containment Isolation Valves."The plant design basis reguireS that wheR nemvng irradiated fuel in theA u-liar' Building and!or CnimetWith the Conptainment oene to theA xw~~yBilig BCEsars a si~l#R the sp~ poolDGral;aon mnitors l"0 RE 90 102 and 103 will initiate a Crntainm8nt
%1 I4;1 4; 1~y Ii I V l' r%%1 VV AAI -V1 4-k I v l ll ll t I, ,llnVU Ia csignal from the contafinment purge radi.ation mon;&#xfd;.6iiitom 2 REm 90 130, and-131 orI other CVI signal Will *initiat that po~tgnn Of the Auvili~arI BuildingIsolation (AWl noalyiitiated by the apn'fe po radiation MOnitoVACn~t~FIMS I~t~ l~lfef hs A (1sga)frm ms .... UIaII, t3, '...'JI ...............
(........  
(........  
...... ..... .. ...p. ati.g Unit, high temperatue  
...... ..... .. ...p. ati.g Unit, high temperatue  
+ in the Building air intakes, omanual AB!1 wil! Gauss a CVI signal inthe refueling unit. in the cacoWhere the containm~ent of both uniRtg- i 6 opent the Au;i~iar; Buildingcpacoc, a CVI iFn One unit Will uiniiateq a.1 ORi the ether unit in order tomaRintain t-hoce spaces open to the ABSCE.r-R T-herefore, the containment Yentilatiwn inetrumentation imueAt rem&#xfd;.ain operable when moving irdaeful--- in the -AwIary Bui~dng if the Gentaiwnmet air locks, penletatienc, equipment hatch, etc. are open to the Auxdliary Building A1BSCE spaces.(continued)
+ in the Building air intakes, o manual AB!1 wil! Gauss a CVI signal inthe refueling unit. in the caco Where the containm~ent of both uniRtg- i 6 opent the Au;i~iar; Building cpacoc, a CVI iFn One unit Will uiniiateq a.1 ORi the ether unit in order to maRintain t-hoce spaces open to the ABSCE.r-R T-herefore, the containment Yentilatiwn inetrumentation imueAt rem&#xfd;.ain operable when moving irdae ful--- in the -AwIary Bui~dng if the Gentaiwnmet air locks, penletatienc, equipment hatch, etc. are open to the Auxdliary Building A1BSCE spaces.(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
B 3.3-150GHI Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6BASES (continued)
B 3.3-150 GHI Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6 BASES (continued)
APPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSESThe containment isolation valves for the Reactor Building Purge Systemclose within six seconds following the DBA. The containment ventisolation radiation monitors act as backup to the SI signal to ensureclosing of the purge air system supply and exhaust valves. They-aFe-alee the prfmary.
APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The containment isolation valves for the Reactor Building Purge System close within six seconds following the DBA. The containment vent isolation radiation monitors act as backup to the SI signal to ensure closing of the purge air system supply and exhaust valves. They-aFe-alee the prfmary. means for automatically  
means for automatically  
:..lating , ,ntainmont in the event of a fu,-l handling accident du-Rng shutdown.
:..lating  
Containment isolation in turn ensures meeting the containment leakage rate assumptions of the safety analyses, and ensures that the calculated accidental offsite radiological doses are below 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 1) limits.The Containment Vent Isolation instrumentation satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.
, ,ntainmont in the event ofa fu,-l handling accident du-Rng shutdown.
WAhenR moving iFradiated fu'el incdocotainm~ent or in the Awxla, Building with con-t-ainmen-t air lockeF orpenetratione open to the Auxiliar, Building ABSCE spaces, Or When mo8Ving fuel in the Auxilia~y Building With the containment equipm~ent hatch open, the proVicieneG to iniOtiAt a the aortion of an 131 oRes !l -* -' b'.. the sieent fuel iaoel radiat~on m i A; r"11i 4 A k 4k 4. 4 r~w" VM7 "'a ........a a7...---.'.,".,..-.
Containment isolation in turnensures meeting the containment leakage rate assumptions of the safetyanalyses, and ensures that the calculated accidental offsite radiological doses are below 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 1) limits.The Containment Vent Isolation instrumentation satisfies Criterion 3 of theNRC Policy Statement.
purge mntoe, n the eyent of a fuelA handling accident (FHA) must be in placa and funtoig .AIditienally, a Conitainment lselatien PhaseA (8! 6ignal) from the operating unit, high temperature in the Au~ilrary Building air intakes, or manual1 AB Ril cauce a2 CA VI cigna!in the; reh';'fulg unit. The cnainmen eqipment hatch cannot be open whenoig irrad-iateAd-fiuel incidS containment in accoArd-ance wit-h Tecnhnica Specification 3.9.4.The A.BGTS ic, required to be operable during moevement of iraitdfuel in the Auxiliary Bu~idig during an~y moede and durin~g movyement o establisehd as part of the ABSCE boundar'; (coo TS 3.3.8, 3.7.12, 3.9 01). Whe moin2iraited fuel' incide cntaiRnment, at least one train of the containmn pugsystem must be operating Or the containment FAUct be icela-ted-14.L Whenmving irradiated fuel in the Auxiliary Building during- t.m. wAhen the cnametirc open to the Auxiliar; Building A8G Spacec8, Gtawe purge can be oeadbut GAr-tARO h cyctemA ic not required.
WAhenR moving iFradiated fu'el incdocotainm~ent or in the Awxla,Building with con-t-ainmen-t air lockeF orpenetratione open to the Auxiliar, Building ABSCE spaces, Or When mo8Ving fuel in the Auxilia~y BuildingWith the containment equipm~ent hatch open, the proVicieneG to iniOtiAt athe aortion of an 131 oRes !l -* -' b'.. the sieent fuel iaoel radiat~on mi A; r"11i 4 A k 4k 4. 4r~w" VM7 "'a ........a a7...---.'.,".,..-.
However, whether the containment purge system is operated or- not in thic configuration, all containment ventil2atio icolatian valvecA -and 2accociated intuGtto utrmi perable.(continued)
purge mntoe, n the eyent of a fuelA handling accident (FHA) must be inplaca and funtoig .AIditienally, a Conitainment lselatien PhaseA(8! 6ignal) from the operating unit, high temperature in the Au~ilrary Building air intakes, or manual1 AB Ril cauce a2 CA VI cigna!in the; reh';'fulg unit. The cnainmen eqipment hatch cannot be open whenoigirrad-iateAd-fiuel incidS containment in accoArd-ance wit-h Tecnhnica Specification 3.9.4.The A.BGTS ic, required to be operable during moevement of iraitdfuel in the Auxiliary Bu~idig during an~y moede and durin~g movyement oestablisehd as part of the ABSCE boundar';  
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
(coo TS 3.3.8, 3.7.12,3.9 01). Whe moin2iraited fuel' incide cntaiRnment, at least one trainof the containmn pugsystem must be operating Or the containment FAUct be icela-ted-14.L Whenmving irradiated fuel in the Auxiliary Buildingduring- t.m. wAhen the cnametirc open to the Auxiliar; BuildingA8G Spacec8, Gtawe purge can be oeadbut GAr-tARO hcyctemA ic not required.  
B 3.3-151 GH Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6 BASES APPLICABLE This roqu.ir...ent is ...n..e..a. to en.ure a C .VI can be frm SAFETY ho ....t f pool " ad"atin ...nitor-. in the event of an FHA i the, ANALYSES Auiliar,.
: However, whether the containment purge systemis operated or- not in thic configuration, all containment ventil2atio icolatian valvecA -and 2accociated intuGtto utrmi perable.(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
B 3.3-151GH Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6BASESAPPLICABLE This roqu.ir...ent is ...n..e..a.
to en.ure a C .VI can be frmSAFETY ho ....t f pool " ad"atin ...nitor-. in the event of an FHA i the,ANALYSES Auiliar,.
Bui.ding.
Bui.ding.
Additio;ally, a Containment isolation PhaA(continued)  
Additio;ally, a Containment isolation PhaA (continued) (SI .gna.. from the operating unit, high temperatu.re in the Au-Xiliary B3uildin~g air intakoc, Or manual ABI wil auso a CVI signal in the rphefuein LCO The LCO requirements ensure that the instrumentation necessary to initiate Containment Vent Isolation, listed in Table 3.3.6-1, is OPERABLE.1. Manual Initiation The LCO requires two channels OPERABLE.
(SI .gna.. from the operating unit, high temperatu.re in the Au-Xiliary B3uildin~g air intakoc, Or manual ABI wil auso a CVI signal in the rphefuein LCO The LCO requirements ensure that the instrumentation necessary toinitiate Containment Vent Isolation, listed in Table 3.3.6-1, is OPERABLE.
The operator can initiate Containment Vent Isolation at any time by using either of two switches in the control room or from local panel(s).
: 1. Manual Initiation The LCO requires two channels OPERABLE.
Either switch actuates both trains. This action will cause actuation of all components in the same manner as any of the automatic actuation signals. These manual switches also initiate a Phase A isolation signal.The LCO for Manual Initiation ensures the proper amount of redundancy is maintained in the manual actuation circuitry to ensure the operator has manual initiation capability.
The operator caninitiate Containment Vent Isolation at any time by using either of twoswitches in the control room or from local panel(s).
Each channel consists of one selector switch and the interconnecting wiring to the actuation logic cabinet.2. Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays The LCO requires two trains of Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays OPERABLE to ensure that no single random failure can prevent automatic actuation.
Either switchactuates both trains. This action will cause actuation of allcomponents in the same manner as any of the automatic actuation signals.
Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays consist of the same features and operate in the same manner as described for ESFAS Function 1.b, SI. The applicable MODES and specified conditions for the containment vent isolation portion of the SI Function is different and less restrictive than those for the SI role. If one or more of the SI Functions becomes inoperable in such a manner that only the Containment Vent Isolation Function is affected, the Conditions applicable to the SI Functions need not be entered. The less restrictive Actions specified for inoperability of the Containment Vent Isolation Functions specify sufficient compensatory measures for this case.(continued)
These manual switches also initiate a Phase A isolation signal.The LCO for Manual Initiation ensures the proper amount ofredundancy is maintained in the manual actuation circuitry to ensurethe operator has manual initiation capability.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.3-152 (developmental)
Each channel consists of one selector switch and the interconnecting wiring to the actuation logic cabinet.2. Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation RelaysThe LCO requires two trains of Automatic Actuation Logic andActuation Relays OPERABLE to ensure that no single random failurecan prevent automatic actuation.
Q H Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6 BASES LCO (continued)
Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays consist of the samefeatures and operate in the same manner as described for ESFASFunction 1.b, SI. The applicable MODES and specified conditions forthe containment vent isolation portion of the SI Function is different and less restrictive than those for the SI role. If one or more of the SIFunctions becomes inoperable in such a manner that only theContainment Vent Isolation Function is affected, the Conditions applicable to the SI Functions need not be entered.
: 3. Containment Radiation The LCO specifies two required channels of radiation monitors to ensure that the radiation monitoring instrumentation necessary to initiate Containment Vent Isolation remains OPERABLE.For sampling systems, channel OPERABILITY involves more than OPERABILITY of the channel electronics.
The lessrestrictive Actions specified for inoperability of the Containment VentIsolation Functions specify sufficient compensatory measures for thiscase.(continued)
OPERABILITY may also require correct valve lineups and sample pump operation, as well as detector OPERABILITY, if these supporting features are necessary for trip to occur under the conditions assumed by the safety analyses.Only the Allowable Value is specified for the Containment Purge Exhaust Radiation Monitors in the LCO. The Allowable Value is based on expected concentrations for a small break LOCA, which is more restrictive than 10 CFR 100 limits. The Allowable Value specified is more conservative than the analytical limit assumed in the safety analysis in order to account for instrument uncertainties appropriate to the trip function.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.3-152(developmental)
The actual nominal Trip Setpoint is normally still more conservative than that required by the Allowable Value. If the setpoint does not exceed the Allowable Value, the radiation monitor is considered OPERABLE.4. Safety Iniection (SI)Refer to LCO 3.3.2, Function 1, for all initiating Functions and requirements.
Q H Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6BASESLCO(continued)
APPLICABILITY The Manual Initiation, Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays, Safety Injection, and Containment Radiation Functions are required OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, and during mov.ement of irradiated fue!  
: 3. Containment Radiation The LCO specifies two required channels of radiation monitors toensure that the radiation monitoring instrumentation necessary toinitiate Containment Vent Isolation remains OPERABLE.
..th.. nmnt; .Under these conditions, the potential exists for an accident that could release significant fission product radioactivity into containment.
For sampling  
Therefore, the Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation must be OPERABLE in these MODES. See additional discussion in the Background and Applicable Safety Analysis sections.While in MODES 5 and 6 without fuel handling in the Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation need not be OPERABLE since the potential for radioactive releases is minimized and operator action is sufficient to ensure post accident offsite doses are maintained within the limits of Reference 1.Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
: systems, channel OPERABILITY involves more thanOPERABILITY of the channel electronics.
B 3.3-153 (continued)
OPERABILITY may alsorequire correct valve lineups and sample pump operation, as well asdetector OPERABILITY, if these supporting features are necessary for trip to occur under the conditions assumed by the safety analyses.
AH Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6 BASES (continued)
Only the Allowable Value is specified for the Containment PurgeExhaust Radiation Monitors in the LCO. The Allowable Value isbased on expected concentrations for a small break LOCA, which ismore restrictive than 10 CFR 100 limits. The Allowable Valuespecified is more conservative than the analytical limit assumed inthe safety analysis in order to account for instrument uncertainties appropriate to the trip function.
ACTIONS The most common cause of channel inoperability is outright failure or drift sufficient to exceed the tolerance allowed by unit specific calibration procedures.
The actual nominal Trip Setpoint isnormally still more conservative than that required by the Allowable Value. If the setpoint does not exceed the Allowable Value, theradiation monitor is considered OPERABLE.
Typically, the drift is found to be small and results in a delay of actuation rather than a total loss of function.
: 4. Safety Iniection (SI)Refer to LCO 3.3.2, Function 1, for all initiating Functions andrequirements.
If the Trip Setpoint is less conservative than the tolerance specified by the calibration procedure, the channel must be declared inoperable immediately, and the appropriate Condition entered.A Note has been added to the ACTIONS to clarify the application of Completion Time rules. The Conditions of this Specification may be entered independently for each Function listed in Table 3.3.6-1. The Completion Time(s) of the inoperable channel(s)/train(s) of a Function will be tracked separately for each Function starting from the time the Condition was entered for that Function.A.1 Condition A applies to the failure of one containment purge isolation radiation monitor channel. Since the two containment radiation monitors are both gaseous detectors, failure of a single channel may result in loss of the redundancy.
APPLICABILITY The Manual Initiation, Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays,Safety Injection, and Containment Radiation Functions are requiredOPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, and during mov.ement of irradiated fue!  
Consequently, the failed channel must be restored to OPERABLE status. The 4 hours allowed to restore the affected channel is justified by the low likelihood of events occurring during this interval, and recognition that one or more of the remaining channels will respond to most events.B.1 Condition B applies to all Containment Vent Isolation Functions and addresses the train orientation of the Solid State Protection System (SSPS) and the master and slave relays for these Functions.
..th..
It also addresses the failure of multiple radiation monitoring channels, or the inability to restore a single failed channel to OPERABLE status in the time allowed for Required Action A. 1.If a train is inoperable, multiple channels are inoperable, or the Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A are not met, operation may continue as long as the Required Action for the applicable Conditions of LCO 3.6.3 is met for each valve made inoperable by failure of isolation instrumentation.
nmnt; .Under these conditions, the potential exists for an accident that could release significant fission productradioactivity into containment.
A Note has been added above the Required Actions to allow one train of actuation logic to be placed in bypass and to delay entering the Required Actions for up to four hours to perform surveillance testing provided the other train is OPERABLE.
Therefore, the Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation must be OPERABLE in these MODES. See additional discussion in the Background and Applicable Safety Analysis sections.
The 4-hour allowance is consistent with the Required Actions for actuation logic trains in LCO 3.3.2, "Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (continued)
While in MODES 5 and 6 without fuel handling in theContainment Vent Isolation Instrumentation need not be OPERABLEsince the potential for radioactive releases is minimized and operatoraction is sufficient to ensure post accident offsite doses are maintained within the limits of Reference 1.Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.3-154 (developmental)
B 3.3-153(continued)
A H Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6 BASES ACTIONS B.1 (continued)
AH Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6BASES (continued)
Instrumentation" and allows periodic testing to be conducted while at power without causing an actual actuation.
ACTIONS The most common cause of channel inoperability is outright failure or driftsufficient to exceed the tolerance allowed by unit specific calibration procedures.
The delay for entering the Required Actions relieves the administrative burden of entering the Required Actions for isolation valves inoperable solely due to the performance of surveillance testing on the actuation logic and is acceptable based on the OPERABILITY of the opposite train.A II l -I I LB A J -- i A ~oto in agapa nrannu mar uonaarion  
Typically, the drift is found to be small and results in a delayof actuation rather than a total loss of function.
~ :n oni~ aDD:IcaD:e in MUU~ 1.3,-OF 4 G. and G.2 Condition C applies to all Containment vent Inolation Fu, nctions and addrec:ec tho itrin orientation of the SSPS and the macter and slave relay for the Functionem it alo arRAPthefailur of mi raddilation lI mo InAGO Ihanols .Or the toailit to roctore a sinR! faIed c nNO -Wo WIbj t -ttu inWA -4 tJ n alwa o i-our Acin .1 If train ;- rmulIt;le channell iRODSrMrbI.
If the Trip Setpoint is lessconservative than the tolerance specified by the calibration procedure, thechannel must be declared inoperable immediately, and the appropriate Condition entered.A Note has been added to the ACTIONS to clarify the application ofCompletion Time rules. The Conditions of this Specification may beentered independently for each Function listed in Table 3.3.6-1.
Or the Re, uirad i i I~tIOfl 3fl6 annociatod Unmointiori I imo OT !SOflflitiOfl A am not met..v m:aint-ain cnn-tainment purge and exhauc-t icolation 4 v21 AR~ in their cleeod poitiGn iG me~t Or the applic-able ConRdit*Aon Of 1C 3.., Cnaimn Ponotratione," are Met for each valve mnade inoeperable by failure 0 icoatin ictrmonatin.The Completfion Ti~me for. these Required.A. Nete statece ha ConditionA G snl appo~abe dOngmvmn of irr~ad~ated fuel accemblioc Within containment.
TheCompletion Time(s) of the inoperable channel(s)/train(s) of a Function willbe tracked separately for each Function starting from the time theCondition was entered for that Function.
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Al+ Ii-4 kk &#xfd; &#xfd;A#4,4r +^. +k&#xfd; Q0 7&#xfd;kI&#xfd; +^. ^!rf 4k&#xfd;t4 T&#xfd;kI&#xfd; 'a 'aR I ,A +r. ;na .Ai h k Or. ,r.i, +a nab. ik, t'r&#xfd; m rat'Jn fl r-,
A.1Condition A applies to the failure of one containment purge isolation radiation monitor channel.
SR 3.3.6.1 Performance of the CHANNEL CHECK once every 12 hours ensures that a gross failure of instrumentation has not occurred.
Since the two containment radiation monitorsare both gaseous detectors, failure of a single channel may result in lossof the redundancy.
A CHANNEL CHECK is normally a comparison of the parameter indicated on one channel to a similar parameter on other channels.
Consequently, the failed channel must be restored toOPERABLE status. The 4 hours allowed to restore the affected channelis justified by the low likelihood of events occurring during this interval, and recognition that one or more of the remaining channels will respondto most events.B.1Condition B applies to all Containment Vent Isolation Functions andaddresses the train orientation of the Solid State Protection System(SSPS) and the master and slave relays for these Functions.
It is based on the assumption that instrument channels monitoring the same parameter should read approximately the same value.(continued)
It alsoaddresses the failure of multiple radiation monitoring  
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
: channels, or theinability to restore a single failed channel to OPERABLE status in the timeallowed for Required Action A. 1.If a train is inoperable, multiple channels are inoperable, or the RequiredAction and associated Completion Time of Condition A are not met,operation may continue as long as the Required Action for the applicable Conditions of LCO 3.6.3 is met for each valve made inoperable by failureof isolation instrumentation.
B 3.3-155 AH ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES B 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION B 3.3.8 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment (ABGTS) Actuation Instrumentation BASES BACKGROUND The ABGTS ensures that radioactive materials in the fuel building atmosphere following a fuel handling accident or a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) are filtered and adsorbed prior to exhausting to the environment.
A Note has been added above the RequiredActions to allow one train of actuation logic to be placed in bypass and todelay entering the Required Actions for up to four hours to performsurveillance testing provided the other train is OPERABLE.
The system is described in the Bases for LCO 3.7.12,"Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)." The system initiates filtered exhaust of air from the fuel handling area, ECCS pump rooms, and penetration rooms automatically following receipt of a fuel pool area high radiation signal or a Containment Phase A Isolation signal.Initiation may also be performed manually as needed from the main control room.WU ir. IM2. rnh ., 4-+n mnu~rAk. Rothnr. Af NIAn man 0Gn. BR49 RjR.AAQG1S-.,,IJ--.1.-.-  
The 4-hourallowance is consistent with the Required Actions for actuation logic trainsin LCO 3.3.2, "Engineered Safety Features Actuation System(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.3-154(developmental)
A H Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6BASESACTIONSB.1 (continued)
Instrumentation" and allows periodic testing to be conducted while atpower without causing an actual actuation.
The delay for entering theRequired Actions relieves the administrative burden of entering theRequired Actions for isolation valves inoperable solely due to theperformance of surveillance testing on the actuation logic and isacceptable based on the OPERABILITY of the opposite train.A II l -I ILB A J -- iA ~oto in agapa nrannu mar uonaarion  
~ :n oni~ aDD:IcaD:e in MUU~ 1.3,-OF 4G. and G.2Condition C applies to all Containment vent Inolation Fu, nctions andaddrec:ec tho itrin orientation of the SSPS and the macter and slaverelay for the Functionem it alo arRAPthefailur of miraddilation lI mo InAGO Ihanols .Or the toailit to roctore a sinR! faIedc nNO -Wo WIbj t -ttu inWA -4 tJ n alwa o i-our Acin .1If train ;- rmulIt;le channell iRODSrMrbI.
Or the Re, uiradi i I~tIOfl 3fl6 annociatod Unmointiori I imo OT !SOflflitiOfl A am not met..vm:aint-ain cnn-tainment purge and exhauc-t icolation 4 v21 AR~ in their cleeodpoitiGn iG me~t Or the applic-able ConRdit*Aon Of 1C 3.., CnaimnPonotratione,"
are Met for each valve mnade inoeperable by failure 0icoatin ictrmonatin.The Completfion Ti~me for. these Required.A. Nete statece ha ConditionA G snl appo~abe dOngmvmn ofirr~ad~ated fuel accemblioc Within containment.
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Al+ Ii-4 kk &#xfd; &#xfd;A#4,4r +^. +k&#xfd; Q0 7&#xfd;kI&#xfd; +^. ^!rf 4k&#xfd;t4 T&#xfd;kI&#xfd; 'a 'aRI,A +r. ;na .Ai h k Or. ,r.i, +a nab. ik, t'r&#xfd; m rat'Jn flr-,
SR 3.3.6.1Performance of the CHANNEL CHECK once every 12 hours ensures thata gross failure of instrumentation has not occurred.
A CHANNEL CHECKis normally a comparison of the parameter indicated on one channel to asimilar parameter on other channels.
It is based on the assumption thatinstrument channels monitoring the same parameter should readapproximately the same value.(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
B 3.3-155AH ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8BASESB 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION B 3.3.8 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment (ABGTS) Actuation Instrumentation BASESBACKGROUND The ABGTS ensures that radioactive materials in the fuel buildingatmosphere following a fuel handling accident or a loss of coolantaccident (LOCA) are filtered and adsorbed prior to exhausting to theenvironment.
The system is described in the Bases for LCO 3.7.12,"Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)."
The systeminitiates filtered exhaust of air from the fuel handling area, ECCS pumprooms, and penetration rooms automatically following receipt of a fuelpool area high radiation signal or a Containment Phase A Isolation signal.Initiation may also be performed manually as needed from the maincontrol room.WU ir. IM2. rnh .,4-+n mnu~rAk.
Rothnr. Af NIAn man 0Gn. BR49 RjR.AAQG1S-.,,IJ--.1.-.-  
----nItI~It~on t~rnn !'Ht~ I M trmn ir InftI~3tod rr! finn ridI~3tinn rintnrflnc
----nItI~It~on t~rnn !'Ht~ I M trmn ir InftI~3tod rr! finn ridI~3tinn rintnrflnc
.--.-...  
.--.-... ---..~.--.--.-...-----J...~...--.--.-..------
---..~.--.--.-...-----J...~...--.--.-..------
channel dedicated to that train. There are a total of two channels, one for each train. High radiation detected by any monitor Or a A Phase A isolation signal from the Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS) initiates auxiliary building isolation and starts the ABGTS.These actions function to prevent exfiltration of contaminated air by initiating filtered ventilation, which imposes a negative pressure on the Auxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure (ABSCE).The plant design basis require' that Ahen moving irradiated fuel in the A "-ilhr'y Building andior Containment with the Containment andiel annuluseopen to the Auxiliar; Building ABSCE spc a ;iga! from the spent fuel radiat.iA, R* tamra' RE 90 1 02 4 and103 will i 2iti a Coitainment Ventilation lIelation (CGVP their nRMAlR I ,unction.
channel dedicated to that train. There are a total of two channels, one foreach train. High radiation detected by any monitor Or a A Phase Aisolation signal from the Engineered Safety Features Actuation System(ESFAS) initiates auxiliary building isolation and starts the ABGTS.These actions function to prevent exfiltration of contaminated air byinitiating filtered ventilation, which imposes a negative pressure on theAuxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure (ABSCE).The plant design basis require' that Ahen moving irradiated fuel in theA "-ilhr'y Building andior Containment with the Containment andielannuluseopen to the Auxiliar; Building ABSCE spc a ;iga! from thespent fuel radiat.iA, R* tamra' RE 90 1 02 4 and103 will i 2iti aCoitainment Ventilation lIelation (CGVP their nRMAlRI,unction.
in aaaitvon, a signal fom the containment purge raeaiaten monitm 21 RE5 @0 130, and -131 or. ether CVI signal will initiate that pertien of the Auxiliar; Building isolation (A81) normally initiated by the spent fuel pool radiation moenitres.
in aaaitvon, a signal fom the containment purge raeaiaten monitm 21 RE5 @0 130, and -131 or. ether CVI signal will initiate thatpertien of the Auxiliar; Building isolation (A81) normally initiated by thespent fuel pool radiation moenitres.
Additionally, a Containment seolatieR Phase A (SI signal) from! the operating unit, high temp~erature in the Au**i~ar; Buildin~g air intakes, Or manu-al ABI W.11 c~aaUee a2 CVA signal in the Fefuei~ng unit. In the case where the containment of both units is open to9 the Auxiliary Build;ng spacoe, a CVI in one unit wil initiate a CVI in the-ether unit in order to mlaintain thQAe Spares open to the ABSCGE.Therefoem, the cont~ain1ment VSntilat*on inetrumentation must remi operable when meying irradi~ated fu el OR the Au~iliar-y Building if the containment-and/or:
Additionally, a Containment seolatieR Phase A (SI signal) from! the operating unit, high temp~erature in theAu**i~ar; Buildin~g air intakes, Or manu-al ABI W.11 c~aaUee a2 CVA signal in theFefuei~ng unit. In the case where the containment of both units is open to9the Auxiliary Build;ng spacoe, a CVI in one unit wil initiate a CVI in the-ether unit in order to mlaintain thQAe Spares open to the ABSCGE.Therefoem, the cont~ain1ment VSntilat*on inetrumentation must remioperable when meying irradi~ated fu el OR the Au~iliar-y Building if thecontainment-and/or:
annlulue air locke,, penetratines, equipment hatch, etc.(continued)
annlulue air locke,, penetratines, equipment hatch, etc.(continued)
Watts Bar- Unit 2(developmental)
Watts Bar- Unit 2 (developmental)
B 3.3-166G-HI ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8BASESare open to the Awdiiar-y Building ABSCE spacoc.(continued)
B 3.3-166 G-HI ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES are open to the Awdiiar-y Building ABSCE spacoc.(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
B 3.3-167G-H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSESThe ABGTS ensures that radioactive materials in the ABSCE atmosphere following a ful h.ndling accident or a LOCA are filtered and adsorbedprior to being exhausted to the environment.
B 3.3-167 G-H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The ABGTS ensures that radioactive materials in the ABSCE atmosphere following a ful h.ndling accident or a LOCA are filtered and adsorbed prior to being exhausted to the environment.
This action reduces theradioactive content in the auxiliary building exhaust following a LOCA-ew accident so that offsite doses remain within the limitsspecified in 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 1).The ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRCPolicy Statement.
This action reduces the radioactive content in the auxiliary building exhaust following a LOCA-ew accident so that offsite doses remain within the limits specified in 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 1).The ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.
IAIA..,*.
IAIA..,*.; .4; .4 S. I ; ;14 44%Building with-GcontAWFa-inet -air locks or. penetrations open to the Auxiliar;Buwilding ASCGE pa OF, or wen Foving fuel in the Auxiliar,'
; .4; .4 S. I ; ;14 44%Building with-GcontAWFa-inet  
Building wit th cntanmnt qupmenct hatch open, the PMV*Aision to ini tiate CVI from the spent fuel pool radiation moniRtorsM and ton inRittiat-e an ABI1 (i.e., the po~tion of An ABI nramally initiated by the spent fuel pool radiation moneitors) from a CVI, icunga CVI geoReated by the containcmenti purge monitors, in the event of a- fu-elI handling accident (FH4A) mu, st be in plac~e and fuIonng Additionally, a Containment Isolation.
-air locks or. penetrations open to the Auxiliar; Buwilding ASCGE pa OF, or wen Foving fuel in the Auxiliar,'
Phase A (SI signal) from the operating unit, high temperature i theAuxi-ili-ary Building air intakes, Or manua! AB! will csaurse a .V ina in the refueling unit.The con-Ftainmen~t equipment hatcah cannot be open when mo~ving irradiated fulinside containment inaccordance Mith Tkqchn~Specification 3.9.4.The ABGT-S is required to be operable during FMeOeMAnt Of iraitdful 8 in the Auxiliary Building during any mode and durn' eooto irrad-iateA-d fiuel in the Reactor Building when the Re~actr Buldngi es-t-ablishe-d as part of the ABSRCE bondh .cI Ts 3.3.8, 3.7.112, &3.9.4). Whe moig radiated fuel inside con~tainmqent, at least one train of the containen pug system m~ust be operating or the containIIAmen mus-t be isalated.
Buildingwit th cntanmnt qupmenct hatch open, the PMV*Aision to ini tiateCVI from the spent fuel pool radiation moniRtorsM and ton inRittiat-e an ABI1 (i.e.,the po~tion of An ABI nramally initiated by the spent fuel pool radiation moneitors) from a CVI, icunga CVI geoReated by the containcmenti purge monitors, in the event of a- fu-elI handling accident (FH4A) mu, st be inplac~e and fuIonng Additionally, a Containment Isolation.
hA'hn MeVing irradiated fue! in the Au**iiary Building dur~ing times when the, cneRtainmxent is open to the Au*i~iary Building A1Sr spaces, retiFe purge can beoeaebut ep~teiiG systemR is not required.
Phase A (SIsignal) from the operating unit, high temperature i theAuxi-ili-ary Buildingair intakes, Or manua! AB! will csaurse a .V ina in the refueling unit.The con-Ftainmen~t equipment hatcah cannot be open when mo~vingirradiated fulinside containment inaccordance Mith Tkqchn~Specification 3.9.4.The ABGT-S is required to be operable during FMeOeMAnt Of iraitdful 8in the Auxiliary Building during any mode and durn' eootoirrad-iateA-d fiuel in the Reactor Building when the Re~actr Buldngies-t-ablishe-d as part of the ABSRCE bondh .cI Ts 3.3.8, 3.7.112,  
HeweyeF, Whether the contaiRnment purge systemp es o perated Or not in this configuration, all containment venti~atieniolto valves an~d associ0ated instwm~entatien must rem~ain operable.This requirem:ent is necessary to ensurze a CVI can be accomplished fromp the spen~t fuel pool radiation monitorsi the AAFnt ofR a FA in the Auxiliary Building.
&3.9.4). Whe moig radiated fuel inside con~tainmqent, at least one trainof the containen pug system m~ust be operating or the containIIAmen mus-t be isalated.
Additionally, a ConRtainmen-t seainPhasA (SI signal) fromA the opertating unit, high tem~perature inthe Au*iliary, Building air intakes, Or manu a! ABI1 will caus-e 2 CVI signal in the refueling unit. In the c9ase whoe.- the containment of both units is open to the AuI~i~iar.
hA'hn MeVing irradiated fue! in the Au**iiary Buildingdur~ing times when the, cneRtainmxent is open to the Au*i~iary BuildingA1Sr spaces, retiFe purge can beoeaebut ep~teiiGsystemR is not required.  
Building spacos, a CVI Inone untvvl "" it a GXIin the ete unit in order to mnaintain those spaces open to the ABSCrE.(continued)
: HeweyeF, Whether the contaiRnment purge systempes o perated Or not in this configuration, all containment venti~atieniolto valves an~d associ0ated instwm~entatien must rem~ain operable.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
This requirem:ent is necessary to ensurze a CVI can be accomplished frompthe spen~t fuel pool radiation monitorsi the AAFnt ofR a FA in theAuxiliary Building.
B 3.3-168 Cs-H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES LCO The LCO requirements ensure that instrumentation necessary to initiate the ABGTS is OPERABLE.1. Manual Initiation The LCO requires two channels OPERABLE.
Additionally, a ConRtainmen-t seainPhasA (SI signal) fromA the opertating unit, high tem~perature inthe Au*iliary, Building air intakes, Or manu a! ABI1 will caus-e 2 CVI signal in the refueling unit. In the c9ase whoe.- the containment of both units is open to theAuI~i~iar.
The operator can initiate the ABGTS at any time by using either of two switches in the control room. This action will cause actuation of all components in the same manner as any of the automatic actuation signals.The LCO for Manual Initiation ensures the proper amount of redundancy is maintained in the manual actuation circuitry to ensure the operator has manual initiation capability.
Building spacos, a CVI Inone untvvl "" it a GXIin the eteunit in order to mnaintain those spaces open to the ABSCrE.(continued)
Each channel consists of one hand switch and the interconnecting wiring to the actuation logic relays.2. Fuel Pool Arap Radiation onsure that the radiatio moniRtorig intuetto ecoccar; to initia;te-tha ABGTS rmai4np OPERABLE On QrSadiation moni~tor is daedicatad to each train of ABGTS.FoF camp long systems, channel OPERABILITY inunlvec more than OPERABILITY of channel SelotronceS.
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
OPERA1BILITY may also reqirecorect~ale ineups, sample pump operation, and filter mo~tot opRato, ac well aG detectnonr OP31ERAB!ITYP, if thece cUppo~ting featuraec are n8eocar; for trip to occur under the GOnditione assumed by the safety analycoc.Only the Allowable Value ic 8epoifie-d for- the FuelA Poe' Are RadiatAion Mon~itora in the CO. The AllMOwabl Value Sepoifiod is mor~e Gencorwative than the analytical limit assumed in the safety an~alyricr in o-rderff to- account't for inebtrUmFent uncaretaintie6 appropriate to the trip function.
B 3.3-168Cs-H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8BASESLCOThe LCO requirements ensure that instrumentation necessary to initiatethe ABGTS is OPERABLE.
The actua' nom~ina! Trip Sotpoint is norm~ally still more GORG-e R a& Pe than that required by the Allowable Value. If thel meacured ~ ..- cepontdoc oto iod theg Allowable Value, the radiation monFitor ic concidered OPERABLE.2. Containment Phase A Isolation Refer to LCO 3.3.2, Function 3.a, for all initiating Functions and requirements.(continued)
: 1. Manual Initiation The LCO requires two channels OPERABLE.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
The operator caninitiate the ABGTS at any time by using either of two switches in thecontrol room. This action will cause actuation of all components inthe same manner as any of the automatic actuation signals.The LCO for Manual Initiation ensures the proper amount ofredundancy is maintained in the manual actuation circuitry to ensurethe operator has manual initiation capability.
B 3.3-169 G-H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES APPLICABILITY The manual ABGTS initiation must be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4 and when " mo"ing irradiated fu--el assemblies in tAh '' hAndlin area to ensure the ABGTS operates to remove fission products associated with leakage after a LOCA Or a fuel handling accident.
Each channel consists of one hand switch and the interconnecting wiring to the actuation logic relays.2. Fuel Pool Arap Radiation onsure that the radiatio moniRtorig intuetto ecoccar; toinitia;te-tha ABGTS rmai4np OPERABLE On QrSadiation moni~tor isdaedicatad to each train of ABGTS.FoF camp long systems, channel OPERABILITY inunlvec more thanOPERABILITY of channel SelotronceS.
The Phase A ABGTS Actuation is also required in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4 to remove fission products caused by post LOCA Emergency Core Cooling Systems leakage.HIgh ramaiaen iniiarien me us" t Be i.dER .Kl in any MUiIJ du wrin move-ment of irradiated fuel assemblies in the fue'l handling area to v enuren auolmaniG Iniiaonm-e ki I !A -WnenA mRe pont;Iafrl r TG1a rue1 handlin accident e v cte.While in MODES 5 and 6 without fuel i" PFr.g..., the ABGTS instrumentation need not be OPERABLE cinA" a fuel handling acc,,ident cannot occur. See additional discussion in the Background and Applicable Safety Analysis sections.ACTIONS The most common cause of channel inoperability is outright failure or drift sufficient to exceed the tolerance allowed by unit specific calibration procedures.
OPERA1BILITY may alsoreqirecorect~ale ineups, sample pump operation, and filter mo~totopRato, ac well aG detectnonr OP31ERAB!ITYP, if thece cUppo~ting featuraec are n8eocar; for trip to occur under the GOnditione assumedby the safety analycoc.
Typically, the drift is found to be small and results in a delay of actuation rather than a total loss of function.
Only the Allowable Value ic 8epoifie-d for- the FuelA Poe' AreRadiatAion Mon~itora in the CO. The AllMOwabl Value Sepoifiod ismor~e Gencorwative than the analytical limit assumed in the safetyan~alyricr in o-rderff to- account't for inebtrUmFent uncaretaintie6 appropriate to the trip function.
If the Trip Setpoint is less conservative than the tolerance specified by the calibration procedure, the channel must be declared inoperable immediately and the appropriate Condition entered.A Note has been added to the ACTIONS to clarify the application of Completion Time rules. The Conditions of this Specification may be entered independently for each Function listed in Table 3.3.8-1 in the accompanying LCO. The Completion Time(s) of the inoperable channel(s)/train(s) of a Function will be tracked separately for each Function starting from the time the Condition was entered for that Function.(continued)
The actua' nom~ina!
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
Trip Sotpoint is norm~ally stillmore GORG-e R a& Pe than that required by the Allowable Value. If thelmeacured
B 3.3-170 A-H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES ACTIONS A.1 (continued)
~ ..- cepontdoc oto iod theg Allowable Value, theradiation monFitor ic concidered OPERABLE.
Condition A applies to the actuation logic train function from the Phase A Isolation, the radiation monitor funGons, and the manual initiation function.
: 2. Containment Phase A Isolation Refer to LCO 3.3.2, Function 3.a, for all initiating Functions andrequirements.
Condition A applies to the failure of a single actuation logic train, monitor channel-, or manual channel. If one channel or train is inoperable, a period of 7 days is allowed to restore it to OPERABLE status. If the train cannot be restored to OPERABLE status, one ABGTS train must be placed in operation.
(continued)
This accomplishes the actuation instrumentation function and places the unit in a conservative mode of operation.
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
The 7-day Completion Time is the same as is allowed if one train of the mechanical portion of the system is inoperable.
B 3.3-169G-H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8BASESAPPLICABILITY The manual ABGTS initiation must be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, 3,and 4 and when " mo"ing irradiated fu--el assemblies in tAh '' hAndlinarea to ensure the ABGTS operates to remove fission productsassociated with leakage after a LOCA Or a fuel handling accident.
The basis for this time is the same as that provided in LCO 3.7.12.B.1.1, B.1.2. B.2 Condition B applies to the failure of two ABGTS actuation logic signals from the Phase A Isolation, t-o radiation monitort, or two manual channels.
ThePhase A ABGTS Actuation is also required in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4 toremove fission products caused by post LOCA Emergency Core CoolingSystems leakage.HIgh ramaiaen iniiarien me us" t Be i.dER .Kl in any MUiIJdu wrin move-ment of irradiated fuel assemblies in the fue'l handling area tovenuren auolmaniG Iniiaonm-e ki I !A -WnenA mRe pont;Iafrl r TG1a rue1handlin accident e v cte.While in MODES 5 and 6 without fuel i" PFr.g...,
the ABGTSinstrumentation need not be OPERABLE cinA" a fuel handling acc,,ident cannot occur. See additional discussion in the Background andApplicable Safety Analysis sections.
ACTIONSThe most common cause of channel inoperability is outright failure or driftsufficient to exceed the tolerance allowed by unit specific calibration procedures.
Typically, the drift is found to be small and results in a delayof actuation rather than a total loss of function.
If the Trip Setpoint is lessconservative than the tolerance specified by the calibration procedure, thechannel must be declared inoperable immediately and the appropriate Condition entered.A Note has been added to the ACTIONS to clarify the application ofCompletion Time rules. The Conditions of this Specification may beentered independently for each Function listed in Table 3.3.8-1 in theaccompanying LCO. The Completion Time(s) of the inoperable channel(s)/train(s) of a Function will be tracked separately for eachFunction starting from the time the Condition was entered for thatFunction.
(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
B 3.3-170A-H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8BASESACTIONS A.1(continued)
Condition A applies to the actuation logic train function from the Phase AIsolation, the radiation monitor funGons, and the manual initiation function.
Condition A applies to the failure of a single actuation logictrain, monitor channel-,
or manual channel.
If one channel ortrain is inoperable, a period of 7 days is allowed to restore it toOPERABLE status. If the train cannot be restored to OPERABLE status,one ABGTS train must be placed in operation.
This accomplishes theactuation instrumentation function and places the unit in a conservative mode of operation.
The 7-day Completion Time is the same as is allowedif one train of the mechanical portion of the system is inoperable.
Thebasis for this time is the same as that provided in LCO 3.7.12.B.1.1, B.1.2. B.2Condition B applies to the failure of two ABGTS actuation logic signalsfrom the Phase A Isolation, t-o radiation  
: monitort, or two manualchannels.
The Required Action is to place one ABGTS train in operation immediately.
The Required Action is to place one ABGTS train in operation immediately.
This accomplishes the actuation instrumentation functionthat may have been lost and places the unit in a conservative mode ofoperation.
This accomplishes the actuation instrumentation function that may have been lost and places the unit in a conservative mode of operation.
The applicable Conditions and Required Actions ofLCO 3.7.12 must also be entered for the ABGTS train made inoperable by the inoperable actuation instrumentation.
The applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.7.12 must also be entered for the ABGTS train made inoperable by the inoperable actuation instrumentation.
This ensures appropriate limits are placed on train inoperability as discussed in the Bases forLCO 3.7.12.Alternatively, both trains may be placed in the emergency radiation protection mode. This ensures the ABGTS Function is performed even inthe presence of a single failure.Cond-ition C applies when the Required Action and associatd Completion Time for Condition A or B have net boon met and irradiated fuel are being moved in the fuel building.
This ensures appropriate limits are placed on train inoperability as discussed in the Bases for LCO 3.7.12.Alternatively, both trains may be placed in the emergency radiation protection mode. This ensures the ABGTS Function is performed even in the presence of a single failure.Cond-ition C applies when the Required Action and associatd Completion Time for Condition A or B have net boon met and irradiated fuel are being moved in the fuel building.
Movement e.irrad-iate-d fuel asscomblies in the fiuel building must be suspendi mmediately to eliminate the potentia!
Movement e.irrad-iate-d fuel asscomblies in the fiuel building must be suspend i mmediately to eliminate the potentia!
for evente that could reurA13G~T- actuation.PfGRar of ths aefie ,,.mVoving a cernaonent to a c~afe oecition(continued)
for evente that could reur A13G~T- actuation.PfGRar of ths aefie ,,.mVoving a cernaonent to a c~afe oecition (continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.3-171(developmental)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.3-171 (developmental)
A-H ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8BASESACTIONS(continued) alaii- 0.2C1 and C2Condition 0 C applies when the Required Action and associated Completion Time for Condition A or B have not been met and the plant isin MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4. The plant must be brought to a MODE in which theLCO requirements are not applicable.
A-H ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES ACTIONS (continued) alaii- 0.2C1 and C2 Condition 0 C applies when the Required Action and associated Completion Time for Condition A or B have not been met and the plant is in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4. The plant must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO requirements are not applicable.
To achieve this status, the plantmust be brought to MODE 3 within 6 hours and MODE 5 within 36 hours.The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full powerconditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS A ,Note ha been added to the SRRTbet l~ thatTal 2RIdotorminecm hic SI apply to which ABGT-S Actuation FunctioeSR-3444.Perform~ancA of thA CHANNELr-CHE-CK once. Aevey 12 heure ensmuPReth~a agroce faWlur Of iRG#Wmentatieonha, not occurred.
To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to MODE 3 within 6 hours and MODE 5 within 36 hours.The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS A ,Note ha been added to the SRRTbet l~ thatTal 2RI dotorminecm hic SI apply to which ABGT-S Actuation Functioe SR-3444.Perform~ancA of thA CHANNELr-CHE-CK once. Aevey 12 heure ensmuPReth~a agroce faWlur Of iRG#Wmentatieonha, not occurred.
A HANNElCrl CHECi1 normally aG cmpaGRIilonf the parameter indicated on one channel to a6imilar parameter on etner cflaRneiL.
A HANNElCrl CHEC i1 normally aG cmpaGRIilonf the parameter indicated on one channel to a 6imilar parameter on etner cflaRneiL.
It Ic a'en on tne accumptho arinctrumsnt channsle monitoring the same parameter sheuld readappro..mately the same value.
It Ic a'en on tne accumptho ar inctrumsnt channsle monitoring the same parameter sheuld read appro..mately the same value.
t  
t  
,, o " Qinetru mant chRnnolc Coul beA Rn iniato of euceessineru ntdftionRe Gof the channole Or of something even mor~e rOerinouci.
,, o " Q inetru mant chRnnolc Coul beA Rn iniato of euceessineru ntdfti onRe Gof the channole Or of something even mor~e rOerinouci.
A CHANNELCHECK wlan detel t gnroni channl faialur; thui, it is key to ,erifying theinctumetat~n cntinuec to operate properly between eacah CH4ANN~EL, but....-,
A CHANNEL CHECK wlan detel t gnroni channl faialur; thui, it is key to ,erifying the inctumetat~n cntinuec to operate properly between eacah CH4ANN~EL, but....-,
are "ULined the ... .. staff, based e..acombinti of t Vhe c hanneIl nert uncIrtaintiec, includinl indicatgon and readability.
are "ULined the ... .. staff, based e..a combinti of t Vhe c hanneIl nert uncIrtaintiec, includinl indicatgon and readability.
Ifachannel~icutede the c~ritria, it may beaninication that the concor Or the cigna! procacin eqipet hac drifted outside its4limt.The Frequency i based on operatingexeiec that demnestrates chann~el failura ic are. Th CHNE CEKcppements  
Ifachannel~icutede the c~ritria, it may beaninication that the concor Or the cigna! procacin eqipet hac drifted outside its 4limt.The Frequency i based on operatingexeiec that demnestrates chann~el failura ic are. Th CHNE CEKcppements  
!occ formal,bu-,t- mrea frequent, checkA of channels duriFng nor~mal operational  
!occ formal, bu-,t- mrea frequent, checkA of channels duriFng nor~mal operational -c -P. o the displays accociated;Awith t-he 1-C0 required channels.(continued)
-c -P. othe displays accociated;Awith t-he 1-C0 required channels.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
(continued)
B 3.3-172 A-H ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR-3-342 REQUIREMENTS (continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
Av GT nformed onca ever; 02 days en each required channel tomn oRtnmro An~nnoi fll n % nI Tnr iMonnuou0 i GnR. In n18 6u1m Yerifie the capability of the -intR mentation to provide the ABOG TS ac-tuation.
B 3.3-172A-H ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8BASESSURVEILLANCE SR-3-342REQUIREMENTS (continued)
Th4 Fquny cf 02 days is based On the knoAA1 reliability Gf the monitorig eqipet and has been AhoWn to b accaeptable through operating eprn. Thre a plant peifi whih eFA that- the Instrument channel functionc aS required by Yerifying the as lef and- ac fo-und settng a~ere nsistent with these established by the setpeint mfethedelegy.
Av GT nformed onca ever; 02 days en each required channel to mn oRtnmro An~nnoi fll n % nI Tnr iMonnuou0 i GnR. In n18 6u1mYerifie the capability of the -intR mentation to provide the ABOG TSac-tuation.
S R 3.3.08.31 SR 3.3.8.3 1 is the performance of a TADOT. This test is a check of the manual actuation functions and is performed every 18 months. Each manual actuation function is tested up to, and including, the relay coils. In some instances, the test includes actuation of the end device (e.g., pump starts, valve cycles, etc.). The Frequency is based on operating experience and is consistent with the typical industry refueling cycle.The SR is modified by a Note that excludes verification of setpoints during the TADOT. The Functions tested have no setpoints associated with them.SR-4348A A C.ANNIAlI CA' IDRATION is nrftrFmed ever' 18 month#14... .. : ...* I ... .. ..& .- I:-- #%11Allllr~ I kor-A approxlm to:.y at ovor; rTU'-' f,,. 4--1,""-L i.,"L: "r", : :'.r: :1 Gemnpuete chenk of the RlIw,*uding the cen -r. The tet verifies that the ch:anne! respendr, to a meaurwed parameter within the n~ecoccar; range and accuracy.
Th4 Fquny cf 02 days is based On the knoAA1 reliability Gfthe monitorig eqipet and has been AhoWn to b accaeptable throughoperating eprn. Thre a plant peifi whih eFAthat- the Instrument channel functionc aS required by Yerifying the as lefand- ac fo-und settng a~ere nsistent with these established by the setpeintmfethedelegy.
The FrFequency i bRaed On operatin~g exprieceand-WS concAistent with the typica! industr, refueling cycle..or 3i f S in pecIRc prOgwm nn WR uRiw Ye1+18 HMo we 1RrtUm c~hannel funcAtiGne aG required by verifying the as le-ft- andC- as found setting are concistent Yith these established by the Setpoint mnethodology.
S R 3.3.08.31 SR 3.3.8.3 1 is the performance of a TADOT. This test is a check of themanual actuation functions and is performed every 18 months. Eachmanual actuation function is tested up to, and including, the relay coils. Insome instances, the test includes actuation of the end device (e.g., pumpstarts, valve cycles, etc.). The Frequency is based on operating experience and is consistent with the typical industry refueling cycle.The SR is modified by a Note that excludes verification of setpoints duringthe TADOT. The Functions tested have no setpoints associated withthem.SR-4348AA C.ANNIAlI CA' IDRATION is nrftrFmed ever' 18 month#14... .. : ...* I ... .. ..& .- I:-- #%11Allllr~ I kor-Aapproxlm to:.y at ovor; rTU'-' f,,. 4--1,""-L i.,"L: "r", : :'.r: :1Gemnpuete chenk of the RlIw,*uding the cen -r. The tetverifies that the ch:anne!  
: respendr, to a meaurwed parameter within then~ecoccar; range and accuracy.
The FrFequency i bRaed On operatin~g exprieceand-WS concAistent with the typica! industr, refueling cycle..or 3i f S in pecIRc prOgwm nn WR uRiw Ye1+18 HMo we 1RrtUmc~hannel funcAtiGne aG required by verifying the as le-ft- andC- as found settingare concistent Yith these established by the Setpoint mnethodology.
REFERENCES  
REFERENCES  
: 1. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 100.11, "Determination of Exclusion Area, Low Population Zone, and Population CenterDistance."
: 1. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 100.11, "Determination of Exclusion Area, Low Population Zone, and Population Center Distance." (continued)
(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
B 3.3-173 A-H I Containment B 3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE Satisfactory leakage rate test results are a requirement for the SAFETY establishment of containment OPERABILITY.
B 3.3-173A-H I Containment B 3.6.1BASESAPPLICABLE Satisfactory leakage rate test results are a requirement for theSAFETY establishment of containment OPERABILITY.
ANALYSES (continued)
ANALYSES(continued)
The containment satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.
The containment satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.
LCO Containment OPERABILITY is maintained by limiting leakage to < 1.0 La,except prior to the first start up after performing a required Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program leakage test. At this time, applicable leakage limits must be met.Compliance with this LCO will ensure a containment configuration, including equipment  
LCO Containment OPERABILITY is maintained by limiting leakage to < 1.0 La, except prior to the first start up after performing a required Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program leakage test. At this time, applicable leakage limits must be met.Compliance with this LCO will ensure a containment configuration, including equipment hatches, that is structurally sound and that will limit leakage to those leakage rates assumed in the safety analysis.Individual leakage rates specified for the containment air lock (LCO 3.6.2), purge valves with resilient seals, and Shield Building containment bypass leakage (LCO 3.6.3) are not specifically part of the acceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50, Appendix J, Option B. Therefore, leakage rates exceeding these individual limits only result in the containment being inoperable when the leakage results in exceeding the acceptance criteria of Appendix J, Option B.APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, a DBA could cause a release of radioactive material into containment.
: hatches, that is structurally sound and that will limitleakage to those leakage rates assumed in the safety analysis.
In MODES 5 and 6, the probability and consequences of these events are reduced due to the pressure and temperature limitations of these MODES. Therefore, containment is not required to be OPERABLE in MODE 5 and 6 to prevent leakage of radioactive material from containment.
Individual leakage rates specified for the containment air lock(LCO 3.6.2), purge valves with resilient seals, and Shield Buildingcontainment bypass leakage (LCO 3.6.3) are not specifically part of theacceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50, Appendix J, Option B. Therefore, leakage rates exceeding these individual limits only result in thecontainment being inoperable when the leakage results in exceeding theacceptance criteria of Appendix J, Option B.APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, a DBA could cause a release of radioactive material into containment.
In MODES 5 and 6, the probability andconsequences of these events are reduced due to the pressure andtemperature limitations of these MODES. Therefore, containment is notrequired to be OPERABLE in MODE 5 and 6 to prevent leakage ofradioactive material from containment.
The ..quir.ment.
The ..quir.ment.
for ...ntainMotdurng MODR 6 aro gaddmro-d inGLCO 3.9.4, u"Gntainm.nt o .n.r.atinc.2" (continued)
for ...ntainMot durng MODR 6 aro gaddmro-d inGLCO 3.9.4, u"Gntainm.nt o .n.r.atinc.2" (continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
B 3.6-3H I Containment Air LocksB 3.6.2BASES (continued)
B 3.6-3 H I Containment Air Locks B 3.6.2 BASES (continued)
APPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSESThe DBAs that result in a significant release of radioactive material withincontainment are a loss of coolant accident and a rod ejection accident(Ref. 2). In the analysis of each of these accidents, it is assumed thatcontainment is OPERABLE such that release of fission products to theenvironment is controlled by the rate of containment leakage.
APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The DBAs that result in a significant release of radioactive material within containment are a loss of coolant accident and a rod ejection accident (Ref. 2). In the analysis of each of these accidents, it is assumed that containment is OPERABLE such that release of fission products to the environment is controlled by the rate of containment leakage. The containment was designed with an allowable leakage rate (LJ) of 0.25%of containment air weight per day (Ref. 2), at the calculated peak containment pressure of 15.0 psig. This allowable leakage rate forms the basis for the acceptance criteria imposed on the SRs associated with the air locks.The containment air locks satisfy Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.
Thecontainment was designed with an allowable leakage rate (LJ) of 0.25%of containment air weight per day (Ref. 2), at the calculated peakcontainment pressure of 15.0 psig. This allowable leakage rate forms thebasis for the acceptance criteria imposed on the SRs associated with theair locks.The containment air locks satisfy Criterion 3 of the NRC PolicyStatement.
LCO Each containment air lock forms part of the containment pressure boundary.
LCOEach containment air lock forms part of the containment pressureboundary.
As part of containment pressure boundary, the air lock safety function is related to control of the containment leakage rate resulting from a DBA. Thus, each air lock's structural integrity and leak tightness are essential to the successful mitigation of such an event.Each air lock is required to be OPERABLE.
As part of containment pressure  
For the air lock to be considered OPERABLE, the air lock interlock mechanism must be OPERABLE, the air lock must be in compliance with the Type B air lock leakage test, and both air lock doors must be OPERABLE.
: boundary, the air lock safetyfunction is related to control of the containment leakage rate resulting from a DBA. Thus, each air lock's structural integrity and leak tightness are essential to the successful mitigation of such an event.Each air lock is required to be OPERABLE.
The interlock allows only one air lock door of an air lock to be opened at one time. This provision ensures that a gross breach of containment does not exist when containment is required to be OPERABLE.
For the air lock to beconsidered
Closure of a single door in each air lock is sufficient to provide a leak tight barrier following postulated events. Nevertheless, both doors are kept closed when the air lock is not being used for normal entry into and exit from containment.
: OPERABLE, the air lock interlock mechanism must beOPERABLE, the air lock must be in compliance with the Type B air lockleakage test, and both air lock doors must be OPERABLE.
The interlock allows only one air lock door of an air lock to be opened at one time. Thisprovision ensures that a gross breach of containment does not exist whencontainment is required to be OPERABLE.
Closure of a single door ineach air lock is sufficient to provide a leak tight barrier following postulated events. Nevertheless, both doors are kept closed when the airlock is not being used for normal entry into and exit from containment.
APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, a DBA could cause a release of radioactive material to containment.
APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, a DBA could cause a release of radioactive material to containment.
In MODES 5 and 6, the probability andconsequences of these events are reduced due to the pressure andtemperature limitations of these MODES. Therefore, the containment airlocks are not required in MODE 5 and 6 to prevent leakage of radioactive material from containment.
In MODES 5 and 6, the probability and consequences of these events are reduced due to the pressure and temperature limitations of these MODES. Therefore, the containment air locks are not required in MODE 5 and 6 to prevent leakage of radioactive material from containment.
The requiroM.n-t for th- cfar. t nmt.t airlock, dUrI, MODE 6 are in C 3.9.4, "uAnta-iment Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
The requiroM.n-t for th- cfar. t nmt.t air lock, dUrI, MODE 6 are in C 3.9.4, "uAnta-iment Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
B 3.6-7(continued)
B 3.6-7 (continued)
H Containment Isolation ValvesB 3.6.3BASES (continued)
H Containment Isolation Valves B 3.6.3 BASES (continued)
APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, a DBA could cause a release of radioactive material to containment.
APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, a DBA could cause a release of radioactive material to containment.
In MODES 5 and 6, the probability andconsequences of these events are reduced due to the pressure andtemperature limitations of these MODES. Therefore, the containment isolation valves are not required to be OPERABLE in MODE 5 and 6.The roquiF8montA for. conbinRmonti1;eation valves during MODE 6 aroaddressed i~q!LCO 3.9.4, "GContainmont PonoAtr1at-ione;."
In MODES 5 and 6, the probability and consequences of these events are reduced due to the pressure and temperature limitations of these MODES. Therefore, the containment isolation valves are not required to be OPERABLE in MODE 5 and 6.The roquiF8montA for. conbinRmonti1;eation valves during MODE 6 aro addressed i~q!LCO 3.9.4, "GContainmont PonoAtr1at-ione;." ACTIONS The ACTIONS are modified by a Note allowing penetration flow paths, to be unisolated intermittently under administrative controls.
ACTIONS The ACTIONS are modified by a Note allowing penetration flow paths, tobe unisolated intermittently under administrative controls.
These administrative controls consist of stationing a dedicated operator (licensed or unlicensed) at the valve controls, who is in continuous communication with the control room. In this way, the penetration can be rapidly isolated when a need for containment isolation is indicated.
Theseadministrative controls consist of stationing a dedicated operator(licensed or unlicensed) at the valve controls, who is in continuous communication with the control room. In this way, the penetration can berapidly isolated when a need for containment isolation is indicated.
For valve controls located in the control room, an operator (other than the Shift Operations Supervisor (SOS), ASOS, or the Operator at the Controls) may monitor containment isolation signal status rather than be stationed at the valve controls.
Forvalve controls located in the control room, an operator (other than theShift Operations Supervisor (SOS), ASOS, or the Operator at theControls) may monitor containment isolation signal status rather than bestationed at the valve controls.
Other secondary responsibilities which do not prevent adequate monitoring of containment isolation signal status may be performed by the operator provided his/her primary responsibility is rapid isolation of the penetration when needed for containment isolation.
Other secondary responsibilities which donot prevent adequate monitoring of containment isolation signal statusmay be performed by the operator provided his/her primary responsibility is rapid isolation of the penetration when needed for containment isolation.
Use of the Unit Control Room Operator (CRO) to perform this function should be limited to those situations where no other operator is available.
Use of the Unit Control Room Operator (CRO) to perform thisfunction should be limited to those situations where no other operator isavailable.
A second Note has been added to provide clarification that, for this LCO, separate Condition entry is allowed for each penetration flow path. This is acceptable, since the Required Actions for each Condition provide appropriate compensatory actions for each inoperable containment isolation valve. Complying with the Required Actions may allow for continued operation, and subsequent inoperable containment isolation valves are governed by subsequent Condition entry and application of associated Required Actions.The ACTIONS are further modified by third Note, which ensures appropriate remedial actions are taken, if necessary, if the affected systems are rendered inoperable by an inoperable containment isolation valve.In the event the isolation valve leakage results in exceeding the overall containment leakage rate, Note 4 directs entry into the applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.6.1.(continued)
A second Note has been added to provide clarification that, for this LCO,separate Condition entry is allowed for each penetration flow path. Thisis acceptable, since the Required Actions for each Condition provideappropriate compensatory actions for each inoperable containment isolation valve. Complying with the Required Actions may allow forcontinued operation, and subsequent inoperable containment isolation valves are governed by subsequent Condition entry and application ofassociated Required Actions.The ACTIONS are further modified by third Note, which ensuresappropriate remedial actions are taken, if necessary, if the affectedsystems are rendered inoperable by an inoperable containment isolation valve.In the event the isolation valve leakage results in exceeding the overallcontainment leakage rate, Note 4 directs entry into the applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.6.1.(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.6-16 (developmental)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.6-16(developmental)
H Containment Isolation Valves B 3.6.3 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.6.3.7 REQUIREMENTS Verifying that each 24 inch containment lower compartment purge valve is blocked to restrict opening to < 500 is required to ensure that the valves can close under DBA conditions within the times assumed in the analyses of References 1 and 2. If a LOCA occurs, the purge valves must close to maintain containment leakage within the values assumed in the accident analysis.
H Containment Isolation ValvesB 3.6.3BASESSURVEILLANCE SR 3.6.3.7REQUIREMENTS Verifying that each 24 inch containment lower compartment purge valveis blocked to restrict opening to < 500 is required to ensure that the valvescan close under DBA conditions within the times assumed in the analysesof References 1 and 2. If a LOCA occurs, the purge valves must close tomaintain containment leakage within the values assumed in the accidentanalysis.
At other times when containment when purge al've required to be capable of .. -, ng (e.g., my,. m. t of ir rdit -ed fu, assemblies), pressurization concerns are not present, thus the purge valves can be fully open. The 18-month Frequency is appropriate because the blocking devices are typically removed only during a refueling outage.SR 3.6.3.8 This SR ensures that the combined leakage rate of all Shield Building bypass leakage paths is less than or equal to the specified leakage rate.This provides assurance that the assumptions in the safety analysis are met. The as left bypass leakage rate prior to the first startup after performing a leakage test, requires calculation using maximum pathway leakage (leakage through the worse of the two isolation valves). If the penetration is isolated by use of one closed and de-activated automatic valve, closed manual valve, or blind flange, then the leakage rate of the isolated bypass leakage path is assumed to be the actual pathway leakage through the isolation device. If both isolation valves in the penetration are closed, the actual leakage rate is the lesser leakage rate of the two valves. At all other times, the leakage rate will be calculated using minimum pathway leakage.The frequency is required by the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program. This SR simply imposes additional acceptance criteria.Although not a part of La, the Shield Building Bypass leakage path combined leakage rate is determined using the 10 CFR 50, Appendix J, Option B, Type B and C leakage rates for the applicable barriers.(continued)
At other times when containment when purge al've required to be capable of .. -, ng (e.g., my,. m. t of ir rdit -ed fu,assemblies),
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.6-25 (developmental)
pressurization concerns are not present, thus the purgevalves can be fully open. The 18-month Frequency is appropriate because the blocking devices are typically removed only during arefueling outage.SR 3.6.3.8This SR ensures that the combined leakage rate of all Shield Buildingbypass leakage paths is less than or equal to the specified leakage rate.This provides assurance that the assumptions in the safety analysis aremet. The as left bypass leakage rate prior to the first startup afterperforming a leakage test, requires calculation using maximum pathwayleakage (leakage through the worse of the two isolation valves).
BH ABGTS B 3.7.12 B 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS B 3.7.12 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)BASES BACKGROUND The ABGTS filters airborne radioactive particulates from the area of the fuel poo! following a fue! handling accident and from the area of active Unit 2 ECCS components and Unit 2 penetration rooms following a loss of coolant accident (LOCA).The ABGTS consists of two independent and redundant trains. Each train consists of a heater, a prefilter, moisture separator, a high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter, two activated charcoal adsorber sections for removal of gaseous activity (principally iodines), and a fan. Ductwork, valves or dampers, and instrumentation also form part of the system.A second bank of HEPA filters follows the adsorber section to collect carbon fines and provide backup in case the main HEPA filter bank fails.The downstream HEPA filter is not credited in the analysis.
If thepenetration is isolated by use of one closed and de-activated automatic valve, closed manual valve, or blind flange, then the leakage rate of theisolated bypass leakage path is assumed to be the actual pathwayleakage through the isolation device. If both isolation valves in thepenetration are closed, the actual leakage rate is the lesser leakage rateof the two valves. At all other times, the leakage rate will be calculated using minimum pathway leakage.The frequency is required by the Containment Leakage Rate TestingProgram.
The system initiates filtered ventilation of the Auxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure (ABSCE) exhaust air following receipt of a Phase A containment isolation signal Or a high radiation signal .fro the epent fuel poe'0 area.The ABGTS is a standby system, not used during normal plant operations.
This SR simply imposes additional acceptance criteria.
During emergency operations, the ABSCE dampers are realigned and ABGTS fans are started to begin filtration.
Although not a part of La, the Shield Building Bypass leakage pathcombined leakage rate is determined using the 10 CFR 50, Appendix J,Option B, Type B and C leakage rates for the applicable barriers.
Air is exhausted from the Unit 2 ECCS pump rooms, Unit 2 penetration rooms, and fuel handling area through the filter trains. The prefilters or moisture separators remove any large particles in the air, and any entrained water droplets present, to prevent excessive loading of the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers.
(continued)
The plant design basis reguiroc that vhen FRGVing iFradiated fu-el in the Auxiliar; Buildin~g andier Containmenpt With the Containment open to the Auxiliar;  
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.6-25(developmental)
@u ilding ABSCE epacoc, a signal from the spent fuel poo fad-ia~t~io moITere0 0 RE 90 102 and 103 will1 initiate a ContainmFenlt Ve1Rn1.iat*
BH ABGTSB 3.7.12B 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMSB 3.7.12 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)BASESBACKGROUND The ABGTS filters airborne radioactive particulates from the area of thefuel poo! following a fue! handling accident and from the area of activeUnit 2 ECCS components and Unit 2 penetration rooms following a lossof coolant accident (LOCA).The ABGTS consists of two independent and redundant trains. Eachtrain consists of a heater, a prefilter, moisture separator, a high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter, two activated charcoal adsorber sections forremoval of gaseous activity (principally iodines),
I!cllatin (CVI) in addition to their fu Itin. In additieI, a cignal from the containment purge rad'AtiAn menitorR 1 RE 90 130 andI 131 or oltherIi CVI signal will iintiate that portion of the ABI noeal1y nintiated by the spent fuel peel radiation manitam. Additionally, a Containment Phaco A (SI signal) from the .perating unit, high 18RMoEraiue in Me Ahwuiiiar:
and a fan. Ductwork, valves or dampers, and instrumentation also form part of the system.A second bank of HEPA filters follows the adsorber section to collectcarbon fines and provide backup in case the main HEPA filter bank fails.The downstream HEPA filter is not credited in the analysis.
The systeminitiates filtered ventilation of the Auxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure (ABSCE) exhaust air following receipt of aPhase A containment isolation signal Or a high radiation signal .fro theepent fuel poe'0 area.The ABGTS is a standby system, not used during normal plantoperations.
During emergency operations, the ABSCE dampers arerealigned and ABGTS fans are started to begin filtration.
Air is exhausted from the Unit 2 ECCS pump rooms, Unit 2 penetration rooms, and fuelhandling area through the filter trains. The prefilters or moistureseparators remove any large particles in the air, and any entrained waterdroplets
: present, to prevent excessive loading of the HEPA filters andcharcoal adsorbers.
The plant design basis reguiroc that vhen FRGVing iFradiated fu-el in theAuxiliar; Buildin~g andier Containmenpt With the Containment open to theAuxiliar;  
@u ilding ABSCE epacoc, a signal from the spent fuel poofad-ia~t~io moITere0 0 RE 90 102 and 103 will1 initiate a ContainmFenlt Ve1Rn1.iat*
I!cllatin (CVI) in addition to their fu Itin. In additieI, a cignal from the containment purge rad'AtiAn menitorR 1 RE 90 130 andI131 or oltherIi CVI signal will iintiate that portion of the ABI noeal1ynintiated by the spent fuel peel radiation manitam.
Additionally, aContainment Phaco A (SI signal) from the .perating unit, high18RMoEraiue in Me Ahwuiiiar:
Suidiain aIr 1InM1486.
Suidiain aIr 1InM1486.
Or mianuatABI(continued)
Or mianuat ABI (continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
B 3.7-63GHI ABGTSB 3.7.12BASESBACKGROUND (continued) 9 L.tillll containment of botmh units is ;ep to the AuxiliaFy lBuilding spaceS, a V\Iin one uni Iwil intiate al CI inM m th other uni;t in order to maiRtain thesespaces open to thA ABSC(E. Therefor, the cOntainment ventilation iTremBGTS sdiscmust remain operable when moVing iradiated fuel in theA.uxiliar Buildin.
B 3.7-63 GH I ABGTS B 3.7.12 BASES BACKGROUND (continued) 9 L.tillll containment of botmh units is ;ep to the AuxiliaFy lBuilding spaceS, a V\I in one uni Iwil intiate al CI inM m th other uni;t in order to maiRtain these spaces open to thA ABSC(E. Therefor, the cOntainment ventilation iTremBGTS sdiscmust remain operable when moVing iradiated fuel in the A.uxiliar Buildin. if the andtainment air ielyk)penetrations, equipmen8t hatch, Mtc. are open to the Au*iliar; Bu:Iding ABSCE spacee. In addition, the ABRG-TS must reanoeable i these containment penetrations are open to the Auxiliar Bulin uring movemenet of ir-radiwate&d-fuel insideS con~t-ain.men.t-.
if the andtainment air ielyk)penetrations, equipmen8t hatch, Mtc. are open to the Au*iliar; Bu:IdingABSCE spacee. In addition, the ABRG-TS must reanoeable i thesecontainment penetrations are open to the Auxiliar Bulin uringmovemenet of ir-radiwate&d-fuel insideS con~t-ain.men.t-.
The ABGTS is discussed in the FSAR, Sections 6.5.1, 9.4.2, 15.0, and 6.2.3 (Refs. 1, 2, 3, and 4, respectively).
The ABGTS is discussed in the FSAR, Sections 6.5.1, 9.4.2, 15.0, and6.2.3 (Refs. 1, 2, 3, and 4, respectively).
APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The ABGTS design basis is established by the consequences of the limiting Design Basis Accident (DBA), which is a LOCA fuel handling arGide. .The analy is of the fue! handling accident, given.... ... .1 .. ... ....... 1 .. .... :' n i KSMMA e , aL.LU:IIeL  
APPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSESThe ABGTS design basis is established by the consequences of thelimiting Design Basis Accident (DBA), which is a LOCA fuel handlingarGide. .The analy is of the fue! handling  
+:1 "J~ 2+ u"I 'Au ' i F49 i A ' ARAH6FA0y W[e damagedJ.The analysis of the LOCA assumes that radioactive materials leaked from the Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) are filtered and adsorbed by the ABGTS. The DBA analysis of the fuel handlirg ac.!det assumes that only one train of the ABGTS is functional due to a single failure that disables the other train. The accident analysis accounts for the reduction in airborne radioactive material provided by the one remaining train of this filtration system. The amount of fission products available for release from the ABSCE is determined for a f4el handling accident ad for a LOCA. The assumptions and- the analysis for a- fuel hand-ling accident.follow the guidanA, provided i* Regulator; Guide 1.25 (Ref. 5) and NUREG-/CP.
: accident, given.... ... .1 .. ... ....... 1 .. .... :' n iKSMMA e , aL.LU:IIeL  
5009 (Ref.f 0) The assumptions and analysis for a LOCA follow the guidance provided in Regulatory Guide 1.4 (Ref. 6 5).The ABGTS satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.
+:1 "J~ 2+ u"I 'Au ' i F49 i A ' ARAH6FA0y W[e damagedJ.
IMA MQf*F9 mditedfi-l isidcontainment inr; the A--iia9 Building YAWi containment air locke or penetrations open to the Auxiia- y Building ABSCE spaces, Or When moving fuel in the Auxiliary Building with the containment equipment hatch open, the p n to initiate a r,%1 fr^m +nh&#xa2; r' 4 f ! i , mr , *, ., ,, ,,&#xfd; IA, * "-i --- ADI '-'."-.".-.. .. -... -W cppwn ww pcpcp r= = CP&#xfd; ^Ezian Ox Rn " n^&#xfd;-" inmvi&#xfd;T&#xfd;&#xfd;  
The analysis of the LOCA assumes that radioactive materials leaked fromthe Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) are filtered and adsorbedby the ABGTS. The DBA analysis of the fuel handlirg ac.!det assumesthat only one train of the ABGTS is functional due to a single failure thatdisables the other train. The accident analysis accounts for the reduction in airborne radioactive material provided by the one remaining train of thisfiltration system. The amount of fission products available for releasefrom the ABSCE is determined for a f4el handling accident ad for aLOCA. The assumptions and- the analysis for a- fuel hand-ling accident.
&#xfd; Tn&#xfd; &#xfd; &#xfd;nT rtj&#xfd;i ^^i......I-- -*n -- '. Si f.j Ib V fmdi'it*n Mnnitem) frnm , CVI inRG'udR~n aG 1" *nt',tniat by the I .... V ..... Vl IgV coeniainment purge moniltors, in the event 0T a-we nanaing aGciaent (FHMA) must be in p lace andI f ucio ian. Additionally, a Containment
follow the guidanA, provided i* Regulator; Guide 1.25 (Ref. 5) andNUREG-/CP.
% #I v r i W i icoiarion mnase A tsi sigaij WFro tne Operatlng unit, niqn* w (continued)
5009 (Ref.f 0) The assumptions and analysis for a LOCAfollow the guidance provided in Regulatory Guide 1.4 (Ref. 6 5).The ABGTS satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
IMA MQf*F9 mditedfi-l isidcontainment inr; the A--iia9Building YAWi containment air locke or penetrations open to the Auxiia- yBuilding ABSCE spaces, Or When moving fuel in the Auxiliary Buildingwith the containment equipment hatch open, the p n to initiate ar,%1 fr^m +nh&#xa2; r' 4 f ! i , mr , *, ., ,, ,,&#xfd; IA, * "-i --- ADI '-'."-.".
B 3.7-64 GH ABGTS B 3.7.12 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued) temperSature in the AuxW-iliary Building air intakes, Or manual ABI vill cause a CVI signal in the refueling unit. The containment equipmenAt hatch cannot be open when movingirradiated fuel inside con~t2ainmnt in 2-A accord- ante With Technica!
-.. .. -... -W cppwn ww pcpcpr= = CP&#xfd; ^Ezian Ox Rn " n^&#xfd;-" inmvi&#xfd;T&#xfd;&#xfd;  
Specifiation 3.0.4.TheABG-QTS iS required to be operable during moevement of irradiated fue!in the Au-xi'ia Building du&#xfd;rig an~y mode andd duinmomet irradiated fuel in the Reactor Building when the Reactor Building iS established as part of the ABS-CrE boundary (see TS8 3.3.8, 3.7.12, &3.9.4). Whe moig rad*ated fuelA inside containment, at least one train of he ona~ne pugeSystemA mRust beS operating Or the cOntaimenFlt must be isolated.
&#xfd; Tn&#xfd; &#xfd; &#xfd;nT rtj&#xfd;i ^^i......I-- -*n -- '. Si f.j Ib Vfmdi'it*n Mnnitem) frnm , CVI inRG'udR~n aG 1" *nt',tniat by theI .... V ..... Vl IgVcoeniainment purge moniltors, in the event 0T a-we nanaing aGciaent(FHMA) must be in p lace andI f ucio ian. Additionally, a Containment
WAhen. moGVing irradiated fuel in the Auxiliary Building during timers, ven the containment is open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spacas, containment purge can be operated, but operation of th system is not required.
% #Ivr i W iicoiarion mnase A tsi sigaij WFro tne Operatlng unit, niqn* w(continued)
HoeWVer, whe-ther the coentainment purge system is operated Or not in this configuration, all containment ventilation isolation valves and associated instrum~entation must remain operable.
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
This r8;equiement isneMsarAy to ensure a CVI ca e coplsedfo the spet fel ol radiation moni;tors in; the event of a FHA in the Auxiliaigy Building.
B 3.7-64GH ABGTSB 3.7.12BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES(continued) temperSature in the AuxW-iliary Building air intakes, Or manual ABI vill causea CVI signal in the refueling unit. The containment equipmenAt hatchcannot be open when movingirradiated fuel inside con~t2ainmnt in2-A accord- ante With Technica!
Additionally, A- Con-tainRment Isolation Phase A (S! signal) from the operating unit, high temAperature in the Auxiliary Building air intakes, or1 Manua! ABI will cause a CVI saignal inthe refueling unit. In; the case whe~re the coentainment of both units is open to the Auxiliary Building A-Magces.
Specifiation 3.0.4.TheABG-QTS iS required to be operable during moevement of irradiated fue!in the Au-xi'ia Building du&#xfd;rig an~y mode andd duinmomet irradiated fuel in the Reactor Building when the Reactor Building iSestablished as part of the ABS-CrE boundary (see TS8 3.3.8, 3.7.12, &3.9.4). Whe moig rad*ated fuelA inside containment, at least one trainof he ona~ne pugeSystemA mRust beS operating Or the cOntaimenFlt must be isolated.
aa C R in A one uit will intiat-e A- CVI in the other uit inm order to m~aInaIn tnose spares open to thle ABSGF.LCO Two independent and redundant trains of the ABGTS are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that at least one train is available, assuming a single failure that disables the other train, coincident with a loss of offsite power. Total system failure could result in the atmospheric release from the ABSCE exceeding the 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 7 6) limits in the event of a fuel handling acc-.ident Or LOCA.The ABGTS is considered OPERABLE when the individual components necessary to control exposure in the fuel handling building Auxiliary Building are OPERABLE in both trains. An ABGTS train is considered OPERABLE when its associated:
WAhen. moGVing irradiated fuel in the Auxiliary Buildingduring timers, ven the containment is open to the Auxiliary BuildingABSCE spacas, containment purge can be operated, but operation of thsystem is not required.  
: a. Fan is OPERABLE;b. HEPA filter and charcoal adsorber are not excessively restricting flow, and are capable of performing their filtration function; and (continued)
: HoeWVer, whe-ther the coentainment purge systemis operated Or not in this configuration, all containment ventilation isolation valves and associated instrum~entation must remain operable.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
Thisr8;equiement isneMsarAy to ensure a CVI ca e coplsedfo thespet fel ol radiation moni;tors in; the event of a FHA in the Auxiliaigy Building.
B 3.7-65 GHI ABGTS B 3.7.12 BASES LCO c. Heater, moisture separator, ductwork, valves, and dampers are (continued)
Additionally, A- Con-tainRment Isolation Phase A (S! signal) fromthe operating unit, high temAperature in the Auxiliary Building air intakes,or1 Manua! ABI will cause a CVI saignal inthe refueling unit. In; the casewhe~re the coentainment of both units is open to the Auxiliary BuildingA-Magces.
OPERABLE, and air circulation can be maintained.
aa C R in A one uit will intiat-e A- CVI in the other uit inm order tom~aInaIn tnose spares open to thle ABSGF.LCOTwo independent and redundant trains of the ABGTS are required to beOPERABLE to ensure that at least one train is available, assuming asingle failure that disables the other train, coincident with a loss of offsitepower. Total system failure could result in the atmospheric release fromthe ABSCE exceeding the 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 7 6) limits in the event of afuel handling acc-.ident Or LOCA.The ABGTS is considered OPERABLE when the individual components necessary to control exposure in the fuel handling building Auxiliary Building are OPERABLE in both trains. An ABGTS train is considered OPERABLE when its associated:
APPLICABILITY In MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4, the ABGTS is required to be OPERABLE to provide fission product removal associated with ECCS leaks due to a LOCA and leakage from containment and annulus.In MODE 5 or 6, the ABGTS is not required to be OPERABLE since the ECCS is not required to be OPERABLE.
: a. Fan is OPERABLE;
During mo'vement of irradiattd fuel in the fuel handling area, the ABGTS is required to be OPERA.BLE to alloviato the conccquoncacs of a- fu-el handling acc~ident.
: b. HEPA filter and charcoal adsorber are not excessively restricting flow, and are capable of performing their filtration function; and(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
B 3.7-65GHI ABGTSB 3.7.12BASESLCO c. Heater, moisture separator,  
: ductwork, valves, and dampers are(continued)  
: OPERABLE, and air circulation can be maintained.
APPLICABILITY In MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4, the ABGTS is required to be OPERABLE toprovide fission product removal associated with ECCS leaks due to aLOCA and leakage from containment and annulus.In MODE 5 or 6, the ABGTS is not required to be OPERABLE since theECCS is not required to be OPERABLE.
During mo'vement of irradiattd fuel in the fuel handling area, the ABGTS is required to be OPERA.BLE toalloviato the conccquoncacs of a- fu-el handling acc~ident.
See additiena!
See additiena!
diecuccinkin thBckroud anid Applicable Safety Analysis sections.
diecuccinkin thBckroud anid Applicable Safety Analysis sections.ACTIONS A..1 With one ABGTS train inoperable, action must be taken to restore OPERABLE status within 7 days. During this period, the remaining OPERABLE train is adequate to perform the ABGTS function.
ACTIONS A..1With one ABGTS train inoperable, action must be taken to restoreOPERABLE status within 7 days. During this period, the remaining OPERABLE train is adequate to perform the ABGTS function.
The 7-day Completion Time is based on the risk from an event occurring requiring the inoperable ABGTS train, and the remaining ABGTS train providing the required protection.
The 7-dayCompletion Time is based on the risk from an event occurring requiring the inoperable ABGTS train, and the remaining ABGTS train providing therequired protection.
B.1 and B.2 in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4, whn When Required Action A. 1 cannot be completed within the associated Completion Time, or when both ABGTS trains are inoperable, the plant must be placed in a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this status, the plant must be placed in MODE 3 within 6 hours, and in MODE 5 within 36 hours. The Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.(continued)
B.1 and B.2in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4, whn When Required Action A. 1 cannot becompleted within the associated Completion Time, or when both ABGTStrains are inoperable, the plant must be placed in a MODE in which theLCO does not apply. To achieve this status, the plant must be placed inMODE 3 within 6 hours, and in MODE 5 within 36 hours. The Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach therequired plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly mannerand without challenging plant systems.(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
B 3.7-66 AH ABGTS B 3.7.12 BASES ACTIONS (continued)
B 3.7-66AH ABGTSB 3.7.12BASESACTIONS(continued)
'J"flnn I~nniiirnr1 Rrtinnhl 1 e--innnt fln rnmnintnri  
'J"flnn I~nniiirnr1 Rrtinnhl 1 e--innnt fln rnmnintnri  
~'Itflin tfln mAuJirfid Completion Time, duiRng moGYmen8t Of rrFAdiated fuel -as-sembiDec in thefuel handling area, the OPEIRABLE ABRGTS train muc-t be atar+-dremaining train in- OPERABLE, that no undetected failures preyenting cyctem operation All occur, and that any active failure-will be readilyd4etteaetedd.
~'Itflin tfln mAuJirfid Completion Time, duiRng moGYmen8t Of rrFAdiated fuel -as-sembiDec in the fuel handling area, the OPEIRABLE ABRGTS train muc-t be atar+-d remaining train in- OPERABLE, that no undetected failures preyenting cyctem operation All occur, and that any active failure- will be readily d4etteaetedd.
if the system is not plaoad in operation, this acti eq uieccupension cfuel movement, which precluides a fuel accident.
if the system is not plaoad in operation, this acti eq uieccupension c fuel movement, which precluides a fuel accident.
Thic dIGAR not precludethe monvement of fuel assemblies to a safe pocition1A.hon twov trans of the AB3GT- are ineporable dug moeent Gfira ite fual ;arAmbl*ec in theg fuel handling ara ac inmust be takento place the unit in a cond~ition_
Thic dIGAR not preclude the monvement of fuel assemblies to a safe pocition 1 A.hon twov trans of the AB3GT- are ineporable dug moeent Gf ira ite fual ;arAmbl*ec in theg fuel handling ara ac inmust be taken to place the unit in a cond~ition_
in which the LCO door, not apply. Actionmust be taken immediately to suseond movyemnent of irradiated fuelassemblies i the fuela han~dling area. TWAicdooc not precludeth fA48movemet of fuel1 to a Raft; nacition.
in which the LCO door, not apply. Action must be taken immediately to suseond movyemnent of irradiated fuel assemblies i the fuela han~dling area. TWAicdooc not precludeth fA48movemet of fuel1 to a Raft; nacition.SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.7.12.1 Standby systems should be checked periodically to ensure that they function properly.
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.7.12.1Standby systems should be checked periodically to ensure that theyfunction properly.
As the environmental and normal operating conditions on this system are not severe, testing each train once every month provides an adequate check on this system.Monthly heater operation dries out any moisture accumulated in the charcoal from humidity in the ambient air. The system must be operated for _> 10 continuous hours with the heaters energized.
As the environmental and normal operating conditions on this system are not severe, testing each train once every monthprovides an adequate check on this system.Monthly heater operation dries out any moisture accumulated in thecharcoal from humidity in the ambient air. The system must be operatedfor _> 10 continuous hours with the heaters energized.
The 31-day Frequency is based on the known reliability of the equipment and the two train redundancy available.(continued)
The 31-dayFrequency is based on the known reliability of the equipment and thetwo train redundancy available.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
(continued)
B 3.7-67 AH ABGTS B 3.7.12 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
SR 3.7.12.2 This SR verifies that the required ABGTS testing is performed in accordance with the Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP). The ABGTS filter tests are in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52 (Ref. 8 7). The VFTP includes testing HEPA filter performance, charcoal adsorber efficiency, minimum system flow rate, and the physical properties of the activated charcoal (general use and following specific operations).
B 3.7-67AH ABGTSB 3.7.12BASESSURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
Specific test frequencies and additional information are discussed in detail in the VFTP.SR 3.7.12.3 This SR verifies that each ABGTS train starts and operates on an actual or simulated actuation signal. The 18-month Frequency is consistent with Reference 8 7.SR 3.7.12.4 This SR verifies the integrity of the ABSCE. The ability of the ABSCE to maintain negative pressure with respect to potentially uncontaminated adjacent areas is periodically tested to verify proper function of the ABGTS. During the post accident mode of operation, the ABGTS is designed to maintain a slight negative pressure in the ABSCE, to prevent unfiltered LEAKAGE. The ABGTS is designed to maintain a negative pressure between -0.25 inches water gauge and -0.5 inches water gauge (value does not account for instrument error) with respect to atmospheric pressure at a nominal flow rate > 9300 cfm and < 9900 cfm. The Frequency of 18 months is consistent with the guidance provided in NUREG-0800, Section 6.5.1 (Ref. 0 8).An 18-month Frequency (on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS) is consistent with Reference 8 7.I REFERENCES
SR 3.7.12.2This SR verifies that the required ABGTS testing is performed inaccordance with the Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP). TheABGTS filter tests are in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52 (Ref. 87). The VFTP includes testing HEPA filter performance, charcoaladsorber efficiency, minimum system flow rate, and the physicalproperties of the activated charcoal (general use and following specificoperations).
: 1. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 6.5.1, "Engineered Safety Feature (ESF)Filter Systems." 2. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 9.4.2, "Fuel Handling Area Ventilation System." 3. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.0, "Accident Analysis." (continued)
Specific test frequencies and additional information arediscussed in detail in the VFTP.SR 3.7.12.3This SR verifies that each ABGTS train starts and operates on an actualor simulated actuation signal. The 18-month Frequency is consistent withReference 8 7.SR 3.7.12.4This SR verifies the integrity of the ABSCE. The ability of the ABSCE tomaintain negative pressure with respect to potentially uncontaminated adjacent areas is periodically tested to verify proper function of theABGTS. During the post accident mode of operation, the ABGTS isdesigned to maintain a slight negative pressure in the ABSCE, to preventunfiltered LEAKAGE.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
The ABGTS is designed to maintain a negativepressure between -0.25 inches water gauge and -0.5 inches water gauge(value does not account for instrument error) with respect to atmospheric pressure at a nominal flow rate > 9300 cfm and < 9900 cfm. TheFrequency of 18 months is consistent with the guidance provided inNUREG-0800, Section 6.5.1 (Ref. 0 8).An 18-month Frequency (on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS) is consistent with Reference 8 7.IREFERENCES
B 3.7-68 B-HI ABGTS B 3.7.12 BASES REFERENCES (continued)
: 1. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 6.5.1, "Engineered Safety Feature (ESF)Filter Systems."
: 4. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 6.2.3, "Secondary Containment Functional Design." 5-.W* Ii Jl__ __=L al U A ....... .IL==I I--=Jl=--&#xfd; i! &#xfd;T^ Lj &#xfd; &#xfd;rf% &#xfd;ijm 013r. &#xfd;&#xfd;6 5.-7 6.8 7.0 8.Evaluating the Potontial Radiological COnI~eqUOnce6 Of a Fuel Hand~ing Acciden~t in the Fuel Handling and Storage Facility for Boi~ling anRd Proccuwzed Water Reador~s." Regulatory Guide 1.4, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss of Coolant Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors." Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 100.11, "Determination of Exclusion Area, Low Population Zone, and Population Center Distance." Regulatory Guide 1.52 (Rev. 2), "Design, Testing and Maintenance Criteria for Post Accident Engineered-Safety-Feature Atmospheric Cleanup System Air Filtration and Adsorption Units of Light-Water Cooled Nuclear Power Plants." NUREG-0800, Section 6.5.1, "Standard Review Plan," Rev. 2, "ESF Atmosphere Cleanup System," July 1981.407 All II, AC 60P 7'Ac~eccmorn ot tno Ic or.Aa imuoneag ISUFRUP Fueli n Lighti WaISF oWQorI- r1acor.. 8- NucioaF -to61auizno I AAA i Gommisee~n, 1-obruary 1988.(continued)
: 2. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 9.4.2, "Fuel Handling Area Ventilation System."3. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.0, "Accident Analysis."
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
(continued)
B 3.7-14&-HI Fuel Storage Pool Water Level B 3.7.13 BASES (continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
B 3.7-68B-HI ABGTSB 3.7.12BASESREFERENCES (continued)
: 4. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 6.2.3, "Secondary Containment Functional Design."5-.W* Ii Jl__ __=L al U A ....... .IL==I I--=Jl=--
&#xfd; i! &#xfd;T^ Lj &#xfd; &#xfd;rf% &#xfd;ijm 013r. &#xfd;&#xfd;65.-76.87.08.Evaluating the Potontial Radiological COnI~eqUOnce6 Of a FuelHand~ing Acciden~t in the Fuel Handling and Storage Facility forBoi~ling anRd Proccuwzed Water Reador~s."
Regulatory Guide 1.4, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating thePotential Radiological Consequences of a Loss of Coolant Accidentfor Pressurized Water Reactors."
Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 100.11, "Determination of Exclusion Area, Low Population Zone, and Population CenterDistance."
Regulatory Guide 1.52 (Rev. 2), "Design, Testing and Maintenance Criteria for Post Accident Engineered-Safety-Feature Atmospheric Cleanup System Air Filtration and Adsorption Units of Light-Water Cooled Nuclear Power Plants."NUREG-0800, Section 6.5.1, "Standard Review Plan," Rev. 2, "ESFAtmosphere Cleanup System,"
July 1981.407All II, AC 60P 7'Ac~eccmorn ot tno Ic or.Aa imuoneag ISUFRUPFueli n Lighti WaISF oWQorI- r1acor..
8- NucioaF -to61auizno IAAAiGommisee~n, 1-obruary 1988.(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
B 3.7-14&-HI Fuel Storage Pool Water LevelB 3.7.13BASES (continued)
REFERENCES
REFERENCES
: 1. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 9.1.2, "Spent Fuel Storage."
: 1. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 9.1.2, "Spent Fuel Storage." 2. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 9.1.3, "Spent Fuel Pool Cooling and Cleanup System." 3. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.5.6 4&.45, "Fuel Handling Accident." 4.Regulatory Guide 1.25, March 107-2, 'Assumnptions Ucod fot Evaluating the Potential Radiological Genceguences of a Fuel Handli.n Acciaent in the -oel Handling and StGaa. Facility for II i R i~oiiin~i and l~rec~unzed  
: 2. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 9.1.3, "Spent Fuel Pool Cooling andCleanup System."3. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.5.6 4&.45, "Fuel Handling Accident."
4.Regulatory Guide 1.25, March 107-2, 'Assumnptions Ucod fotEvaluating the Potential Radiological Genceguences of a FuelHandli.n Acciaent in the -oel Handling and StGaa. Facility forIIi Ri~oiiin~i and l~rec~unzed  
~'?ator I-~oactore.
~'?ator I-~oactore.
5.Title 10, Codde of Fed-eral Regulations, Part 100.1 I, "-etermination of Ewwucsoen Aroa, Lewx Population Zonie, and Population CenAtet6. Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternate Source Terms for Evaluation Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors",
5.Title 10, Codde of Fed-eral Regulations, Part 100.1 I, "-etermination of Ewwucsoen Aroa, Lewx Population Zonie, and Population CenAtet 6. Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternate Source Terms for Evaluation Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors", July 2000.7. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations 50.67, "Accident Source Term." (continued)
July 2000.7. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations 50.67, "Accident SourceTerm."(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
B 3.7-14 A Fuel Storage Pool Water Level B 3.7.13 8 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS B 3.7.13 Fuel Storage Pool Water Level BASES BACKGROUND The minimum water level in the fuel storage pool meets the assumptions of iodine decontamination factors following a fuel handling accident.
B 3.7-14A Fuel Storage Pool Water LevelB 3.7.138 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMSB 3.7.13 Fuel Storage Pool Water LevelBASESBACKGROUND The minimum water level in the fuel storage pool meets the assumptions of iodine decontamination factors following a fuel handling accident.
The specified water level shields and minimizes the general area dose when the storage racks are filled to their maximum capacity.
Thespecified water level shields and minimizes the general area dose whenthe storage racks are filled to their maximum capacity.
The water also provides shielding during the movement of spent fuel.A general description of the fuel storage pool design is given in the FSAR, Section 9.1.2 (Ref. 1). A description of the Spent Fuel Pool Cooling and Cleanup System is given in the FSAR, Section 9.1.3 (Ref. 2). The assumptions of the fuel handling accident are given in the FSAR, Section I 4S 15.5.6 (Ref. 3).APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The minimum water level in the fuel storage pool meets the assumptions of the fuel handling accident described in Regulatory Guide 425 (Ref.4)1.183 Rev. 6. The Total effective Dose equivalent (TEDE) for control room occupants, individuals at the exclusion area boundary, and individuals within the low population zone will remain with 10 CFR 50.67 (Ref. 7) and Regulatory Position C.4.4 of Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref 6)for a fuel handling accident.
The water alsoprovides shielding during the movement of spent fuel.A general description of the fuel storage pool design is given in the FSAR,Section 9.1.2 (Ref. 1). A description of the Spent Fuel Pool Cooling andCleanup System is given in the FSAR, Section 9.1.3 (Ref. 2). Theassumptions of the fuel handling accident are given in the FSAR,Section I 4S 15.5.6 (Ref. 3).APPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSESThe minimum water level in the fuel storage pool meets the assumptions of the fuel handling accident described in Regulatory Guide 425 (Ref.4)1.183 Rev. 6. The Total effective Dose equivalent (TEDE) for controlroom occupants, individuals at the exclusion area boundary, andindividuals within the low population zone will remain with 10 CFR 50.67(Ref. 7) and Regulatory Position C.4.4 of Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref 6)for a fuel handling accident.
The resultant 2 hour thyroid dose per person at the exclusion area boundary is a small fraction of the 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 5) limits.According to Reference 3 4, there is 23 ft of water between the top of the damaged fuel bundle and the fuel pool surface during a fuel handling accident.
The resultant 2 hour thyroid dose per personat the exclusion area boundary is a small fraction of the 10 CFR 100(Ref. 5) limits.According to Reference 3 4, there is 23 ft of water between the top of thedamaged fuel bundle and the fuel pool surface during a fuel handlingaccident.
With 23 ft of water, the assumptions of Reference 6 4 can be used directly.
With 23 ft of water, the assumptions of Reference 6 4 can beused directly.
In practice, this LCO preserves this assumption for the bulk of the fuel in the storage racks. In the case of a single bundle dropped and lying horizontally on top of the spent fuel racks; however, there may be < 23 ft of water above the top of the fuel bundle and the surface, indicated by the width of the bundle. To offset this small non-conservatism, the analysis assumes that all fuel rods fail, although analysis shows that only the first few rows fail from a hypothetical maximum drop.The fuel storage pool water level satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.(continued)
In practice, this LCO preserves this assumption for the bulkof the fuel in the storage racks. In the case of a single bundle droppedand lying horizontally on top of the spent fuel racks; however, there maybe < 23 ft of water above the top of the fuel bundle and the surface,indicated by the width of the bundle. To offset this smallnon-conservatism, the analysis assumes that all fuel rods fail, althoughanalysis shows that only the first few rows fail from a hypothetical maximum drop.The fuel storage pool water level satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC PolicyStatement.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
(continued)
B 3.7-68 AH Fuel Storage Pool Water Level B 3.7.13 (continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
B 3.7-68AH Fuel Storage Pool Water LevelB 3.7.13(continued)
B 3.7-69 AH Fuel Storage Pool Water Level B 3.7.13 BASES (continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
LCO The fuel storage pool water level is required to be > 23 ft over the top of irradiated fuel assemblies seated in the storage racks. The specified water level preserves the assumptions of the fuel handling accident analysis (Ref. 3). As such, it is the minimum required for fuel storage and movement within the fuel storage pool.APPLICABILITY This LCO applies during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies in the fuel storage pool, since the potential for a release of fission products exists.ACTIONS A.1 Required Action A.1 is modified by a Note indicating that LCO 3.0.3 does not apply.When the initial conditions for prevention of an accident cannot be met, steps should be taken to preclude the accident from occurring.
B 3.7-69AH Fuel Storage Pool Water LevelB 3.7.13BASES (continued)
When the fuel storage pool water level is lower than the required level, the movement of irradiated fuel assemblies in the fuel storage pool is immediately suspended.
LCO The fuel storage pool water level is required to be > 23 ft over the top ofirradiated fuel assemblies seated in the storage racks. The specified water level preserves the assumptions of the fuel handling accidentanalysis (Ref. 3). As such, it is the minimum required for fuel storage andmovement within the fuel storage pool.APPLICABILITY This LCO applies during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies in thefuel storage pool, since the potential for a release of fission productsexists.ACTIONS A.1Required Action A.1 is modified by a Note indicating that LCO 3.0.3 doesnot apply.When the initial conditions for prevention of an accident cannot be met,steps should be taken to preclude the accident from occurring.
When thefuel storage pool water level is lower than the required level, themovement of irradiated fuel assemblies in the fuel storage pool isimmediately suspended.
This action effectively precludes the occurrence of a fuel handling accident.
This action effectively precludes the occurrence of a fuel handling accident.
This does not preclude movement of a fuelassembly to a safe position.
This does not preclude movement of a fuel assembly to a safe position.If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6, LCO 3.0.3 would not specify any action. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, the fuel movement is independent of reactor operations.
If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6, LCO 3.0.3would not specify any action. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while inMODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, the fuel movement is independent of reactoroperations.
Therefore, inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies is not sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown.SURVEILLANCE SIR 3.7.13.1 REQUIREMENTS This SR verifies sufficient fuel storage pool water is available in the event of a fuel handling accident.
Therefore, inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuelassemblies is not sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown.
The water level in the fuel storage pool must be checked periodically.
SURVEILLANCE SIR 3.7.13.1REQUIREMENTS This SR verifies sufficient fuel storage pool water is available in the eventof a fuel handling accident.
The 7 day Frequency is appropriate because the volume in the pool is normally stable. Water level changes are controlled by plant procedures and are acceptable based on operating experience.
The water level in the fuel storage pool mustbe checked periodically.
During refueling operations, the level in the fuel storage pool is in equilibrium with the refueling canal, and the level in the refueling canal is checked daily in accordance with SR 3.9.7.1.(continued)
The 7 day Frequency is appropriate becausethe volume in the pool is normally stable. Water level changes arecontrolled by plant procedures and are acceptable based on operating experience.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.7-70 (developmental)
During refueling operations, the level in the fuel storage pool is inequilibrium with the refueling canal, and the level in the refueling canal ischecked daily in accordance with SR 3.9.7.1.(continued)
A Refueling Cavity Water Level B 3.9.7 B 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS B 3.9.7 Refueling Cavity Water Level BASES BACKGROUND The movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within containment requires a minimum water level of 23 ft above the top of the reactor vessel flange.During refueling, this maintains sufficient water level in the containment, refueling canal, fuel transfer canal, refueling cavity, and spent fuel pool.Sufficient water is necessary to retain iodine fission product activity in the water in the event of a fuel handling accident (Refs. 2 and 8 an.d 2).Sufficient iodine activity would be retained to limit offsite doses from the accident to -,2% of 10 ,FR 100 limits, as providod by the guidanco,, ee the limits defined in 10 CFR 50.67 (Ref. 7) and Regulatory Position C.4.4 of Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref. 8).APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies, the water level in the refueling canal and the refueling cavity is an initial condition design parameter in the analysis of a fuel handling accident in containment,-as postulated by Rogulator; Guido 1.25 (Ref. 1). A minimum water level of 23 ft (Regulatory Position 2 of Appendix B to Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref. 8)) allows an overall iodine decontamination factor of 200 C.I? 9f 0-f 4~ H1 A ^fsn D i +,, D.,4, 40J n n0I~i , I {of-Ref---)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.7-70(developmental)
A Refueling Cavity Water LevelB 3.9.7B 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS B 3.9.7 Refueling Cavity Water LevelBASESBACKGROUND The movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within containment requires aminimum water level of 23 ft above the top of the reactor vessel flange.During refueling, this maintains sufficient water level in the containment, refueling canal, fuel transfer canal, refueling cavity, and spent fuel pool.Sufficient water is necessary to retain iodine fission product activity in thewater in the event of a fuel handling accident (Refs. 2 and 8 an.d 2).Sufficient iodine activity would be retained to limit offsite doses from theaccident to -,2% of 10 ,FR 100 limits, as providod by the guidanco,,
ee the limits defined in 10 CFR 50.67 (Ref. 7) and Regulatory Position C.4.4 of Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref. 8).APPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSESDuring movement of irradiated fuel assemblies, the water level in therefueling canal and the refueling cavity is an initial condition designparameter in the analysis of a fuel handling accident in containment,-as postulated by Rogulator; Guido 1.25 (Ref. 1). A minimum water level of23 ft (Regulatory Position 2 of Appendix B to Regulatory Guide 1.183(Ref. 8)) allows an overall iodine decontamination factor of 200 C.I? 9f0-f 4~ H1 A ^fsn D i +,, D.,4, 40J n n0I~i , I {of-Ref---)
to be used in the accident analysis fer--ied~in.
to be used in the accident analysis fer--ied~in.
This relates tothe assumption that 99.5% of the total iodine released from the pellet tocladding gap of all the dropped fuel assembly rods is retained by therefueling cavity water. The fuel pellet to cladding gap is assumed tocontain 8% of the 1-131, 10% of the Kr-85, and 5% of the other noblegases and iodines from the total fission product inventory in accordance with Regulatory Position 3.1 of Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref. 8). 40%-oftho, total Afuo81 roed i;din in;enter; (Rof. 1) oxcopt fo r! 131 whirch iThe fuel handling accident analysis inside containment is described inReference
This relates to the assumption that 99.5% of the total iodine released from the pellet to cladding gap of all the dropped fuel assembly rods is retained by the refueling cavity water. The fuel pellet to cladding gap is assumed to contain 8% of the 1-131, 10% of the Kr-85, and 5% of the other noble gases and iodines from the total fission product inventory in accordance with Regulatory Position 3.1 of Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref. 8). 40%-of tho, total Afuo81 roed i;din in;enter; (Rof. 1) oxcopt fo r! 131 whirch i The fuel handling accident analysis inside containment is described in Reference
: 2. With a minimum water level of 23 ft in conjunction with aOla minimum decay time of 100 hours prior to fuel handling, the analysisand test programs demonstrate that the iodine release due to apostulated fuel handling accident is adequately captured by the water andoffsite doses are maintained within allowable limits (Refs. 7 and 8 4a, 5-).Refueling cavity water level satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC PolicyStatement.
: 2. With a minimum water level of 23 ft in conjunction with aOl a minimum decay time of 100 hours prior to fuel handling, the analysis and test programs demonstrate that the iodine release due to a postulated fuel handling accident is adequately captured by the water and offsite doses are maintained within allowable limits (Refs. 7 and 8 4 a, 5-).Refueling cavity water level satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.(continued)
(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
B 3.9-20 AH Refueling Cavity Water Level B 3.9.7 (continued)
B 3.9-20AH Refueling Cavity Water LevelB 3.9.7(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
B 3.9-21 AH Refueling Cavity Water Level B 3.9.7 BASES (continued)
B 3.9-21AH Refueling Cavity Water LevelB 3.9.7BASES (continued)
LCO A minimum refueling cavity water level of 23 ft above the reactor vessel flange is required to ensure that the radiological consequences of a postulated fuel handling accident inside containment are within acceptable limits, as provided by the guidance of Reference 3.APPLICABILITY LCO 3.9.7 is applicable when moving irradiated fuel assemblies within containment.
LCOA minimum refueling cavity water level of 23 ft above the reactor vesselflange is required to ensure that the radiological consequences of apostulated fuel handling accident inside containment are withinacceptable limits, as provided by the guidance of Reference 3.APPLICABILITY LCO 3.9.7 is applicable when moving irradiated fuel assemblies withincontainment.
The LCO minimizes the possibility of a fuel handling accident in containment that is beyond the assumptions of the safety analysis.
The LCO minimizes the possibility of a fuel handlingaccident in containment that is beyond the assumptions of the safetyanalysis.
If irradiated fuel assemblies are not present in containment, there can be no significant radioactivity release as a result of a postulated fuel handling accident.
If irradiated fuel assemblies are not present in containment, there can be no significant radioactivity release as a result of a postulated fuel handling accident.
Requirements for fuel handling accidents in thespent fuel pool are covered by LCO 3.7.13, "Fuel Storage Pool WaterLevel."ACTIONSA. 1With a water level of < 23 ft above the top of the reactor vessel flange, alloperations involving movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within thecontainment shall be suspended immediately to ensure that a fuelhandling accident cannot occur. The suspension of fuel movement shallnot preclude completion of movement of a component to a safe position.
Requirements for fuel handling accidents in the spent fuel pool are covered by LCO 3.7.13, "Fuel Storage Pool Water Level." ACTIONS A. 1 With a water level of < 23 ft above the top of the reactor vessel flange, all operations involving movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment shall be suspended immediately to ensure that a fuel handling accident cannot occur. The suspension of fuel movement shall not preclude completion of movement of a component to a safe position.A.2 In addition to immediately suspending movement of irradiated fuel, actions to restore refueling cavity water level must be initiated immediately.
A.2In addition to immediately suspending movement of irradiated fuel,actions to restore refueling cavity water level must be initiated immediately.
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.9.7.1 Verification of a minimum water level of 23 ft above the top of the reactor vessel flange ensures that the design basis for the analysis of the postulated fuel handling accident during refueling operations is met.Water at the required level above the top of the reactor vessel flange limits the consequences of damaged fuel rods that are postulated to result from a fuel handling accident inside containment (Ref. 2).The Frequency of 24 hours is based on engineering judgment and is considered adequate in view of the large volume of water and the normal procedural controls of valve positions, which make significant unplanned level changes unlikely.(continued)
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.9.7.1Verification of a minimum water level of 23 ft above the top of the reactorvessel flange ensures that the design basis for the analysis of thepostulated fuel handling accident during refueling operations is met.Water at the required level above the top of the reactor vessel flangelimits the consequences of damaged fuel rods that are postulated toresult from a fuel handling accident inside containment (Ref. 2).The Frequency of 24 hours is based on engineering judgment and isconsidered adequate in view of the large volume of water and the normalprocedural controls of valve positions, which make significant unplanned level changes unlikely.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
(continued)
B 3.9-22 A Refueling Cavity Water Level B 3.9.7 BASES (continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
B 3.9-22A Refueling Cavity Water LevelB 3.9.7BASES (continued)
REFERENCES
REFERENCES
: 1. Regulatory Guide 1.25, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating thePotential Radiological Conoquec.c of a Fuel Handli*n;g AccGidont in the Fuel Handling and Storage Facility for Boiling andPF8oc1unzJEd IA.;tAF Roactem " IUISR Nucle9Ar Roaulator.y Commiccioin, March 23, 1972.2. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.5.6 54.5, "Fuel Handling Accident."
: 1. Regulatory Guide 1.25, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Conoquec.c of a Fuel Handli*n;g AccGidont in the Fuel Handling and Storage Facility for Boiling and PF8oc1unzJEd IA.;tAF Roactem " IUISR Nucle9Ar Roaulator.y Commiccioin, March 23, 1972.2. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.5.6 54.5, "Fuel Handling Accident." 3. NUREG-0800, "Standard Review Plan," Section 15.7.4,"Radiological Consequences of Fuel-Handling Accidents," U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 3. NUREG-0800, "Standard Review Plan," Section 15.7.4,"Radiological Consequences of Fuel-Handling Accidents,"
: 4. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 20.1201(a), (a)(1), and (2)(2), "Occupational Dose Limits for Adults." 5~Malinowski, D. D., Bell, M. j., Duhn, E., and Locante, j., W6:~ Id Kaelaaioggleal conequences e; a i-uel manaiin Accident, December 197-1.6- NUREGICR 5009, "Assessment of the Use of E*tended Bumu Fuel in Light W~ater Power Reactors," U. S. NUcloar Regulatory Commlccion, Februar-y 1988.7. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations 50.67, "Accident Source Term." 8. Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternate Source Terms for Evaluation Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors", July 2000.(continued)
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
: 4. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 20.1201(a),  
B 3.9-14 A Enclosure 9 WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification Bases Final E9-1 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6 B 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION B 3.3.6 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation BASES BACKGROUND Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation closes the containment isolation valves in the Containment Purge System. This action isolates the containment atmosphere from the environment to minimize releases of radioactivity in the event of an accident.
(a)(1),and (2)(2), "Occupational Dose Limits for Adults."5~Malinowski, D. D., Bell, M. j., Duhn, E., and Locante, j.,W6:~ Id Kaelaaioggleal conequences e; a i-uel manaiinAccident, December 197-1.6- NUREGICR 5009, "Assessment of the Use of E*tended BumuFuel in Light W~ater Power Reactors,"
The Reactor Building Purge System may be in use during reactor operation and with the reactor shutdown.Containment vent isolation is initiated by a safety injection (SI) signal or by manual actuation.
U. S. NUcloar Regulatory Commlccion, Februar-y 1988.7. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations 50.67, "Accident SourceTerm."8. Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternate Source Terms for Evaluation Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors",
The Bases for LCO 3.3.2, "Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFAS) Instrumentation," discuss initiation of SI signals.Redundant and independent gaseous radioactivity monitors measure the radioactivity levels of the containment purge exhaust, each of which will initiate its associated train of automatic Containment Vent Isolation upon detection of high gaseous radioactivity.
July 2000.(continued)
The Reactor Building Purge System has inner and outer containment isolation valves in its supply and exhaust ducts. This system is described in the Bases for LCO 3.6.3, "Containment Isolation Valves." APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The containment isolation valves for the Reactor Building Purge System close within six seconds following the DBA. The containment vent isolation radiation monitors act as backup to the SI signal to ensure closing of the purge air system supply and exhaust valves. Containment isolation in turn ensures meeting the containment leakage rate assumptions of the safety analyses, and ensures that the calculated accidental offsite radiological doses are below 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 1) limits.The Containment Vent Isolation instrumentation satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
B 3.9-14A Enclosure 9WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification BasesFinalE9-1 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6B 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION B 3.3.6 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation BASESBACKGROUND Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation closes the containment isolation valves in the Containment Purge System. This action isolatesthe containment atmosphere from the environment to minimize releasesof radioactivity in the event of an accident.
B 3.3-150 HI Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6 BASES LCO The LCO requirements ensure that the instrumentation necessary to initiate Containment Vent Isolation, listed in Table 3.3.6-1, is OPERABLE.5. Manual Initiation The LCO requires two channels OPERABLE.
The Reactor Building PurgeSystem may be in use during reactor operation and with the reactorshutdown.
The operator can initiate Containment Vent Isolation at any time by using either of two switches in the control room or from local panel(s).
Containment vent isolation is initiated by a safety injection (SI) signal orby manual actuation.
Either switch actuates both trains. This action will cause actuation of all components in the same manner as any of the automatic actuation signals. These manual switches also initiate a Phase A isolation signal.The LCO for Manual Initiation ensures the proper amount of redundancy is maintained in the manual actuation circuitry to ensure the operator has manual initiation capability.
The Bases for LCO 3.3.2, "Engineered SafetyFeature Actuation System (ESFAS) Instrumentation,"
Each channel consists of one selector switch and the interconnecting wiring to the actuation logic cabinet.6. Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays The LCO requires two trains of Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays OPERABLE to ensure that no single random failure can prevent automatic actuation.
discuss initiation ofSI signals.Redundant and independent gaseous radioactivity monitors measure theradioactivity levels of the containment purge exhaust, each of which willinitiate its associated train of automatic Containment Vent Isolation upondetection of high gaseous radioactivity.
Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays consist of the same features and operate in the same manner as described for ESFAS Function 1.b, SI. The applicable MODES and specified conditions for the containment vent isolation portion of the SI Function is different and less restrictive than those for the SI role. If one or more of the SI Functions becomes inoperable in such a manner that only the Containment Vent Isolation Function is affected, the Conditions applicable to the SI Functions need not be entered. The less restrictive Actions specified for inoperability of the Containment Vent Isolation Functions specify sufficient compensatory measures for this case.(continued)
The Reactor Building Purge System has inner and outer containment isolation valves in its supply and exhaust ducts. This system is described in the Bases for LCO 3.6.3, "Containment Isolation Valves."APPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSESThe containment isolation valves for the Reactor Building Purge Systemclose within six seconds following the DBA. The containment ventisolation radiation monitors act as backup to the SI signal to ensureclosing of the purge air system supply and exhaust valves. Containment isolation in turn ensures meeting the containment leakage rateassumptions of the safety analyses, and ensures that the calculated accidental offsite radiological doses are below 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 1) limits.The Containment Vent Isolation instrumentation satisfies Criterion 3 of theNRC Policy Statement.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.3-151 (developmental)
(continued)
H Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6 BASES LCO 7. Containment Radiation (continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
The LCO specifies two required channels of radiation monitors to ensure that the radiation monitoring instrumentation necessary to initiate Containment Vent Isolation remains OPERABLE.For sampling systems, channel OPERABILITY involves more than OPERABILITY of the channel electronics.
B 3.3-150HI Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6BASESLCO The LCO requirements ensure that the instrumentation necessary toinitiate Containment Vent Isolation, listed in Table 3.3.6-1, is OPERABLE.
OPERABILITY may also require correct valve lineups and sample pump operation, as well as detector OPERABILITY, if these supporting features are necessary for trip to occur under the conditions assumed by the safety analyses.Only the Allowable Value is specified for the Containment Purge Exhaust Radiation Monitors in the LCO. The Allowable Value is based on expected concentrations for a small break LOCA, which is more restrictive than 10 CFR 100 limits. The Allowable Value specified is more conservative than the analytical limit assumed in the safety analysis in order to account for instrument uncertainties appropriate to the trip function.
: 5. Manual Initiation The LCO requires two channels OPERABLE.
The actual nominal Trip Setpoint is normally still more conservative than that required by the Allowable Value. If the setpoint does not exceed the Allowable Value, the radiation monitor is considered OPERABLE.8. Safety Injection (SI)Refer to LCO 3.3.2, Function 1, for all initiating Functions and requirements.
The operator caninitiate Containment Vent Isolation at any time by using either of twoswitches in the control room or from local panel(s).
APPLICABILITY The Manual Initiation, Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays, Safety Injection, and Containment Radiation Functions are required OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4. Under these conditions, the potential exists for an accident that could release significant fission product radioactivity into containment.
Either switchactuates both trains. This action will cause actuation of allcomponents in the same manner as any of the automatic actuation signals.
Therefore, the Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation must be OPERABLE in these MODES. See additional discussion in the Background and Applicable Safety Analysis sections.While in MODES 5 and 6, the Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation need not be OPERABLE since the potential for radioactive releases is minimized and operator action is sufficient to ensure post accident offsite doses are maintained within the limits of Reference 1.(continued)
These manual switches also initiate a Phase A isolation signal.The LCO for Manual Initiation ensures the proper amount ofredundancy is maintained in the manual actuation circuitry to ensurethe operator has manual initiation capability.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.3-152 (developmental)
Each channel consists of one selector switch and the interconnecting wiring to the actuation logic cabinet.6. Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation RelaysThe LCO requires two trains of Automatic Actuation Logic andActuation Relays OPERABLE to ensure that no single random failurecan prevent automatic actuation.
H Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6 BASES (continued)
Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays consist of the samefeatures and operate in the same manner as described for ESFASFunction 1.b, SI. The applicable MODES and specified conditions forthe containment vent isolation portion of the SI Function is different and less restrictive than those for the SI role. If one or more of the SIFunctions becomes inoperable in such a manner that only theContainment Vent Isolation Function is affected, the Conditions applicable to the SI Functions need not be entered.
ACTIONS The most common cause of channel inoperability is outright failure or drift sufficient to exceed the tolerance allowed by unit specific calibration procedures.
The lessrestrictive Actions specified for inoperability of the Containment VentIsolation Functions specify sufficient compensatory measures for thiscase.(continued)
Typically, the drift is found to be small and results in a delay of actuation rather than a total loss of function.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.3-151(developmental)
If the Trip Setpoint is less conservative than the tolerance specified by the calibration procedure, the channel must be declared inoperable immediately, and the appropriate Condition entered.A Note has been added to the ACTIONS to clarify the application of Completion Time rules. The Conditions of this Specification may be entered independently for each Function listed in Table 3.3.6-1. The Completion Time(s) of the inoperable channel(s)/train(s) of a Function will be tracked separately for each Function starting from the time the Condition was entered for that Function.A.1 Condition A applies to the failure of one containment purge isolation radiation monitor channel. Since the two containment radiation monitors are both gaseous detectors, failure of a single channel may result in loss of the redundancy.
H Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6BASESLCO 7. Containment Radiation (continued)
Consequently, the failed channel must be restored to OPERABLE status. The 4 hours allowed to restore the affected channel is justified by the low likelihood of events occurring during this interval, and recognition that one or more of the remaining channels will respond to most events.B.1 Condition B applies to all Containment Vent Isolation Functions and addresses the train orientation of the Solid State Protection System (SSPS) and the master and slave relays for these Functions.
The LCO specifies two required channels of radiation monitors toensure that the radiation monitoring instrumentation necessary toinitiate Containment Vent Isolation remains OPERABLE.
It also addresses the failure of multiple radiation monitoring channels, or the inability to restore a single failed channel to OPERABLE status in the time allowed for Required Action A. 1.If a train is inoperable, multiple channels are inoperable, or the Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A are not met, operation may continue as long as the Required Action for the applicable Conditions of LCO 3.6.3 is met for each valve made inoperable by failure of isolation instrumentation.
For sampling  
A Note has been added above the Required Actions to allow one train of actuation logic to be placed in bypass and to delay entering the Required Actions for up to four hours to perform surveillance testing provided the other train is OPERABLE.
: systems, channel OPERABILITY involves more thanOPERABILITY of the channel electronics.
The 4-hour allowance is consistent with the Required Actions for actuation logic trains in LCO 3.3.2, "Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (continued)
OPERABILITY may alsorequire correct valve lineups and sample pump operation, as well asdetector OPERABILITY, if these supporting features are necessary for trip to occur under the conditions assumed by the safety analyses.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.3-153 (developmental)
Only the Allowable Value is specified for the Containment PurgeExhaust Radiation Monitors in the LCO. The Allowable Value isbased on expected concentrations for a small break LOCA, which ismore restrictive than 10 CFR 100 limits. The Allowable Valuespecified is more conservative than the analytical limit assumed inthe safety analysis in order to account for instrument uncertainties appropriate to the trip function.
H Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6 BASES ACTIONS B.1 (continued)
The actual nominal Trip Setpoint isnormally still more conservative than that required by the Allowable Value. If the setpoint does not exceed the Allowable Value, theradiation monitor is considered OPERABLE.
Instrumentation" and allows periodic testing to be conducted while at power without causing an actual actuation.
: 8. Safety Injection (SI)Refer to LCO 3.3.2, Function 1, for all initiating Functions andrequirements.
The delay for entering the Required Actions relieves the administrative burden of entering the Required Actions for isolation valves inoperable solely due to the performance of surveillance testing on the actuation logic and is acceptable based on the OPERABILITY of the opposite train.SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.3.6.1 Performance of the CHANNEL CHECK once every 12 hours ensures that a gross failure of instrumentation has not occurred.
APPLICABILITY The Manual Initiation, Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays,Safety Injection, and Containment Radiation Functions are requiredOPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4. Under these conditions, thepotential exists for an accident that could release significant fissionproduct radioactivity into containment.
A CHANNEL CHECK is normally a comparison of the parameter indicated on one channel to a similar parameter on other channels.
Therefore, the Containment VentIsolation Instrumentation must be OPERABLE in these MODES. Seeadditional discussion in the Background and Applicable Safety Analysissections.
It is based on the assumption that instrument channels monitoring the same parameter should read approximately the same value.(continued)
While in MODES 5 and 6, the Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation need not be OPERABLE since the potential for radioactive releases isminimized and operator action is sufficient to ensure post accident offsitedoses are maintained within the limits of Reference 1.(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.3-152(developmental)
B 3.3-154 H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES B 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION B 3.3.8 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment (ABGTS) Actuation Instrumentation BASES BACKGROUND The ABGTS ensures that radioactive materials in the fuel building atmosphere following a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) are filtered and adsorbed prior to exhausting to the environment.
H Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6BASES (continued)
The system is described in the Bases for LCO 3.7.12, "Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)." The system initiates filtered exhaust of air from the fuel handling area, ECCS pump rooms, and penetration rooms automatically following receipt of a fuel pool area high radiation signal or a Containment Phase A Isolation signal. Initiation may also be performed manually as needed from the main control room.There are a total of two channels, one for each train. A Phase A isolation signal from the Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS)initiates auxiliary building isolation and starts the ABGTS. These actions function to prevent exfiltration of contaminated air by initiating filtered ventilation, which imposes a negative pressure on the Auxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure (ABSCE).The ABGTS ensures that radioactive materials in the ABSCE atmosphere following a LOCA are filtered and adsorbed prior to being exhausted to the environment.
ACTIONS The most common cause of channel inoperability is outright failure or driftsufficient to exceed the tolerance allowed by unit specific calibration procedures.
This action reduces the radioactive content in the auxiliary building exhaust following a LOCA or fuel handling accident so that offsite doses remain within the limits specified in 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 1).The ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.
Typically, the drift is found to be small and results in a delayof actuation rather than a total loss of function.
APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)
If the Trip Setpoint is lessconservative than the tolerance specified by the calibration procedure, thechannel must be declared inoperable immediately, and the appropriate Condition entered.A Note has been added to the ACTIONS to clarify the application ofCompletion Time rules. The Conditions of this Specification may beentered independently for each Function listed in Table 3.3.6-1.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
TheCompletion Time(s) of the inoperable channel(s)/train(s) of a Function willbe tracked separately for each Function starting from the time theCondition was entered for that Function.
B 3.3-166 HI ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES LCO The LCO requirements ensure that instrumentation necessary to initiate the ABGTS is OPERABLE.1. Manual Initiation The LCO requires two channels OPERABLE.
A.1Condition A applies to the failure of one containment purge isolation radiation monitor channel.
The operator can initiate the ABGTS at any time by using either of two switches in the control room. This action will cause actuation of all components in the same manner as any of the automatic actuation signals.The LCO for Manual Initiation ensures the proper amount of redundancy is maintained in the manual actuation circuitry to ensure the operator has manual initiation capability.
Since the two containment radiation monitorsare both gaseous detectors, failure of a single channel may result in lossof the redundancy.
Each channel consists of one hand switch and the interconnecting wiring to the actuation logic relays.2. Containment Phase A Isolation Refer to LCO 3.3.2, Function 3.a, for all initiating Functions and requirements.(continued)
Consequently, the failed channel must be restored toOPERABLE status. The 4 hours allowed to restore the affected channelis justified by the low likelihood of events occurring during this interval, and recognition that one or more of the remaining channels will respondto most events.B.1Condition B applies to all Containment Vent Isolation Functions andaddresses the train orientation of the Solid State Protection System(SSPS) and the master and slave relays for these Functions.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
It alsoaddresses the failure of multiple radiation monitoring  
B 3.3-167 H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES APPLICABILITY The manual ABGTS initiation must be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4 to ensure the ABGTS operates to remove fission products associated with leakage after a LOCA. The Phase A ABGTS Actuation is also required in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4 to remove fission products caused by post LOCA Emergency Core Cooling Systems leakage.While in MODES 5 and 6, the ABGTS instrumentation need not be OPERABLE.
: channels, or theinability to restore a single failed channel to OPERABLE status in the timeallowed for Required Action A. 1.If a train is inoperable, multiple channels are inoperable, or the RequiredAction and associated Completion Time of Condition A are not met,operation may continue as long as the Required Action for the applicable Conditions of LCO 3.6.3 is met for each valve made inoperable by failureof isolation instrumentation.
See additional discussion in the Background and Applicable Safety Analysis sections.ACTIONS The most common cause of channel inoperability is outright failure or drift sufficient to exceed the tolerance allowed by unit specific calibration procedures.
A Note has been added above the RequiredActions to allow one train of actuation logic to be placed in bypass and todelay entering the Required Actions for up to four hours to performsurveillance testing provided the other train is OPERABLE.
Typically, the drift is found to be small and results in a delay of actuation rather than a total loss of function.
The 4-hourallowance is consistent with the Required Actions for actuation logic trainsin LCO 3.3.2, "Engineered Safety Features Actuation System(continued)
If the Trip Setpoint is less conservative than the tolerance specified by the calibration procedure, the channel must be declared inoperable immediately and the appropriate Condition entered.A Note has been added to the ACTIONS to clarify the application of Completion Time rules. The Conditions of this Specification may be entered independently for each Function listed in Table 3.3.8-1 in the accompanying LCO. The Completion Time(s) of the inoperable channel(s)/train(s) of a Function will be tracked separately for each Function starting from the time the Condition was entered for that Function.A.1 Condition A applies to the actuation logic train function from the Phase A Isolation and the manual initiation function.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.3-153(developmental)
Condition A applies to the failure of a single actuation logic train or manual channel. If one channel or train is inoperable, a period of 7 days is allowed to restore it to OPERABLE status. If the train cannot be restored to OPERABLE status, one ABGTS train must be placed in operation.
H Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6BASESACTIONS B.1 (continued)
This accomplishes the actuation instrumentation function and places the unit in a conservative mode of operation.
Instrumentation" and allows periodic testing to be conducted while atpower without causing an actual actuation.
The 7-day Completion Time is the same as is allowed if one train of the mechanical portion of the system is inoperable.
The delay for entering theRequired Actions relieves the administrative burden of entering theRequired Actions for isolation valves inoperable solely due to theperformance of surveillance testing on the actuation logic and isacceptable based on the OPERABILITY of the opposite train.SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.3.6.1Performance of the CHANNEL CHECK once every 12 hours ensures thata gross failure of instrumentation has not occurred.
The basis for this time is the same as that provided in LCO 3.7.12.(continued)
A CHANNEL CHECKis normally a comparison of the parameter indicated on one channel to asimilar parameter on other channels.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.3-168 (developmental)
It is based on the assumption thatinstrument channels monitoring the same parameter should readapproximately the same value.(continued)
H ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES ACTIONS (continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
B.1.1, B.1.2. B.2 Condition B applies to the failure of two ABGTS actuation logic signals from the Phase A Isolation or two manual channels.
B 3.3-154H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8BASESB 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION B 3.3.8 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment (ABGTS) Actuation Instrumentation BASESBACKGROUND The ABGTS ensures that radioactive materials in the fuel buildingatmosphere following a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) are filtered andadsorbed prior to exhausting to the environment.
The Required Action is to place one ABGTS train in operation immediately.
The system isdescribed in the Bases for LCO 3.7.12, "Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)."
This accomplishes the actuation instrumentation function that may have been lost and places the unit in a conservative mode of operation.
The system initiates filtered exhaust of air from thefuel handling area, ECCS pump rooms, and penetration roomsautomatically following receipt of a fuel pool area high radiation signal ora Containment Phase A Isolation signal. Initiation may also be performed manually as needed from the main control room.There are a total of two channels, one for each train. A Phase A isolation signal from the Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS)initiates auxiliary building isolation and starts the ABGTS. These actionsfunction to prevent exfiltration of contaminated air by initiating filteredventilation, which imposes a negative pressure on the Auxiliary BuildingSecondary Containment Enclosure (ABSCE).The ABGTS ensures that radioactive materials in the ABSCE atmosphere following a LOCA are filtered and adsorbed prior to being exhausted tothe environment.
The applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.7.12 must also be entered for the ABGTS train made inoperable by the inoperable actuation instrumentation.
This action reduces the radioactive content in theauxiliary building exhaust following a LOCA or fuel handling accident sothat offsite doses remain within the limits specified in 10 CFR 100(Ref. 1).The ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRCPolicy Statement.
This ensures appropriate limits are placed on train inoperability as discussed in the Bases for LCO 3.7.12.Alternatively, both trains may be placed in the emergency radiation protection mode. This ensures the ABGTS Function is performed even in the presence of a single failure.Cl and C2 Condition C applies when the Required Action and associated Completion Time for Condition A or B have not been met and the plant is in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4. The plant must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO requirements are not applicable.
APPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSES(continued)
To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to MODE 3 within 6 hours and MODE 5 within 36 hours.The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
B 3.3-166HI ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8BASESLCOThe LCO requirements ensure that instrumentation necessary to initiatethe ABGTS is OPERABLE.
B 3.3-169 H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.3.8.1 SR 3.3.8.1 is the performance of a TADOT. This test is a check of the manual actuation functions and is performed every 18 months. Each manual actuation function is tested up to, and including, the relay coils. In some instances, the test includes actuation of the end device (e.g., pump starts, valve cycles, etc.). The Frequency is based on operating experience and is consistent with the typical industry refueling cycle.The SR is modified by a Note that excludes verification of setpoints during the TADOT. The Functions tested have no setpoints associated with them.REFERENCES  
: 1. Manual Initiation The LCO requires two channels OPERABLE.
: 1. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 100.11, "Determination of Exclusion Area, Low Population Zone, and Population Center Distance." (continued)
The operator caninitiate the ABGTS at any time by using either of two switches in thecontrol room. This action will cause actuation of all components inthe same manner as any of the automatic actuation signals.The LCO for Manual Initiation ensures the proper amount ofredundancy is maintained in the manual actuation circuitry to ensurethe operator has manual initiation capability.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
Each channel consists of one hand switch and the interconnecting wiring to the actuation logic relays.2. Containment Phase A Isolation Refer to LCO 3.3.2, Function 3.a, for all initiating Functions andrequirements.
B 3.3-170 H I Containment B 3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE Satisfactory leakage rate test results are a requirement for the SAFETY establishment of containment OPERABILITY.
(continued)
ANALYSES (continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
B 3.3-167H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8BASESAPPLICABILITY The manual ABGTS initiation must be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, 3,and 4 to ensure the ABGTS operates to remove fission productsassociated with leakage after a LOCA. The Phase A ABGTS Actuation isalso required in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4 to remove fission products causedby post LOCA Emergency Core Cooling Systems leakage.While in MODES 5 and 6, the ABGTS instrumentation need not beOPERABLE.
See additional discussion in the Background and Applicable Safety Analysis sections.
ACTIONS The most common cause of channel inoperability is outright failure or driftsufficient to exceed the tolerance allowed by unit specific calibration procedures.
Typically, the drift is found to be small and results in a delayof actuation rather than a total loss of function.
If the Trip Setpoint is lessconservative than the tolerance specified by the calibration procedure, thechannel must be declared inoperable immediately and the appropriate Condition entered.A Note has been added to the ACTIONS to clarify the application ofCompletion Time rules. The Conditions of this Specification may beentered independently for each Function listed in Table 3.3.8-1 in theaccompanying LCO. The Completion Time(s) of the inoperable channel(s)/train(s) of a Function will be tracked separately for eachFunction starting from the time the Condition was entered for thatFunction.
A.1Condition A applies to the actuation logic train function from the Phase AIsolation and the manual initiation function.
Condition A applies to thefailure of a single actuation logic train or manual channel.
If one channelor train is inoperable, a period of 7 days is allowed to restore it toOPERABLE status. If the train cannot be restored to OPERABLE status,one ABGTS train must be placed in operation.
This accomplishes theactuation instrumentation function and places the unit in a conservative mode of operation.
The 7-day Completion Time is the same as is allowedif one train of the mechanical portion of the system is inoperable.
Thebasis for this time is the same as that provided in LCO 3.7.12.(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.3-168(developmental)
H ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8BASESACTIONS(continued)
B.1.1, B.1.2. B.2Condition B applies to the failure of two ABGTS actuation logic signalsfrom the Phase A Isolation or two manual channels.
The Required Actionis to place one ABGTS train in operation immediately.
This accomplishes the actuation instrumentation function that may have been lost and placesthe unit in a conservative mode of operation.
The applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.7.12 must also be entered for the ABGTStrain made inoperable by the inoperable actuation instrumentation.
Thisensures appropriate limits are placed on train inoperability as discussed in the Bases for LCO 3.7.12.Alternatively, both trains may be placed in the emergency radiation protection mode. This ensures the ABGTS Function is performed even inthe presence of a single failure.Cl and C2Condition C applies when the Required Action and associated Completion Time for Condition A or B have not been met and the plant isin MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4. The plant must be brought to a MODE in which theLCO requirements are not applicable.
To achieve this status, the plantmust be brought to MODE 3 within 6 hours and MODE 5 within 36 hours.The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full powerconditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
B 3.3-169H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8BASESSURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.3.8.1SR 3.3.8.1 is the performance of a TADOT. This test is a check of themanual actuation functions and is performed every 18 months. Eachmanual actuation function is tested up to, and including, the relay coils. Insome instances, the test includes actuation of the end device (e.g., pumpstarts, valve cycles, etc.). The Frequency is based on operating experience and is consistent with the typical industry refueling cycle.The SR is modified by a Note that excludes verification of setpoints duringthe TADOT. The Functions tested have no setpoints associated withthem.REFERENCES  
: 1. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 100.11, "Determination of Exclusion Area, Low Population Zone, and Population CenterDistance."
(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
B 3.3-170H I Containment B 3.6.1BASESAPPLICABLE Satisfactory leakage rate test results are a requirement for theSAFETY establishment of containment OPERABILITY.
ANALYSES(continued)
The containment satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.
The containment satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.
LCO Containment OPERABILITY is maintained by limiting leakage to < 1.0 La,except prior to the first start up after performing a required Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program leakage test. At this time, applicable leakage limits must be met.Compliance with this LCO will ensure a containment configuration, including equipment  
LCO Containment OPERABILITY is maintained by limiting leakage to < 1.0 La, except prior to the first start up after performing a required Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program leakage test. At this time, applicable leakage limits must be met.Compliance with this LCO will ensure a containment configuration, including equipment hatches, that is structurally sound and that will limit leakage to those leakage rates assumed in the safety analysis.Individual leakage rates specified for the containment air lock (LCO 3.6.2), purge valves with resilient seals, and Shield Building containment bypass leakage (LCO 3.6.3) are not specifically part of the acceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50, Appendix J, Option B. Therefore, leakage rates exceeding these individual limits only result in the containment being inoperable when the leakage results in exceeding the acceptance criteria of Appendix J, Option B.APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, a DBA could cause a release of radioactive material into containment.
: hatches, that is structurally sound and that will limitleakage to those leakage rates assumed in the safety analysis.
In MODES 5 and 6, the probability and consequences of these events are reduced due to the pressure and temperature limitations of these MODES. Therefore, containment is not required to be OPERABLE in MODE 5 and 6 to prevent leakage of radioactive material from containment.
Individual leakage rates specified for the containment air lock(LCO 3.6.2), purge valves with resilient seals, and Shield Buildingcontainment bypass leakage (LCO 3.6.3) are not specifically part of theacceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50, Appendix J, Option B. Therefore, leakage rates exceeding these individual limits only result in thecontainment being inoperable when the leakage results in exceeding theacceptance criteria of Appendix J, Option B.APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, a DBA could cause a release of radioactive material into containment.
Watts Bar- Unit 2 (developmental)
In MODES 5 and 6, the probability andconsequences of these events are reduced due to the pressure andtemperature limitations of these MODES. Therefore, containment is notrequired to be OPERABLE in MODE 5 and 6 to prevent leakage ofradioactive material from containment.
B 3.6-3 (continued)
Watts Bar- Unit 2(developmental)
H Containment Air Locks B 3.6.2 BASES (continued)
B 3.6-3(continued)
APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The DBAs that result in a significant release of radioactive material within containment are a loss of coolant accident and a rod ejection accident (Ref. 2). In the analysis of each of these accidents, it is assumed that containment is OPERABLE such that release of fission products to the environment is controlled by the rate of containment leakage. The containment was designed with an allowable leakage rate (La) of 0.25%of containment air weight per day (Ref. 2), at the calculated peak containment pressure of 15.0 psig. This allowable leakage rate forms the basis for the acceptance criteria imposed on the SRs associated with the air locks.The containment air locks satisfy Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.
H Containment Air LocksB 3.6.2BASES (continued)
LCO Each containment air lock forms part of the containment pressure boundary.
APPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSESThe DBAs that result in a significant release of radioactive material withincontainment are a loss of coolant accident and a rod ejection accident(Ref. 2). In the analysis of each of these accidents, it is assumed thatcontainment is OPERABLE such that release of fission products to theenvironment is controlled by the rate of containment leakage.
As part of containment pressure boundary, the air lock safety function is related to control of the containment leakage rate resulting from a DBA. Thus, each air lock's structural integrity and leak tightness are essential to the successful mitigation of such an event.Each air lock is required to be OPERABLE.
Thecontainment was designed with an allowable leakage rate (La) of 0.25%of containment air weight per day (Ref. 2), at the calculated peakcontainment pressure of 15.0 psig. This allowable leakage rate forms thebasis for the acceptance criteria imposed on the SRs associated with theair locks.The containment air locks satisfy Criterion 3 of the NRC PolicyStatement.
For the air lock to be considered OPERABLE, the air lock interlock mechanism must be OPERABLE, the air lock must be in compliance with the Type B air lock leakage test, and both air lock doors must be OPERABLE.
LCOEach containment air lock forms part of the containment pressureboundary.
The interlock allows only one air lock door of an air lock to be opened at one time. This provision ensures that a gross breach of containment does not exist when containment is required to be OPERABLE.
As part of containment pressure  
Closure of a single door in each air lock is sufficient to provide a leak tight barrier following postulated events. Nevertheless, both doors are kept closed when the air lock is not being used for normal entry into and exit from containment.
: boundary, the air lock safetyfunction is related to control of the containment leakage rate resulting from a DBA. Thus, each air lock's structural integrity and leak tightness are essential to the successful mitigation of such an event.Each air lock is required to be OPERABLE.
For the air lock to beconsidered
: OPERABLE, the air lock interlock mechanism must beOPERABLE, the air lock must be in compliance with the Type B air lockleakage test, and both air lock doors must be OPERABLE.
The interlock allows only one air lock door of an air lock to be opened at one time. Thisprovision ensures that a gross breach of containment does not exist whencontainment is required to be OPERABLE.
Closure of a single door ineach air lock is sufficient to provide a leak tight barrier following postulated events. Nevertheless, both doors are kept closed when the airlock is not being used for normal entry into and exit from containment.
APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, a DBA could cause a release of radioactive material to containment.
APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, a DBA could cause a release of radioactive material to containment.
In MODES 5 and 6, the probability andconsequences of these events are reduced due to the pressure andtemperature limitations of these MODES. Therefore, the containment airlocks are not required in MODE 5 and 6 to prevent leakage of radioactive material from containment.
In MODES 5 and 6, the probability and consequences of these events are reduced due to the pressure and temperature limitations of these MODES. Therefore, the containment air locks are not required in MODE 5 and 6 to prevent leakage of radioactive material from containment.
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
B 3.6-7(continued)
B 3.6-7 (continued)
H Containment Isolation ValvesB 3.6.3BASES (continued)
H Containment Isolation Valves B 3.6.3 BASES (continued)
APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, a DBA could cause a release of radioactive material to containment.
APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, a DBA could cause a release of radioactive material to containment.
In MODES 5 and 6, the probability andconsequences of these events are reduced due to the pressure andtemperature limitations of these MODES. Therefore, the containment isolation valves are not required to be OPERABLE in MODE 5 and 6.ACTIONS The ACTIONS are modified by a Note allowing penetration flow paths, tobe unisolated intermittently under administrative controls.
In MODES 5 and 6, the probability and consequences of these events are reduced due to the pressure and temperature limitations of these MODES. Therefore, the containment isolation valves are not required to be OPERABLE in MODE 5 and 6.ACTIONS The ACTIONS are modified by a Note allowing penetration flow paths, to be unisolated intermittently under administrative controls.
Theseadministrative controls consist of stationing a dedicated operator(licensed or unlicensed) at the valve controls, who is in continuous communication with the control room. In this way, the penetration can berapidly isolated when a need for containment isolation is indicated.
These administrative controls consist of stationing a dedicated operator (licensed or unlicensed) at the valve controls, who is in continuous communication with the control room. In this way, the penetration can be rapidly isolated when a need for containment isolation is indicated.
Forvalve controls located in the control room, an operator (other than theShift Operations Supervisor (SOS), ASOS, or the Operator at theControls) may monitor containment isolation signal status rather than bestationed at the valve controls.
For valve controls located in the control room, an operator (other than the Shift Operations Supervisor (SOS), ASOS, or the Operator at the Controls) may monitor containment isolation signal status rather than be stationed at the valve controls.
Other secondary responsibilities which donot prevent adequate monitoring of containment isolation signal statusmay be performed by the operator provided his/her primary responsibility is rapid isolation of the penetration when needed for containment isolation.
Other secondary responsibilities which do not prevent adequate monitoring of containment isolation signal status may be performed by the operator provided his/her primary responsibility is rapid isolation of the penetration when needed for containment isolation.
Use of the Unit Control Room Operator (CRO) to perform thisfunction should be limited to those situations where no other operator isavailable.
Use of the Unit Control Room Operator (CRO) to perform this function should be limited to those situations where no other operator is available.
A second Note has been added to provide clarification that, for this LCO,separate Condition entry is allowed for each penetration flow path. Thisis acceptable, since the Required Actions for each Condition provideappropriate compensatory actions for each inoperable containment isolation valve. Complying with the Required Actions may allow forcontinued operation, and subsequent inoperable containment isolation valves are governed by subsequent Condition entry and application ofassociated Required Actions.The ACTIONS are further modified by third Note, which ensuresappropriate remedial actions are taken, if necessary, if the affectedsystems are rendered inoperable by an inoperable containment isolation valve.In the event the isolation valve leakage results in exceeding the overallcontainment leakage rate, Note 4 directs entry into the applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.6.1.(continued)
A second Note has been added to provide clarification that, for this LCO, separate Condition entry is allowed for each penetration flow path. This is acceptable, since the Required Actions for each Condition provide appropriate compensatory actions for each inoperable containment isolation valve. Complying with the Required Actions may allow for continued operation, and subsequent inoperable containment isolation valves are governed by subsequent Condition entry and application of associated Required Actions.The ACTIONS are further modified by third Note, which ensures appropriate remedial actions are taken, if necessary, if the affected systems are rendered inoperable by an inoperable containment isolation valve.In the event the isolation valve leakage results in exceeding the overall containment leakage rate, Note 4 directs entry into the applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.6.1.(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.6-16(developmental)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.6-16 (developmental)
H Containment Isolation ValvesB 3.6.3BASESSURVEILLANCE SR 3.6.3.7REQUIREMENTS Verifying that each 24 inch containment lower compartment purge valveis blocked to restrict opening to < 500 is required to ensure that the valvescan close under DBA conditions within the times assumed in the analysesof References 1 and 2. If a LOCA occurs, the purge valves must close tomaintain containment leakage within the values assumed in the accidentanalysis.
H Containment Isolation Valves B 3.6.3 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.6.3.7 REQUIREMENTS Verifying that each 24 inch containment lower compartment purge valve is blocked to restrict opening to < 500 is required to ensure that the valves can close under DBA conditions within the times assumed in the analyses of References 1 and 2. If a LOCA occurs, the purge valves must close to maintain containment leakage within the values assumed in the accident analysis.
At other times when containment pressurization concerns arenot present, the purge valves can be fully open. The 18-monthFrequency is appropriate because the blocking devices are typically removed only during a refueling outage.SR 3.6.3.8This SR ensures that the combined leakage rate of all Shield Buildingbypass leakage paths is less than or equal to the specified leakage rate.This provides assurance that the assumptions in the safety analysis aremet. The as left bypass leakage rate prior to the first startup afterperforming a leakage test, requires calculation using maximum pathwayleakage (leakage through the worse of the two isolation valves).
At other times when containment pressurization concerns are not present, the purge valves can be fully open. The 18-month Frequency is appropriate because the blocking devices are typically removed only during a refueling outage.SR 3.6.3.8 This SR ensures that the combined leakage rate of all Shield Building bypass leakage paths is less than or equal to the specified leakage rate.This provides assurance that the assumptions in the safety analysis are met. The as left bypass leakage rate prior to the first startup after performing a leakage test, requires calculation using maximum pathway leakage (leakage through the worse of the two isolation valves). If the penetration is isolated by use of one closed and de-activated automatic valve, closed manual valve, or blind flange, then the leakage rate of the isolated bypass leakage path is assumed to be the actual pathway leakage through the isolation device. If both isolation valves in the penetration are closed, the actual leakage rate is the lesser leakage rate of the two valves. At all other times, the leakage rate will be calculated using minimum pathway leakage.The frequency is required by the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program. This SR simply imposes additional acceptance criteria.Although not a part of La, the Shield Building Bypass leakage path combined leakage rate is determined using the 10 CFR 50, Appendix J, Option B, Type B and C leakage rates for the applicable barriers.(continued)
If thepenetration is isolated by use of one closed and de-activated automatic valve, closed manual valve, or blind flange, then the leakage rate of theisolated bypass leakage path is assumed to be the actual pathwayleakage through the isolation device. If both isolation valves in thepenetration are closed, the actual leakage rate is the lesser leakage rateof the two valves. At all other times, the leakage rate will be calculated using minimum pathway leakage.The frequency is required by the Containment Leakage Rate TestingProgram.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.6-25 (developmental)
This SR simply imposes additional acceptance criteria.
BH ABGTS B 3.7.12 B 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS B 3.7.12 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)BASES BACKGROUND The ABGTS filters airborne radioactive particulates from the area of active Unit 2 ECCS components and Unit 2 penetration rooms following a loss of coolant accident (LOCA).The ABGTS consists of two independent and redundant trains. Each train consists of a heater, a prefilter, moisture separator, a high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter, two activated charcoal adsorber sections for removal of gaseous activity (principally iodines), and a fan. Ductwork, valves or dampers, and instrumentation also form part of the system.A second bank of HEPA filters follows the adsorber section to collect carbon fines and provide backup in case the main HEPA filter bank fails.The downstream HEPA filter is not credited in the analysis.
Although not a part of La, the Shield Building Bypass leakage pathcombined leakage rate is determined using the 10 CFR 50, Appendix J,Option B, Type B and C leakage rates for the applicable barriers.
The system initiates filtered ventilation of the Auxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure (ABSCE) exhaust air following receipt of a Phase A containment isolation signal.The ABGTS is a standby system, not used during normal plant operations.
(continued)
During emergency operations, the ABSCE dampers are realigned and ABGTS fans are started to begin filtration.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.6-25(developmental)
Air is exhausted from the Unit 2 ECCS pump rooms, Unit 2 penetration rooms, and fuel handling area through the filter trains. The prefilters or moisture separators remove any large particles in the air, and any entrained water droplets present, to prevent excessive loading of the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers.
BH ABGTSB 3.7.12B 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMSB 3.7.12 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)BASESBACKGROUND The ABGTS filters airborne radioactive particulates from the area ofactive Unit 2 ECCS components and Unit 2 penetration rooms following aloss of coolant accident (LOCA).The ABGTS consists of two independent and redundant trains. Eachtrain consists of a heater, a prefilter, moisture separator, a high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter, two activated charcoal adsorber sections forremoval of gaseous activity (principally iodines),
The ABGTS is discussed in the FSAR, Sections 6.5.1, 9.4.2, 15.0, and 6.2.3 (Refs. 1, 2, 3, and 4, respectively).(continued)
and a fan. Ductwork, valves or dampers, and instrumentation also form part of the system.A second bank of HEPA filters follows the adsorber section to collectcarbon fines and provide backup in case the main HEPA filter bank fails.The downstream HEPA filter is not credited in the analysis.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
The systeminitiates filtered ventilation of the Auxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure (ABSCE) exhaust air following receipt of aPhase A containment isolation signal.The ABGTS is a standby system, not used during normal plantoperations.
B 3.7-63 H ABGTS B 3.7.12 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES LCO The ABGTS design basis is established by the consequences of the limiting Design Basis Accident (DBA), which is a LOCA. The analysis of the LOCA assumes that radioactive materials leaked from the Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) are filtered and adsorbed by the ABGTS.The DBA analysis assumes that only one train of the ABGTS is functional due to a single failure that disables the other train. The accident analysis accounts for the reduction in airborne radioactive material provided by the one remaining train of this filtration system. The amount of fission products available for release from the ABSCE is determined for a LOCA.The assumptions and analysis for a LOCA follow the guidance provided in Regulatory Guide 1.4 (Ref. 5).The ABGTS satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.
During emergency operations, the ABSCE dampers arerealigned and ABGTS fans are started to begin filtration.
Two independent and redundant trains of the ABGTS are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that at least one train is available, assuming a single failure that disables the other train, coincident with a loss of offsite power. Total system failure could result in the atmospheric release from the ABSCE exceeding the 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 6) limits in the event of a LOCA.The ABGTS is considered OPERABLE when the individual components necessary to control exposure in the Auxiliary Building are OPERABLE in both trains. An ABGTS train is considered OPERABLE when its associated:
Air is exhausted from the Unit 2 ECCS pump rooms, Unit 2 penetration rooms, and fuelhandling area through the filter trains. The prefilters or moistureseparators remove any large particles in the air, and any entrained waterdroplets
: a. Fan is OPERABLE;b. HEPA filter and charcoal adsorber are not excessively restricting flow, and are capable of performing their filtration function; and c. Heater, moisture separator, ductwork, valves, and dampers are OPERABLE, and air circulation can be maintained.(continued)
: present, to prevent excessive loading of the HEPA filters andcharcoal adsorbers.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
The ABGTS is discussed in the FSAR, Sections 6.5.1, 9.4.2, 15.0, and6.2.3 (Refs. 1, 2, 3, and 4, respectively).
B 3.7-64 H ABGTS B 3.7.12 BASES LCO (continued)
(continued)
APPLICABILITY In MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4, the ABGTS is required to be OPERABLE to provide fission product removal associated with ECCS leaks due to a LOCA and leakage from containment and annulus.In MODE 5 or 6, the ABGTS is not required to be OPERABLE since the ECCS is not required to be OPERABLE.ACTIONS A.1 With one ABGTS train inoperable, action must be taken to restore OPERABLE status within 7 days. During this period, the remaining OPERABLE train is adequate to perform the ABGTS function.
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
The 7-day Completion Time is based on the risk from an event occurring requiring the inoperable ABGTS train, and the remaining ABGTS train providing the required protection.
B 3.7-63H ABGTSB 3.7.12BASESAPPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSESLCOThe ABGTS design basis is established by the consequences of thelimiting Design Basis Accident (DBA), which is a LOCA. The analysis ofthe LOCA assumes that radioactive materials leaked from the Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) are filtered and adsorbed by the ABGTS.The DBA analysis assumes that only one train of the ABGTS is functional due to a single failure that disables the other train. The accident analysisaccounts for the reduction in airborne radioactive material provided by theone remaining train of this filtration system. The amount of fissionproducts available for release from the ABSCE is determined for a LOCA.The assumptions and analysis for a LOCA follow the guidance providedin Regulatory Guide 1.4 (Ref. 5).The ABGTS satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.
B.1 and B.2 When Required Action A.1 cannot be completed within the associated Completion Time, or when both ABGTS trains are inoperable, the plant must be placed in a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this status, the plant must be placed in MODE 3 within 6 hours, and in MODE 5 within 36 hours. The Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
Two independent and redundant trains of the ABGTS are required to beOPERABLE to ensure that at least one train is available, assuming asingle failure that disables the other train, coincident with a loss of offsitepower. Total system failure could result in the atmospheric release fromthe ABSCE exceeding the 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 6) limits in the event of aLOCA.The ABGTS is considered OPERABLE when the individual components necessary to control exposure in the Auxiliary Building are OPERABLE inboth trains. An ABGTS train is considered OPERABLE when itsassociated:
B 3.7-65 (continued)
: a. Fan is OPERABLE;
H ABGTS B 3.7.12 BASES ACTIONS (continued)
: b. HEPA filter and charcoal adsorber are not excessively restricting flow, and are capable of performing their filtration function; andc. Heater, moisture separator,  
SURVEILLANCE SR 3.7.12.1 REQUIREMENTS Standby systems should be checked periodically to ensure that they function properly.
: ductwork, valves, and dampers areOPERABLE, and air circulation can be maintained.
As the environmental and normal operating conditions on this system are not severe, testing each train once every month provides an adequate check on this system.Monthly heater operation dries out any moisture accumulated in the charcoal from humidity in the ambient air. The system must be operated for > 10 continuous hours with the heaters energized.
(continued)
The 31-day Frequency is based on the known reliability of the equipment and the two train redundancy available.
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
SR 3.7.12.2 This SR verifies that the required ABGTS testing is performed in accordance with the Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP). The ABGTS filter tests are in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52 (Ref. 7).The VFTP includes testing HEPA filter performance, charcoal adsorber efficiency, minimum system flow rate, and the physical properties of the activated charcoal (general use and following specific operations).
B 3.7-64H ABGTSB 3.7.12BASESLCO(continued)
Specific test frequencies and additional information are discussed in detail in the VFTP.SR 3.7.12.3 This SR verifies that each ABGTS train starts and operates on an actual or simulated actuation signal. The 18-month Frequency is consistent with Reference 7.(continued)
APPLICABILITY In MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4, the ABGTS is required to be OPERABLE toprovide fission product removal associated with ECCS leaks due to aLOCA and leakage from containment and annulus.In MODE 5 or 6, the ABGTS is not required to be OPERABLE since theECCS is not required to be OPERABLE.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.7-66 (developmental)
ACTIONSA.1With one ABGTS train inoperable, action must be taken to restoreOPERABLE status within 7 days. During this period, the remaining OPERABLE train is adequate to perform the ABGTS function.
H ABGTS B 3.7.12 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.7.12.4 (continued)
The 7-dayCompletion Time is based on the risk from an event occurring requiring the inoperable ABGTS train, and the remaining ABGTS train providing therequired protection.
This SR verifies the integrity of the ABSCE. The ability of the ABSCE to maintain negative pressure with respect to potentially uncontaminated adjacent areas is periodically tested to verify proper function of the ABGTS. During the post accident mode of operation, the ABGTS is designed to maintain a slight negative pressure in the ABSCE, to prevent unfiltered LEAKAGE. The ABGTS is designed to maintain a negative pressure between -0.25 inches water gauge and -0.5 inches water gauge (value does not account for instrument error) with respect to atmospheric pressure at a nominal flow rate > 9300 cfm and < 9900 cfm. The Frequency of 18 months is consistent with the guidance provided in NUREG-0800, Section 6.5.1 (Ref. 8).An 18-month Frequency (on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS) is consistent with Reference 7.REFERENCES  
B.1 and B.2When Required Action A.1 cannot be completed within the associated Completion Time, or when both ABGTS trains are inoperable, the plantmust be placed in a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achievethis status, the plant must be placed in MODE 3 within 6 hours, and inMODE 5 within 36 hours. The Completion Times are reasonable, basedon operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from fullpower conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plantsystems.Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
: 1. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 6.5.1, "Engineered Safety Feature (ESF)Filter Systems." 2. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 9.4.2, "Fuel Handling Area Ventilation System." 3. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.0, "Accident Analysis." 4. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 6.2.3, "Secondary Containment Functional Design." 5. Regulatory Guide 1.4, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss of Coolant Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors." 6. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 100.11, "Determination of Exclusion Area, Low Population Zone, and Population Center Distance." 7. Regulatory Guide 1.52 (Rev. 2), "Design, Testing and Maintenance Criteria for Post Accident Engineered-Safety-Feature Atmospheric Cleanup System Air Filtration and Adsorption Units of Light-Water Cooled Nuclear Power Plants." 8. NUREG-0800, Section 6.5.1, "Standard Review Plan," Rev. 2, "ESF Atmosphere Cleanup System," July 1981.(continued)
B 3.7-65(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.7-67 (developmental)
H ABGTSB 3.7.12BASESACTIONS(continued)
H Fuel Storage Pool Water Level B 3.7.13 B 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS B 3.7.13 Fuel Storage Pool Water Level BASES BACKGROUND The minimum water level in the fuel storage pool meets the assumptions of iodine decontamination factors following a fuel handling accident.
SURVEILLANCE SR 3.7.12.1REQUIREMENTS Standby systems should be checked periodically to ensure that theyfunction properly.
The specified water level shields and minimizes the general area dose when the storage racks are filled to their maximum capacity.
As the environmental and normal operating conditions on this system are not severe, testing each train once every monthprovides an adequate check on this system.Monthly heater operation dries out any moisture accumulated in thecharcoal from humidity in the ambient air. The system must be operatedfor > 10 continuous hours with the heaters energized.
The water also provides shielding during the movement of spent fuel.A general description of the fuel storage pool design is given in the FSAR, Section 9.1.2 (Ref. 1). A description of the Spent Fuel Pool Cooling and Cleanup System is given in the FSAR, Section 9.1.3 (Ref. 2). The assumptions of the fuel handling accident are given in the FSAR, Section 15.5.6 (Ref. 3).APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The minimum water level in the fuel storage pool meets the assumptions of the fuel handling accident described in Regulatory Guide 1.183 Rev. 6.The Total effective Dose equivalent (TEDE) for control room occupants, individuals at the exclusion area boundary, and individuals within the low population zone will remain with 10 CFR 50.67 (Ref. 7) and Regulatory Position C.4.4 of Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref 6) for a fuel handling accident.According to Reference 3, there is 23 ft of water between the top of the damaged fuel bundle and the fuel pool surface during a fuel handling accident.
The 31-dayFrequency is based on the known reliability of the equipment and thetwo train redundancy available.
With 23 ft of water, the assumptions of Reference 6 can be used directly.
SR 3.7.12.2This SR verifies that the required ABGTS testing is performed inaccordance with the Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP). TheABGTS filter tests are in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52 (Ref. 7).The VFTP includes testing HEPA filter performance, charcoal adsorberefficiency, minimum system flow rate, and the physical properties of theactivated charcoal (general use and following specific operations).
In practice, this LCO preserves this assumption for the bulk of the fuel in the storage racks. In the case of a single bundle dropped and lying horizontally on top of the spent fuel racks; however, there may be < 23 ft of water above the top of the fuel bundle and the surface, indicated by the width of the bundle. To offset this small non-conservatism, the analysis assumes that all fuel rods fail, although analysis shows that only the first few rows fail from a hypothetical maximum drop.The fuel storage pool water level satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.(continued)
Specific test frequencies and additional information are discussed indetail in the VFTP.SR 3.7.12.3This SR verifies that each ABGTS train starts and operates on an actualor simulated actuation signal. The 18-month Frequency is consistent withReference 7.(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.7-66(developmental)
B 3.7-68 H I Fuel Storage Pool Water Level B 3.7.13 BASES (continued)
H ABGTSB 3.7.12BASESSURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.7.12.4(continued)
LCO The fuel storage pool water level is required to be >_ 23 ft over the top of irradiated fuel assemblies seated in the storage racks. The specified water level preserves the assumptions of the fuel handling accident analysis (Ref. 3). As such, it is the minimum required for fuel storage and movement within the fuel storage pool.APPLICABILITY This LCO applies during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies in the fuel storage pool, since the potential for a release of fission products exists.ACTIONS A.1 Required Action A.1 is modified by a Note indicating that LCO 3.0.3 does not apply.When the initial conditions for prevention of an accident cannot be met, steps should be taken to preclude the accident from occurring.
This SR verifies the integrity of the ABSCE. The ability of the ABSCE tomaintain negative pressure with respect to potentially uncontaminated adjacent areas is periodically tested to verify proper function of theABGTS. During the post accident mode of operation, the ABGTS isdesigned to maintain a slight negative pressure in the ABSCE, to preventunfiltered LEAKAGE.
When the fuel storage pool water level is lower than the required level, the movement of irradiated fuel assemblies in the fuel storage pool is immediately suspended.
The ABGTS is designed to maintain a negativepressure between -0.25 inches water gauge and -0.5 inches water gauge(value does not account for instrument error) with respect to atmospheric pressure at a nominal flow rate > 9300 cfm and < 9900 cfm. TheFrequency of 18 months is consistent with the guidance provided inNUREG-0800, Section 6.5.1 (Ref. 8).An 18-month Frequency (on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS) is consistent with Reference 7.REFERENCES  
: 1. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 6.5.1, "Engineered Safety Feature (ESF)Filter Systems."
: 2. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 9.4.2, "Fuel Handling Area Ventilation System."3. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.0, "Accident Analysis."
: 4. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 6.2.3, "Secondary Containment Functional Design."5. Regulatory Guide 1.4, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating thePotential Radiological Consequences of a Loss of Coolant Accidentfor Pressurized Water Reactors."
: 6. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 100.11, "Determination of Exclusion Area, Low Population Zone, and Population CenterDistance."
: 7. Regulatory Guide 1.52 (Rev. 2), "Design, Testing and Maintenance Criteria for Post Accident Engineered-Safety-Feature Atmospheric Cleanup System Air Filtration and Adsorption Units of Light-Water Cooled Nuclear Power Plants."8. NUREG-0800, Section 6.5.1, "Standard Review Plan," Rev. 2, "ESFAtmosphere Cleanup System,"
July 1981.(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.7-67(developmental)
H Fuel Storage Pool Water LevelB 3.7.13B 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMSB 3.7.13 Fuel Storage Pool Water LevelBASESBACKGROUND The minimum water level in the fuel storage pool meets the assumptions of iodine decontamination factors following a fuel handling accident.
Thespecified water level shields and minimizes the general area dose whenthe storage racks are filled to their maximum capacity.
The water alsoprovides shielding during the movement of spent fuel.A general description of the fuel storage pool design is given in the FSAR,Section 9.1.2 (Ref. 1). A description of the Spent Fuel Pool Cooling andCleanup System is given in the FSAR, Section 9.1.3 (Ref. 2). Theassumptions of the fuel handling accident are given in the FSAR,Section 15.5.6 (Ref. 3).APPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSESThe minimum water level in the fuel storage pool meets the assumptions of the fuel handling accident described in Regulatory Guide 1.183 Rev. 6.The Total effective Dose equivalent (TEDE) for control room occupants, individuals at the exclusion area boundary, and individuals within the lowpopulation zone will remain with 10 CFR 50.67 (Ref. 7) and Regulatory Position C.4.4 of Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref 6) for a fuel handlingaccident.
According to Reference 3, there is 23 ft of water between the top of thedamaged fuel bundle and the fuel pool surface during a fuel handlingaccident.
With 23 ft of water, the assumptions of Reference 6 can beused directly.
In practice, this LCO preserves this assumption for the bulkof the fuel in the storage racks. In the case of a single bundle droppedand lying horizontally on top of the spent fuel racks; however, there maybe < 23 ft of water above the top of the fuel bundle and the surface,indicated by the width of the bundle. To offset this smallnon-conservatism, the analysis assumes that all fuel rods fail, althoughanalysis shows that only the first few rows fail from a hypothetical maximum drop.The fuel storage pool water level satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC PolicyStatement.
(continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
B 3.7-68H I Fuel Storage Pool Water LevelB 3.7.13BASES (continued)
LCO The fuel storage pool water level is required to be >_ 23 ft over the top ofirradiated fuel assemblies seated in the storage racks. The specified water level preserves the assumptions of the fuel handling accidentanalysis (Ref. 3). As such, it is the minimum required for fuel storage andmovement within the fuel storage pool.APPLICABILITY This LCO applies during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies in thefuel storage pool, since the potential for a release of fission productsexists.ACTIONS A.1Required Action A.1 is modified by a Note indicating that LCO 3.0.3 doesnot apply.When the initial conditions for prevention of an accident cannot be met,steps should be taken to preclude the accident from occurring.
When thefuel storage pool water level is lower than the required level, themovement of irradiated fuel assemblies in the fuel storage pool isimmediately suspended.
This action effectively precludes the occurrence of a fuel handling accident.
This action effectively precludes the occurrence of a fuel handling accident.
This does not preclude movement of a fuelassembly to a safe position.
This does not preclude movement of a fuel assembly to a safe position.If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6, LCO 3.0.3 would not specify any action. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, the fuel movement is independent of reactor operations.
If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6, LCO 3.0.3would not specify any action. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while inMODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, the fuel movement is independent of reactoroperations.
Therefore, inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies is not sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown.SURVEILLANCE SR 3.7.13.1 REQUIREMENTS This SR verifies sufficient fuel storage pool water is available in the event of a fuel handling accident.
Therefore, inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuelassemblies is not sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown.
The water level in the fuel storage pool must be checked periodically.
SURVEILLANCE SR 3.7.13.1REQUIREMENTS This SR verifies sufficient fuel storage pool water is available in the eventof a fuel handling accident.
The 7 day Frequency is appropriate because the volume in the pool is normally stable. Water level changes are controlled by plant procedures and are acceptable based on operating experience.
The water level in the fuel storage pool mustbe checked periodically.
During refueling operations, the level in the fuel storage pool is in equilibrium with the refueling canal, and the level in the refueling canal is checked daily in accordance with SR 3.9.7.1.(continued)
The 7 day Frequency is appropriate becausethe volume in the pool is normally stable. Water level changes arecontrolled by plant procedures and are acceptable based on operating experience.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.7-69 (developmental)
During refueling operations, the level in the fuel storage pool is inequilibrium with the refueling canal, and the level in the refueling canal ischecked daily in accordance with SR 3.9.7.1.(continued)
A Fuel Storage Pool Water Level B 3.7.13 BASES (continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.7-69(developmental)
A Fuel Storage Pool Water LevelB 3.7.13BASES (continued)
REFERENCES
REFERENCES
: 1. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 9.1.2, "Spent Fuel Storage."
: 1. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 9.1.2, "Spent Fuel Storage." 2. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 9.1.3, "Spent Fuel Pool Cooling and Cleanup System." 3. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.5.6, "Fuel Handling Accident." 4. Deleted 5. Deleted 6. Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternate Source Terms for Evaluation Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors", July 2000.7. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations 50.67, "Accident Source Term." (continued)
: 2. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 9.1.3, "Spent Fuel Pool Cooling andCleanup System."3. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.5.6, "Fuel Handling Accident."
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
: 4. Deleted5. Deleted6. Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternate Source Terms for Evaluation Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors",
B 3.7-70 A Refueling Cavity Water Level B 3.9.7 B 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS B 3.9.7 Refueling Cavity Water Level BASES BACKGROUND The movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within containment requires a minimum water level of 23 ft above the top of the reactor vessel flange.During refueling, this maintains sufficient water level in the containment, refueling canal, fuel transfer canal, refueling cavity, and spent fuel pool.Sufficient water is necessary to retain iodine fission product activity in the water in the event of a fuel handling accident (Refs. 2 and 8). Sufficient iodine activity would be retained to limit offsite doses from the accident to the limits defined in 10 CFR 50.67 (Ref. 7) and Regulatory Position C.4.4 of Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref. 8).APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies, the water level in the refueling canal and the refueling cavity is an initial condition design parameter in the analysis of a fuel handling accident in containment.
July 2000.7. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations 50.67, "Accident SourceTerm."(continued)
A minimum water level of 23 ft (Regulatory Position 2 of Appendix B to Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref. 8)) allows an overall iodine decontamination factor of 200 to be used in the accident analysis.
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
This relates to the assumption that 99.5% of the total iodine released from the pellet to cladding gap of all the dropped fuel assembly rods is retained by the refueling cavity water. The fuel pellet to cladding gap is assumed to contain 8% of the 1-131, 10% of the Kr-85, and 5% of the other noble gases and iodines from the total fission product inventory in accordance with Regulatory Position 3.1 of Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref. 8).The fuel handling accident analysis inside containment is described in Reference
B 3.7-70A Refueling Cavity Water LevelB 3.9.7B 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS B 3.9.7 Refueling Cavity Water LevelBASESBACKGROUND The movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within containment requires aminimum water level of 23 ft above the top of the reactor vessel flange.During refueling, this maintains sufficient water level in the containment, refueling canal, fuel transfer canal, refueling cavity, and spent fuel pool.Sufficient water is necessary to retain iodine fission product activity in thewater in the event of a fuel handling accident (Refs. 2 and 8). Sufficient iodine activity would be retained to limit offsite doses from the accident tothe limits defined in 10 CFR 50.67 (Ref. 7) and Regulatory Position C.4.4of Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref. 8).APPLICABLE SAFETYANALYSESDuring movement of irradiated fuel assemblies, the water level in therefueling canal and the refueling cavity is an initial condition designparameter in the analysis of a fuel handling accident in containment.
: 2. With a minimum water level of 23 ft in conjunction with a minimum decay time of 100 hours prior to fuel handling, the analysis and test programs demonstrate that the iodine release due to a postulated fuel handling accident is adequately captured by the water and offsite doses are maintained within allowable limits (Refs. 7 and 8 ).Refueling cavity water level satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.
Aminimum water level of 23 ft (Regulatory Position 2 of Appendix B toRegulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref. 8)) allows an overall iodinedecontamination factor of 200 to be used in the accident analysis.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
Thisrelates to the assumption that 99.5% of the total iodine released from thepellet to cladding gap of all the dropped fuel assembly rods is retained bythe refueling cavity water. The fuel pellet to cladding gap is assumed tocontain 8% of the 1-131, 10% of the Kr-85, and 5% of the other noblegases and iodines from the total fission product inventory in accordance with Regulatory Position 3.1 of Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref. 8).The fuel handling accident analysis inside containment is described inReference
B 3.9-20 (continued)
: 2. With a minimum water level of 23 ft in conjunction with aminimum decay time of 100 hours prior to fuel handling, the analysis andtest programs demonstrate that the iodine release due to a postulated fuel handling accident is adequately captured by the water and offsitedoses are maintained within allowable limits (Refs. 7 and 8 ).Refueling cavity water level satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC PolicyStatement.
HI Refueling Cavity Water Level B 3.9.7 BASES (continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
LCO A minimum refueling cavity water level of 23 ft above the reactor vessel flange is required to ensure that the radiological consequences of a postulated fuel handling accident inside containment are within acceptable limits, as provided by the guidance of Reference 3.APPLICABILITY LCO 3.9.7 is applicable when moving irradiated fuel assemblies within containment.
B 3.9-20(continued)
The LCO minimizes the possibility of a fuel handling accident in containment that is beyond the assumptions of the safety analysis.
HI Refueling Cavity Water LevelB 3.9.7BASES (continued)
LCOA minimum refueling cavity water level of 23 ft above the reactor vesselflange is required to ensure that the radiological consequences of apostulated fuel handling accident inside containment are withinacceptable limits, as provided by the guidance of Reference 3.APPLICABILITY LCO 3.9.7 is applicable when moving irradiated fuel assemblies withincontainment.
The LCO minimizes the possibility of a fuel handlingaccident in containment that is beyond the assumptions of the safetyanalysis.
If irradiated fuel assemblies are not present in containment, there can be no significant radioactivity release as a result of a postulated fuel handling accident.
If irradiated fuel assemblies are not present in containment, there can be no significant radioactivity release as a result of a postulated fuel handling accident.
Requirements for fuel handling accidents in thespent fuel pool are covered by LCO 3.7.13, "Fuel Storage Pool WaterLevel."ACTIONSA._1With a water level of < 23 ft above the top of the reactor vessel flange, alloperations involving movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within thecontainment shall be suspended immediately to ensure that a fuelhandling accident cannot occur. The suspension of fuel movement shallnot preclude completion of movement of a component to a safe position.
Requirements for fuel handling accidents in the spent fuel pool are covered by LCO 3.7.13, "Fuel Storage Pool Water Level." ACTIONS A._1 With a water level of < 23 ft above the top of the reactor vessel flange, all operations involving movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment shall be suspended immediately to ensure that a fuel handling accident cannot occur. The suspension of fuel movement shall not preclude completion of movement of a component to a safe position.A.2 In addition to immediately suspending movement of irradiated fuel, actions to restore refueling cavity water level must be initiated immediately.
A.2In addition to immediately suspending movement of irradiated fuel,actions to restore refueling cavity water level must be initiated immediately.
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.9.7.1 Verification of a minimum water level of 23 ft above the top of the reactor vessel flange ensures that the design basis for the analysis of the postulated fuel handling accident during refueling operations is met.Water at the required level above the top of the reactor vessel flange limits the consequences of damaged fuel rods that are postulated to result from a fuel handling accident inside containment (Ref. 2).The Frequency of 24 hours is based on engineering judgment and is considered adequate in view of the large volume of water and the normal procedural controls of valve positions, which make significant unplanned level changes unlikely.(continued)
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.9.7.1Verification of a minimum water level of 23 ft above the top of the reactorvessel flange ensures that the design basis for the analysis of thepostulated fuel handling accident during refueling operations is met.Water at the required level above the top of the reactor vessel flangelimits the consequences of damaged fuel rods that are postulated toresult from a fuel handling accident inside containment (Ref. 2).The Frequency of 24 hours is based on engineering judgment and isconsidered adequate in view of the large volume of water and the normalprocedural controls of valve positions, which make significant unplanned level changes unlikely.
Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
(continued)
B 3.9-21 A Refueling Cavity Water Level B 3.9.7 BASES (continued)
Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
B 3.9-21A Refueling Cavity Water LevelB 3.9.7BASES (continued)
REFERENCES
REFERENCES
: 1. Deleted2. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.5.6, "Fuel Handling Accident."
: 1. Deleted 2. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.5.6, "Fuel Handling Accident." 3. NUREG-0800, "Standard Review Plan," Section 15.7.4,"Radiological Consequences of Fuel-Handling Accidents," U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 3. NUREG-0800, "Standard Review Plan," Section 15.7.4,"Radiological Consequences of Fuel-Handling Accidents,"
: 4. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 20.1201 (a), (a)(1), and (2)(2), "Occupational Dose Limits for Adults." 5. Deleted 6. Deleted 7. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations 50.67, "Accident Source Term." 8. Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternate Source Terms for Evaluation Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors", July 2000.Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
B 3.9-22 (continued)
: 4. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 20.1201 (a), (a)(1),and (2)(2), "Occupational Dose Limits for Adults."5. Deleted6. Deleted7. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations 50.67, "Accident SourceTerm."8. Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternate Source Terms for Evaluation Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors",
A Enclosure 10 WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Requirements Manual Section 3.9.1 E10-1 Der~ay ke TR 3.9.TR an REFErING1 Ihl/ OPPRATIONS TR 3.0.1 Decay Time ADPPI CARILITYI ThA reactor haIh-al ubp warifinca-far -100 hourc.Durin, moFm'o't of irrdiated fuel n thA M-ctr O ovGo-.CORPT4ONONTIAF PGNQIDlOl N REQUIRED ACTION PLETION TiME A, Reiactor Auharitical fni A-4 Suspend all operatione imm~ediate!y 4 400 hGUwS. inYoIY!g moemeent of irradiated fuel in the TECHNICALI SUR"1 Erll I hlQCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEMLLANCE FREQEN TSRW&-494 Verify the reactor has boon subG~rical for > 100 hoUrc Por to IeRet cl by confirm~ing the date and- thme of cbrtait.Rradated fuel *n the reactor v.essel Wfatte Bar Unit 2 Tec-hnica'a Requ*remnents (developmental)A A I Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-53 H Decay Time 3.9.8 Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.9-14 H}}
July 2000.Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental)
B 3.9-22(continued)
A Enclosure 10WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Requirements Manual Section 3.9.1E10-1 Der~ay keTR 3.9.TR an REFErING1 Ihl/ OPPRATIONS TR 3.0.1 Decay TimeADPPI CARILITYI ThA reactor haIh-al ubp warifinca-far -100 hourc.Durin, moFm'o't of irrdiated fuel n thA M-ctr O ovGo-.CORPT4ONONTIAF PGNQIDlOl N REQUIRED ACTION PLETION TiMEA, Reiactor Auharitical fni A-4 Suspend all operatione imm~ediate!y 4 400 hGUwS. inYoIY!g moemeent ofirradiated fuel in theTECHNICALI SUR"1 Erll I hlQCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEMLLANCE FREQENTSRW&-494 Verify the reactor has boon subG~rical for > 100 hoUrc Por to IeRet clby confirm~ing the date and- thme of cbrtait.Rradated fuel *n thereactor v.esselWfatte Bar Unit 2Tec-hnica'a Requ*remnents (developmental)A A I Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.3-53H Decay Time3.9.8Watts Bar -Unit 2(developmental) 3.9-14H}}

Revision as of 19:21, 13 July 2018

Watts Bar Nuclear Plant Unit 2 - Fuel Handling Accident Dose Analysis Final Safety Analysis Report and Technical Specification Revision
ML13353A478
Person / Time
Site: Watts Bar Tennessee Valley Authority icon.png
Issue date: 12/12/2013
From: Arent G P
Tennessee Valley Authority
To:
Document Control Desk, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
Download: ML13353A478 (152)


Text

Tennessee Valley Authority, Post Office Box 2000, Spring City, Tennessee 37381-2000 December 12, 2013 10 CFR 50.34(b)10 CFR 50.67 10 CFR 100 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Document Control Desk Washington, D.C. 20555-0001 Watts Bar Nuclear Plant, Unit 2 NRC Docket No. 50-391

Subject:

Watts Bar Nuclear Plant Unit 2 -Fuel Handling Accident Dose Analysis Final Safety Analysis Report and Technical Specification Revision

References:

1. NRC letter to TVA dated June 19, 2013, "Watts Bar Nuclear Plant, Unit 1 -Issuance of Amendment to Allow Selective Implementation of Alternate Source Term to Analyze the Dose Consequences Associated with Fuel-Handling Accidents (TAC NO. ME8877)" (ADAMS Accession No. ML13141A564)
2. TVA letter to NRC dated August 5, 2011, "Watts Bar Nuclear Plant (WBN) Unit 2 -Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) -Chapter 15.5 Design Basis Dose Accident Analysis" (ADAMS Accession No. ML11222A022)
3. TVA letter to NRC dated September 23, 2011, "Watts Bar Nuclear Plant (WBN) Unit 2 -Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) -Chapter 15.5 Fuel Handling Accident (FHA) Dose Analysis" (ADAMS Accession No. ML1 1269A064)This letter provides revised Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) discussions and Technical Specification (TS) and Technical Specification Bases (TSB) changes associated with the Design Basis Accident (DBA) discussion for the Fuel Handling Accident (FHA) at Watts Bar Nuclear Plant (WBN) Unit 2. The changes to the WBN Unit 2 documents provide consistency with the recently approved amendment issued for WBN Unit 1 (Reference 1).

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Page 2 December 12, 2013 WBN Unit 1 submitted a license amendment request to implement the Alternate Source Term (AST) methodology for the FHA. The amendment included TS and TSB changes to remove the requirements for certain safety-related filtration systems to be operable during refueling because no credit was taken for radionuclide removal by those systems in the FHA. By Reference 3, WBN Unit 2 submitted a FHA based on the AST methodology for a dropped fuel assembly in the Auxiliary Building and in the containment when the containment was not isolated.

The Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) determined that the WBN Unit 2 FHA analysis was acceptable in NUREG-0847 Supplemental Safety Evaluation Report (SSER) 25, "Safety Evaluation Report Related to the Operation of Watts Bar Nuclear Plant, Unit 2." The WBN Unit 1 FHA Amendment did not include a specific evaluation for the case when the primary containment is closed and the purge system is in operation because the results from the containment closed case are clearly bounded by the containment open case. The WBN 2 FSAR currently includes a dose analysis for the FHA with the containment closed based on Regulatory Guide 1.25 guidance.

This letter provides a revised WBN Unit 2 FHA FSAR Section 15.5.6 discussion consistent with the approved Unit 1 License Amendment Request (LAR). This change removes the discussion of the Regulatory Guide 1.25 analysis for the closed containment case. Changes to the Unit 2 TS and TSB to be consistent with the approved Unit 1 TS and TSB are provided.Changes to WBN Unit 2 FSAR Chapters 6 and 9 that remove the mitigation of an FHA as a design basis for the safety related filtration systems consistent with the WBN Unit 1 Amendment are also provided.Enclosure 1 provides a discussion of changes to the FHA analysis currently described in the FSAR.Enclosures 2 through 5 provide red-line markup and final versions of FSAR Sections in Chapters 6, 9, and 15. Enclosures 6 through 9 provide the red-lined markup and final versions of the WBN Unit 2 TS and TSB consistent with Reference

1. Enclosure 10 shows the deletion of Technical Requirements Manual Section 3.9.1, "Decay Time." This requirement has been moved to a new TS Section 3.9.8, "Decay Time." The FSAR changes will be incorporated in Amendment 111. This is a new regulatory commitment.

If you have any questions, please call me at (423) 365-2004.I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on the 12th day of December, 2013.on Arent Director, Watts Bar Licensing Nuclear Construction U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Page 3 December 12, 2013

Enclosures:

1. WBN Unit 2 Revised FSAR Section 15.5 Fuel Handling Accident Dose Analysis Results 2. WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Section 15.5. -Red-Lined 3. WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, 9.4. and 15.5 -Final 4. WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 -Red-Lined 5. WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 -Final 6. WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification Red-Line Markup 7. WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification

-Final 8. WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification Bases Red-Line Markup 9. WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification Bases -Final 10. WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Requirements Manual Section 3.9.1 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Page 4 December 12, 2013 cc (Enclosures):

U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Region II Marquis One Tower 245 Peachtree Center Ave., NE Suite 1200 Atlanta, Georgia 30303-1257 NRC Resident Inspector Unit 2 Watts Bar Nuclear Plant 1260 Nuclear Plant Road Spring City, Tennessee 37381 Enclosure 1 WBN Unit 2 Revised FSAR Section 15.5 Dose Analysis The Watts Bar Nuclear Plant (WBN) Unit 2 Fuel Handling Accident (FHA) was updated to use the Alternate Source Term (AST) described in Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 for an event in the spent fuel pool located in the Auxiliary Building or in the containment when the equipment hatch, or both doors in a personnel air lock, are open. The analysis for a dropped fuel assembly inside containment when the containment air locks and equipment hatch are closed continued to use the methodology of RG-1.25. This change was approved by the NRC as documented in NUREG-0847 Supplement 25, "Safety Evaluation Report Related to the Operation of Watts Bar Nuclear Plant, Unit 2." Subsequently, WBN Unit 1 submitted a License Amendment Request (LAR) to selectively implement the AST for the FHA. The NRC approved this request June 19, 2013, as Amendment

92. The WBN Unit 1 LAR presented two cases. Case 1 was the FHA at the Spent Fuel Pool. Case 2 was an FHA in containment with the containment open. The discussion of the FHA with the containment isolated was removed from the Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) by Amendment
92. The refueling mode Limiting Condition for Operation and associated Surveillance Requirements for the Purge System and the Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System were removed from the Technical Specifications (TS) because no credit was taken in the analyses for the filtration units. The approval for these changes was included in Amendment 92.The WBN Unit 2 FSAR, TS and TS Bases are being revised to match those of WBN Unit 1. For WBN Unit 2, the discussion of the RG 1.25 analysis of the containment closed FHA is being removed from the FSAR. A table will be added in WBN Unit 2 FSAR, Section 15.5, providing the results for the containment open case to be consistent with what was done for WBN Unit 1.The WBN Unit 2 FSAR tables will not include the values for fuel with Tritium Producing Burnable Adsorber Rods (TPBARS), because they are not part of the WBN Unit 2 design basis. The WBN Unit 1 analyses were performed using the same meteorological data (X/Q) and wind speeds that form the basis for the WBN Unit 2 FSAR, Section 15.5 dose analyses.

Thus, the results are consistent with the WBN Unit 2 AST approval documented in SSER 25.The evaluation for the FHA at the spent fuel pool is a bounding analysis for a dropped assembly in containment when the containment is open or closed. The release point for the containment purge system is the WBN Unit 2 shield building stack. The X/Qs are lower for this release point than the normal Auxiliary Building exhaust. In addition, any release from the shield building stack would go through the purge system High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) and charcoal filter assemblies prior to release. Currently, when the purge lines isolate on high radiation, the Auxiliary Building also isolates and the Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS) is actuated.

The release point for ABGTS is the shield building stacks, and the releases are filtered through HEPA and charcoal assemblies.

Thus, the AST analysis for the FHA in the Auxiliary Building that considers no filtration and no Auxiliary Building isolation is conservative and acceptable as the basis for the containment open evaluation.

When the purge valves close at approximately 12.7 seconds with the containment closed, any further release of radioactivity would be terminated.

If the purge valves did not close and the releases continued from the shield building stack, the results would be bounded by the FHA in the Auxiliary Building.E1-1 Enclosure 1 WBN Unit 2 Revised FSAR Section 15.5 Dose Analysis This change is determined to be acceptable because: 1) If the containment closed case were evaluated using the AST, the results would be bounded by the cases currently presented in the FSAR, and 2) This will bring the WBN Unit 2 FSAR discussion of this event into agreement with the recently approved WBN Unit 1 LAR.As part of this selective implementation of AST, the following changes are assumed in the analysis:* The total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) acceptance criterion of 10 CFR 50.67(b)(2) replaces the previous whole body and thyroid dose guidelines of 10 CFR 100.11.* The gap activity is revised to be consistent with RG-1.183." The decontamination factors were changed to be consistent with RG-1.183.* New onsite (control room) and offsite atmospheric dispersion factors (X/Q) are used." The time to isolate the control room is increased from 20.6 seconds to 40 seconds.* No Auxiliary Building isolation is assumed.* No filtration of the release from the Containment or the spent fuel pool to the environment by the containment purge filters or the ABGTS is assumed.The WBN design includes a secondary containment that is designed to limit any potential radioactive leakage to the outside environment following a Design Basis Accident (DBA). The secondary containment consists of the concrete shield building that encloses the steel primary containment and the portion of the Auxiliary Building called the Auxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure.

The Secondary Containment is described in FSAR Section 6.2.3. The secondary containment structures work in conjunction with safety related ventilation systems and the appropriate isolation of normal ventilation systems to perform its safety functions.

In addition to the descriptions in FSAR section 6.2.3, the air clean-up and filtration systems are described in FSAR Section 6.5. The DBA Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA) is the accident that generally dictates the basis for the design of the Secondary Containment.

In addition to the LOCA, the FHA analyses performed based on RG-1.25 that were part of the original licensing basis for WBN resulted in safety functions being defined for the Secondary Containment.

If an FHA occurred either in the Auxiliary Building or in primary containment, the ABGTS was required to start and the Auxiliary Building normal ventilation system isolated.

A discussion of the Auxiliary Building Ventilation System is provided in FSAR Sections 9.4.2 and 9.4.3. If the FHA occurred in the primary containment, credit was taken for the Reactor Building Purge Filtration system in the FSAR Chapter 15 dose analysis.

A general description of the Reactor Building Purge System is provided in FSAR Section 9.4.6. The FHA based on the AST does not credit containment or Auxiliary Building isolation.

No credit is taken for the high efficiency particulate and charcoal filter systems associated with the ABGTS and the purge system. The approved WBN Unit 1 amendment removed the TS requirements associated with refuel mode operation for these systems. The WBN Unit 2 FSAR revisions associated with the approved WBN Unit 1 TS changes are provided in this submittal.

FSAR Section 6.2.4.3 on containment isolation discusses administrative controls to manually close the ice blowing penetrations in the event of an FHA in containment.

The updated FHA based on the AST does not require containment isolation to meet dose criteria.

This section has been revised accordingly.

E1-2 Enclosure I WBN Unit 2 Revised FSAR Section 15.5 Dose Analysis The following summarizes the specific changes to the FSAR and TS.1. Update FSAR Section 15.5.6 to remove the RG-1.25 based analysis of a FHA in containment with the containment isolated except for the purge system.2. Revise FSAR Sections 6.2.3.1.1 and 6.2.3.1.3 to remove the FHA as a design basis for the Secondary Containment and ABGTS.3. Revise FSAR Section 6.2.4.3 to remove the administrative requirement to manually isolate the ice blowing penetrations for an FHA.4. Revise FSAR Sections 6.5.1.1.3 and 6.5.1.2.3 to remove the discussion of the Reactor Building Purge System design basis for the FHA.5. Revise FSAR Section 9.4.2.3 to remove the requirement for the Auxiliary Building normal ventilation system to isolate for an FHA.6. Revise FSAR Section 9.4.6 on the Reactor Building Purge System to remove the FHA as a design basis for the system.7. Add new WBN Unit 2 TS 3.9.10 and associated Bases Section to restrict movement of irradiated fuel assemblies until 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> after the reactor core has become sub-critical.

TS 3.9.10 ensures that the irradiated fuel meets the minimum decay time established in the radiological analysis of the FHA.8. Modify WBN Unit 2 TS 3.3.6, "Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation";

TS 3.3.8,"Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS) Actuation Instrumentation";

and TS 3.7.12, "Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)", to eliminate the requirements associated with movement of irradiated fuel assemblies in the containment or the fuel handling area. Modify associated TS Bases.9. Eliminate TS 3.9.4, "Containment Penetrations", and TS 3.9.8, "Reactor Building Purge Air Cleanup Units".10. Modify WBN Unit 2 TS 5.7.2.14 to remove RG-1.52 testing of the Reactor Building Purge HEPA and Charcoal Filter Units.11. Modify WBN Unit 2 TS 5.7.2.20 to incorporate the Control Room dose limit defined in 10 CFR 50.67(b)(2)(iii).

12. Modify TS Bases 3.6.1, "Containment Penetrations";

3.6.2, "Containment Air Locks";and 3.6.3, "Containment Isolation Valves", to eliminate isolation requirements during fuel movement inside containment.

Delete TS Bases 3.9.4.13. Modify TS Bases 3.7.13, "Spent Fuel Pool Level," and 3.9.7, "Reactor Cavity Water Level," to update references associated with AST.14. Remove the decay time restriction on post shutdown irradiated fuel movement from Section 3.9.1 of the Technical Requirements Manual. This restriction has been added to the TS as described in Item 7 above.Enclosures 2 and 3 provide a red-lined mark-up and a final version of FSAR Section 15.5.6 on the FHA. Enclosures 4 and 5 provide a red-lined mark-up and a final version of FSAR Sections 6.2.3, 6.2.4, 6.5, and 9.4. Enclosures 6 and 7 provide the red-lined mark-up and final version of the WBN Unit 2 TS sections as enumerated in the numbered list immediately above.Enclosures 8 and 9 provide the red-lined mark-up and final version of the TS Bases sections associated with TS listed in items 7 through 9 of the list provided above. Enclosure 10 deletes Technical Requirements Manual Section, 3.9.1.E1-3 Enclosure 2 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6 E2-1 Enclosure 2 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6 15.5.6 Environmental Consequences of a Postulated Fuel Handling Accident The analysis of the fuel handling accident considers two thee cases. The f4r6t crae

  • for a Fuel Handlina Acciden~t Oncido containim~ent With the containment clocod and the Reactor B3Uilding R d P P d --I L J ----P-urge ýiystem operating. , nis anaiysis is emsecussee in ýiecien 15519 ana is haseeo Regulator, G 1 25 anRd -1 IUREG P_-The first SeGend case is for an accident in the spent fuel pool area located in the Auxiliary Building.

This case is discu..sed in Section 15..6.2 and evaluated using the Alternate Source Term (AST) based on Regulatory Guide 1.183[18],"Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors." The second thrd case considered is an open containment case for an accident inside containment where there is open communication between the containment and the Auxiliary Building.

This evaluation is also based on the AST digc's-sed in SeACtio 15.5.6.2 and ie-based-eG Regulatory Guide 1.183. The parameters used for this analysis are listed in Table 15.5-20.a.

I I A A P I i l.1~b1 03I-up: naaigACOfI ao n1oua~r uo .I P II I li i II I I A P AA Ine parameters used .. ts analysis are listedinlTabe165-20

-" " The Bases +dr the rtguiatory

'uiuuA 4 .2 O e.i ga-I uatien isru.+/-L a. A ^_ r _ _.. --An ^^ .- --_-1--i-I Ifl mu r~uuu:amur:

'~..uiuu i ..~ ~ina:v~i~.

mu ~cuiuvnm u~uur~ uu nuuru JIIU[ ui.inm r i St., ,~flnShn ~flflS5p5tktpp nasal, a. 9155 ,,pr.,nr.

nraflI 559 *nttpfltflflI 55 nfln .na InYarttaI r.an.,aan

5. *15----U Wfl~WflflUSJU S 1.fl ~5NIfl US *1 I t5 7 .EIAI IS I~ IS 1 IS I 15 V S SVV~Is * ,t.,n artid r.I..na.sar.*

~ *ka # re* s w*#. sat ..,nnam ki.. mn*n *k 5 s rwan* , sal .It;~ to *Ian 0 Rte aGGOU~t P ii I Q'2 In theO iRquiater;

~u:e 4.25b analyscis eaFamae is assume-a gar all mroasn on asseMol1y.

fI gl m II 3 Thno aasomnly eamagga is the nignest PoW8ere assemiqiy in Me core region W 1DOýg_ýnýr ý ý xsý i iýý r m ii i iý ýý -m rO tj nxfflýn ^r ýý n assemnbly are GaIcUlated assuming full poWer operation at the_ enRd Of core life immediately pFeceding shutdeown.

W-uclear core characteristics used in the analysiS are given inTal I1. I 21. A radial peaking factor of 1.65 is used.444 For the Reulat8rV Guide 1.25 analysis all of the aaV ati*it'V in the damaged rodn is released to the seont fue: pool and consists of 109 ncoT the total nobie gases and I raa~oacIGGe 1Roaine O :nenr :nMe FRoS a! Me Uime of the aiccdent with the moiiweVAR gap percentage opti9Aons, wfc- are- boaed_ N,1UK FM, / ,UU0 [24] as 14% tv the Kr 85, 5 VA o If the Xe 133, 2% of the Xe 135, and 12A of the 1 131.(5) Noble gases released in the GOntainFMet are released through the Shield Bu ilding Vent to the enuironment.

(6) In the Regulator; Guide 1.25 analysis the iodine gap ineno; s Rposed cfinrac Species (09.75%) and organic species (0.25%).(7) A fiter efficiency of 90% for inor~ganic iodine and 30% for organic- iodine for the purge air exhaust filters is used sinca8 no relative humidity control is provi~ded.

E2-2 Enclosure 2 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6 (9) No GUAdi ;A taken for- nntu r l docay after the activity has been released to the atmeeSPI4e.

(9) The shedt term (i.e., 0 2 hour2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />) atmoe6Pheri dluio factO~r, at the ecuinarea boundar;and low population zone giyen in Ial r8A 2 are used. The thyroid decoa utilizmel

'GRP 30 [25] iodine dose conyeerion factorc. Doece aro bacod en the dose moedeic prOcented i n Appenidix 1 5A.1D.O.U.Z~M ruuiJ L'uun .'cwun D~5U~ uu Mur; '.iu ,AEuu u. io The analysis of a poctu_':atej fuel h ndllng accGident in the Au*iliary Bguilding rf&ueling Arean Or~~- tlký+ t j,. D ...I,,... .1 4 412 Aiýý + Q~t:TeR~ns (AST)The bases for evaluation are: (1) IF; the Regulatey Guide ,. ,,3 , ,;a " +. The accident occurs 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> after plant shutdown.

Radioactive decay of the fission product inventory during the interval between shutdown and placement of the first spent fuel assembly into the spent fuel pit is taken into account.(2) In the RegulatoryG .183 ., ", Damage was assumed for all rods in one assembly.(3) The assembly damaged is the highest powered assembly in the core region to be discharged.

The values for individual fission product inventories in the damaged assembly are calculated assuming full-power operation at the end of core life immediately preceding shutdown.

Nuclear core characteristics used in the analysis are given in Table 15.5-21. A radial peaking factor of 1.65 is used.(4) The Guide 1. 183 analyci' aaume. a All of the gap activity in the damaged rods is released to the spent fuel pool and consists of 8% 1-131, 10% Kr-85, and 5% of other noble gases and other halogens.(5) Noble gases released to the Auxiliary Building spent fuel pool are released through the Auxiliary Building vent to the environment.

(6) In the Regulatory Guide 1.183 analysic" t The iodine gap inventory is composed of inorganic species (99.85%) and organic species (0.15%).(7) in the Regulatery Guide 1.183 analyie,m The overall inorganic and organic iodine spent fuel pool decontamination factor is 200.(8) k, the R.gulatey Guide 1.183 analys ", a All iodine escaping from the Auxiliary Building spent fuel pool is exhausted unfiltered through the Auxiliary Building vent.E2-3 Enclosure 2 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6 (9) The release path for the containment scenario is changed to include 12.7 seconds of unfiltered release through the Shield Building vent, with the remainder of the unfiltered release through the Auxiliary Building vent.(10) No credit is taken for the ABGTS or Containment Purge System Filters in the analysis.(11) No credit is taken for natural decay either due to holdup in the Auxiliary Building or after the activity has been released to the atmosphere.

(12) The short-term (i.e., 0-2 hour) atmospheric dilution factors at the exclusion area boundary and low population zone given in Table 15A-2 are used. The thyroid dose utilizes ICRP-30 [25] iodine dose conversion factors. Doses are based on the dose models presented in Appendix 15A.1.6..6.3 Fuel Handling Accident Results The r-adatio, do- rcul-te Of the RegulatoI

Guide 1.25 4 .ith the co-nta-in ent nlocd fe lal handling accaident (FH4A) are giV8n in T-abl 15.5 23. For a FHA inside containm~ent, no allo.A.nre has boon made for p bleholdup or Mi*ai in the ;. containment Or i;olation of the ntainmeRt 2n a roeult of a high radiatioFn; ignal froam tha thr ventilationm cem o the cass where containment penetrations are cloced to the Auxiliar-Building.

However, the contafinment purge filterc are Gredited.

Dese equations in TID 11811[23] were ucedt d~ete_:ine t-he dCoI-6. DeOS cenVe~iGn factore in !RP 30 [25] Wores used to detemine thYroid doses in placo of thoce found nTD181 The Wentilation funtionR Of the reactorbuilding purge ventilating system (RBP31VS) is noet a safey reltatd fucion Hot*Rwever the filtration unitg and aseociated exhaucit dch ibosrk do provide a safet related flrto path following a fuel handling acciden~t prior to aultomatic c-1ocuIe-GOf th accoc-aiatod isolation valves. The RAWPV S containc, air cleanup units with prefiltorc, H4EPA filtorc, an~d 2 inhthick charcoal AdcrbeA hccce i -tiiart the auiliar; buildinig gas treatment system SXcept that the la#8r is equipped with 4 inch thick charcoal ndcrebeFS.

An~ytime fuel handling operations are being care on icid the primary containmenRt, either the containment is isolated or the reactor buildin~g purge filtration system or, operational.

The assumptions listed above are, therefore, applic-able to a fuel handling aciet fniepimary Gentaonmef*

The thyroid, gamma, and beta doese for FHAs for the% cleced containment are given in Table 15a.69 23 for the eAcnucMon area boundar; and low population ZonRe. These doese are 10cc than 25% oth10 CFR 1 00.11 "Mitts Of 30 reM. to9 the thyroid, and 25 rem gamma to the whole body. These doese are caIculated using the comAputer code FEFNGOOSE

[16].The whole body, beta, and thyroid decec89 to control room pe-GRconn fro-m the radiation SOurcec diccupcced-above are precented OR T-able 15. fi23. T-he doses are calculated by the COROID rc9mputeFrcode

[17]. Parame-terc for the ontrol room anaiycis a re found in Table 15,.5 14. The deco to whole body is beloew the 10Q CFWR 5-0 Appendix A, GDCQG 190 limit of 5 r.m. forF conrol room nerconRRA and the thymo~d decoA ic elo the !imit of 30 rem._E2-4 Enclosure 2 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6 The radiation dose results of the Regulatory Guide 1.183 fuel handling accident (FHA) are given in Table 15.5-23. Alte ..ate -ourc- term-, (A^T) The AST described in RG 1.183 was selectively used to evaluate the FHA due to an event in the spent fuel pool located in the Auxiliary Building or in the containment when the equipment hatch or both doors in a personnel air lock are open.As part of this selective implementation of AST, the following assumptions are used in the analysis:* The total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) acceptance criterion of 10 CFR 50.67(b)(2) replaces the previous whole body and thyroid dose guidelines of 10 CFR 100.11." The gap activity is revised to be consistent with that required by RG 1.183." The decontamination factors were changed to be consistent with those required by RG.1.183.* No Auxiliary Building isolation is assumed.* No filtration of the release from the Containment or the spent fuel pool to the environment by the Containment Purge filters or the ABGTS is assumed.The evaluation for the FHA at the spent fuel pool is a bounding analysis for a dropped assembly in containment when the containment is open or closed. The release point for the containment purge system is the Unit 2 shield building stack. The X/Qs are lower for this release point than for the normal auxiliary building exhaust. in addition, any .eleae the shield building , tac, Currently, when the purge oR high radiation, the buildiRg alco iclate. and-are filtred through HEPA and, Charcoal a.. emblie. Thu- The AST analysis for the FHA in the Auxiliary Building that considers no filtration is conservative and acceptable as the basis for the containment evaluation.

The thyrFid, gamma, and beta TEDE for FHAs in the Auxiliary and the open containment are given in Table 15.5-23 for the exclusion area boundary and low population zone. These doses are leee than 25% of the 10 CFR 100.11 limits of 300 rem to the thyro~d, and 25 rem gamma to the IAho-'le" -body and less than the 10 CFR 50.67 limit of 6.3 2-6 rem TEDE. These doses are calculated using the computer code FENCDOSE [16].The TEDE whole body, beta, and thy,.id doses to control room personnel from the radiation sources discussed above are presented in Table 15.5-23. The doses are calculated by the COROD computer code [17]. Parameters for the control room analysis are found in Table 15.5-14. The dose to whole body i" b"elow the 10DO CF ,-R 5-00 Appendix A, GDCr 10- limit of 5% for control room personnel, and the thyroid doce is below the limit of 30 rFem aRd the 1 OCFR 50.67 limit of 5 rem TEDE.E2-5 Enclosure 2 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6 Tabkl--l&62C Used In Fuel Handl. i Regulator' Guide 1.26* t X Time between plant AchutdWnCA a2nd acciden~t Damage to- fuel agmcembly Fuel aseombly activity A.4IIaYJII~

frel a-e p-nt fuel poo1 All Fedo ,r~r Gap arti~ity in ruptured rods(4)-ROWS-(2)V~i V-aylal peakic' g acOr Form of iodine acti'.ity roloasod me~thyl idn elemental odn 90916 30%Amutof mnixing of activity in Auxiliary Building Non MeteOrology See Table 15.15 14 And] Table 15A 2 (1 ) 10% of the, total radvioactwe iodine S*copt for 129% o-f I131 agnd- 10%9A of total no-ble gases, excopt for 141A far Kr 85, 5% for Xe 133 and 2% for Xe 135 in the damaged rods at the time of the-a6ggidt (2) Reactor Buwilding Purge Ventilation System E2-6 Enclosure 2 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6 Table 15.5-20.a Parameters Used In Fuel Handling Accident Analysis Regulatory Guide 1.183 Analysis Time between plant shutdown and accident 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> Damage to fuel assembly All rods ruptured Fuel assembly activity Highest powered fuel assembly in core region discharged Activity release to spent fuel pool Gap activity in ruptured rods(l)Radial peaking factor 1.65 Form of iodine activity released to spent fuel pool elemental iodine 99.85%(AST) methyl iodine 0.15%(AST)

Decontamination factor in spent fuel pool AST Overall=200 Filter efficiencies No credit taken Amount of mixing of activity in Auxiliary Building None Meteorology See Table 15.5-14 and Tablel5A-2 (1) 8% 1-131, 10% Kr-85, and 5% other gasses and other halogens.E2-7 Enclosure 2 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Section 15.5.6 Table 15.5-23 Doses From A Fuel Handling Accident (FHA) (rem)Doses from Fuel Handling Accident Regulatory Guide 1.183 Analyses FHA in Auxiliary Building (rem) or In --nt-ainm ant Contnin mant Onon troml 2 HR EAB 30 DAY LPZ CONTROL ROOM Gamma 3.OOQI0r-01 4.29F5 01 9.27SE 021-.20E 01 1.9-5E4 A Q016r- -QR6- 64 Seta l.177E*O l.IOE+OO 2.7-3 E 013.33E 01 1.068E*0u.68E+O0, ThYrid ICRPD30 5.514+4 2A3re- 1.4 E l r- I+ I l -4.Q51r+0.32E+O4 TEDE 2.38E+00 6.66E-01 1.02E-00 Doses from Fuel Handling Accident Regulatory Guide 1.183 Analyses FHA in Containment

-Containment Open (rem)2 HR EAB 30 DAY LPZ CONTROL ROOM G m3.94E 01 4.29E 01 Q.278E 021 .20E 01 4 935rE 04r; t5.8 01 Beta 1.1:77E9+00

1. 1 E+Q0 2.7-34E 043.33E 01 4.068E+001.69rE+00 T-hYroid ICRP 30 1.67-7E+90 5.51 E*01 3.663E Q11.51E+01 I1.510Er+001.32E+01Q TEDE 2.38E+00 6.66E-01 1.01 E-00 Deoe frmom Fuel Handling Accidont RogulatoY Guide 1.25 FHA In Ro-anter BRuilding, Containmont Closed (MRm), 2 MR EAB 30 DAY LPZ CONTRO' ROOM Ga.ma 4.102E 014.31E 01 9.629E 024.21E 01 2.6V, 77EV Q"1V2.72E 01 Beta 1.1 8_2E_+00Q1.24E+00 2.746-E-C013.48E 01 2.207-E*002.25E+00 ThYroid ICRP 30 39.42E*004.15GE+01
9. 15 8F+*00QI.

16 E +0-1 5 2090E4006 A IE+00 E2-8 Enclosure 3 WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Section 15.5 Final E3-1 Enclosure 3 WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Section 15.5 Final 15.5.6 Environmental Consequences of a Postulated Fuel Handling Accident The analysis of the fuel handling accident considers two cases. The first case is for an accident in the spent fuel pool area located in the Auxiliary Building.

This case is evaluated using the Alternate Source Term based on Regulatory Guide 1.183118], "Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors." The second case considered is an open containment case for an accident inside containment where there is open communication between the containment and the Auxiliary Building.

This evaluation is also based on the AST and Regulatory Guide 1.183. The parameters used for this analysis are listed in Table 15.5-20.a.

The bases for evaluation are: (1) The accident occurs 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> after plant shutdown.

Radioactive decay of the fission product inventory during the interval between shutdown and placement of the first spent fuel assembly into the spent fuel pit is taken into account.(2) Damage was assumed for all rods in one assembly.(3) The assembly damaged is the highest powered assembly in the core region to be discharged.

The values for individual fission product inventories in the damaged assembly are calculated assuming full-power operation at the end of core life immediately preceding shutdown.

Nuclear core characteristics used in the analysis are given in Table 15.5-21. A radial peaking factor of 1.65 is used.(4) All of the gap activity in the damaged rods is released to the spent fuel pool and consists of 8% 1-131, 10% Kr-85, and 5% of other noble gases and other halogens.(5) Noble gases released to the Auxiliary Building spent fuel pool are released through the Auxiliary Building vent to the environment.

(6) The iodine gap inventory is composed of inorganic species (99.85%) and organic species (0.15%).(7) The overall inorganic and organic iodine spent fuel pool decontamination factor is 200.(8) All iodine escaping from the Auxiliary Building spent fuel pool is exhausted unfiltered through the Auxiliary Building vent.(9) The release path for the containment scenario is changed to include 12.7 seconds of unfiltered release through the Shield Building vent, with the remainder of the unfiltered release through the Auxiliary Building vent.(10) No credit is taken for the ABGTS or Containment Purge System Filters in the analysis.(11) No credit is taken for natural decay either due to holdup in the Auxiliary Building or after the activity has been released to the atmosphere.

E3-2 Enclosure 3 WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Section 15.5 Final (12) The short-term (i.e., 0-2 hour) atmospheric dilution factors at the exclusion area boundary and low population zone given in Table 15A-2 are used. The thyroid dose utilizes ICRP-30 [25] iodine dose conversion factors. Doses are based on the dose models presented in Appendix 15A.15.5.6.3 Fuel Handling Accident Results The radiation dose results of the Regulatory Guide 1.183 fuel handling accident (FHA) are given in Table 15.5-23. The AST described in RG 1.183 was selectively used to evaluate the FHA due to an event in the spent fuel pool located in the Auxiliary Building or in the containment when the equipment hatch or both doors in a personnel air lock are open. As part of this selective implementation of AST, the following assumptions are used in the analysis:* The total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) acceptance criterion of 10 CFR 50.67(b)(2) replaces the previous whole body and thyroid dose guidelines of 10 CFR 100.11.* The gap activity is revised to be consistent with that required by RG 1.183." The decontamination factors were changed to be consistent with those required by RG.1.183." No Auxiliary Building isolation is assumed." No filtration of the release from the Containment or the spent fuel pool to the environment by the Containment Purge filters or the ABGTS is assumed.The evaluation for the FHA at the spent fuel pool is a bounding analysis for a dropped assembly in containment when the containment is open or closed. The release point for the containment purge system is the Unit 2 shield building stack. The X/Qs are lower for this release point than for the normal auxiliary building exhaust. The AST analysis for the FHA in the Auxiliary Building is conservative and acceptable as the basis for the containment evaluation.

The thyroid, gamma, and beta doses for FHAs in the Auxiliary and the open containment are given in Table 15.5-23 for the exclusion area boundary and low population zone. These doses are less than the 10 CFR 50.67 limit of 6.3 rem TEDE. These doses are calculated using the computer code FENCDOSE [16].The whole body, beta, and thyroid doses to control room personnel from the radiation sources discussed above are presented in Table 15.5-23. The doses are calculated by the COROD computer code [17]. Parameters for the control room analysis are found in Table 15.5-14. The dose to control room personnel is below the 10CFR 50.67 limit of 5 rem TEDE.E3-3 Enclosure 3 WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Section 15.5 Final Table 15.5-20.a Parameters Used In Fuel Handling Accident Analysis Regulatory Guide 1.183 Analysis Time between plant shutdown and accident 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> Damage to fuel assembly All rods ruptured Fuel assembly activity Highest powered fuel assembly in core region discharged Activity release to spent fuel pool Gap activity in ruptured rods(l)Radial peaking factor 1.65 Form of iodine activity released to spent fuel pool elemental iodine 99.85%(AST) methyl iodine 0.1 5%(AST)Decontamination factor in spent fuel pool AST Overall=200 Filter efficiencies No credit taken Amount of mixing of activity in Auxiliary Building None Meteorology See Table 15.5-14 and Tablel5A-2 (2) 8% 1-131, 10% Kr-85, and 5% other gasses and other halogens.E3-4 Enclosure 3 WBN Unit 2 -Revised FSAR Section 15.5 Final Table 15.5-23 Doses From A Fuel Handling Accident (FHA) (rem)FHA in Auxiliary Building (rem)2 HR EAB 30 DAY LPZ C TEDE 2.38E+00 6.66E-01 FHA in Containment

-Containment Open (rem)2 HR EAB 30 DAY LPZ TEDE 2.38E+00 6.66E-01 C ONTROL ROOM 1.02E-00 ONTROL ROOM 1.01 E-00 E3-5 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 E4-1 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 6.2.3 Secondary Containment Functional Design Structures included as part of the secondary containment system are the Shield Building of each reactor unit, the Auxiliary Building, the Condensate Demineralizer Waste Evaporator (CDWE) Building and the essential raw cooling water (ERCW) pipe tunnels adjacent to the Auxiliary Building.

Depending on the configuration of the plant, the Primary Containment Building(s) may also be included as a structure which is part of the secondary containment system. This condition exists when the primary containment is open to the Auxiliary Building.The emergency gas treatment system (EGTS) is provided for ventilation control and cleanup of the atmosphere inside the annulus between the Shield Building and the Primary Containment Building.

The Reactor Building purge air system is also available for cleaning up the atmosphere inside the Shield Building Annulus. Refer to Section 9.4.6 for further details relating to the purge air system. The Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS) provides a similar contamination control capability in the Auxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure (ABSCE),which includes all of the areas listed above.6.2.3.1 Design Bases 6.2.3.1.1 Secondary Containment Enclosures Design bases for the secondary containment structures were devised to assure that an effective barrier exists for airborne fission products that may leak from the primary containment, or the Auxiliary Building fuel handling area, during a loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA),-eF-a-fuel handling a,.id.. t (FH)" .Within the scope of these design bases are requirements that influence the size, structural integrity, and leak tightness of the secondary containment enclosure.

Specifically, these include a capability to: (a) maintain an effective barrier for gases and vapors that may leak from the primary containment during all normal and abnormal events;(b) delay the release of any gases and vapors that may leak from the primary containment during accidents; (c) allow gases and vapors that may leak through the primary containment during accidents to flow into the contained air volume within the secondary containment where they are diluted, held up, and purified prior to being released to the environs; (d) bleed to the secondary containment each air-filled containment penetration enclosure which extends beyond the Shield Building and which is formed by automatically actuated isolation valves; (e) maintain an effective barrier for airborne radioactive contaminants, gases, and vapors originating in the ABSCE during normal and abnormal events. Refer to Sections 3.8.1 and 3.8.4 for further details relating to the design of the Shield Building and the Auxiliary Building.6.2.3.1.3 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)The design bases for the ABGTS are: 1. To establish and keep an air pressure that is below atmospheric within the portion of the buildings serving as a secondary containment enclosure during accidents.

2. To reduce the concentration of radioactive nuclides in air releases from the secondary containment enclosures to the environs during accidents to levels sufficiently low to keep the site boundary and LPZ dose rates below the 10 CFR 100 guideline values.3. To minimize the spreading of airborne radioactivity within the Auxiliary Building following an accidental release in the fuel handling and waste packaging areas.ABGTS is not required to mitigate the consequences of a fuel handling accident.4. To withstand the safe shutdown earthquake.

E4-2 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 5. To provide for initial and periodic testing of the system capability to function as designed (See Chapter 14.0 for information on initial testing of systems).6.2.3.2 System Design 6.2.3.2.1 Secondary Containment Enclosures (1) Shield Building[Text not provided as no changes needed](2) Auxiliary Building[Text not provided as no changes needed](3) Auxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure (ABSCE)The Auxiliary Building secondary containment enclosure (ABSCE) is that portion of the Auxiliary Building and CDWE Building (and for certain configurations, the annulus and primary containment, as discussed below) which serves to maintain an effective barrier for airborne radioactive contaminants released in the auxiliary building during abnormal events. Mechanical and electrical penetrations of this enclosure are provided with seals to minimize infiltration.

[Text for next 3 paragraphs no provided as no changes were needed]During periods when the primary containment and/or annulus of both units are open to the Auxiliary Building, the ABSCE also includes these areas. Qwiig fuel hanidling oporatines OF; this configuration, a high radiation; signal fromA spen~t fuel pool radiation moeniters will ro-sult in -a Contain~mlent Ventilation IseolatiOn (CVI) i 1.1Lu: aA AWM1 aF N6II~j~I11GA IMATIJUR RRA1 AN -+. LWR1. 0Ii1 IaHY, a 1.~ 19A 17i icuiga CVI signal generated by a high radiation Gignaal from. ths containment eua arohaU~t Fadiatoen Menitors vill initiato an Au*iIiarj Building if'tolaio

and etart of ,A BGTS. L' ikeve, a A Containment Isolation Phase A (Sl Signal) from the operating unit or high temperature in the Unit 1 or Unit 2 Auxiliary Building air intake, or manual ABI will cause a CVI signal in the refueling unit. These actions will ensure proper operation of the ABSCE. Both doors of the containment vessel personnel airlocks may be open at the same time during refueling activities while the purge air ventilation system is operating.

During fuel handling operations in this configuration, a high radiation signal from spent fuel pool radiation monitors will result in a Containment Ventilation Isolation (CVI) in addition to an Auxiliary Building isolation and ABGTS start. Similarly, a CVI signal, including a CVI signal generated by a high radiation signal from the containment purge air exhaust radiation monitors, will initiate an Auxiliary Building isolation and start of ABGTS.These are not required functions for the ABGTS and the Reactor Building Purge System filters or for Purge System isolation as no credit for these features is in mitigating a fuel handling accident.

Under .p...a!

cOntr.l., one e.the airloc"k deoFr at each !cGatien v."1I be clocod and the purge air Y-ntilation haRnIdig to .n..rAMe A^BRR-rsC boun.da ;ntegrity.

In the case where E4-3 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 containment of both units is open to the Auxiliary Building spaces, a CVI in one unit will initiate a CVI in the other unit in order to maintain those spaces open to the ABSCE.6.2.3.2.3 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)The ABGTS is a fully redundant air cleanup network provided to reduce radioactive nuclide releases from the secondary containment enclosure during accidents.

It does this by drawing air from the fuel handling and waste packaging areas through ducting normally used for ventilation purposes to air cleanup equipment, and then directing this air to the reactor unit vent. In doing so, this system draws air from all parts of the ABSCE to establish a negative pressure region in which virtually no unprocessed air passes from this secondary containment enclosure to the atmosphere.

During periods when the primary containment and/or annulus of both units are open to the Auxiliary Building, the ABSCE also includes these areas. The ABGTS has been designed to establish a negative pressure in these additional areas for this configuration.

During fuel handling operations in this configuration, a high radiation signal from the spent fuel pool radiation monitors will result in a Containment Ventilation Isolation (CVI) in addition to an Auxiliary Building isolation and ABGTS start. Similarly, a CVI signal, including a CVI signal generated by a high radiation signal from the containment purge air exhaust radiation monitors, will initiate an Auxiliary Building isolation and start of ABGTS.Likewise, a Containment Isolation Phase A (SI Signal) from the operating unit or high temperature in the Unit 1 or Unit 2 Auxiliary Building air intake, or manual ABI will cause a CVI signal in the refueling unit. These actions will ensure proper operation of the ABSCE. However, as an added precaution to protect the ABGTS operational boundary, operational action is needed to ensure the closure of the containment purge exhaust isolation valves (system valves not containment isolation valves) which are controlled by hand switches.

In the case where containment of both units is open to the Auxiliary Building spaces, a CVI in one unit will initiate a CVI in the other unit in order to maintain those spaces open to the ABSCE.E4-4 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 6.2.3.3.3 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)The ABGTS has the capabilities needed to preserve safety in accidents as severe as a LOCA. This was determined by conducting functional analyses of the system to verify that the system has the proper features for accident mitigation which consist of a failure modes and effects analysis, a review of Regulatory Guide 1.52 sections to assure licensing requirement conformance, and a performance analysis to verify that the system has the desired accident mitigation capabilities.

A detailed failure modes and effects analysis is presented in Table 6.2.3-3.The functional analyses conducted on the ABGTS have shown that: 1. The air intakes for the system are properly located to minimize accident effects.The use of the air intakes provided in the fuel handling and waste disposal areas minimizes the spread of airborne contamination that may be accidentally released at these positions in which the probability of an accidental release, e.g., a fuel handling accident, is more likely. This localization effect is provided without reducing the effectiveness of the system to cope with multiple activity released throughout the ABSCE that may occur during a LOCA. Such coverage is accomplished by utilizing the normal ventilation ducting to draw outside air inleakage from any point along the secondary containment enclosure to the fuel handling and waste disposal areas.2. Accident indication signals are utilized to bring the ABGTS into operation to assure that the system functions when needed to mitigate accident effects.Accidents in which this system is needed to preserve safety are automatically detected by at least one of the three instrumentation sets used to generate accident signals that result in system startup.3. System startup reliability is very high. The practice of allowing the automatic startup of both full capacity trains in the system gives greater assurance that one train of equipment functions upon receipt of an accident signal.4. The method adopted to establish and keep the negative pressure level within this secondary containment enclosure minimizes the time needed to reach the desired pressure level. Initially, the full capacity of the ABGTS fans is utilized for this purpose. After reaching the desired operating level, the system control module allows outside air to enter the air flow network just upstream of the fan at a rate to keep the fans operating at full capacity with the enclosed volume at the desired negative pressure level. In this situation, the amount of air withdrawn from the enclosed volume is equal to the amount of outside air inleakage through the ABSCE. In addition, two vacuum breaker dampers in series are provided to admit outside air in case the modulating dampers fail.5. The ABSCE is maintained at a slightly negative pressure to reduce the amount of unprocessed air escaping from this secondary containment enclosure to the atmosphere to insignificant quantities.

In addition, this negative pressure level is less than that which is maintained within the annulus; such that, any air leakage between the Auxiliary Building and the Shield Building is from the Auxiliary Building into the Shield Building.E4-5 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 6. The Train A and Train B air cleanup units are sufficiently separated from each other to eliminate the possibility of a single failure destroying the capability to process Auxiliary Building air prior to its release to the atmosphere.

Two concrete walls and a distance of more than 80 feet separate the two trains. The use of separate trains of the emergency power system to drive the air cleanup trains gives further assurance of proper equipment separation.

The review of the ABGTS conducted to determine its conformance with Regulatory Guide 1.52 has shown that this system, designed prior to issuance of the guide, is in general agreement with its requirements.

Details on compliance with Regulatory Guide 1.52 are given in Table 6.5-2.The performance analysis conducted to verify that the ABGTS has the required accident mitigation capabilities has shown that the system flow rate is sized properly to handle all expected outside air inleakage at a 1/4-inch water gauge negative pressure differential.

This indicates that the nominal flow rate of 9000 cfm is sufficient to assure an adequate margin above the expected ABSCE inleakage (ACU filters are replaced as needed to maintain a minimum flow capability of 9300 cfm under surveillance instructions).

The performance analysis evaluated the capability of the ABGTS to reach and maintain a negative pressure of 1/4-inch water gauge with respect to the outside within the boundaries of the ABSCE. The following was utilized in the analysis: 1. Leakage into the ABSCE is proportional to the square root of the pressure differential.

2. Only one air cleanup unit in the ABGTS operates at the rated capacity.3. The air cleanup unit fan begins to operate 30 seconds after the initiation of an ABI signal, Or a high .adiati.n .ig.Ral (Seo Sotion
4. The initial static pressure inside the ABSCE is conservatively considered to be atmospheric pressure, although the ABSCE is under a negative pressure during normal operation.
5. The effective pressure head due to wind equals 1/8-inch water gauge.6. Initial average air temperature inside the ABSCE equals 140 0 F.7. Atmospheric temperature and pressure are 70°F and 14.4 psia, respectively.
8. ABSCE isolation dampers/valves close within 30 seconds after receiving an ABI or a high radiation signal, S*copt fG" tho fuol handling a..a ".hau.t damp,..hIch& muc- t niaga ;Aithin (W3 soconde.9. The non-safety-related general ventilation and fuel handling area exhaust fans are designed to shut down automatically following a LOCA. Each fan is provided with a safety related Class 1 E primary circuit breaker and a safety related Class E4-6 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 1 E shunt trip isolation switch which is tripped by a signal of the opposite train from that for the primary circuit breaker to ensure that power is isolated from the fan.6.2.4.3 Design Evaluation The containment isolation systems are designed to present a double barrier to any flow path from the inside to the outside of the containment using the double-barrier approach to meet the single-failure criterion.(e) The design configuration for penetrations X-79A (ice blowing), and X-79B (negative return) is temporarily modified in operating Modes 5 and 6 and when the reactor is defueled (Mode 7) to support ice blowing activities.

The normally closed blind flange on each penetration will be opened and temporary piping will be installed in the penetrations.

A 12-inch silicone seal will be installed between the piping segment and the penetration.

Manual isolation valves will be connected to the piping on the inboard and outboard side of the penetrations.

This configuration is being installed to permit ice blowing operations to occur concurrently with fuel handling activities inside containment.

Admo, *,tr.atko

c. ntrol. ;Aill .n.uro tiN,, l.,ur o...f th , t to ;a ful h.nling ...'den. The penetrations will be returned to their normal design configuration prior to entry into Mode 4 operations.

E4-7 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 6.5 FISSION PRODUCT REMOVAL AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 6.5.1 Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) Filter Systems Four Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) air cleanup systems' units are provided for fission product removal in post-accident environments.

These are: (1) The emergency gas treatment system (EGTS) air cleanup units.(2) The Auxiliary Building gas treatment system (ABGTS) air cleanup units.(3) The Reactor Building purge system air cleanup units.(4) The Main Control Room emergency air cleanup units.6.5.1.1 Design Bases 6.5.1.1.1 Emergency Gas Treatment System Air Cleanup Units The design bases are: (1) To provide fission product removal capabilities sufficient to keep radioactivity levels in the Shield Building annulus air released to the environs during a DBA LOCA sufficiently low to assure compliance with 10 CFR 100 guidelines.

(2) These air cleanup units are a part of the EGTS. See Section 6.2.3.1.2 for the design bases for other portions of this system.6.5.1.1.2 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System Air Cleanup Units The design bases are: (1) To provide fission product removal capabilities sufficient to keep radioactivity levels in the Auxiliary Building secondary containment enclosure (ABSCE) air released to the environs during a postulated accident sufficiently low to assure compliance with 10 CFR 100 guidelines.

(2) These air cleanup units are a part of the ABGTS. See Section 6.2.3.1.3 for the design basis for other portions of this system.6.6.4.1.3 Building Pug, Air- Syctom Ai.r C-lonnup Units;The design bases aro: (i ) To pvvvidv fission product remew c vapabilities sufficient to keep nadioavtivity levelc in the primary containment air released to the envire s following 2 fu'Al handling accident wit04hin the coentainmient Gufficiently low to accure compliance with 10 CFR 100 guideline&.

(2) These air cleanup units aro a part of the Ro8actor Building purge air cyctom. Sea Section 9.4.6.1 for the design basis for other portionc of this, system.E4-8 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 A A .2 2 Roac.tar Building Purigo System Air Cleanup Units See Sectio 9.4.6.2 for deecription of the system design of the Reactor. Bu:!ding purge system and_ t-he funcRt*on, operation, and control Of the aiA clan nieWiti that cyctomn.Tmo 50%A capacity &i cleanup units, designed to supply a total of 22,919 cfm (two fn together), are proided_ for ~ac~h Reactor Bu"eiding.

Both unite are located wn the Gamne roomR On Elewation 713 adjacent to the Reactor Building they sewre.Eac.h vair- cleanup unit hA.. a- etotain W te hou..n. e d t a t m......samples, teet flitt -Hg W and aceec flaclilitiec forw miaintenAanceG.

The air treatment cOMPOnente within the huciRng inc ude a prefiteI eGctieo, a HERA filter bank, and a carbon; filter bank. This equi ment 1ieV meVtaalled_

In the order 1lIted. Integral to the hIuIing are test fitinge properly sized and proportioned to permit orderly _anRd_ efficientAIR teeting of the HERA filter and carbon adeorber The HEPA filtor .1 mtaled in the air cleanup u arme 1Q00 ft Units deiged to rem-ve at'o.aet 99Q_.9W% of the particulato.

gremater t m ,.ic.rRn -in di*ameter, and mneet the r e.irt of y .pif ication MIL F 51068. The arbon ad-orber6 meRtalled in the ai, cleanup unite are Type I nit trays, fabricated in accordance wvith AACC St-and-ar-d CS 8T equiremeante.

A A.CC CS-8T has been eupmeredd; and, ANSII/RASE N609 089 epecifee ASE AGll I t be ueod Therefore, all now charo T el shall meet AG 1, Section FV , with the exception thait t-he 199A1 vrinof the; cede be ugod Exitin Typ A!cl~onot have to be repl~aced to meet the AG 1 code if being re~fill~d_.

New replacement ch~arcol adeorbent (forF un newll Vlland refilleVd Type II GVlc) shaIl be tmt the1 ASME AG 1191 eu rent in lieuW f the 1088 Ver,.,n (or later provided proper evaluation justifies adequacy), with the eception that labratoy testing of aderben be in accordance with ASTM_03-8032 10-89. The total numbere. of filtorc and -adeorber uItIR trayc provided in each air cleanup unit are licted in Table 6.5 5.Compliance of the doeign, testing, and- maintenance features Of the Rteac-tor-BuIilding purge svsetom aiF Gleinuo units with Regulatory Guide 1.62 OR- tabuwlated in Table A6.523-j ...........

E4-9 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 I 3D10 .o jiwg6UiNorG LWUIOO 1.*,KO~i, 6 6ocuon ppiscuuiuit; For The eoac-tor MicngPurgo

'VOntilatiOR SotOM (Page f2 G~de AppHiGabi Comment GiM.d Applmrsab"W r_ .om-Aent maedo" ToThe ndex SeOtOG1 O TOe l~do G. !a yes NoJte I G.3e yes Note 14 GAb yes -44 yes GA.G yes -C yes Note 14 G.44 yes -.3h yes C.4~e yes --.4 yes Note144 G-34 yes Note 14 G.2a AGNts&4 ~ e Nete-I!G.2b AGNote-4 C44 AG Note144 G.. yes G.4.rn yes G.2. fie Note4 5 G.4; fe Netes-Q--1 G.2e yes G.3. yes G-.24 yes G-" no hnotel12 A14 G--. A Note 6 C GNote4I .4.a fIo Note-12 G-4 yes GA.b AG Note 17 Re.-. AGe- GA. 44 Note144 G.2. yes GAA~ yes C,2 A Note 9 GA~e yes no.a R Notes 3 & 40 G.6. yes Nete 16.3. AGhnotes43&410 G.5b yes Nete 15 G.. yes Note-l 14 f yes Note 45 G3d yes Note-l 14G.4 yes Note 15 G.6.a yesNotes14,%

If C4b yes Netes-14 & 8 Notes 1. The postulated design basis accident (ID"A for the re~actor buAldin pug Retilation

2. [te ic ad fuel handling accident within the PrimFar; Containment.
23. Each air cleanup Unit cOntains a prefilter bank, HEPIA filter- bank, and carbon adseober bank OR the order licted.4. I ro eor Ph duration or theo a' anpuit operation Mlped~ ToiiGWIng Mei PGStuia;oa UWNF--l++-- ,ILL++ ...... ++ ..... i.iaorni~ioa in rioroi mar~oc tn:c reauiromeni unnocaccar:

DOC~U~U in~ proua~iiivj UT ~UCfl d.ctruct. .events to equipmen.

t area.. in oer.ation duing a SAGA.. penoO .time is-w e~demselysmaeW P 6. No mreue suroe of any

'e to" tr-i air c,,ipanu e-uIImnare " nvlclenep£L. ..... I..4..J M~A ;. : 4 A :.. I,.4.I S* 1------1 ~ ** Iti*E4- 10 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 No-vws Continued 69. The cyctGem d860gn provide for temperature and pF8rawcre differential

!ndicatien to allow'forF peioedic Wyreillanco of the filter traine. Also, iniainof fan operation ic ProvideAd-

~n.the main control roomA.:7. eleted 8_ The am~ount of radfioactive maaterial ceolleted by the fiter and adeo~hrbe banks during the postulated DBA identifid in Noete I is not aufficient to create a radiation hazard when the GI. No 6afet enhancement is for-een by the umeI of low leakage du; Owk in this In the eVent Of a poetulate DL -, al ytmhmuwek Gam,4ng ad*9active materia i6 at a pro66UFe beoIw -at~moe6_pheriG.

Concequently, duct leakage in thie part i6 from the"teidel inte the contaminated air trfeam.10. No of thi6 f i utilized in thi; becaUe , nGotUre i6 considered highly unlikely in the postulated DBA.SI The amo, unt f readioative material -ellectled durig the postulated ORA OR too amall ta raiom the ;ad6rbe rhbank temFperature near the Gcarbon ignition temRperature.

HGewoeF, Water epray6 are pFoYidt;d-

n the event of a charcoal fire.12eCmpliance Wth thi e otion ;6 not a iconcinRg requiremnent.
13. The 6yteFm is-6iZed to maintan ac-eptable air purity in the d uring nRormal fuel g GperatineS.

TWO 6Iytom a;ffect the Geii; g 8f the building purg 6etlto ytom. One of these is the fue! handling accident in the cotanment The other :ethe ventilation required to maintain acceptable air purity in the GGA d" ti th d 4WaS found that the V8At*'atwGF; GaPaGity Re A-d-A-d- tw M.a*Ata*R a2 RG-Af-A WGFkoRg eRV*raRM..ARt_

t-*6 gFSateF than that needed temitigaatm the eft.-Gt6of a fuel haRdI*Rg ag-GidARt.

ThSFSfGFS, the 6ysteFA Wa6sizedfQF the ReFmal vent"atien needs. ginGe haRdling Gpwatffiem Gnly take P'aG8 Wh8A the PWFg8 V8At*'atbQF; SysteM *6 in OpeFatmOn, at le-mg-t- 2-0-09A of the puFg-F;g GapaGity Reed-e-d-te nlaaF; up the GentainmeRt atR;GspheFe iA the pestaGGident peFiGdi6GpeFat*Ag 6hGWId aA aGGdentGGGWF.

Availability Or-, t-hopmfem asswed te peftFm the enly eRgineemd safety faafi wa fi indien assigned to tN66yste 4A'a. ~'w. a smut.. .w 5%5 a., %.WU = S ~ , t C ----Saw it ItS -J SS ~I WV- I~E tSR ItS li

  • th i---nof thp ANSI d The ryrttmGGAfQFMed tG thir, v leakage teeting icp~re naccordanco with ANSI N509 19:76. W~heneveF poccible-, part6 or Gcomponent6 uced ac replacements comply with the l-atect issue ofAARSI/ASM ftl~lfl Ar peldmna Fa.eirýaW.An~

famr A. cbmfark, gas hia 4 6;ý 15 939 F ew ;.RtR-_.i 1_. :oDI~ancoe withl ANI9AIh'XAM hNb1U ; net required Pinco tflea ;eFeemwas decigno and Ji*---------aaWtUt a ~ ii a *%fl~ ~tStS~U II at. a WW WU ii ViA tashan niannekia aanenfl tha ne.anaAaa..an aaetlinaA in A~LI~ M~4fl 400fl WWLWi I n IW LWWLWW Wh Wbl i the P t" ARPAE WFI QI 1 ()89.I I

  • i v I 1 hense or i I.J, I."l t..* a I -,l""l; Ipem f TVA Q ,-dSG,1d, auct WNn are8 Or welgi and a T~DflIedF or ruepaieru aftor inlu :-2, -i87, monet the weldng roguirements of ANSI/PAM A609 10976. The WorftmanehiP camPle6 are not required to ni'n nnnnrrlnT TFIF~T~~(~

~ a nr m~r~-~'ir

~ .. a.~ '...

  • I.I " \ " I"* ~.w a I...., t.aer vs.., a ,5 j.r.naa'ae s we a 4 0 I nkn..nbnr.
  • Ganiti no fran a any.., ef tha ..~Ar.l lWlll I il nil VVVlIVI I,_l--__ _l.._nl L.._ :__--.... ... : LI. IL. JI. L. eFy 18 I b t.eFa e6 ti f fh d h r. Rh ll;IR&;gr ith the roquirmenic T -~L.e L., 7(ghU6 nOfr orS8F cyGe poatOn;) rer Mope 6, ana RG i11' awh f E4-11 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 9.4.2.3 Safety Evaluation A fuel handling accident in the Auxiliary Building is detected by the two gamma radiation detectors mounted above the fuel pool, as shown in Figure 9.4-12. The high radiation signals via redundant trains will then shut off the fuel handling and Auxiliary Building general supply and exhaust fans and start the ABGTS, as shown in Figures 9.4-9 and 9.4-10. No credit is taken in the dose or accident analyses for these functions.

To a.ccmplish its :f" funt.ction following 3 fu'-" handling acid.nt,, The fuel handling area ventilation system m44st will accomplish the following functions:

(1) Isolate the normal ventilation pathways between the spent fuel pool and the environment.

(2) Filter the contaminants out of the air by the ABGTS before exhausting it to the environment.

The two redundant radiation monitors (non-safety-related) located above the spent fuel pit assure that the accident is promptly detected and that a high radiation signal is provided to each ventilation train, even if one monitor fails. Also, during refueling operations when containment and/or the annulus is open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces, a Containment Vent Isolation (CVI) signal from either the operating or refueling unit is procedurally configured to assure that a fuel handling accident in containment is promptly detected and the CVI signal is provided to each ventilation train.In addition, the Auxiliary Building radiation monitor (non-safety related) which monitors the Auxiliary Building exhaust vent is also capable of providing a high radiation signal to the MCR. A high radiation signal from either of the monitors located above the spent fuel pit or a operating or refueling unit CVI signal whenever containment and/or the annulus is open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces during refueling operations causes the fuel handling area (FHA) and Auxiliary Building general supply and exhaust fans to shut down and their associated dampers to close, as shown in Figures 9.4-9 and 9.4-10. Each of the two FHA exhaust fans has both train A and train B dampers, to ensure building isolation in the event of one damper's failure to close.As an added safety feature, all ABSCE boundary isolation dampers are designed to fail-closed on loss of instrument air or electrical power.E4-12 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 9.4.6 Reactor Building Purge Ventilating System (RBPVS)9.4.6.1 Design Bases The RBPVS is designed to maintain the environment in the primary containment and Shield Building annulus within acceptable limits for equipment operation and for personnel access during inspection, testing, maintenance, and refueling operations, and to provide a filtration path for any through-duct outleakage from the primary containment to limit the release of radioactivity to the environment.

The RBPVS performs three distinct functions, the forced air purge function, the continuous pressure relief function, and the alternate containment pressure relief function.The forced air purge function is performed by a purge supply and purge exhaust system consisting of two trains, each of which is designed to provide 50% of the capacity needed for normal purging. Each train consists of a supply fan, an exhaust fan, a HEPA filter-charcoal adsorber assembly, containment isolation valves and associated dampers and ductwork.

This function provides a means by which containment air may be forcibly exchanged and filtered.The purge function provides a means by which containment air may be forcibly exchanged and filtered.

The purge function of the RBPVS is not a safety-related function.

HowoYor, the filtFation units are roguired to provide a safot reated filtration path following a fuel handling acr.ddon until all conta:nment ico~ation valves are clocod. The safety functions are to assure isolation of primary containment during an accident and to isolate the purge air supply intake upon receipt of an Auxiliary Building Isolation (ABI) signal.In the case of a fuel handling accident the filtration units provide a filtration path following a fuel handling accident until all containment isolation valves are closed. However, neither the filtration nor the isolation functions are credited in the Fuel Handling Dose Analysis.

Thus they are not safety functions for this accident.During Operating Modes 1 thru 5, continuous pressure relief is provided by a passive ducting system which passes through containment penetration X-80, through two 100% redundant containment vent air cleanup units (CVACU) containing HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers.

Containment air is moved into the annulus by the motive force created by differential pressure between the two spaces. Filtration redundancy allows maintenance on one unit at a time while maintaining an open pathway through the other. This ventilation pathway is isolable using containment isolation valves FCV-30-40 and FCV-30-37 which are closed d-"ng Mede 6 r when containment isolation is required.

This system is not required for handling accident mnitigation aRd is not available for that pWeurpo cic ie t ie ocentially i*rlated by containment icol-atio~n valves duNrng fuel leading or handling artivtioc (Mode 6).The alternate pressure relief function is provided by way of a configuration alignment in the forced air purge system. This function is accomplished by opening lower compartment purge lines (one supply and one exhaust) or one of the two pairs of lines (one supply and one exhaust) in the upper compartment.

During purging mode, the purge air fans may or may not be used. To prevent inadvertent pressurization of containment due to supply and exhaust side ductwork flow imbalances, the supply ductwork airflow may be temporarily throttled as needed.The purge function of the RBPVS is not a safety-related function.

H1owever, the filtration unite ar reqird to pFGYide a safety related filtration path following a fuel handling accidet E4-13 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 The design bases include provisions to: (1) Supply fresh air for breathing and contamination control when the primary containment or annulus is occupied.(2) Exhaust primary containment and annulus air to the outdoors whenever the purge air supply system is operated.(3) Clean up containment exhaust during normal operation by routing the air through HEPA-carbon filter trains before release to the atmosphere to limit potential release of radioactivity to the environment.

(4) Provide a reduced quantity of ventilating air to permit occupancy of the instrument room during reactor operation.

The provisions for 1, 2, and 3 above will apply.(5) Assure closure of primary and secondary containment isolation valves following accidents which result in the initiation of a containment ventilation isolation signal.(6) Assure closure of the system air intake dampers, which form part of the ABSCE (see Section 6.2.3.2.1), upon receipt of a signal for Auxiliary Building isolation.

(7) Provide continuous containment pressure relief path through HEPA-carbon filter trains before release to the atmosphere during normal operations.

Items 5 and 6 above are safety-related functions, except in the case of the fuel handling accident.The primary containment penetrations for the ventilation supply and exhaust subsystems are designed to primary containment structural standards.

These are discussed in detail in Section 6.2.4.The RBPVS is sized to maintain an acceptable working environment within the containment during all normal operations.

The system has the capabilities to provide a filtration path for outleakage from the primary containment, and clean up containment atmosphere following a design basis accident.

It also has provisions to filter air flow exhausted from containment for pressure control, during normal operation.

The controls are designed to have simultaneous starting and stopping of the matching supply and exhaust equipment and to initiate an automatic shutdown and isolation upon receipt of the containment ventilation isolation signal.In addition, RBPVS supply fans will shut down and the ABSCE isolation dampers in purge air supply ducts will close on an ABI signal.The RBPVS ";ir c.oanUp equipmpent acu -Fog that "t"'.ty r.loARod ineido ..ntainm.nt from a rnfueling anccient anRd conWAnment isolation, is proGsed through both HE-Pn A finn tr -and c~arbon adeorbere5 before reloase to the atmoephero.

Fuel handling oporatione inridG the primnary cnetainment are conetrained by the operability requirFement for tho RBPA S air cleanup units-contine inthe plant technica!

specifications.

E4-14 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 The RBPVS components are designed or qualified to meet Seismic Category I requirements, except all purge ductwork within the containment, up to the inboard isolation valves, and the supply air ductwork from the downstream flange of the ABSCE isolation dampers to the upstream flange of the Shield Building isolation valves, which are designed to meet Seismic Category I(L) requirements.

The primary containment exhaust is monitored by redundant radiation detectors which provide automatic RBPVS isolation upon detecting the setpoint radioactivity in the exhaust air stream.The RBPVS isolation valves automatically close upon the actuation of a containment ventilation isolation signal or upon manual actuation from the MCR. In addition, during fuel handling operations in the Auxiliary Building with containment and/or the annulus open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces, the RBPVS isolation valves will close upon a high radiation signal from the spent fuel pool radiation monitors via a CVI signal from the operating or refueling unit.The system air supply and exhaust ducts are routed through the Shield Building annulus to several primary containment penetrations.

Two air supply locations are provided for each of the upper and lower compartments and one for the instrument room. Air is supplied to areas of low potential radioactivity and is allowed to flow to the air pickup exhaust points in areas of higher potential radioactivity.

The air pickup points, located to exhaust air from the lower compartment and instrument room, also provide an air sweep across the surface of the refueling canal...The purge function of the RBPVS is not a safety-related function-:eweve 7 , and the filtration units are not required to provide a safety-related filtration path following a fuel handling accident.The primary containment isolation valves and intermediate piping of the RBPVS are designed in accordance with ANS safety class 2A; other portions are designated ANS safety class 2B except the purge fans, all purge ductwork within the containment, purge supply air ductwork from the ABSCE boundary, fire protection, and drain piping. The instrument room purge subsystem is not an engineered safety feature, and credit for its operability for a LOCA or a fuel-handling accident is not claimed.A containment ventilation isolation signal automatically shuts down the fans and isolates the RBPVS by closing its respective dampers and butterfly valves. Each RBPVS primary containment isolation valve is designed for fail safe closing within 4 seconds of receipt of a closure signal for containment penetrations (See Tables 6.2.4- 1 through 6.2.4-4 and Figure 6.2.4-21).

The RBPVS primary containment isolation valve locations and descriptions are given in Table 6.2.4-1. Each valve is provided with an air cylinder valve operator, control air solenoid valve, and valve position indicating limit switches.Smoke detectors, located in the Auxiliary Building air intake and the general ventilation supply ducts, shut down the purge air supply and the incore instrument room purge supply fans and their isolation dampers.9.4.6.3 Safety Evaluation Functional analyses and failure modes and effects analysis have shown that the RBPVS meets the containment isolation requirements.

The purFg air filtrtirn units -and- 3cci-ted exh,- i-t ducatwor p...de a sa.t* r.lat.d filtration path following a fuel handling The CVACUs, performing a continuously filtered containment vent function during normal operation, are isolated by the closure of their containment isolation valves; therefore are not operable after E4-15 Enclosure 4 WBN Unit 2 Red-line Markup of FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 accidents.

In addition, the .entainmont ventilation is not a...wod to be ...d during Mede-6.A functional analysis of the system shows that: (1) During normal operation, adequate fresh air is provided for breathing and for contamination control when the primary or secondary containment (annulus) is occupied.(2) Primary and secondary containment exhaust air is cleaned up during normal operations and following a fuel handling accident.(3) Purge supply and exhaust fan operations cease and isolation dampers in the intake and exhaust ducting close when the system is in the accident isolation mode of operation.

(4) Three signals cause the system to change from the normal purge mode to the accident isolation mode. These signals, which include manual, SIS auto initiate, and high purge exhaust radiation (automatic), initiate a containment ventilation isolation signal. Additionally, during refueling operations whenever containment and/or the annulus is open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces, a high radiation signal from the spent fuel pool accident radiation monitors or CVI signal from the operating unit automatically cause the system to change from the purge mode to the accident isolation mode.(5) Discharges from the annulus, during normal operation, which are exhausted through the Auxiliary Building exhaust stack, are monitored at the stack. Although these radiation monitors do not initiate an automatic containment isolation signal, radioactive release limits have been established as a basis for controlling plant discharge during operation.

Radioactive releases from the plant resulting from equipment faults of moderate frequency are within 10 CFR 50 Appendix I and 40 CFR 190 limits as specified in the ODCM (See Section 11.3 for further details).

In addition, analyses have shown that any accident with the potential consequence to exceed the 10 CFR 100 limits, would be detected by other indicators (see item 4 above) and cause an automatic primary and/or secondary containment isolation.

Containmont vent sysctem is not te bhe n Mode 6.E4-16 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final E5-1 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final 6.2.3 Secondary Containment Functional Design Structures included as part of the secondary containment system are the Shield Building of each reactor unit, the Auxiliary Building, the Condensate Demineralizer Waste Evaporator (CDWE) Building and the essential raw cooling water (ERCW) pipe tunnels adjacent to the Auxiliary Building.

Depending on the configuration of the plant, the Primary Containment Building(s) may also be included as a structure which is part of the secondary containment system. This condition exists when the primary containment is open to the Auxiliary Building.The emergency gas treatment system (EGTS) is provided for ventilation control and cleanup of the atmosphere inside the annulus between the Shield Building and the Primary Containment Building.

The Reactor Building purge air system is also available for cleaning up the atmosphere inside the Shield Building Annulus. Refer to Section 9.4.6 for further details relating to the purge air system. The Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS) provides a similar contamination control capability in the Auxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure (ABSCE),which includes all of the areas listed above.6.2.3.1 Design Bases 6.2.3.1.1 Secondary Containment Enclosures Design bases for the secondary containment structures were devised to assure that an effective barrier exists for airborne fission products that may leak from the primary containment, or the Auxiliary Building fuel handling area, during a loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA). Within the scope of these design bases are requirements that influence the size, structural integrity, and leak tightness of the secondary containment enclosure.

Specifically, these include a capability to: (a)maintain an effective barrier for gases and vapors that may leak from the primary containment during all normal and abnormal events; (b) delay the release of any gases and vapors that may leak from the primary containment during accidents; (c) allow gases and vapors that may leak through the primary containment during accidents to flow into the contained air volume within the secondary containment where they are diluted, held up, and purified prior to being released to the environs; (d) bleed to the secondary containment each air-filled containment penetration enclosure which extends beyond the Shield Building and which is formed by automatically actuated isolation valves; (e) maintain an effective barrier for airborne radioactive contaminants, gases, and vapors originating in the ABSCE during normal and abnormal events. Refer to Sections 3.8.1 and 3.8.4 for further details relating to the design of the Shield Building and the Auxiliary Building.6.2.3.1.3 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)The design bases for the ABGTS are: 1. To establish and keep an air pressure that is below atmospheric within the portion of the buildings serving as a secondary containment enclosure during accidents.

2. To reduce the concentration of radioactive nuclides in air releases from the secondary containment enclosures to the environs during accidents to levels sufficiently low to keep the site boundary and LPZ dose rates below the 10 CFR 100 guideline values.3. To withstand the safe shutdown earthquake.
4. To provide for initial and periodic testing of the system capability to function as designed (See Chapter 14.0 for information on initial testing of systems).E5-2 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final E5-3 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final 6.2.3.3.3 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)The ABGTS has the capabilities needed to preserve safety in accidents as severe as a LOCA. This was determined by conducting functional analyses of the system to verify that the system has the proper features for accident mitigation which consist of a failure modes and effects analysis, a review of Regulatory Guide 1.52 sections to assure licensing requirement conformance, and a performance analysis to verify that the system has the desired accident mitigation capabilities.

A detailed failure modes and effects analysis is presented in Table 6.2.3-3.The functional analyses conducted on the ABGTS have shown that: 1. The air intakes for the system are properly located to minimize accident effects.The use of the air intakes provided in the fuel handling and waste disposal areas minimizes the spread of airborne contamination that may be accidentally released at these positions in which the probability of an accidental release, e.g., a fuel handling accident, is more likely. This localization effect is provided without reducing the effectiveness of the system to cope with multiple activity released throughout the ABSCE that may occur during a LOCA. Such coverage is accomplished by utilizing the normal ventilation ducting to draw outside air inleakage from any point along the secondary containment enclosure to the fuel handling and waste disposal areas.2. Accident indication signals are utilized to bring the ABGTS into operation to assure that the system functions when needed to mitigate accident effects.Accidents in which this system is needed to preserve safety are automatically detected by at least one of the three instrumentation sets used to generate accident signals that result in system startup.3. System startup reliability is very high. The practice of allowing the automatic startup of both full capacity trains in the system gives greater assurance that one train of equipment functions upon receipt of an accident signal.4. The method adopted to establish and keep the negative pressure level within this secondary containment enclosure minimizes the time needed to reach the desired pressure level. Initially, the full capacity of the ABGTS fans is utilized for this purpose. After reaching the desired operating level, the system control module allows outside air to enter the air flow network just upstream of the fan at a rate to keep the fans operating at full capacity with the enclosed volume at the desired negative pressure level. In this situation, the amount of air withdrawn from the enclosed volume is equal to the amount of outside air inleakage through the ABSCE. In addition, two vacuum breaker dampers in series are provided to admit outside air in case the modulating dampers fail.5. The ABSCE is maintained at a slightly negative pressure to reduce the amount of unprocessed air escaping from this secondary containment enclosure to the atmosphere to insignificant quantities.

In addition, this negative pressure level is less than that which is maintained within the annulus; such that, any air leakage E5-4 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final between the Auxiliary Building and the Shield Building is from the Auxiliary Building into the Shield Building.6. The Train A and Train B air cleanup units are sufficiently separated from each other to eliminate the possibility of a single failure destroying the capability to process Auxiliary Building air prior to its release to the atmosphere.

Two concrete walls and a distance of more than 80 feet separate the two trains. The use of separate trains of the emergency power system to drive the air cleanup trains gives further assurance of proper equipment separation.

The review of the ABGTS conducted to determine its conformance with Regulatory Guide 1.52 has shown that this system, designed prior to issuance of the guide, is in general agreement with its requirements.

Details on compliance with Regulatory Guide 1.52 are given in Table 6.5-2.The performance analysis conducted to verify that the ABGTS has the required accident mitigation capabilities has shown that the system flow rate is sized properly to handle all expected outside air inleakage at a 1/4-inch water gauge negative pressure differential.

This indicates that the nominal flow rate of 9000 cfm is sufficient to assure an adequate margin above the expected ABSCE inleakage (ACU filters are replaced as needed to maintain a minimum flow capability of 9300 cfm under surveillance instructions).

The performance analysis evaluated the capability of the ABGTS to reach and maintain a negative pressure of 1/4-inch water gauge with respect to the outside within the boundaries of the ABSCE. The following was utilized in the analysis: 1, Leakage into the ABSCE is proportional to the square root of the pressure differential.

2. Only one air cleanup unit in the ABGTS operates at the rated capacity.3. The air cleanup unit fan begins to operate 30 seconds after the initiation of an ABI signal.4. The initial static pressure inside the ABSCE is conservatively considered to be atmospheric pressure, although the ABSCE is under a negative pressure during normal operation.
5. The effective pressure head due to wind equals 1/8-inch water gauge.6. Initial average air temperature inside the ABSCE equals 140 0 F.7. Atmospheric temperature and pressure are 70°F and 14.4 psia, respectively.
8. ABSCE isolation dampers/valves close within 30 seconds after receiving an ABI signal.E5-5 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final 9. The non-safety-related general ventilation and fuel handling area exhaust fans are designed to shut down automatically following a LOCA. Each fan is provided with a safety related Class 1 E primary circuit breaker and a safety related Class 1 E shunt trip isolation switch which is tripped by a signal of the opposite train from that for the primary circuit breaker to ensure that power is isolated from the fan.6.2.4.3 Design Evaluation The containment isolation systems are designed to present a double barrier to any flow path from the inside to the outside of the containment using the double-barrier approach to meet the single-failure criterion.

(0 The design configuration for penetrations X-79A (ice blowing), and X-79B (negative return) is temporarily modified in operating Modes 5 and 6 and when the reactor is defueled (Mode 7) to support ice blowing activities.

The normally closed blind flange on each penetration will be opened and temporary piping will be installed in the penetrations.

A 12-inch silicone seal will be installed between the piping segment and the penetration.

Manual isolation valves will be connected to the piping on the inboard and outboard side of the penetrations.

This configuration is being installed to permit ice blowing operations to occur concurrently with fuel handling activities inside containment.

The penetrations will be returned to their normal design configuration prior to entry into Mode 4 operations.

E5-6 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final 6.5 FISSION PRODUCT REMOVAL AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 6.5.1 Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) Filter Systems Four Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) air cleanup systems' units are provided for fission product removal in post-accident environments.

These are: (1) The emergency gas treatment system (EGTS) air cleanup units.(2) The Auxiliary Building gas treatment system (ABGTS) air cleanup units.(3) The Reactor Building purge system air cleanup units.(4) The Main Control Room emergency air cleanup units.6.5.1.1 Design Bases 6.5.1.1.1 Emergency Gas Treatment System Air Cleanup Units The design bases are: (1) To provide fission product removal capabilities sufficient to keep radioactivity levels in the Shield Building annulus air released to the environs during a DBA LOCA sufficiently low to assure compliance with 10 CFR 100 guidelines.

(2) These air cleanup units are a part of the EGTS. See Section 6.2.3.1.2 for the design bases for other portions of this system.6.5.1.1.2 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System Air Cleanup Units The design bases are: (1) To provide fission product removal capabilities sufficient to keep radioactivity levels in the Auxiliary Building secondary containment enclosure (ABSCE) air released to the environs during a postulated accident sufficiently low to assure compliance with 10 CFR 100 guidelines.

(2) These air cleanup units are a part of the ABGTS. See Section 6.2.3.1.3 for the design basis for other portions of this system.E5-7 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final 9.4.2.3 Safety Evaluation A fuel handling accident in the Auxiliary Building is detected by the two gamma radiation detectors mounted above the fuel pool, as shown in Figure 9.4-12. The high radiation signals via redundant trains will then shut off the fuel handling and Auxiliary Building general supply and exhaust fans and start the ABGTS, as shown in Figures 9.4-9 and 9.4-10. No credit is taken in the dose or accident analyses for these functions.

The fuel handling area ventilation system will accomplish the following functions:

(1) Isolate the normal ventilation pathways between the spent fuel pool and the environment.

(2) Filter the contaminants out of the air by the ABGTS before exhausting it to the environment.

The two redundant radiation monitors (non-safety-related) located above the spent fuel pit assure that the accident is promptly detected and that a high radiation signal is provided to each ventilation train, even if one monitor fails. Also, during refueling operations when containment and/or the annulus is open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces, a Containment Vent Isolation (CVI) signal from either the operating or refueling unit is procedurally configured to assure that a fuel handling accident in containment is promptly detected and the CVI signal is provided to each ventilation train.In addition, the Auxiliary Building radiation monitor (non-safety related) which monitors the Auxiliary Building exhaust vent is also capable of providing a high radiation signal to the MCR. A high radiation signal from either of the monitors located above the spent fuel pit or a operating or refueling unit CVI signal whenever containment and/or the annulus is open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces during refueling operations causes the fuel handling area (FHA) and Auxiliary Building general supply and exhaust fans to shut down and their associated dampers to close, as shown in Figures 9.4-9 and 9.4-10. Each of the two FHA exhaust fans has both train A and train B dampers, to ensure building isolation in the event of one damper's failure to close.As an added safety feature, all ABSCE boundary isolation dampers are designed to fail-closed on loss of instrument air or electrical power.E5-1 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final 9.4.6 Reactor Building Purge Ventilating System (RBPVS)9.4.6.1 Design Bases The RBPVS is designed to maintain the environment in the primary containment and Shield Building annulus within acceptable limits for equipment operation and for personnel access during inspection, testing, maintenance, and refueling operations, and to provide a filtration path for any through-duct outleakage from the primary containment to limit the release of radioactivity to the environment.

The RBPVS performs three distinct functions, the forced air purge function, the continuous pressure relief function, and the alternate containment pressure relief function.The forced air purge function is performed by a purge supply and purge exhaust system consisting of two trains, each of which is designed to provide 50% of the capacity needed for normal purging. Each train consists of a supply fan, an exhaust fan, a HEPA filter-charcoal adsorber assembly, containment isolation valves and associated dampers and ductwork.

This function provides a means by which containment air may be forcibly exchanged and filtered.

The purge function provides a means by which containment air may be forcibly exchanged and filtered.

The purge function of the RBPVS is not a safety-related function.

The safety functions are to assure isolation of primary containment during an accident and to isolate the purge air supply intake upon receipt of an Auxiliary Building Isolation (ABI) signal.In the case of a fuel handling accident the filtration units provide a filtration path following a fuel handling accident until all containment isolation valves are closed.However, neither the filtration nor the isolation functions are credited in the Fuel Handling Dose Analysis.

Thus they are not safety functions for this accident.During Operating Modes 1 thru 5, continuous pressure relief is provided by a passive ducting system which passes through containment penetration X-80, through two 100%redundant containment vent air cleanup units (CVACU) containing HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers.

Containment air is moved into the annulus by the motive force created by differential pressure between the two spaces. Filtration redundancy allows maintenance on one unit at a time while maintaining an open pathway through the other. This ventilation pathway is isolable using containment isolation valves FCV-30-40 and FCV-30-37 which are closed when containment isolation is required.The alternate pressure relief function is provided by way of a configuration alignment in the forced air purge system. This function is accomplished by opening lower compartment purge lines (one supply and one exhaust) or one of the two pairs of lines (one supply and one exhaust) in the upper compartment.

During purging mode, the purge air fans may or may not be used. To prevent inadvertent pressurization of containment due to supply and exhaust side ductwork flow imbalances, the supply ductwork airflow may be temporarily throttled as needed.The purge function of the RBPVS is not a safety-related function.E5-2 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final The design bases include provisions to: (1) Supply fresh air for breathing and contamination control when the primary containment or annulus is occupied.(2) Exhaust primary containment and annulus air to the outdoors whenever the purge air supply system is operated.(3) Clean up containment exhaust during normal operation by routing the air through HEPA-carbon filter trains before release to the atmosphere to limit potential release of radioactivity to the environment.

(4) Provide a reduced quantity of ventilating air to permit occupancy of the instrument room during reactor operation.

The provisions for 1, 2, and 3 above will apply.(5) Assure closure of primary and secondary containment isolation valves following accidents which result in the initiation of a containment ventilation isolation signal.(6) Assure closure of the system air intake dampers, which form part of the ABSCE (see Section 6.2.3.2.1), upon receipt of a signal for Auxiliary Building isolation.

(7) Provide continuous containment pressure relief path through HEPA-carbon filter trains before release to the atmosphere during normal operations.

Items 5 and 6 above are safety-related functions, except in the case of the fuel handling accident.The primary containment penetrations for the ventilation supply and exhaust subsystems are designed to primary containment structural standards.

These are discussed in detail in Section 6.2.4.The RBPVS is sized to maintain an acceptable working environment within the containment during all normal operations.

The system has the capabilities to provide a filtration path for outleakage from the primary containment, and clean up containment atmosphere following a design basis accident.

It also has provisions to filter air flow exhausted from containment for pressure control, during normal operation.

The controls are designed to have simultaneous starting and stopping of the matching supply and exhaust equipment and to initiate an automatic shutdown and isolation upon receipt of the containment ventilation isolation signal.In addition, RBPVS supply fans will shut down and the ABSCE isolation dampers in purge air supply ducts will close on an ABI signal.The RBPVS components are designed or qualified to meet Seismic Category I requirements, except all purge ductwork within the containment, up to the inboard isolation valves, and the supply air ductwork from the downstream flange of the ABSCE E5-3 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final isolation dampers to the upstream flange of the Shield Building isolation valves, which are designed to meet Seismic Category I(L) requirements.

The primary containment exhaust is monitored by redundant radiation detectors which provide automatic RBPVS isolation upon detecting the setpoint radioactivity in the exhaust air stream. The RBPVS isolation valves automatically close upon the actuation of a containment ventilation isolation signal or upon manual actuation from the MCR. In addition, during fuel handling operations in the Auxiliary Building with containment and/or the annulus open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces, the RBPVS isolation valves will close upon a high radiation signal from the spent fuel pool radiation monitors via a CVI signal from the operating or refueling unit.The system air supply and exhaust ducts are routed through the Shield Building annulus to several primary containment penetrations.

Two air supply locations are provided for each of the upper and lower compartments and one for the instrument room. Air is supplied to areas of low potential radioactivity and is allowed to flow to the air pickup exhaust points in areas of higher potential radioactivity.

The air pickup points, located to exhaust air from the lower compartment and instrument room, also provide an air sweep across the surface of the refueling canal...The purge function of the RBPVS is not a safety-related function and the filtration units are not required to provide a safety-related filtration path following a fuel handling accident.

The primary containment isolation valves and intermediate piping of the RBPVS are designed in accordance with ANS safety class 2A; other portions are designated ANS safety class 2B except the purge fans, all purge ductwork within the containment, purge supply air ductwork from the ABSCE boundary, fire protection, and drain piping. The instrument room purge subsystem is not an engineered safety feature, and credit for its operability for a LOCA or a fuel-handling accident is not claimed.A containment ventilation isolation signal automatically shuts down the fans and isolates the RBPVS by closing its respective dampers and butterfly valves. Each RBPVS primary containment isolation valve is designed for fail safe closing within 4 seconds of receipt of a closure signal for containment penetrations (See Tables 6.2.4- 1 through 6.2.4-4 and Figure 6.2.4-21).

The RBPVS primary containment isolation valve locations and descriptions are given in Table 6.2.4-1. Each valve is provided with an air cylinder valve operator, control air solenoid valve, and valve position indicating limit switches.Smoke detectors, located in the Auxiliary Building air intake and the general ventilation supply ducts, shut down the purge air supply and the incore instrument room purge supply fans and their isolation dampers.E5-4 Enclosure 5 WBN Unit 2 -FSAR Sections 6.2, 6.5, and 9.4 Final 9.4.6.3 Safety Evaluation Functional analyses and failure modes and effects analysis have shown that the RBPVS meets the containment isolation requirements.

The CVACUs, performing a continuously filtered containment vent function during normal operation, are isolated by the closure of their containment isolation valves; therefore are not operable after accidents.

A functional analysis of the system shows that: (1) During normal operation, adequate fresh air is provided for breathing and for contamination control when the primary or secondary containment (annulus) is occupied.(2) Primary and secondary containment exhaust air is cleaned up during normal operations and following a fuel handling accident.(3) Purge supply and exhaust fan operations cease and isolation dampers in the intake and exhaust ducting close when the system is in the accident isolation mode of operation.

(4) Three signals cause the system to change from the normal purge mode to the accident isolation mode. These signals, which include manual, SIS auto initiate, and high purge exhaust radiation (automatic), initiate a containment ventilation isolation signal. Additionally, during refueling operations whenever containment and/or the annulus is open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spaces, a high radiation signal from the spent fuel pool accident radiation monitors or CVI signal from the operating unit automatically cause the system to change from the purge mode to the accident isolation mode.(5) Discharges from the annulus, during normal operation, which are exhausted through the Auxiliary Building exhaust stack, are monitored at the stack. Although these radiation monitors do not initiate an automatic containment isolation signal, radioactive release limits have been established as a basis for controlling plant discharge during operation.

Radioactive releases from the plant resulting from equipment faults of moderate frequency are within 10 CFR 50 Appendix I and 40 CFR 190 limits as specified in the ODCM (See Section 11.3 for further details).

In addition, analyses have shown that any accident with the potential consequence to exceed the 10 CFR 100 limits, would be detected by other indicators (see item 4 above) and cause an automatic primary and/or secondary containment isolation.

E5-5 Enclosure 6 WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification Red-Line Markup E6-1 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.6 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation LCO 3.3.6 APPLICABILITY:

The Containment Vent Isolation instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.6-1 shall be OPERABLE.MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, Durin- of i.,diated f'u-Al apamb_.m; .thin continm Ant.Q v.ACTIONS---------------------

NOTE-Separate Condition entry is allowed for each Function.CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One radiation monitoring A.1 Restore the affected 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> channel inoperable, channel to OPERABLE status.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-53 AHI Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 ACTIONS (continued)

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. NOTE --NOTE ----------

Only..,..."';""!b"i MODE 1, One train of automatic actuation 24 -,logic may be bypassed and Required Action B.1 may be delayed for up to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> for One or more Functions with Surveillance testing provided the one or more manual or other train is OPERABLE.automatic actuation trains inoperable.

B. 1 Enter applicable Immediately OR Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.6.3, Two radiation monitoring "Containment Isolation channels inoperable.

Valves," for containment OR purge and exhaust isolation valves made Required Action and inoperable by isolation associated Completion instrumentation.

Time of Condition A not met.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-54 AH I Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 ACTIONS (continued)

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME G. NOTE G4 Place and mnanFtain4Fe;at~

Only applicablo durn containmont purge and rnevement of iFfadiattedd fle, e~haust valves 9in clocod assemblies Mitin PG6Iitin TG~ffiO .OR One onr rnrmore Functiene With C" 2 mtF pplirable 4F~ed4tl one Or more manuwa! or Cond-itions and Required automatic ctato trains Actfione o-f LCOG 3.9.4, Penotrationcs, fo OR containment purge and TPWo rdainmonitoring mnade inoperable byf ch-1Annel inoperable.ioaio ntumnain OR Required Action and aocatod Completion Time for Cond-ition A noet Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-55 AH I Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS


NOTE--------------------------------

Refer to Table 3.3.6-1 to determine which SRs apply for each Containment Vent Isolation Function.SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.6.1 Perform CHANNEL CHECK. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> S R 3.3.6.2 ----------------------

NOTE----------------

This surveillance is only applicable to the actuation logic of the ESFAS instrumentation.

Perform ACTUATION LOGIC TEST. 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS SR 3.3.6.3 ----------------------

NOTE----------------

This surveillance is only applicable to the master relays of the ESFAS instrumentation.

Perform MASTER RELAY TEST. 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS SR 3.3.6.4 Perform COT. 92 days SR 3.3.6.5 Perform SLAVE RELAY TEST. 92 days OR 18 months for Westinghouse type AR and Potter &Brumfield MDR Series relays (continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-56 B Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.6.6 ----------------------

NOTE ----------------

Verification of setpoint is not required.Perform TADOT. 18 months SR 3.3.6.7 Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION.

18 months Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-57 A Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 Table 3.3.6-1 (page 1 of 1)Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation REQUIRED SURVEILLANCE ALLOWABLE FUNCTION CHANNELS REQUIREMENTS VALUE 1. Manual Initiation 2 SR 3.3.6.6 NA 2. Automatic Actuation Logic 2 trains SR 3.3.6.2 NA and Actuation Relays SR 3.3.6.3 SR 3.3.6.5 3. Containment Purge 2 SR 3.3.6.1 -8 .,E 02 , Exhaust Radiation Monitors SR 3.3.6.4 SR 3.3.6.7< 2.8E-02 pCi/ccN (1.14x10 4 cpm)4. Safety Injection Refer to LCO 3.3.2, "ESFAS Instrumentation," Function 1, for all initiation functions and requirements.

J k ?F P I 1.3) W~uFrig rnovomen; wT irraeafi-oa TurnA- -266-8-M-911 W:Rnn conainMon.

A A A A I() NMAW f 1 " 2 ,R, --l Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-58 SH I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation 3.3.8 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.8 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS) Actuation Instrumentation LCO 3.3.8 APPLICABILITY:

The ABGTS actuation instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.8-1 shall be OPERABLE.According to Table 3.3.8-1.ACTIONS--------------------

NOT Separate Condition entry is allowed for each Ft r --------------------------------------------------------------

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more Functions with A.1 Place one ABGTS train in 7 days one channel or train operation.

inoperable.

B. One or more Functions with B. 1.1 Place one ABGTS train in Immediately two channels or two trains operation.

inoperable.

AND B. 1.2 Enter applicable Immediately Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.7.12,"Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)," for one train made inoperable by inoperable actuation instrumentation OR (continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-63 AH ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation 3.3.8 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. (continued)

B.2 Place both trains in Immediately emergency radiation protection mode.C. Required Actien and G4 SuBpeind MeOD em3. t 6eho associated Completion iaccemblie Time for Condition A or B in the fuel handling area.not met durig movement of iradiated fuel acemnbliec i the fu-el han~dling area.0- C. Required Action and Co. 1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> associated Completion Time for Condition A or B AND not met in MOIDE 1, 2, 3, CD.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS


NOTE--------------------------------

Refer to Table 3.3.8-1 to determine which SRs apply for each ABGTS Actuation Function.SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY RR,32 Perform CHANNEL CHECK.11-4& ...... 92-days (continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-64 AH I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation 3.3.8 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.8.3-1


NOTE ----------------

Verification of setpoint is not required.Perform TADOT. 18 months SRP3.3..4 Pefm, CHA.NNEL CALIB.RATION.

48-.mr,,lth Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-65 AH ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation 3.3.8 Table 3.3.8-1 (page 1 of 1)ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED REQUIRED SURVEILLANCE ALLOWABLE FUNCTION CONDITIONS CHANNELS REQUIREMENTS VALUE 1. Manual Initiation 1,2,3,4 2 SR 3.3.8.31 NA (a) 2 SR 3.3.8.3 NA 2. FUe! Pooa Armp (a) 2 RR-4441 4-1191 mRthr Radiation Meniter-s SR 3.3.82 2. 3-Containment Refer to LCO 3.3.2, Function 3.a., for all Phase A initiating functions Isolation and requirements.


 :---- :-- AL-- l..--u L =.I!L.I ____ : ......&24 W1ffl 'ARQ on 0M 9[T101P1 Ofo !Wag!io WAG fIflOA 1 A A -6 TUO fal R R14Itfl aroa.Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-66 AH ABGTS 3.7.12 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS 3.7.12 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)LCO 3.7.12 APPLICABILITY:

Two ABGTS trains shall be OPERABLE MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, Durinen of irradiated-fuel accomem1 l;ies in the handline area ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One ABGTS train A. 1 Restore ABGTS train to 7 days inoperable OPERABLE status.B. Required Action and B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> associated Completion Time of Condition A not met AND MODE rl1, 2, 3, or 1 B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> OR Two ABGTS trains inoperable in MOGDE 1, 2, 3, 4-4.G. Required Action and4 Place OPERABLE medatl accated Completion ABGTS6 train in operationr.

Time of Condition A not mnet.during mo9Vement Of OR iradiated fuel assemblies in the fu-el handling aresa. l Susepod moevement ot immediatl irradiated fuel assembliec in the fue! handl"ng area D-- Tw0BTStan Suseond movyement ot Immediately iAGS~ale U~ig iRadiated fue accomblioc move~ment o-f irradiated fuel in the fuel handling area.-assemblies in the fuel handling al ea,,l;;x Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.7-26 A H ABGTS 3.7.12 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.12.1 Operate each ABGTS train for > 10 continuous hours 31 days with the heaters operating.

SR 3.7.12.2 Perform required ABGTS filter testing in accordance In accordance with with the Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP). the VFTP SR 3.7.12.3 Verify each ABGTS train actuates on an actual or 18 months simulated actuation signal.SR 3.7.12.4 Verify one ABGTS train can maintain a pressure 18 months on a between -0.25 inches and -0.5 inches water gauge STAGGERED TEST with respect to atmospheric pressure during the post BASIS accident mode of operation at a flow rate > 9300 cfm and < 9900 cfm.Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.7-27 AH I VV I f3n FlII Ii-oI IRra;tRIo 34." 3.0 REFUELING OPERATIONS 3.0.4 Containment Penetations 1- C Q 3. -9. 4 i II I IO.n ...........

t nn nr.Mnn 701' Z;71tntliwn

~r a. iR no lP~e; uguWmun n lesen ao~nd neld in plaGS By a mAInImumR w TOWr beftl-t, ;'tm bh. Onea dooar. fin eac-rh air. locak caloco-d;i Or capable Of baing cloced PFOY.'ied.A. R-T.S- Ic O-GPESR-ABEI-in acco-ardance-f Awith TS 317.42, and G. Emach penetration provid4ng diroctiaccecc66 fromF the containmon atmoephoro to the outcide atFnocphSro either 1. c-loced by a mau!or automatic-isolation valve, blind flange, or 2. capableof being clod by an OPE-RABLE Containment

'ent IelaR-;System~

NOTE Penetration floW path(c) providing

&dirc accec frmM the A cnainment atm~osphere-to the otieatmocsphser m~ay be unicol-'-tated unFder a2dM6RinitrAtiVe controle provided .A.BGTS i OPERABLE in acodn ewth T R lelvl sw v l ~ l .l ~ V V* i , b ~ b 1 V V V I W W i, uur:na movement OT irraaiarea TUOI accemeiiec wirnin containment.

ACTION'S QN44NREmQUIRED[

ACTION COMh-PLET!ON TIME C. One or mRoFre ntainment A4 Suspend movement et .lmmediately pwentratin Anet in required iradiated fuel aiccemblioG status- Within cOntainmenSFt.

MWRtt BAr Unit 2 (dvlomntl AH t6ontainment w-ene;rat~on 3-"A SURVEI.1'E!lr-rCE RE-QUIREMENTS

________SRURVEILLA.NGCE SR .9.4.4 Verify each Fqured Gntainmont pene-tration is in 7-,days the required status.SR- R2. .4.2 Verify each required cOntRainmnt Vent'icoARtion aIV, I4R-MARth actuates to the icltn oiio na actua! ot simulated actuation signial.Waftv BSa Unit 2 (developmental)

AH

,,#d "P" ,,ahin" S, J i f i.l ..I iRl'r to w -'s 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS 33.90.8O R 6-actOr Building Pume Air Cleanuo Unite LGO 3.9 Two Reator Bu~i~na Pure Air Cleanup Units shall be OPERABLEr APPLICABILITY:

Dun.... me.eme.t of irradiated fuel assembies within the containment.

CONDITION REQU-IlRD ACTIONAl COIMPLETION TIME A.. One Re-actr Bu-di Purge A4 lotethe nprbeai seit~Air Cleanup Unit ineperabounit.a AND A-2 Verify the OPERABLE air leIatl GpS~atleR;.

B. Two ,;uld*g Purge 8_4 Su.ep..d mvem...en.

Immediately AiF Clean;up Unite irradiated fuel aIembi2il perable~Within containrent.

URVE!ILLA~CS RRVQUREMENTL, S 1U-IREILLANCE FRQ,\N 11 ------ PerGFoM requiere-d MilEr tetin6tFg in accor-danceQf With te I codnewt Ventilation Filter T-ecting ProgramR eIFTP). the VF.p Watts Bar Unit 2e pm ntal)AH Decay Time 3.9.8 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS 3.9.10 Decay Time LCO 3.9.10 APPLICABILITY:

The reactor shall be subcritical for >100 hours.During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Reactor subcritical for A. 1 Suspend all operations Immediately

< 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br />. involving movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment.

TECHNICAL SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.9.10.1 Verify the reactor has been subcritical for > 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> Prior to movement of by confirming the date and time of subcriticality.

irradiated fuel in the reactor vessel Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.9-14 H Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP)A program shall be established to implement the following required testing of Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) filter ventilation systems at the frequencies specified in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2; ASME N510-1989, and the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR.a. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that an inplace test of the high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters shows a penetration and system bypass within acceptance criterion when tested in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, and ASME N510-1989 at the system flowrate specified below.ESF VENTILATION ACCEPTANCE SYSTEM CRITERIA FLOW RATE,,ui,',,, ..... e. 14.00% 14 , ., , , m 1. 4n0o_Emergency Gas < 0.05% 4,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Auxiliary Building Gas < 0.05% 9,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Control Room Emergency

< 1.00% 4,000 cfm + 10%(continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 2 (developmental) 5.0-18 8HI Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP) (continued)

b. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that an inplace test of the charcoal adsorber shows a penetration and system bypass within acceptance criterion when tested in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, and ASME N510-1989 at the system flowrate specified below.ESF VENTILATION ACCEPTANCE SYSTEM CRITERIA FLOW RATE Rea~OF Bildig Puqe 4.90%14,900 dm +10%Emergency Gas Treatment

< 0.05% 4,000 cfm + 10%Auxiliary Building Gas < 0.05% 9,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Control Room Emergency

< 1.00% 4,000 cfm + 10%I (continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 2 (developmental) 5.0-19 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP) (continued)

c. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that a laboratory test of a sample of the charcoal adsorber, when obtained as described in Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, and the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, shows the methyl iodide penetration less than the value specified below when tested in accordance with ASTM D3803-1989 at a temperature of _< 30 0 C and greater than or equal to the relative humidity specified below.METHYL IODIDE RELATIVE ESF VENTILATION SYSTEM PENETRATION HUMIDITY Roictor Building Purge 4 40% 0"0 Emergency Gas Treatment

< 0.175% 70%Auxiliary Building Gas < 0.175% 70%Treatment Control Room Emergency

< 1.0% 70%d. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that the pressure drop across the entire filtration unit is less than the value specified below when tested in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, and ASME N510-1989 at the system flowrate specified below.ESF VENTILATION SYSTEM PRESSURE DROP FLOW RATE,1Buildig

.4 1.7 .tOr 14,000 + 40%Emergency Gas < 7.6 inches water 4,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Auxiliary Building Gas < 7.6 inches water 9,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Control Room Emergency

< 3.5 inches water 4,000 cfm + 10%(continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 2 (developmental) 5.0-20 B8HI Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP) (continued)

e. Demonstrate that the heaters for each of the ESF systems dissipate the value specified below when tested in accordance with ASME N510-1989.

ESF VENTILATION SYSTEM AMOUNT OF HEAT Emergency Gas Treatment 20 + 2.0 kW Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment 50 + 5.0 kW The provisions of SR 3.0.2 and SR 3.0.3 are applicable to the VFTP test frequencies.

5.7.2.15 Explosive Gas and Storage Tank Radioactivity Monitoring Program This program provides controls for potentially explosive gas mixtures contained in the Waste Gas Holdup System, the quantity of radioactivity contained in gas storage tanks and the quantity of radioactivity contained in unprotected outdoor liquid storage tanks.The gaseous radioactivity quantities shall be determined following the methodology in Branch Technical Position (BTP) ETSB 11-5,"Postulated Radioactive Release due to Waste Gas System Leak or Failure." The liquid radwaste quantities shall be determined in accordance with Standard Review Plan, Section 15.7.3, "Postulated Radioactive Release due to Tank Failures." The program shall include: a. The limits for concentrations of hydrogen and oxygen in the Waste Gas Holdup System and a surveillance program to ensure the limits are maintained.

Such limits shall be appropriate to the system's design criteria (i.e., the system is not designed to withstand a hydrogen explosion);(continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-14 (developmental)

BH Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7.2.19 Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program (continued)

Leakage rate acceptance criteria are: a. Containment overall leakage rate acceptance criterion is _ 1.0 La.During the first unit startup following testing in accordance with this program, the leakage rate acceptance criteria are < 0.60 La for the combined Type B and Type C tests, and _! 0.75 L, for Type A tests.b. Air lock testing acceptance criteria are: 1. Overall air lock leakage rate is 0.05 La when tested at > Pa.2. For each door, leakage rate is _ 0.01 La when pressurized to_> 6 psig.The provisions of SR 3.0.2 do not apply to the test frequencies specified in the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program.The provisions of SR 3.0.3 are applicable to the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program.5.7.2.20 Control Room Envelope Habitability Program A Control Room Envelope (CRE) Habitability Program shall be established and implemented to ensure that CRE habitability is maintained such that, with an OPERABLE Control Room Emergency Ventilation System (CREVS), CRE occupants can control the reactor safely under normal conditions and maintain it in a safe condition following a radiological event, hazardous chemical release, or a smoke challenge.

The program shall ensure that adequate radiation protection is provided to permit access and occupancy of the CRE under design basis accident (DBA) conditions without personnel receiving radiation exposures in excess of the applicable regulatory requirement (i.e., 5 rem Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) for a fuel handling accident or 5 rem whole body or its equivalent to any part of the body) for the duration of the accident.

The program shall include the following elements: a. The definition of the CRE and the CRE boundary.b. Requirements for maintaining the CRE boundary in its design condition including configuration control and preventive maintenance.

Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-25 (developmental)

AH Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals Watts Bar-Unit 2 (developmental) 5.0-26 AH Enclosure 7 WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification Final E7-1 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.6 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation LCO 3.3.6 APPLICABILITY:

The Containment Vent Isolation instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.6-1 shall be OPERABLE.MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, ACTIONS-------------------

NOTE --------Separate Condition entry is allowed for each Function.CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One radiation monitoring A.1 Restore the affected 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> channel inoperable, channel to OPERABLE status.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-53 H Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 ACTIONS (continued)

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. ---------NOTE ---------------------

NOTE ----------

One train of automatic actuation One or more Functions with logic may be bypassed and one or more manual or Required Action B. 1 may be automatic actuation trains delayed for up to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> for inoperable.

Surveillance testing provided the OR other train is OPERABLE.Two radiation monitoring B. 1 Enter applicable Immediately channels inoperable.

Conditions and Required OR Actions of LCO 3.6.3,"Containment Isolation Required Action and Valves," for containment associated Completion purge and exhaust Time of Condition A not isolation valves made met. inoperable by isolation instrumentation.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-54 H Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS


NOTE--------------------------------

Refer to Table 3.3.6-1 to determine which SRs apply for each Containment Vent Isolation Function.SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.6.1 Perform CHANNEL CHECK. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> SR 3.3.6.2 ----------------------

NOTE ----------------

This surveillance is only applicable to the actuation logic of the ESFAS instrumentation.

Perform ACTUATION LOGIC TEST. 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS SIR 3.3.6.3 ----------------------

NOTE ----------------

This surveillance is only applicable to the master relays of the ESFAS instrumentation.

Perform MASTER RELAY TEST. 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS SR 3.3.6.4 Perform COT. 92 days SR 3.3.6.5 Perform SLAVE RELAY TEST. 92 days OR 18 months for Westinghouse type AR and Potter &Brumfield MDR Series relays (continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-55 B Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.6.6 ----------------------

NOTE ----------------

Verification of setpoint is not required.Perform TADOT. 18 months SR 3.3.6.7 Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION.

18 months Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-56 A Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 Table 3.3.6-1 (page 1 of 1)Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation REQUIRED SURVEILLANCE ALLOWABLE FUNCTION CHANNELS REQUIREMENTS VALUE 1. Manual Initiation 2 SR 3.3.6.6 NA 2. Automatic Actuation Logic 2 trains SR 3.3.6.2 NA and Actuation Relays SR 3.3.6.3 SR 3.3.6.5< 2.8E-02 pCi/cc 3. Containment Purge 2 SR 3.3.6.1 (1.14x10 4 cpm)Exhaust Radiation Monitors SR 3.3.6.4 SR 3.3.6.7 4. Safety Injection Refer to LCO 3.3.2, "ESFAS Instrumentation," Function 1, for all initiation functions and requirements.

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-57 H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation 3.3.8 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.8 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS) Actuation Instrumentation LCO 3.3.8 APPLICABILITY:

The ABGTS actuation instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.8-1 shall be OPERABLE.According to Table 3.3.8-1.ACTIONS--------------------

NOTE-Separate Condition entry is allowed for each Function.CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more Functions with A. 1 Place one ABGTS train in 7 days one channel or train operation.

inoperable.

B. One or more Functions with B.1.1 Place one ABGTS train in Immediately two channels or two trains operation.

inoperable.

AND B.1.2 Enter applicable Immediately Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.7.12,"Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)," for one train made inoperable by inoperable actuation instrumentation OR (continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-63 H ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation 3.3.8 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. (continued)

B.2 Place both trains in Immediately emergency radiation protection mode.C. Required Action and C.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> associated Completion Time for Condition A or B AND not met-C.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS


NOTE--------------------------------

Refer to Table 3.3.8-1 to determine which SRs apply for each ABGTS Actuation Function.SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.8.1 ----------------------

NOTE ----------------

Verification of setpoint is not required.Perform TADOT. 18 months Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-64 H ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation 3.3.8 Table 3.3.8-1 (page 1 of 1)ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED REQUIRED SURVEILLANCE ALLOWABLE FUNCTION CONDITIONS CHANNELS REQUIREMENTS VALUE 1. Manual Initiation 1,2,3,4 2 SR 3.3.8.3 NA 2. Containment Refer to LCO 3.3.2, Function 3.a., for all Phase A initiating functions Isolation and requirements.

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-65 H ABGTS 3.7.12 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS 3.7.12 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)LCO 3.7.12 APPLICABILITY:

Two ABGTS trains shall be OPERABLE MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One ABGTS train A.1 Restore ABGTS train to 7 days inoperable OPERABLE status.B. Required Action and B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> associated Completion Time of Condition A not met AND OR B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> Two ABGTS trains inoperable Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.7-26 H ABGTS 3.7.12 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.12.1 Operate each ABGTS train for _> 10 continuous hours 31 days with the heaters operating.

SR 3.7.12.2 Perform required ABGTS filter testing in accordance In accordance with with the Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP). the VFTP SR 3.7.12.3 Verify each ABGTS train actuates on an actual or 18 months simulated actuation signal.SR 3.7.12.4 Verify one ABGTS train can maintain a pressure 18 months on a between -0.25 inches and -0.5 inches water gauge STAGGERED TEST with respect to atmospheric pressure during the post BASIS accident mode of operation at a flow rate _> 9300 cfm and < 9900 cfm.Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.7-27 H Decay Time 3.9.8 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS 3.9.10 Decay Time LCO 3.9.10 APPLICABILITY:

The reactor shall be subcritical for >_100 hours.During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Reactor subcritical for A.1 Suspend all operations Immediately

< 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br />. involving movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment.

TECHNICAL SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.9.10.1 Verify the reactor has been subcritical for > 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> Prior to movement of by confirming the date and time of subcriticality.

irradiated fuel in the reactor vessel Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.9-14 H I Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP)A program shall be established to implement the following required testing of Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) filter ventilation systems at the frequencies specified in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2; ASME N510-1989, and the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR.f. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that an inplace test of the high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters shows a penetration and system bypass within acceptance criterion when tested in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, and ASME N510-1989 at the system flowrate specified below.ESF VENTILATION ACCEPTANCE SYSTEM CRITERIA FLOW RATE Emergency Gas < 0.05% 4,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Auxiliary Building Gas < 0.05% 9,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Control Room Emergency

< 1.00% 4,000 cfm + 10%I (continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 2 (developmental) 5.0-18 HI Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP) (continued)

g. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that an inplace test of the charcoal adsorber shows a penetration and system bypass within acceptance criterion when tested in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, and ASME N510-1989 at the system flowrate specified below.ESF VENTILATION ACCEPTANCE SYSTEM CRITERIA FLOW RATE Emergency Gas Treatment

< 0.05% 4,000 cfm + 10%Auxiliary Building Gas < 0.05% 9,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Control Room Emergency

< 1.00% 4,000 cfm + 10%(continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 2 (developmental) 5.0-19 HI Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP) (continued)

h. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that a laboratory test of a sample of the charcoal adsorber, when obtained as described in Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, and the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, shows the methyl iodide penetration less than the value specified below when tested in accordance with ASTM D3803-1989 at a temperature of _< 30 0 C and greater than or equal to the relative humidity specified below.METHYL IODIDE RELATIVE ESF VENTILATION SYSTEM PENETRATION HUMIDITY Emergency Gas Treatment

< 0.175% 70%Auxiliary Building Gas < 0.175% 70%Treatment Control Room Emergency

< 1.0% 70%i. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that the pressure drop across the entire filtration unit is less than the value specified below when tested in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, and ASME N510-1989 at the system flowrate specified below.ESF VENTILATION SYSTEM PRESSURE DROP FLOW RATE Emergency Gas < 7.6 inches water 4,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Auxiliary Building Gas < 7.6 inches water 9,000 cfm + 10%Treatment Control Room Emergency

< 3.5 inches water 4,000 cfm + 10%(continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 2 (developmental) 5.0-20 HI Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP) (continued)

Demonstrate that the heaters for each of the ESF systems dissipate the value specified below when tested in accordance with ASME N510-1989.

ESF VENTILATION SYSTEM AMOUNT OF HEAT Emergency Gas Treatment 20 + 2.0 kW Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment 50 + 5.0 kW The provisions of SR 3.0.2 and SR 3.0.3 are applicable to the VFTP test frequencies.

5.7.2.15 Explosive Gas and Storage Tank Radioactivity Monitoring Program This program provides controls for potentially explosive gas mixtures contained in the Waste Gas Holdup System, the quantity of radioactivity contained in gas storage tanks and the quantity of radioactivity contained in unprotected outdoor liquid storage tanks.The gaseous radioactivity quantities shall be determined following the methodology in Branch Technical Position (BTP) ETSB 11-5,"Postulated Radioactive Release due to Waste Gas System Leak or Failure." The liquid radwaste quantities shall be determined in accordance with Standard Review Plan, Section 15.7.3, "Postulated Radioactive Release due to Tank Failures." The program shall include: b. The limits for concentrations of hydrogen and oxygen in the Waste Gas Holdup System and a surveillance program to ensure the limits are maintained.

Such limits shall be appropriate to the system's design criteria (i.e., the system is not designed to withstand a hydrogen explosion);(continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 2 (developmental) 5.0-14 HI Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7.2.19 Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program (continued)

Leakage rate acceptance criteria are: c. Containment overall leakage rate acceptance criterion is < 1.0 L,.During the first unit startup following testing in accordance with this program, the leakage rate acceptance criteria are < 0.60 L, for the combined Type B and Type C tests, and < 0.75 La for Type A tests.d. Air lock testing acceptance criteria are: 1. Overall air lock leakage rate is < 0.05 L, when tested at > Pa.2. For each door, leakage rate is < 0.01 La when pressurized to_> 6 psig.The provisions of SR 3.0.2 do not apply to the test frequencies specified in the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program.The provisions of SR 3.0.3 are applicable to the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program.5.7.2.20 Control Room Envelope Habitability Program A Control Room Envelope (CRE) Habitability Program shall be established and implemented to ensure that CRE habitability is maintained such that, with an OPERABLE Control Room Emergency Ventilation System (CREVS), CRE occupants can control the reactor safely under normal conditions and maintain it in a safe condition following a radiological event, hazardous chemical release, or a smoke challenge.

The program shall ensure that adequate radiation protection is provided to permit access and occupancy of the CRE under design basis accident (DBA) conditions without personnel receiving radiation exposures in excess of the applicable regulatory requirement (i.e., 5 rem Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) for a fuel handling accident or 5 rem whole body or its equivalent to any part of the body) for the duration of the accident.

The program shall include the following elements: c. The definition of the CRE and the CRE boundary.d. Requirements for maintaining the CRE boundary in its design condition including configuration control and preventive maintenance.

Watts Bar -Unit 2 5.0-25 (developmental)

H Enclosure 8 WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification Bases Red-Line Markup E8-1 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6 B 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION B 3.3.6 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation BASES BACKGROUND Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation closes the containment isolation valves in the Containment Purge System. This action isolates the containment atmosphere from the environment to minimize releases of radioactivity in the event of an accident.

The Reactor Building Purge System may be in use during reactor operation and with the reactor shutdown.Containment vent isolation is initiated by a safety injection (SI) signal or by manual actuation.

The Bases for LCO 3.3.2, "Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFAS) Instrumentation," discuss initiation of SI signals.Redundant and independent gaseous radioactivity monitors measure the radioactivity levels of the containment purge exhaust, each of which will initiate its associated train of automatic Containment Vent Isolation upon detection of high gaseous radioactivity.

The Reactor Building Purge System has inner and outer containment isolation valves in its supply and exhaust ducts. This system is described in the Bases for LCO 3.6.3, "Containment Isolation Valves." The plant design basis reguireS that wheR nemvng irradiated fuel in the A u-liar' Building and!or CnimetWith the Conptainment oene to the A xw~~yBilig BCEsars a si~l#R the sp~ poolDG ral;aon mnitors l"0 RE 90 102 and 103 will initiate a Crntainm8nt

%1 I4;1 4; 1~y Ii I V l' r%%1 VV AAI -V1 4-k I v l ll ll t I, ,llnVU I a csignal from the contafinment purge radi.ation mon;ý.6iiitom 2 REm 90 130, and-131 orI other CVI signal Will *initiat that po~tgnn Of the Auvili~arI Building Isolation (AWl noalyiitiated by the apn'fe po radiation MOnitoVA Cn~t~FIMS I~t~ l~lfef hs A (1sga)frm m s .... UIaII, t3, '...'JI ...............

(........

...... ..... .. ...p. ati.g Unit, high temperatue

+ in the Building air intakes, o manual AB!1 wil! Gauss a CVI signal inthe refueling unit. in the caco Where the containm~ent of both uniRtg- i 6 opent the Au;i~iar; Building cpacoc, a CVI iFn One unit Will uiniiateq a.1 ORi the ether unit in order to maRintain t-hoce spaces open to the ABSCE.r-R T-herefore, the containment Yentilatiwn inetrumentation imueAt remý.ain operable when moving irdae ful--- in the -AwIary Bui~dng if the Gentaiwnmet air locks, penletatienc, equipment hatch, etc. are open to the Auxdliary Building A1BSCE spaces.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.3-150 GHI Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6 BASES (continued)

APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The containment isolation valves for the Reactor Building Purge System close within six seconds following the DBA. The containment vent isolation radiation monitors act as backup to the SI signal to ensure closing of the purge air system supply and exhaust valves. They-aFe-alee the prfmary. means for automatically

..lating , ,ntainmont in the event of a fu,-l handling accident du-Rng shutdown.

Containment isolation in turn ensures meeting the containment leakage rate assumptions of the safety analyses, and ensures that the calculated accidental offsite radiological doses are below 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 1) limits.The Containment Vent Isolation instrumentation satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.

WAhenR moving iFradiated fu'el incdocotainm~ent or in the Awxla, Building with con-t-ainmen-t air lockeF orpenetratione open to the Auxiliar, Building ABSCE spaces, Or When mo8Ving fuel in the Auxilia~y Building With the containment equipm~ent hatch open, the proVicieneG to iniOtiAt a the aortion of an 131 oRes !l -* -' b'.. the sieent fuel iaoel radiat~on m i A; r"11i 4 A k 4k 4. 4 r~w" VM7 "'a ........a a7...---.'.,".,..-.

purge mntoe, n the eyent of a fuelA handling accident (FHA) must be in placa and funtoig .AIditienally, a Conitainment lselatien PhaseA (8! 6ignal) from the operating unit, high temperature in the Au~ilrary Building air intakes, or manual1 AB Ril cauce a2 CA VI cigna!in the; reh';'fulg unit. The cnainmen eqipment hatch cannot be open whenoig irrad-iateAd-fiuel incidS containment in accoArd-ance wit-h Tecnhnica Specification 3.9.4.The A.BGTS ic, required to be operable during moevement of iraitdfuel in the Auxiliary Bu~idig during an~y moede and durin~g movyement o establisehd as part of the ABSCE boundar'; (coo TS 3.3.8, 3.7.12, 3.9 01). Whe moin2iraited fuel' incide cntaiRnment, at least one train of the containmn pugsystem must be operating Or the containment FAUct be icela-ted-14.L Whenmving irradiated fuel in the Auxiliary Building during- t.m. wAhen the cnametirc open to the Auxiliar; Building A8G Spacec8, Gtawe purge can be oeadbut GAr-tARO h cyctemA ic not required.

However, whether the containment purge system is operated or- not in thic configuration, all containment ventil2atio icolatian valvecA -and 2accociated intuGtto utrmi perable.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.3-151 GH Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6 BASES APPLICABLE This roqu.ir...ent is ...n..e..a. to en.ure a C .VI can be frm SAFETY ho ....t f pool " ad"atin ...nitor-. in the event of an FHA i the, ANALYSES Auiliar,.

Bui.ding.

Additio;ally, a Containment isolation PhaA (continued) (SI .gna.. from the operating unit, high temperatu.re in the Au-Xiliary B3uildin~g air intakoc, Or manual ABI wil auso a CVI signal in the rphefuein LCO The LCO requirements ensure that the instrumentation necessary to initiate Containment Vent Isolation, listed in Table 3.3.6-1, is OPERABLE.1. Manual Initiation The LCO requires two channels OPERABLE.

The operator can initiate Containment Vent Isolation at any time by using either of two switches in the control room or from local panel(s).

Either switch actuates both trains. This action will cause actuation of all components in the same manner as any of the automatic actuation signals. These manual switches also initiate a Phase A isolation signal.The LCO for Manual Initiation ensures the proper amount of redundancy is maintained in the manual actuation circuitry to ensure the operator has manual initiation capability.

Each channel consists of one selector switch and the interconnecting wiring to the actuation logic cabinet.2. Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays The LCO requires two trains of Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays OPERABLE to ensure that no single random failure can prevent automatic actuation.

Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays consist of the same features and operate in the same manner as described for ESFAS Function 1.b, SI. The applicable MODES and specified conditions for the containment vent isolation portion of the SI Function is different and less restrictive than those for the SI role. If one or more of the SI Functions becomes inoperable in such a manner that only the Containment Vent Isolation Function is affected, the Conditions applicable to the SI Functions need not be entered. The less restrictive Actions specified for inoperability of the Containment Vent Isolation Functions specify sufficient compensatory measures for this case.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.3-152 (developmental)

Q H Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6 BASES LCO (continued)

3. Containment Radiation The LCO specifies two required channels of radiation monitors to ensure that the radiation monitoring instrumentation necessary to initiate Containment Vent Isolation remains OPERABLE.For sampling systems, channel OPERABILITY involves more than OPERABILITY of the channel electronics.

OPERABILITY may also require correct valve lineups and sample pump operation, as well as detector OPERABILITY, if these supporting features are necessary for trip to occur under the conditions assumed by the safety analyses.Only the Allowable Value is specified for the Containment Purge Exhaust Radiation Monitors in the LCO. The Allowable Value is based on expected concentrations for a small break LOCA, which is more restrictive than 10 CFR 100 limits. The Allowable Value specified is more conservative than the analytical limit assumed in the safety analysis in order to account for instrument uncertainties appropriate to the trip function.

The actual nominal Trip Setpoint is normally still more conservative than that required by the Allowable Value. If the setpoint does not exceed the Allowable Value, the radiation monitor is considered OPERABLE.4. Safety Iniection (SI)Refer to LCO 3.3.2, Function 1, for all initiating Functions and requirements.

APPLICABILITY The Manual Initiation, Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays, Safety Injection, and Containment Radiation Functions are required OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, and during mov.ement of irradiated fue!

..th.. nmnt; .Under these conditions, the potential exists for an accident that could release significant fission product radioactivity into containment.

Therefore, the Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation must be OPERABLE in these MODES. See additional discussion in the Background and Applicable Safety Analysis sections.While in MODES 5 and 6 without fuel handling in the Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation need not be OPERABLE since the potential for radioactive releases is minimized and operator action is sufficient to ensure post accident offsite doses are maintained within the limits of Reference 1.Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.3-153 (continued)

AH Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6 BASES (continued)

ACTIONS The most common cause of channel inoperability is outright failure or drift sufficient to exceed the tolerance allowed by unit specific calibration procedures.

Typically, the drift is found to be small and results in a delay of actuation rather than a total loss of function.

If the Trip Setpoint is less conservative than the tolerance specified by the calibration procedure, the channel must be declared inoperable immediately, and the appropriate Condition entered.A Note has been added to the ACTIONS to clarify the application of Completion Time rules. The Conditions of this Specification may be entered independently for each Function listed in Table 3.3.6-1. The Completion Time(s) of the inoperable channel(s)/train(s) of a Function will be tracked separately for each Function starting from the time the Condition was entered for that Function.A.1 Condition A applies to the failure of one containment purge isolation radiation monitor channel. Since the two containment radiation monitors are both gaseous detectors, failure of a single channel may result in loss of the redundancy.

Consequently, the failed channel must be restored to OPERABLE status. The 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> allowed to restore the affected channel is justified by the low likelihood of events occurring during this interval, and recognition that one or more of the remaining channels will respond to most events.B.1 Condition B applies to all Containment Vent Isolation Functions and addresses the train orientation of the Solid State Protection System (SSPS) and the master and slave relays for these Functions.

It also addresses the failure of multiple radiation monitoring channels, or the inability to restore a single failed channel to OPERABLE status in the time allowed for Required Action A. 1.If a train is inoperable, multiple channels are inoperable, or the Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A are not met, operation may continue as long as the Required Action for the applicable Conditions of LCO 3.6.3 is met for each valve made inoperable by failure of isolation instrumentation.

A Note has been added above the Required Actions to allow one train of actuation logic to be placed in bypass and to delay entering the Required Actions for up to four hours to perform surveillance testing provided the other train is OPERABLE.

The 4-hour allowance is consistent with the Required Actions for actuation logic trains in LCO 3.3.2, "Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.3-154 (developmental)

A H Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6 BASES ACTIONS B.1 (continued)

Instrumentation" and allows periodic testing to be conducted while at power without causing an actual actuation.

The delay for entering the Required Actions relieves the administrative burden of entering the Required Actions for isolation valves inoperable solely due to the performance of surveillance testing on the actuation logic and is acceptable based on the OPERABILITY of the opposite train.A II l -I I LB A J -- i A ~oto in agapa nrannu mar uonaarion

~ :n oni~ aDD:IcaD:e in MUU~ 1.3,-OF 4 G. and G.2 Condition C applies to all Containment vent Inolation Fu, nctions and addrec:ec tho itrin orientation of the SSPS and the macter and slave relay for the Functionem it alo arRAPthefailur of mi raddilation lI mo InAGO Ihanols .Or the toailit to roctore a sinR! faIed c nNO -Wo WIbj t -ttu inWA -4 tJ n alwa o i-our Acin .1 If train ;- rmulIt;le channell iRODSrMrbI.

Or the Re, uirad i i I~tIOfl 3fl6 annociatod Unmointiori I imo OT !SOflflitiOfl A am not met..v m:aint-ain cnn-tainment purge and exhauc-t icolation 4 v21 AR~ in their cleeod poitiGn iG me~t Or the applic-able ConRdit*Aon Of 1C 3.., Cnaimn Ponotratione," are Met for each valve mnade inoeperable by failure 0 icoatin ictrmonatin.The Completfion Ti~me for. these Required.A. Nete statece ha ConditionA G snl appo~abe dOngmvmn of irr~ad~ated fuel accemblioc Within containment.

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Al+ Ii-4 kk ý ýA#4,4r +^. +ký Q0 7ýkIý +^. ^!rf 4kýt4 TýkIý 'a 'aR I ,A +r. ;na .Ai h k Or. ,r.i, +a nab. ik, t'rý m rat'Jn fl r-,

SR 3.3.6.1 Performance of the CHANNEL CHECK once every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> ensures that a gross failure of instrumentation has not occurred.

A CHANNEL CHECK is normally a comparison of the parameter indicated on one channel to a similar parameter on other channels.

It is based on the assumption that instrument channels monitoring the same parameter should read approximately the same value.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.3-155 AH ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES B 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION B 3.3.8 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment (ABGTS) Actuation Instrumentation BASES BACKGROUND The ABGTS ensures that radioactive materials in the fuel building atmosphere following a fuel handling accident or a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) are filtered and adsorbed prior to exhausting to the environment.

The system is described in the Bases for LCO 3.7.12,"Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)." The system initiates filtered exhaust of air from the fuel handling area, ECCS pump rooms, and penetration rooms automatically following receipt of a fuel pool area high radiation signal or a Containment Phase A Isolation signal.Initiation may also be performed manually as needed from the main control room.WU ir. IM2. rnh ., 4-+n mnu~rAk. Rothnr. Af NIAn man 0Gn. BR49 RjR.AAQG1S-.,,IJ--.1.-.-


nItI~It~on t~rnn !'Ht~ I M trmn ir InftI~3tod rr! finn ridI~3tinn rintnrflnc

.--.-... ---..~.--.--.-...-----J...~...--.--.-..------

channel dedicated to that train. There are a total of two channels, one for each train. High radiation detected by any monitor Or a A Phase A isolation signal from the Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS) initiates auxiliary building isolation and starts the ABGTS.These actions function to prevent exfiltration of contaminated air by initiating filtered ventilation, which imposes a negative pressure on the Auxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure (ABSCE).The plant design basis require' that Ahen moving irradiated fuel in the A "-ilhr'y Building andior Containment with the Containment andiel annuluseopen to the Auxiliar; Building ABSCE spc a ;iga! from the spent fuel radiat.iA, R* tamra' RE 90 1 02 4 and103 will i 2iti a Coitainment Ventilation lIelation (CGVP their nRMAlR I ,unction.

in aaaitvon, a signal fom the containment purge raeaiaten monitm 21 RE5 @0 130, and -131 or. ether CVI signal will initiate that pertien of the Auxiliar; Building isolation (A81) normally initiated by the spent fuel pool radiation moenitres.

Additionally, a Containment seolatieR Phase A (SI signal) from! the operating unit, high temp~erature in the Au**i~ar; Buildin~g air intakes, Or manu-al ABI W.11 c~aaUee a2 CVA signal in the Fefuei~ng unit. In the case where the containment of both units is open to9 the Auxiliary Build;ng spacoe, a CVI in one unit wil initiate a CVI in the-ether unit in order to mlaintain thQAe Spares open to the ABSCGE.Therefoem, the cont~ain1ment VSntilat*on inetrumentation must remi operable when meying irradi~ated fu el OR the Au~iliar-y Building if the containment-and/or:

annlulue air locke,, penetratines, equipment hatch, etc.(continued)

Watts Bar- Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.3-166 G-HI ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES are open to the Awdiiar-y Building ABSCE spacoc.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.3-167 G-H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The ABGTS ensures that radioactive materials in the ABSCE atmosphere following a ful h.ndling accident or a LOCA are filtered and adsorbed prior to being exhausted to the environment.

This action reduces the radioactive content in the auxiliary building exhaust following a LOCA-ew accident so that offsite doses remain within the limits specified in 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 1).The ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.

IAIA..,*.; .4; .4 S. I ; ;14 44%Building with-GcontAWFa-inet -air locks or. penetrations open to the Auxiliar;Buwilding ASCGE pa OF, or wen Foving fuel in the Auxiliar,'

Building wit th cntanmnt qupmenct hatch open, the PMV*Aision to ini tiate CVI from the spent fuel pool radiation moniRtorsM and ton inRittiat-e an ABI1 (i.e., the po~tion of An ABI nramally initiated by the spent fuel pool radiation moneitors) from a CVI, icunga CVI geoReated by the containcmenti purge monitors, in the event of a- fu-elI handling accident (FH4A) mu, st be in plac~e and fuIonng Additionally, a Containment Isolation.

Phase A (SI signal) from the operating unit, high temperature i theAuxi-ili-ary Building air intakes, Or manua! AB! will csaurse a .V ina in the refueling unit.The con-Ftainmen~t equipment hatcah cannot be open when mo~ving irradiated fulinside containment inaccordance Mith Tkqchn~Specification 3.9.4.The ABGT-S is required to be operable during FMeOeMAnt Of iraitdful 8 in the Auxiliary Building during any mode and durn' eooto irrad-iateA-d fiuel in the Reactor Building when the Re~actr Buldngi es-t-ablishe-d as part of the ABSRCE bondh .cI Ts 3.3.8, 3.7.112, &3.9.4). Whe moig radiated fuel inside con~tainmqent, at least one train of the containen pug system m~ust be operating or the containIIAmen mus-t be isalated.

hA'hn MeVing irradiated fue! in the Au**iiary Building dur~ing times when the, cneRtainmxent is open to the Au*i~iary Building A1Sr spaces, retiFe purge can beoeaebut ep~teiiG systemR is not required.

HeweyeF, Whether the contaiRnment purge systemp es o perated Or not in this configuration, all containment venti~atieniolto valves an~d associ0ated instwm~entatien must rem~ain operable.This requirem:ent is necessary to ensurze a CVI can be accomplished fromp the spen~t fuel pool radiation monitorsi the AAFnt ofR a FA in the Auxiliary Building.

Additionally, a ConRtainmen-t seainPhasA (SI signal) fromA the opertating unit, high tem~perature inthe Au*iliary, Building air intakes, Or manu a! ABI1 will caus-e 2 CVI signal in the refueling unit. In the c9ase whoe.- the containment of both units is open to the AuI~i~iar.

Building spacos, a CVI Inone untvvl "" it a GXIin the ete unit in order to mnaintain those spaces open to the ABSCrE.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.3-168 Cs-H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES LCO The LCO requirements ensure that instrumentation necessary to initiate the ABGTS is OPERABLE.1. Manual Initiation The LCO requires two channels OPERABLE.

The operator can initiate the ABGTS at any time by using either of two switches in the control room. This action will cause actuation of all components in the same manner as any of the automatic actuation signals.The LCO for Manual Initiation ensures the proper amount of redundancy is maintained in the manual actuation circuitry to ensure the operator has manual initiation capability.

Each channel consists of one hand switch and the interconnecting wiring to the actuation logic relays.2. Fuel Pool Arap Radiation onsure that the radiatio moniRtorig intuetto ecoccar; to initia;te-tha ABGTS rmai4np OPERABLE On QrSadiation moni~tor is daedicatad to each train of ABGTS.FoF camp long systems, channel OPERABILITY inunlvec more than OPERABILITY of channel SelotronceS.

OPERA1BILITY may also reqirecorect~ale ineups, sample pump operation, and filter mo~tot opRato, ac well aG detectnonr OP31ERAB!ITYP, if thece cUppo~ting featuraec are n8eocar; for trip to occur under the GOnditione assumed by the safety analycoc.Only the Allowable Value ic 8epoifie-d for- the FuelA Poe' Are RadiatAion Mon~itora in the CO. The AllMOwabl Value Sepoifiod is mor~e Gencorwative than the analytical limit assumed in the safety an~alyricr in o-rderff to- account't for inebtrUmFent uncaretaintie6 appropriate to the trip function.

The actua' nom~ina! Trip Sotpoint is norm~ally still more GORG-e R a& Pe than that required by the Allowable Value. If thel meacured ~ ..- cepontdoc oto iod theg Allowable Value, the radiation monFitor ic concidered OPERABLE.2. Containment Phase A Isolation Refer to LCO 3.3.2, Function 3.a, for all initiating Functions and requirements.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.3-169 G-H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES APPLICABILITY The manual ABGTS initiation must be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4 and when " mo"ing irradiated fu--el assemblies in tAh hAndlin area to ensure the ABGTS operates to remove fission products associated with leakage after a LOCA Or a fuel handling accident.

The Phase A ABGTS Actuation is also required in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4 to remove fission products caused by post LOCA Emergency Core Cooling Systems leakage.HIgh ramaiaen iniiarien me us" t Be i.dER .Kl in any MUiIJ du wrin move-ment of irradiated fuel assemblies in the fue'l handling area to v enuren auolmaniG Iniiaonm-e ki I !A -WnenA mRe pont;Iafrl r TG1a rue1 handlin accident e v cte.While in MODES 5 and 6 without fuel i" PFr.g..., the ABGTS instrumentation need not be OPERABLE cinA" a fuel handling acc,,ident cannot occur. See additional discussion in the Background and Applicable Safety Analysis sections.ACTIONS The most common cause of channel inoperability is outright failure or drift sufficient to exceed the tolerance allowed by unit specific calibration procedures.

Typically, the drift is found to be small and results in a delay of actuation rather than a total loss of function.

If the Trip Setpoint is less conservative than the tolerance specified by the calibration procedure, the channel must be declared inoperable immediately and the appropriate Condition entered.A Note has been added to the ACTIONS to clarify the application of Completion Time rules. The Conditions of this Specification may be entered independently for each Function listed in Table 3.3.8-1 in the accompanying LCO. The Completion Time(s) of the inoperable channel(s)/train(s) of a Function will be tracked separately for each Function starting from the time the Condition was entered for that Function.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.3-170 A-H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES ACTIONS A.1 (continued)

Condition A applies to the actuation logic train function from the Phase A Isolation, the radiation monitor funGons, and the manual initiation function.

Condition A applies to the failure of a single actuation logic train, monitor channel-, or manual channel. If one channel or train is inoperable, a period of 7 days is allowed to restore it to OPERABLE status. If the train cannot be restored to OPERABLE status, one ABGTS train must be placed in operation.

This accomplishes the actuation instrumentation function and places the unit in a conservative mode of operation.

The 7-day Completion Time is the same as is allowed if one train of the mechanical portion of the system is inoperable.

The basis for this time is the same as that provided in LCO 3.7.12.B.1.1, B.1.2. B.2 Condition B applies to the failure of two ABGTS actuation logic signals from the Phase A Isolation, t-o radiation monitort, or two manual channels.

The Required Action is to place one ABGTS train in operation immediately.

This accomplishes the actuation instrumentation function that may have been lost and places the unit in a conservative mode of operation.

The applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.7.12 must also be entered for the ABGTS train made inoperable by the inoperable actuation instrumentation.

This ensures appropriate limits are placed on train inoperability as discussed in the Bases for LCO 3.7.12.Alternatively, both trains may be placed in the emergency radiation protection mode. This ensures the ABGTS Function is performed even in the presence of a single failure.Cond-ition C applies when the Required Action and associatd Completion Time for Condition A or B have net boon met and irradiated fuel are being moved in the fuel building.

Movement e.irrad-iate-d fuel asscomblies in the fiuel building must be suspend i mmediately to eliminate the potentia!

for evente that could reur A13G~T- actuation.PfGRar of ths aefie ,,.mVoving a cernaonent to a c~afe oecition (continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.3-171 (developmental)

A-H ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES ACTIONS (continued) alaii- 0.2C1 and C2 Condition 0 C applies when the Required Action and associated Completion Time for Condition A or B have not been met and the plant is in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4. The plant must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO requirements are not applicable.

To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to MODE 3 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> and MODE 5 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />.The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS A ,Note ha been added to the SRRTbet l~ thatTal 2RI dotorminecm hic SI apply to which ABGT-S Actuation Functioe SR-3444.Perform~ancA of thA CHANNELr-CHE-CK once. Aevey 12 heure ensmuPReth~a agroce faWlur Of iRG#Wmentatieonha, not occurred.

A HANNElCrl CHEC i1 normally aG cmpaGRIilonf the parameter indicated on one channel to a 6imilar parameter on etner cflaRneiL.

It Ic a'en on tne accumptho ar inctrumsnt channsle monitoring the same parameter sheuld read appro..mately the same value.

t

,, o " Q inetru mant chRnnolc Coul beA Rn iniato of euceessineru ntdfti onRe Gof the channole Or of something even mor~e rOerinouci.

A CHANNEL CHECK wlan detel t gnroni channl faialur; thui, it is key to ,erifying the inctumetat~n cntinuec to operate properly between eacah CH4ANN~EL, but....-,

are "ULined the ... .. staff, based e..a combinti of t Vhe c hanneIl nert uncIrtaintiec, includinl indicatgon and readability.

Ifachannel~icutede the c~ritria, it may beaninication that the concor Or the cigna! procacin eqipet hac drifted outside its 4limt.The Frequency i based on operatingexeiec that demnestrates chann~el failura ic are. Th CHNE CEKcppements

!occ formal, bu-,t- mrea frequent, checkA of channels duriFng nor~mal operational -c -P. o the displays accociated;Awith t-he 1-C0 required channels.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.3-172 A-H ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR-3-342 REQUIREMENTS (continued)

Av GT nformed onca ever; 02 days en each required channel tomn oRtnmro An~nnoi fll n % nI Tnr iMonnuou0 i GnR. In n18 6u1m Yerifie the capability of the -intR mentation to provide the ABOG TS ac-tuation.

Th4 Fquny cf 02 days is based On the knoAA1 reliability Gf the monitorig eqipet and has been AhoWn to b accaeptable through operating eprn. Thre a plant peifi whih eFA that- the Instrument channel functionc aS required by Yerifying the as lef and- ac fo-und settng a~ere nsistent with these established by the setpeint mfethedelegy.

S R 3.3.08.31 SR 3.3.8.3 1 is the performance of a TADOT. This test is a check of the manual actuation functions and is performed every 18 months. Each manual actuation function is tested up to, and including, the relay coils. In some instances, the test includes actuation of the end device (e.g., pump starts, valve cycles, etc.). The Frequency is based on operating experience and is consistent with the typical industry refueling cycle.The SR is modified by a Note that excludes verification of setpoints during the TADOT. The Functions tested have no setpoints associated with them.SR-4348A A C.ANNIAlI CA' IDRATION is nrftrFmed ever' 18 month#14... .. : ...* I ... .. ..& .- I:-- #%11Allllr~ I kor-A approxlm to:.y at ovor; rTU'-' f,,. 4--1,""-L i.,"L: "r", : :'.r: :1 Gemnpuete chenk of the RlIw,*uding the cen -r. The tet verifies that the ch:anne! respendr, to a meaurwed parameter within the n~ecoccar; range and accuracy.

The FrFequency i bRaed On operatin~g exprieceand-WS concAistent with the typica! industr, refueling cycle..or 3i f S in pecIRc prOgwm nn WR uRiw Ye1+18 HMo we 1RrtUm c~hannel funcAtiGne aG required by verifying the as le-ft- andC- as found setting are concistent Yith these established by the Setpoint mnethodology.

REFERENCES

1. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 100.11, "Determination of Exclusion Area, Low Population Zone, and Population Center Distance." (continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.3-173 A-H I Containment B 3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE Satisfactory leakage rate test results are a requirement for the SAFETY establishment of containment OPERABILITY.

ANALYSES (continued)

The containment satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.

LCO Containment OPERABILITY is maintained by limiting leakage to < 1.0 La, except prior to the first start up after performing a required Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program leakage test. At this time, applicable leakage limits must be met.Compliance with this LCO will ensure a containment configuration, including equipment hatches, that is structurally sound and that will limit leakage to those leakage rates assumed in the safety analysis.Individual leakage rates specified for the containment air lock (LCO 3.6.2), purge valves with resilient seals, and Shield Building containment bypass leakage (LCO 3.6.3) are not specifically part of the acceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50, Appendix J, Option B. Therefore, leakage rates exceeding these individual limits only result in the containment being inoperable when the leakage results in exceeding the acceptance criteria of Appendix J, Option B.APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, a DBA could cause a release of radioactive material into containment.

In MODES 5 and 6, the probability and consequences of these events are reduced due to the pressure and temperature limitations of these MODES. Therefore, containment is not required to be OPERABLE in MODE 5 and 6 to prevent leakage of radioactive material from containment.

The ..quir.ment.

for ...ntainMot durng MODR 6 aro gaddmro-d inGLCO 3.9.4, u"Gntainm.nt o .n.r.atinc.2" (continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.6-3 H I Containment Air Locks B 3.6.2 BASES (continued)

APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The DBAs that result in a significant release of radioactive material within containment are a loss of coolant accident and a rod ejection accident (Ref. 2). In the analysis of each of these accidents, it is assumed that containment is OPERABLE such that release of fission products to the environment is controlled by the rate of containment leakage. The containment was designed with an allowable leakage rate (LJ) of 0.25%of containment air weight per day (Ref. 2), at the calculated peak containment pressure of 15.0 psig. This allowable leakage rate forms the basis for the acceptance criteria imposed on the SRs associated with the air locks.The containment air locks satisfy Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.

LCO Each containment air lock forms part of the containment pressure boundary.

As part of containment pressure boundary, the air lock safety function is related to control of the containment leakage rate resulting from a DBA. Thus, each air lock's structural integrity and leak tightness are essential to the successful mitigation of such an event.Each air lock is required to be OPERABLE.

For the air lock to be considered OPERABLE, the air lock interlock mechanism must be OPERABLE, the air lock must be in compliance with the Type B air lock leakage test, and both air lock doors must be OPERABLE.

The interlock allows only one air lock door of an air lock to be opened at one time. This provision ensures that a gross breach of containment does not exist when containment is required to be OPERABLE.

Closure of a single door in each air lock is sufficient to provide a leak tight barrier following postulated events. Nevertheless, both doors are kept closed when the air lock is not being used for normal entry into and exit from containment.

APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, a DBA could cause a release of radioactive material to containment.

In MODES 5 and 6, the probability and consequences of these events are reduced due to the pressure and temperature limitations of these MODES. Therefore, the containment air locks are not required in MODE 5 and 6 to prevent leakage of radioactive material from containment.

The requiroM.n-t for th- cfar. t nmt.t air lock, dUrI, MODE 6 are in C 3.9.4, "uAnta-iment Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.6-7 (continued)

H Containment Isolation Valves B 3.6.3 BASES (continued)

APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, a DBA could cause a release of radioactive material to containment.

In MODES 5 and 6, the probability and consequences of these events are reduced due to the pressure and temperature limitations of these MODES. Therefore, the containment isolation valves are not required to be OPERABLE in MODE 5 and 6.The roquiF8montA for. conbinRmonti1;eation valves during MODE 6 aro addressed i~q!LCO 3.9.4, "GContainmont PonoAtr1at-ione;." ACTIONS The ACTIONS are modified by a Note allowing penetration flow paths, to be unisolated intermittently under administrative controls.

These administrative controls consist of stationing a dedicated operator (licensed or unlicensed) at the valve controls, who is in continuous communication with the control room. In this way, the penetration can be rapidly isolated when a need for containment isolation is indicated.

For valve controls located in the control room, an operator (other than the Shift Operations Supervisor (SOS), ASOS, or the Operator at the Controls) may monitor containment isolation signal status rather than be stationed at the valve controls.

Other secondary responsibilities which do not prevent adequate monitoring of containment isolation signal status may be performed by the operator provided his/her primary responsibility is rapid isolation of the penetration when needed for containment isolation.

Use of the Unit Control Room Operator (CRO) to perform this function should be limited to those situations where no other operator is available.

A second Note has been added to provide clarification that, for this LCO, separate Condition entry is allowed for each penetration flow path. This is acceptable, since the Required Actions for each Condition provide appropriate compensatory actions for each inoperable containment isolation valve. Complying with the Required Actions may allow for continued operation, and subsequent inoperable containment isolation valves are governed by subsequent Condition entry and application of associated Required Actions.The ACTIONS are further modified by third Note, which ensures appropriate remedial actions are taken, if necessary, if the affected systems are rendered inoperable by an inoperable containment isolation valve.In the event the isolation valve leakage results in exceeding the overall containment leakage rate, Note 4 directs entry into the applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.6.1.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.6-16 (developmental)

H Containment Isolation Valves B 3.6.3 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.6.3.7 REQUIREMENTS Verifying that each 24 inch containment lower compartment purge valve is blocked to restrict opening to < 500 is required to ensure that the valves can close under DBA conditions within the times assumed in the analyses of References 1 and 2. If a LOCA occurs, the purge valves must close to maintain containment leakage within the values assumed in the accident analysis.

At other times when containment when purge al've required to be capable of .. -, ng (e.g., my,. m. t of ir rdit -ed fu, assemblies), pressurization concerns are not present, thus the purge valves can be fully open. The 18-month Frequency is appropriate because the blocking devices are typically removed only during a refueling outage.SR 3.6.3.8 This SR ensures that the combined leakage rate of all Shield Building bypass leakage paths is less than or equal to the specified leakage rate.This provides assurance that the assumptions in the safety analysis are met. The as left bypass leakage rate prior to the first startup after performing a leakage test, requires calculation using maximum pathway leakage (leakage through the worse of the two isolation valves). If the penetration is isolated by use of one closed and de-activated automatic valve, closed manual valve, or blind flange, then the leakage rate of the isolated bypass leakage path is assumed to be the actual pathway leakage through the isolation device. If both isolation valves in the penetration are closed, the actual leakage rate is the lesser leakage rate of the two valves. At all other times, the leakage rate will be calculated using minimum pathway leakage.The frequency is required by the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program. This SR simply imposes additional acceptance criteria.Although not a part of La, the Shield Building Bypass leakage path combined leakage rate is determined using the 10 CFR 50, Appendix J, Option B, Type B and C leakage rates for the applicable barriers.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.6-25 (developmental)

BH ABGTS B 3.7.12 B 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS B 3.7.12 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)BASES BACKGROUND The ABGTS filters airborne radioactive particulates from the area of the fuel poo! following a fue! handling accident and from the area of active Unit 2 ECCS components and Unit 2 penetration rooms following a loss of coolant accident (LOCA).The ABGTS consists of two independent and redundant trains. Each train consists of a heater, a prefilter, moisture separator, a high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter, two activated charcoal adsorber sections for removal of gaseous activity (principally iodines), and a fan. Ductwork, valves or dampers, and instrumentation also form part of the system.A second bank of HEPA filters follows the adsorber section to collect carbon fines and provide backup in case the main HEPA filter bank fails.The downstream HEPA filter is not credited in the analysis.

The system initiates filtered ventilation of the Auxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure (ABSCE) exhaust air following receipt of a Phase A containment isolation signal Or a high radiation signal .fro the epent fuel poe'0 area.The ABGTS is a standby system, not used during normal plant operations.

During emergency operations, the ABSCE dampers are realigned and ABGTS fans are started to begin filtration.

Air is exhausted from the Unit 2 ECCS pump rooms, Unit 2 penetration rooms, and fuel handling area through the filter trains. The prefilters or moisture separators remove any large particles in the air, and any entrained water droplets present, to prevent excessive loading of the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers.

The plant design basis reguiroc that vhen FRGVing iFradiated fu-el in the Auxiliar; Buildin~g andier Containmenpt With the Containment open to the Auxiliar;

@u ilding ABSCE epacoc, a signal from the spent fuel poo fad-ia~t~io moITere0 0 RE 90 102 and 103 will1 initiate a ContainmFenlt Ve1Rn1.iat*

I!cllatin (CVI) in addition to their fu Itin. In additieI, a cignal from the containment purge rad'AtiAn menitorR 1 RE 90 130 andI 131 or oltherIi CVI signal will iintiate that portion of the ABI noeal1y nintiated by the spent fuel peel radiation manitam. Additionally, a Containment Phaco A (SI signal) from the .perating unit, high 18RMoEraiue in Me Ahwuiiiar:

Suidiain aIr 1InM1486.

Or mianuat ABI (continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.7-63 GH I ABGTS B 3.7.12 BASES BACKGROUND (continued) 9 L.tillll containment of botmh units is ;ep to the AuxiliaFy lBuilding spaceS, a V\I in one uni Iwil intiate al CI inM m th other uni;t in order to maiRtain these spaces open to thA ABSC(E. Therefor, the cOntainment ventilation iTremBGTS sdiscmust remain operable when moVing iradiated fuel in the A.uxiliar Buildin. if the andtainment air ielyk)penetrations, equipmen8t hatch, Mtc. are open to the Au*iliar; Bu:Iding ABSCE spacee. In addition, the ABRG-TS must reanoeable i these containment penetrations are open to the Auxiliar Bulin uring movemenet of ir-radiwate&d-fuel insideS con~t-ain.men.t-.

The ABGTS is discussed in the FSAR, Sections 6.5.1, 9.4.2, 15.0, and 6.2.3 (Refs. 1, 2, 3, and 4, respectively).

APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The ABGTS design basis is established by the consequences of the limiting Design Basis Accident (DBA), which is a LOCA fuel handling arGide. .The analy is of the fue! handling accident, given.... ... .1 .. ... ....... 1 .. .... :' n i KSMMA e , aL.LU:IIeL

+:1 "J~ 2+ u"I 'Au ' i F49 i A ' ARAH6FA0y W[e damagedJ.The analysis of the LOCA assumes that radioactive materials leaked from the Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) are filtered and adsorbed by the ABGTS. The DBA analysis of the fuel handlirg ac.!det assumes that only one train of the ABGTS is functional due to a single failure that disables the other train. The accident analysis accounts for the reduction in airborne radioactive material provided by the one remaining train of this filtration system. The amount of fission products available for release from the ABSCE is determined for a f4el handling accident ad for a LOCA. The assumptions and- the analysis for a- fuel hand-ling accident.follow the guidanA, provided i* Regulator; Guide 1.25 (Ref. 5) and NUREG-/CP.

5009 (Ref.f 0) The assumptions and analysis for a LOCA follow the guidance provided in Regulatory Guide 1.4 (Ref. 6 5).The ABGTS satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.

IMA MQf*F9 mditedfi-l isidcontainment inr; the A--iia9 Building YAWi containment air locke or penetrations open to the Auxiia- y Building ABSCE spaces, Or When moving fuel in the Auxiliary Building with the containment equipment hatch open, the p n to initiate a r,%1 fr^m +nh¢ r' 4 f ! i , mr , *, ., ,, ,,ý IA, * "-i --- ADI '-'."-.".-.. .. -... -W cppwn ww pcpcp r= = CPý ^Ezian Ox Rn " n^ý-" inmviýTýý

ý Tný ý ýnT rtjýi ^^i......I-- -*n -- '. Si f.j Ib V fmdi'it*n Mnnitem) frnm , CVI inRG'udR~n aG 1" *nt',tniat by the I .... V ..... Vl IgV coeniainment purge moniltors, in the event 0T a-we nanaing aGciaent (FHMA) must be in p lace andI f ucio ian. Additionally, a Containment

% #I v r i W i icoiarion mnase A tsi sigaij WFro tne Operatlng unit, niqn* w (continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.7-64 GH ABGTS B 3.7.12 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued) temperSature in the AuxW-iliary Building air intakes, Or manual ABI vill cause a CVI signal in the refueling unit. The containment equipmenAt hatch cannot be open when movingirradiated fuel inside con~t2ainmnt in 2-A accord- ante With Technica!

Specifiation 3.0.4.TheABG-QTS iS required to be operable during moevement of irradiated fue!in the Au-xi'ia Building duýrig an~y mode andd duinmomet irradiated fuel in the Reactor Building when the Reactor Building iS established as part of the ABS-CrE boundary (see TS8 3.3.8, 3.7.12, &3.9.4). Whe moig rad*ated fuelA inside containment, at least one train of he ona~ne pugeSystemA mRust beS operating Or the cOntaimenFlt must be isolated.

WAhen. moGVing irradiated fuel in the Auxiliary Building during timers, ven the containment is open to the Auxiliary Building ABSCE spacas, containment purge can be operated, but operation of th system is not required.

HoeWVer, whe-ther the coentainment purge system is operated Or not in this configuration, all containment ventilation isolation valves and associated instrum~entation must remain operable.

This r8;equiement isneMsarAy to ensure a CVI ca e coplsedfo the spet fel ol radiation moni;tors in; the event of a FHA in the Auxiliaigy Building.

Additionally, A- Con-tainRment Isolation Phase A (S! signal) from the operating unit, high temAperature in the Auxiliary Building air intakes, or1 Manua! ABI will cause a CVI saignal inthe refueling unit. In; the case whe~re the coentainment of both units is open to the Auxiliary Building A-Magces.

aa C R in A one uit will intiat-e A- CVI in the other uit inm order to m~aInaIn tnose spares open to thle ABSGF.LCO Two independent and redundant trains of the ABGTS are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that at least one train is available, assuming a single failure that disables the other train, coincident with a loss of offsite power. Total system failure could result in the atmospheric release from the ABSCE exceeding the 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 7 6) limits in the event of a fuel handling acc-.ident Or LOCA.The ABGTS is considered OPERABLE when the individual components necessary to control exposure in the fuel handling building Auxiliary Building are OPERABLE in both trains. An ABGTS train is considered OPERABLE when its associated:

a. Fan is OPERABLE;b. HEPA filter and charcoal adsorber are not excessively restricting flow, and are capable of performing their filtration function; and (continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.7-65 GHI ABGTS B 3.7.12 BASES LCO c. Heater, moisture separator, ductwork, valves, and dampers are (continued)

OPERABLE, and air circulation can be maintained.

APPLICABILITY In MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4, the ABGTS is required to be OPERABLE to provide fission product removal associated with ECCS leaks due to a LOCA and leakage from containment and annulus.In MODE 5 or 6, the ABGTS is not required to be OPERABLE since the ECCS is not required to be OPERABLE.

During mo'vement of irradiattd fuel in the fuel handling area, the ABGTS is required to be OPERA.BLE to alloviato the conccquoncacs of a- fu-el handling acc~ident.

See additiena!

diecuccinkin thBckroud anid Applicable Safety Analysis sections.ACTIONS A..1 With one ABGTS train inoperable, action must be taken to restore OPERABLE status within 7 days. During this period, the remaining OPERABLE train is adequate to perform the ABGTS function.

The 7-day Completion Time is based on the risk from an event occurring requiring the inoperable ABGTS train, and the remaining ABGTS train providing the required protection.

B.1 and B.2 in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4, whn When Required Action A. 1 cannot be completed within the associated Completion Time, or when both ABGTS trains are inoperable, the plant must be placed in a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this status, the plant must be placed in MODE 3 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />, and in MODE 5 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />. The Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.7-66 AH ABGTS B 3.7.12 BASES ACTIONS (continued)

'J"flnn I~nniiirnr1 Rrtinnhl 1 e--innnt fln rnmnintnri

~'Itflin tfln mAuJirfid Completion Time, duiRng moGYmen8t Of rrFAdiated fuel -as-sembiDec in the fuel handling area, the OPEIRABLE ABRGTS train muc-t be atar+-d remaining train in- OPERABLE, that no undetected failures preyenting cyctem operation All occur, and that any active failure- will be readily d4etteaetedd.

if the system is not plaoad in operation, this acti eq uieccupension c fuel movement, which precluides a fuel accident.

Thic dIGAR not preclude the monvement of fuel assemblies to a safe pocition 1 A.hon twov trans of the AB3GT- are ineporable dug moeent Gf ira ite fual ;arAmbl*ec in theg fuel handling ara ac inmust be taken to place the unit in a cond~ition_

in which the LCO door, not apply. Action must be taken immediately to suseond movyemnent of irradiated fuel assemblies i the fuela han~dling area. TWAicdooc not precludeth fA48movemet of fuel1 to a Raft; nacition.SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.7.12.1 Standby systems should be checked periodically to ensure that they function properly.

As the environmental and normal operating conditions on this system are not severe, testing each train once every month provides an adequate check on this system.Monthly heater operation dries out any moisture accumulated in the charcoal from humidity in the ambient air. The system must be operated for _> 10 continuous hours with the heaters energized.

The 31-day Frequency is based on the known reliability of the equipment and the two train redundancy available.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.7-67 AH ABGTS B 3.7.12 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SR 3.7.12.2 This SR verifies that the required ABGTS testing is performed in accordance with the Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP). The ABGTS filter tests are in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52 (Ref. 8 7). The VFTP includes testing HEPA filter performance, charcoal adsorber efficiency, minimum system flow rate, and the physical properties of the activated charcoal (general use and following specific operations).

Specific test frequencies and additional information are discussed in detail in the VFTP.SR 3.7.12.3 This SR verifies that each ABGTS train starts and operates on an actual or simulated actuation signal. The 18-month Frequency is consistent with Reference 8 7.SR 3.7.12.4 This SR verifies the integrity of the ABSCE. The ability of the ABSCE to maintain negative pressure with respect to potentially uncontaminated adjacent areas is periodically tested to verify proper function of the ABGTS. During the post accident mode of operation, the ABGTS is designed to maintain a slight negative pressure in the ABSCE, to prevent unfiltered LEAKAGE. The ABGTS is designed to maintain a negative pressure between -0.25 inches water gauge and -0.5 inches water gauge (value does not account for instrument error) with respect to atmospheric pressure at a nominal flow rate > 9300 cfm and < 9900 cfm. The Frequency of 18 months is consistent with the guidance provided in NUREG-0800, Section 6.5.1 (Ref. 0 8).An 18-month Frequency (on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS) is consistent with Reference 8 7.I REFERENCES

1. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 6.5.1, "Engineered Safety Feature (ESF)Filter Systems." 2. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 9.4.2, "Fuel Handling Area Ventilation System." 3. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.0, "Accident Analysis." (continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.7-68 B-HI ABGTS B 3.7.12 BASES REFERENCES (continued)

4. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 6.2.3, "Secondary Containment Functional Design." 5-.W* Ii Jl__ __=L al U A ....... .IL==I I--=Jl=--ý i! ýT^ Lj ý ýrf% ýijm 013r. ýý6 5.-7 6.8 7.0 8.Evaluating the Potontial Radiological COnI~eqUOnce6 Of a Fuel Hand~ing Acciden~t in the Fuel Handling and Storage Facility for Boi~ling anRd Proccuwzed Water Reador~s." Regulatory Guide 1.4, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss of Coolant Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors." Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 100.11, "Determination of Exclusion Area, Low Population Zone, and Population Center Distance." Regulatory Guide 1.52 (Rev. 2), "Design, Testing and Maintenance Criteria for Post Accident Engineered-Safety-Feature Atmospheric Cleanup System Air Filtration and Adsorption Units of Light-Water Cooled Nuclear Power Plants." NUREG-0800, Section 6.5.1, "Standard Review Plan," Rev. 2, "ESF Atmosphere Cleanup System," July 1981.407 All II, AC 60P 7'Ac~eccmorn ot tno Ic or.Aa imuoneag ISUFRUP Fueli n Lighti WaISF oWQorI- r1acor.. 8- NucioaF -to61auizno I AAA i Gommisee~n, 1-obruary 1988.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.7-14&-HI Fuel Storage Pool Water Level B 3.7.13 BASES (continued)

REFERENCES

1. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 9.1.2, "Spent Fuel Storage." 2. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 9.1.3, "Spent Fuel Pool Cooling and Cleanup System." 3. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.5.6 4&.45, "Fuel Handling Accident." 4.Regulatory Guide 1.25, March 107-2, 'Assumnptions Ucod fot Evaluating the Potential Radiological Genceguences of a Fuel Handli.n Acciaent in the -oel Handling and StGaa. Facility for II i R i~oiiin~i and l~rec~unzed

~'?ator I-~oactore.

5.Title 10, Codde of Fed-eral Regulations, Part 100.1 I, "-etermination of Ewwucsoen Aroa, Lewx Population Zonie, and Population CenAtet 6. Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternate Source Terms for Evaluation Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors", July 2000.7. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations 50.67, "Accident Source Term." (continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.7-14 A Fuel Storage Pool Water Level B 3.7.13 8 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS B 3.7.13 Fuel Storage Pool Water Level BASES BACKGROUND The minimum water level in the fuel storage pool meets the assumptions of iodine decontamination factors following a fuel handling accident.

The specified water level shields and minimizes the general area dose when the storage racks are filled to their maximum capacity.

The water also provides shielding during the movement of spent fuel.A general description of the fuel storage pool design is given in the FSAR, Section 9.1.2 (Ref. 1). A description of the Spent Fuel Pool Cooling and Cleanup System is given in the FSAR, Section 9.1.3 (Ref. 2). The assumptions of the fuel handling accident are given in the FSAR,Section I 4S 15.5.6 (Ref. 3).APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The minimum water level in the fuel storage pool meets the assumptions of the fuel handling accident described in Regulatory Guide 425 (Ref.4)1.183 Rev. 6. The Total effective Dose equivalent (TEDE) for control room occupants, individuals at the exclusion area boundary, and individuals within the low population zone will remain with 10 CFR 50.67 (Ref. 7) and Regulatory Position C.4.4 of Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref 6)for a fuel handling accident.

The resultant 2 hour2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> thyroid dose per person at the exclusion area boundary is a small fraction of the 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 5) limits.According to Reference 3 4, there is 23 ft of water between the top of the damaged fuel bundle and the fuel pool surface during a fuel handling accident.

With 23 ft of water, the assumptions of Reference 6 4 can be used directly.

In practice, this LCO preserves this assumption for the bulk of the fuel in the storage racks. In the case of a single bundle dropped and lying horizontally on top of the spent fuel racks; however, there may be < 23 ft of water above the top of the fuel bundle and the surface, indicated by the width of the bundle. To offset this small non-conservatism, the analysis assumes that all fuel rods fail, although analysis shows that only the first few rows fail from a hypothetical maximum drop.The fuel storage pool water level satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.7-68 AH Fuel Storage Pool Water Level B 3.7.13 (continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.7-69 AH Fuel Storage Pool Water Level B 3.7.13 BASES (continued)

LCO The fuel storage pool water level is required to be > 23 ft over the top of irradiated fuel assemblies seated in the storage racks. The specified water level preserves the assumptions of the fuel handling accident analysis (Ref. 3). As such, it is the minimum required for fuel storage and movement within the fuel storage pool.APPLICABILITY This LCO applies during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies in the fuel storage pool, since the potential for a release of fission products exists.ACTIONS A.1 Required Action A.1 is modified by a Note indicating that LCO 3.0.3 does not apply.When the initial conditions for prevention of an accident cannot be met, steps should be taken to preclude the accident from occurring.

When the fuel storage pool water level is lower than the required level, the movement of irradiated fuel assemblies in the fuel storage pool is immediately suspended.

This action effectively precludes the occurrence of a fuel handling accident.

This does not preclude movement of a fuel assembly to a safe position.If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6, LCO 3.0.3 would not specify any action. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, the fuel movement is independent of reactor operations.

Therefore, inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies is not sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown.SURVEILLANCE SIR 3.7.13.1 REQUIREMENTS This SR verifies sufficient fuel storage pool water is available in the event of a fuel handling accident.

The water level in the fuel storage pool must be checked periodically.

The 7 day Frequency is appropriate because the volume in the pool is normally stable. Water level changes are controlled by plant procedures and are acceptable based on operating experience.

During refueling operations, the level in the fuel storage pool is in equilibrium with the refueling canal, and the level in the refueling canal is checked daily in accordance with SR 3.9.7.1.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.7-70 (developmental)

A Refueling Cavity Water Level B 3.9.7 B 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS B 3.9.7 Refueling Cavity Water Level BASES BACKGROUND The movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within containment requires a minimum water level of 23 ft above the top of the reactor vessel flange.During refueling, this maintains sufficient water level in the containment, refueling canal, fuel transfer canal, refueling cavity, and spent fuel pool.Sufficient water is necessary to retain iodine fission product activity in the water in the event of a fuel handling accident (Refs. 2 and 8 an.d 2).Sufficient iodine activity would be retained to limit offsite doses from the accident to -,2% of 10 ,FR 100 limits, as providod by the guidanco,, ee the limits defined in 10 CFR 50.67 (Ref. 7) and Regulatory Position C.4.4 of Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref. 8).APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies, the water level in the refueling canal and the refueling cavity is an initial condition design parameter in the analysis of a fuel handling accident in containment,-as postulated by Rogulator; Guido 1.25 (Ref. 1). A minimum water level of 23 ft (Regulatory Position 2 of Appendix B to Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref. 8)) allows an overall iodine decontamination factor of 200 C.I? 9f 0-f 4~ H1 A ^fsn D i +,, D.,4, 40J n n0I~i , I {of-Ref---)

to be used in the accident analysis fer--ied~in.

This relates to the assumption that 99.5% of the total iodine released from the pellet to cladding gap of all the dropped fuel assembly rods is retained by the refueling cavity water. The fuel pellet to cladding gap is assumed to contain 8% of the 1-131, 10% of the Kr-85, and 5% of the other noble gases and iodines from the total fission product inventory in accordance with Regulatory Position 3.1 of Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref. 8). 40%-of tho, total Afuo81 roed i;din in;enter; (Rof. 1) oxcopt fo r! 131 whirch i The fuel handling accident analysis inside containment is described in Reference

2. With a minimum water level of 23 ft in conjunction with aOl a minimum decay time of 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> prior to fuel handling, the analysis and test programs demonstrate that the iodine release due to a postulated fuel handling accident is adequately captured by the water and offsite doses are maintained within allowable limits (Refs. 7 and 8 4 a, 5-).Refueling cavity water level satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.9-20 AH Refueling Cavity Water Level B 3.9.7 (continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.9-21 AH Refueling Cavity Water Level B 3.9.7 BASES (continued)

LCO A minimum refueling cavity water level of 23 ft above the reactor vessel flange is required to ensure that the radiological consequences of a postulated fuel handling accident inside containment are within acceptable limits, as provided by the guidance of Reference 3.APPLICABILITY LCO 3.9.7 is applicable when moving irradiated fuel assemblies within containment.

The LCO minimizes the possibility of a fuel handling accident in containment that is beyond the assumptions of the safety analysis.

If irradiated fuel assemblies are not present in containment, there can be no significant radioactivity release as a result of a postulated fuel handling accident.

Requirements for fuel handling accidents in the spent fuel pool are covered by LCO 3.7.13, "Fuel Storage Pool Water Level." ACTIONS A. 1 With a water level of < 23 ft above the top of the reactor vessel flange, all operations involving movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment shall be suspended immediately to ensure that a fuel handling accident cannot occur. The suspension of fuel movement shall not preclude completion of movement of a component to a safe position.A.2 In addition to immediately suspending movement of irradiated fuel, actions to restore refueling cavity water level must be initiated immediately.

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.9.7.1 Verification of a minimum water level of 23 ft above the top of the reactor vessel flange ensures that the design basis for the analysis of the postulated fuel handling accident during refueling operations is met.Water at the required level above the top of the reactor vessel flange limits the consequences of damaged fuel rods that are postulated to result from a fuel handling accident inside containment (Ref. 2).The Frequency of 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> is based on engineering judgment and is considered adequate in view of the large volume of water and the normal procedural controls of valve positions, which make significant unplanned level changes unlikely.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.9-22 A Refueling Cavity Water Level B 3.9.7 BASES (continued)

REFERENCES

1. Regulatory Guide 1.25, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Conoquec.c of a Fuel Handli*n;g AccGidont in the Fuel Handling and Storage Facility for Boiling and PF8oc1unzJEd IA.;tAF Roactem " IUISR Nucle9Ar Roaulator.y Commiccioin, March 23, 1972.2. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.5.6 54.5, "Fuel Handling Accident." 3. NUREG-0800, "Standard Review Plan," Section 15.7.4,"Radiological Consequences of Fuel-Handling Accidents," U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
4. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 20.1201(a), (a)(1), and (2)(2), "Occupational Dose Limits for Adults." 5~Malinowski, D. D., Bell, M. j., Duhn, E., and Locante, j., W6:~ Id Kaelaaioggleal conequences e; a i-uel manaiin Accident, December 197-1.6- NUREGICR 5009, "Assessment of the Use of E*tended Bumu Fuel in Light W~ater Power Reactors," U. S. NUcloar Regulatory Commlccion, Februar-y 1988.7. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations 50.67, "Accident Source Term." 8. Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternate Source Terms for Evaluation Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors", July 2000.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.9-14 A Enclosure 9 WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Specification Bases Final E9-1 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6 B 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION B 3.3.6 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation BASES BACKGROUND Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation closes the containment isolation valves in the Containment Purge System. This action isolates the containment atmosphere from the environment to minimize releases of radioactivity in the event of an accident.

The Reactor Building Purge System may be in use during reactor operation and with the reactor shutdown.Containment vent isolation is initiated by a safety injection (SI) signal or by manual actuation.

The Bases for LCO 3.3.2, "Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFAS) Instrumentation," discuss initiation of SI signals.Redundant and independent gaseous radioactivity monitors measure the radioactivity levels of the containment purge exhaust, each of which will initiate its associated train of automatic Containment Vent Isolation upon detection of high gaseous radioactivity.

The Reactor Building Purge System has inner and outer containment isolation valves in its supply and exhaust ducts. This system is described in the Bases for LCO 3.6.3, "Containment Isolation Valves." APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The containment isolation valves for the Reactor Building Purge System close within six seconds following the DBA. The containment vent isolation radiation monitors act as backup to the SI signal to ensure closing of the purge air system supply and exhaust valves. Containment isolation in turn ensures meeting the containment leakage rate assumptions of the safety analyses, and ensures that the calculated accidental offsite radiological doses are below 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 1) limits.The Containment Vent Isolation instrumentation satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.3-150 HI Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6 BASES LCO The LCO requirements ensure that the instrumentation necessary to initiate Containment Vent Isolation, listed in Table 3.3.6-1, is OPERABLE.5. Manual Initiation The LCO requires two channels OPERABLE.

The operator can initiate Containment Vent Isolation at any time by using either of two switches in the control room or from local panel(s).

Either switch actuates both trains. This action will cause actuation of all components in the same manner as any of the automatic actuation signals. These manual switches also initiate a Phase A isolation signal.The LCO for Manual Initiation ensures the proper amount of redundancy is maintained in the manual actuation circuitry to ensure the operator has manual initiation capability.

Each channel consists of one selector switch and the interconnecting wiring to the actuation logic cabinet.6. Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays The LCO requires two trains of Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays OPERABLE to ensure that no single random failure can prevent automatic actuation.

Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays consist of the same features and operate in the same manner as described for ESFAS Function 1.b, SI. The applicable MODES and specified conditions for the containment vent isolation portion of the SI Function is different and less restrictive than those for the SI role. If one or more of the SI Functions becomes inoperable in such a manner that only the Containment Vent Isolation Function is affected, the Conditions applicable to the SI Functions need not be entered. The less restrictive Actions specified for inoperability of the Containment Vent Isolation Functions specify sufficient compensatory measures for this case.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.3-151 (developmental)

H Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6 BASES LCO 7. Containment Radiation (continued)

The LCO specifies two required channels of radiation monitors to ensure that the radiation monitoring instrumentation necessary to initiate Containment Vent Isolation remains OPERABLE.For sampling systems, channel OPERABILITY involves more than OPERABILITY of the channel electronics.

OPERABILITY may also require correct valve lineups and sample pump operation, as well as detector OPERABILITY, if these supporting features are necessary for trip to occur under the conditions assumed by the safety analyses.Only the Allowable Value is specified for the Containment Purge Exhaust Radiation Monitors in the LCO. The Allowable Value is based on expected concentrations for a small break LOCA, which is more restrictive than 10 CFR 100 limits. The Allowable Value specified is more conservative than the analytical limit assumed in the safety analysis in order to account for instrument uncertainties appropriate to the trip function.

The actual nominal Trip Setpoint is normally still more conservative than that required by the Allowable Value. If the setpoint does not exceed the Allowable Value, the radiation monitor is considered OPERABLE.8. Safety Injection (SI)Refer to LCO 3.3.2, Function 1, for all initiating Functions and requirements.

APPLICABILITY The Manual Initiation, Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays, Safety Injection, and Containment Radiation Functions are required OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4. Under these conditions, the potential exists for an accident that could release significant fission product radioactivity into containment.

Therefore, the Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation must be OPERABLE in these MODES. See additional discussion in the Background and Applicable Safety Analysis sections.While in MODES 5 and 6, the Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation need not be OPERABLE since the potential for radioactive releases is minimized and operator action is sufficient to ensure post accident offsite doses are maintained within the limits of Reference 1.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.3-152 (developmental)

H Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6 BASES (continued)

ACTIONS The most common cause of channel inoperability is outright failure or drift sufficient to exceed the tolerance allowed by unit specific calibration procedures.

Typically, the drift is found to be small and results in a delay of actuation rather than a total loss of function.

If the Trip Setpoint is less conservative than the tolerance specified by the calibration procedure, the channel must be declared inoperable immediately, and the appropriate Condition entered.A Note has been added to the ACTIONS to clarify the application of Completion Time rules. The Conditions of this Specification may be entered independently for each Function listed in Table 3.3.6-1. The Completion Time(s) of the inoperable channel(s)/train(s) of a Function will be tracked separately for each Function starting from the time the Condition was entered for that Function.A.1 Condition A applies to the failure of one containment purge isolation radiation monitor channel. Since the two containment radiation monitors are both gaseous detectors, failure of a single channel may result in loss of the redundancy.

Consequently, the failed channel must be restored to OPERABLE status. The 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> allowed to restore the affected channel is justified by the low likelihood of events occurring during this interval, and recognition that one or more of the remaining channels will respond to most events.B.1 Condition B applies to all Containment Vent Isolation Functions and addresses the train orientation of the Solid State Protection System (SSPS) and the master and slave relays for these Functions.

It also addresses the failure of multiple radiation monitoring channels, or the inability to restore a single failed channel to OPERABLE status in the time allowed for Required Action A. 1.If a train is inoperable, multiple channels are inoperable, or the Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A are not met, operation may continue as long as the Required Action for the applicable Conditions of LCO 3.6.3 is met for each valve made inoperable by failure of isolation instrumentation.

A Note has been added above the Required Actions to allow one train of actuation logic to be placed in bypass and to delay entering the Required Actions for up to four hours to perform surveillance testing provided the other train is OPERABLE.

The 4-hour allowance is consistent with the Required Actions for actuation logic trains in LCO 3.3.2, "Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.3-153 (developmental)

H Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6 BASES ACTIONS B.1 (continued)

Instrumentation" and allows periodic testing to be conducted while at power without causing an actual actuation.

The delay for entering the Required Actions relieves the administrative burden of entering the Required Actions for isolation valves inoperable solely due to the performance of surveillance testing on the actuation logic and is acceptable based on the OPERABILITY of the opposite train.SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.3.6.1 Performance of the CHANNEL CHECK once every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> ensures that a gross failure of instrumentation has not occurred.

A CHANNEL CHECK is normally a comparison of the parameter indicated on one channel to a similar parameter on other channels.

It is based on the assumption that instrument channels monitoring the same parameter should read approximately the same value.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.3-154 H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES B 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION B 3.3.8 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment (ABGTS) Actuation Instrumentation BASES BACKGROUND The ABGTS ensures that radioactive materials in the fuel building atmosphere following a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) are filtered and adsorbed prior to exhausting to the environment.

The system is described in the Bases for LCO 3.7.12, "Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)." The system initiates filtered exhaust of air from the fuel handling area, ECCS pump rooms, and penetration rooms automatically following receipt of a fuel pool area high radiation signal or a Containment Phase A Isolation signal. Initiation may also be performed manually as needed from the main control room.There are a total of two channels, one for each train. A Phase A isolation signal from the Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS)initiates auxiliary building isolation and starts the ABGTS. These actions function to prevent exfiltration of contaminated air by initiating filtered ventilation, which imposes a negative pressure on the Auxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure (ABSCE).The ABGTS ensures that radioactive materials in the ABSCE atmosphere following a LOCA are filtered and adsorbed prior to being exhausted to the environment.

This action reduces the radioactive content in the auxiliary building exhaust following a LOCA or fuel handling accident so that offsite doses remain within the limits specified in 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 1).The ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.

APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.3-166 HI ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES LCO The LCO requirements ensure that instrumentation necessary to initiate the ABGTS is OPERABLE.1. Manual Initiation The LCO requires two channels OPERABLE.

The operator can initiate the ABGTS at any time by using either of two switches in the control room. This action will cause actuation of all components in the same manner as any of the automatic actuation signals.The LCO for Manual Initiation ensures the proper amount of redundancy is maintained in the manual actuation circuitry to ensure the operator has manual initiation capability.

Each channel consists of one hand switch and the interconnecting wiring to the actuation logic relays.2. Containment Phase A Isolation Refer to LCO 3.3.2, Function 3.a, for all initiating Functions and requirements.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.3-167 H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES APPLICABILITY The manual ABGTS initiation must be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4 to ensure the ABGTS operates to remove fission products associated with leakage after a LOCA. The Phase A ABGTS Actuation is also required in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4 to remove fission products caused by post LOCA Emergency Core Cooling Systems leakage.While in MODES 5 and 6, the ABGTS instrumentation need not be OPERABLE.

See additional discussion in the Background and Applicable Safety Analysis sections.ACTIONS The most common cause of channel inoperability is outright failure or drift sufficient to exceed the tolerance allowed by unit specific calibration procedures.

Typically, the drift is found to be small and results in a delay of actuation rather than a total loss of function.

If the Trip Setpoint is less conservative than the tolerance specified by the calibration procedure, the channel must be declared inoperable immediately and the appropriate Condition entered.A Note has been added to the ACTIONS to clarify the application of Completion Time rules. The Conditions of this Specification may be entered independently for each Function listed in Table 3.3.8-1 in the accompanying LCO. The Completion Time(s) of the inoperable channel(s)/train(s) of a Function will be tracked separately for each Function starting from the time the Condition was entered for that Function.A.1 Condition A applies to the actuation logic train function from the Phase A Isolation and the manual initiation function.

Condition A applies to the failure of a single actuation logic train or manual channel. If one channel or train is inoperable, a period of 7 days is allowed to restore it to OPERABLE status. If the train cannot be restored to OPERABLE status, one ABGTS train must be placed in operation.

This accomplishes the actuation instrumentation function and places the unit in a conservative mode of operation.

The 7-day Completion Time is the same as is allowed if one train of the mechanical portion of the system is inoperable.

The basis for this time is the same as that provided in LCO 3.7.12.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.3-168 (developmental)

H ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES ACTIONS (continued)

B.1.1, B.1.2. B.2 Condition B applies to the failure of two ABGTS actuation logic signals from the Phase A Isolation or two manual channels.

The Required Action is to place one ABGTS train in operation immediately.

This accomplishes the actuation instrumentation function that may have been lost and places the unit in a conservative mode of operation.

The applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.7.12 must also be entered for the ABGTS train made inoperable by the inoperable actuation instrumentation.

This ensures appropriate limits are placed on train inoperability as discussed in the Bases for LCO 3.7.12.Alternatively, both trains may be placed in the emergency radiation protection mode. This ensures the ABGTS Function is performed even in the presence of a single failure.Cl and C2 Condition C applies when the Required Action and associated Completion Time for Condition A or B have not been met and the plant is in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4. The plant must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO requirements are not applicable.

To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to MODE 3 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> and MODE 5 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />.The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.3-169 H I ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation B 3.3.8 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.3.8.1 SR 3.3.8.1 is the performance of a TADOT. This test is a check of the manual actuation functions and is performed every 18 months. Each manual actuation function is tested up to, and including, the relay coils. In some instances, the test includes actuation of the end device (e.g., pump starts, valve cycles, etc.). The Frequency is based on operating experience and is consistent with the typical industry refueling cycle.The SR is modified by a Note that excludes verification of setpoints during the TADOT. The Functions tested have no setpoints associated with them.REFERENCES

1. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 100.11, "Determination of Exclusion Area, Low Population Zone, and Population Center Distance." (continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.3-170 H I Containment B 3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE Satisfactory leakage rate test results are a requirement for the SAFETY establishment of containment OPERABILITY.

ANALYSES (continued)

The containment satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.

LCO Containment OPERABILITY is maintained by limiting leakage to < 1.0 La, except prior to the first start up after performing a required Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program leakage test. At this time, applicable leakage limits must be met.Compliance with this LCO will ensure a containment configuration, including equipment hatches, that is structurally sound and that will limit leakage to those leakage rates assumed in the safety analysis.Individual leakage rates specified for the containment air lock (LCO 3.6.2), purge valves with resilient seals, and Shield Building containment bypass leakage (LCO 3.6.3) are not specifically part of the acceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50, Appendix J, Option B. Therefore, leakage rates exceeding these individual limits only result in the containment being inoperable when the leakage results in exceeding the acceptance criteria of Appendix J, Option B.APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, a DBA could cause a release of radioactive material into containment.

In MODES 5 and 6, the probability and consequences of these events are reduced due to the pressure and temperature limitations of these MODES. Therefore, containment is not required to be OPERABLE in MODE 5 and 6 to prevent leakage of radioactive material from containment.

Watts Bar- Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.6-3 (continued)

H Containment Air Locks B 3.6.2 BASES (continued)

APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The DBAs that result in a significant release of radioactive material within containment are a loss of coolant accident and a rod ejection accident (Ref. 2). In the analysis of each of these accidents, it is assumed that containment is OPERABLE such that release of fission products to the environment is controlled by the rate of containment leakage. The containment was designed with an allowable leakage rate (La) of 0.25%of containment air weight per day (Ref. 2), at the calculated peak containment pressure of 15.0 psig. This allowable leakage rate forms the basis for the acceptance criteria imposed on the SRs associated with the air locks.The containment air locks satisfy Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.

LCO Each containment air lock forms part of the containment pressure boundary.

As part of containment pressure boundary, the air lock safety function is related to control of the containment leakage rate resulting from a DBA. Thus, each air lock's structural integrity and leak tightness are essential to the successful mitigation of such an event.Each air lock is required to be OPERABLE.

For the air lock to be considered OPERABLE, the air lock interlock mechanism must be OPERABLE, the air lock must be in compliance with the Type B air lock leakage test, and both air lock doors must be OPERABLE.

The interlock allows only one air lock door of an air lock to be opened at one time. This provision ensures that a gross breach of containment does not exist when containment is required to be OPERABLE.

Closure of a single door in each air lock is sufficient to provide a leak tight barrier following postulated events. Nevertheless, both doors are kept closed when the air lock is not being used for normal entry into and exit from containment.

APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, a DBA could cause a release of radioactive material to containment.

In MODES 5 and 6, the probability and consequences of these events are reduced due to the pressure and temperature limitations of these MODES. Therefore, the containment air locks are not required in MODE 5 and 6 to prevent leakage of radioactive material from containment.

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.6-7 (continued)

H Containment Isolation Valves B 3.6.3 BASES (continued)

APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, a DBA could cause a release of radioactive material to containment.

In MODES 5 and 6, the probability and consequences of these events are reduced due to the pressure and temperature limitations of these MODES. Therefore, the containment isolation valves are not required to be OPERABLE in MODE 5 and 6.ACTIONS The ACTIONS are modified by a Note allowing penetration flow paths, to be unisolated intermittently under administrative controls.

These administrative controls consist of stationing a dedicated operator (licensed or unlicensed) at the valve controls, who is in continuous communication with the control room. In this way, the penetration can be rapidly isolated when a need for containment isolation is indicated.

For valve controls located in the control room, an operator (other than the Shift Operations Supervisor (SOS), ASOS, or the Operator at the Controls) may monitor containment isolation signal status rather than be stationed at the valve controls.

Other secondary responsibilities which do not prevent adequate monitoring of containment isolation signal status may be performed by the operator provided his/her primary responsibility is rapid isolation of the penetration when needed for containment isolation.

Use of the Unit Control Room Operator (CRO) to perform this function should be limited to those situations where no other operator is available.

A second Note has been added to provide clarification that, for this LCO, separate Condition entry is allowed for each penetration flow path. This is acceptable, since the Required Actions for each Condition provide appropriate compensatory actions for each inoperable containment isolation valve. Complying with the Required Actions may allow for continued operation, and subsequent inoperable containment isolation valves are governed by subsequent Condition entry and application of associated Required Actions.The ACTIONS are further modified by third Note, which ensures appropriate remedial actions are taken, if necessary, if the affected systems are rendered inoperable by an inoperable containment isolation valve.In the event the isolation valve leakage results in exceeding the overall containment leakage rate, Note 4 directs entry into the applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.6.1.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.6-16 (developmental)

H Containment Isolation Valves B 3.6.3 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.6.3.7 REQUIREMENTS Verifying that each 24 inch containment lower compartment purge valve is blocked to restrict opening to < 500 is required to ensure that the valves can close under DBA conditions within the times assumed in the analyses of References 1 and 2. If a LOCA occurs, the purge valves must close to maintain containment leakage within the values assumed in the accident analysis.

At other times when containment pressurization concerns are not present, the purge valves can be fully open. The 18-month Frequency is appropriate because the blocking devices are typically removed only during a refueling outage.SR 3.6.3.8 This SR ensures that the combined leakage rate of all Shield Building bypass leakage paths is less than or equal to the specified leakage rate.This provides assurance that the assumptions in the safety analysis are met. The as left bypass leakage rate prior to the first startup after performing a leakage test, requires calculation using maximum pathway leakage (leakage through the worse of the two isolation valves). If the penetration is isolated by use of one closed and de-activated automatic valve, closed manual valve, or blind flange, then the leakage rate of the isolated bypass leakage path is assumed to be the actual pathway leakage through the isolation device. If both isolation valves in the penetration are closed, the actual leakage rate is the lesser leakage rate of the two valves. At all other times, the leakage rate will be calculated using minimum pathway leakage.The frequency is required by the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program. This SR simply imposes additional acceptance criteria.Although not a part of La, the Shield Building Bypass leakage path combined leakage rate is determined using the 10 CFR 50, Appendix J, Option B, Type B and C leakage rates for the applicable barriers.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.6-25 (developmental)

BH ABGTS B 3.7.12 B 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS B 3.7.12 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)BASES BACKGROUND The ABGTS filters airborne radioactive particulates from the area of active Unit 2 ECCS components and Unit 2 penetration rooms following a loss of coolant accident (LOCA).The ABGTS consists of two independent and redundant trains. Each train consists of a heater, a prefilter, moisture separator, a high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter, two activated charcoal adsorber sections for removal of gaseous activity (principally iodines), and a fan. Ductwork, valves or dampers, and instrumentation also form part of the system.A second bank of HEPA filters follows the adsorber section to collect carbon fines and provide backup in case the main HEPA filter bank fails.The downstream HEPA filter is not credited in the analysis.

The system initiates filtered ventilation of the Auxiliary Building Secondary Containment Enclosure (ABSCE) exhaust air following receipt of a Phase A containment isolation signal.The ABGTS is a standby system, not used during normal plant operations.

During emergency operations, the ABSCE dampers are realigned and ABGTS fans are started to begin filtration.

Air is exhausted from the Unit 2 ECCS pump rooms, Unit 2 penetration rooms, and fuel handling area through the filter trains. The prefilters or moisture separators remove any large particles in the air, and any entrained water droplets present, to prevent excessive loading of the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers.

The ABGTS is discussed in the FSAR, Sections 6.5.1, 9.4.2, 15.0, and 6.2.3 (Refs. 1, 2, 3, and 4, respectively).(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.7-63 H ABGTS B 3.7.12 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES LCO The ABGTS design basis is established by the consequences of the limiting Design Basis Accident (DBA), which is a LOCA. The analysis of the LOCA assumes that radioactive materials leaked from the Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) are filtered and adsorbed by the ABGTS.The DBA analysis assumes that only one train of the ABGTS is functional due to a single failure that disables the other train. The accident analysis accounts for the reduction in airborne radioactive material provided by the one remaining train of this filtration system. The amount of fission products available for release from the ABSCE is determined for a LOCA.The assumptions and analysis for a LOCA follow the guidance provided in Regulatory Guide 1.4 (Ref. 5).The ABGTS satisfies Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.

Two independent and redundant trains of the ABGTS are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that at least one train is available, assuming a single failure that disables the other train, coincident with a loss of offsite power. Total system failure could result in the atmospheric release from the ABSCE exceeding the 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 6) limits in the event of a LOCA.The ABGTS is considered OPERABLE when the individual components necessary to control exposure in the Auxiliary Building are OPERABLE in both trains. An ABGTS train is considered OPERABLE when its associated:

a. Fan is OPERABLE;b. HEPA filter and charcoal adsorber are not excessively restricting flow, and are capable of performing their filtration function; and c. Heater, moisture separator, ductwork, valves, and dampers are OPERABLE, and air circulation can be maintained.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.7-64 H ABGTS B 3.7.12 BASES LCO (continued)

APPLICABILITY In MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4, the ABGTS is required to be OPERABLE to provide fission product removal associated with ECCS leaks due to a LOCA and leakage from containment and annulus.In MODE 5 or 6, the ABGTS is not required to be OPERABLE since the ECCS is not required to be OPERABLE.ACTIONS A.1 With one ABGTS train inoperable, action must be taken to restore OPERABLE status within 7 days. During this period, the remaining OPERABLE train is adequate to perform the ABGTS function.

The 7-day Completion Time is based on the risk from an event occurring requiring the inoperable ABGTS train, and the remaining ABGTS train providing the required protection.

B.1 and B.2 When Required Action A.1 cannot be completed within the associated Completion Time, or when both ABGTS trains are inoperable, the plant must be placed in a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this status, the plant must be placed in MODE 3 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />, and in MODE 5 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />. The Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.7-65 (continued)

H ABGTS B 3.7.12 BASES ACTIONS (continued)

SURVEILLANCE SR 3.7.12.1 REQUIREMENTS Standby systems should be checked periodically to ensure that they function properly.

As the environmental and normal operating conditions on this system are not severe, testing each train once every month provides an adequate check on this system.Monthly heater operation dries out any moisture accumulated in the charcoal from humidity in the ambient air. The system must be operated for > 10 continuous hours with the heaters energized.

The 31-day Frequency is based on the known reliability of the equipment and the two train redundancy available.

SR 3.7.12.2 This SR verifies that the required ABGTS testing is performed in accordance with the Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP). The ABGTS filter tests are in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52 (Ref. 7).The VFTP includes testing HEPA filter performance, charcoal adsorber efficiency, minimum system flow rate, and the physical properties of the activated charcoal (general use and following specific operations).

Specific test frequencies and additional information are discussed in detail in the VFTP.SR 3.7.12.3 This SR verifies that each ABGTS train starts and operates on an actual or simulated actuation signal. The 18-month Frequency is consistent with Reference 7.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.7-66 (developmental)

H ABGTS B 3.7.12 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.7.12.4 (continued)

This SR verifies the integrity of the ABSCE. The ability of the ABSCE to maintain negative pressure with respect to potentially uncontaminated adjacent areas is periodically tested to verify proper function of the ABGTS. During the post accident mode of operation, the ABGTS is designed to maintain a slight negative pressure in the ABSCE, to prevent unfiltered LEAKAGE. The ABGTS is designed to maintain a negative pressure between -0.25 inches water gauge and -0.5 inches water gauge (value does not account for instrument error) with respect to atmospheric pressure at a nominal flow rate > 9300 cfm and < 9900 cfm. The Frequency of 18 months is consistent with the guidance provided in NUREG-0800, Section 6.5.1 (Ref. 8).An 18-month Frequency (on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS) is consistent with Reference 7.REFERENCES

1. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 6.5.1, "Engineered Safety Feature (ESF)Filter Systems." 2. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 9.4.2, "Fuel Handling Area Ventilation System." 3. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.0, "Accident Analysis." 4. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 6.2.3, "Secondary Containment Functional Design." 5. Regulatory Guide 1.4, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss of Coolant Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors." 6. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 100.11, "Determination of Exclusion Area, Low Population Zone, and Population Center Distance." 7. Regulatory Guide 1.52 (Rev. 2), "Design, Testing and Maintenance Criteria for Post Accident Engineered-Safety-Feature Atmospheric Cleanup System Air Filtration and Adsorption Units of Light-Water Cooled Nuclear Power Plants." 8. NUREG-0800, Section 6.5.1, "Standard Review Plan," Rev. 2, "ESF Atmosphere Cleanup System," July 1981.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.7-67 (developmental)

H Fuel Storage Pool Water Level B 3.7.13 B 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS B 3.7.13 Fuel Storage Pool Water Level BASES BACKGROUND The minimum water level in the fuel storage pool meets the assumptions of iodine decontamination factors following a fuel handling accident.

The specified water level shields and minimizes the general area dose when the storage racks are filled to their maximum capacity.

The water also provides shielding during the movement of spent fuel.A general description of the fuel storage pool design is given in the FSAR, Section 9.1.2 (Ref. 1). A description of the Spent Fuel Pool Cooling and Cleanup System is given in the FSAR, Section 9.1.3 (Ref. 2). The assumptions of the fuel handling accident are given in the FSAR, Section 15.5.6 (Ref. 3).APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The minimum water level in the fuel storage pool meets the assumptions of the fuel handling accident described in Regulatory Guide 1.183 Rev. 6.The Total effective Dose equivalent (TEDE) for control room occupants, individuals at the exclusion area boundary, and individuals within the low population zone will remain with 10 CFR 50.67 (Ref. 7) and Regulatory Position C.4.4 of Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref 6) for a fuel handling accident.According to Reference 3, there is 23 ft of water between the top of the damaged fuel bundle and the fuel pool surface during a fuel handling accident.

With 23 ft of water, the assumptions of Reference 6 can be used directly.

In practice, this LCO preserves this assumption for the bulk of the fuel in the storage racks. In the case of a single bundle dropped and lying horizontally on top of the spent fuel racks; however, there may be < 23 ft of water above the top of the fuel bundle and the surface, indicated by the width of the bundle. To offset this small non-conservatism, the analysis assumes that all fuel rods fail, although analysis shows that only the first few rows fail from a hypothetical maximum drop.The fuel storage pool water level satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.7-68 H I Fuel Storage Pool Water Level B 3.7.13 BASES (continued)

LCO The fuel storage pool water level is required to be >_ 23 ft over the top of irradiated fuel assemblies seated in the storage racks. The specified water level preserves the assumptions of the fuel handling accident analysis (Ref. 3). As such, it is the minimum required for fuel storage and movement within the fuel storage pool.APPLICABILITY This LCO applies during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies in the fuel storage pool, since the potential for a release of fission products exists.ACTIONS A.1 Required Action A.1 is modified by a Note indicating that LCO 3.0.3 does not apply.When the initial conditions for prevention of an accident cannot be met, steps should be taken to preclude the accident from occurring.

When the fuel storage pool water level is lower than the required level, the movement of irradiated fuel assemblies in the fuel storage pool is immediately suspended.

This action effectively precludes the occurrence of a fuel handling accident.

This does not preclude movement of a fuel assembly to a safe position.If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6, LCO 3.0.3 would not specify any action. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, the fuel movement is independent of reactor operations.

Therefore, inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies is not sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown.SURVEILLANCE SR 3.7.13.1 REQUIREMENTS This SR verifies sufficient fuel storage pool water is available in the event of a fuel handling accident.

The water level in the fuel storage pool must be checked periodically.

The 7 day Frequency is appropriate because the volume in the pool is normally stable. Water level changes are controlled by plant procedures and are acceptable based on operating experience.

During refueling operations, the level in the fuel storage pool is in equilibrium with the refueling canal, and the level in the refueling canal is checked daily in accordance with SR 3.9.7.1.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 B 3.7-69 (developmental)

A Fuel Storage Pool Water Level B 3.7.13 BASES (continued)

REFERENCES

1. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 9.1.2, "Spent Fuel Storage." 2. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 9.1.3, "Spent Fuel Pool Cooling and Cleanup System." 3. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.5.6, "Fuel Handling Accident." 4. Deleted 5. Deleted 6. Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternate Source Terms for Evaluation Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors", July 2000.7. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations 50.67, "Accident Source Term." (continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.7-70 A Refueling Cavity Water Level B 3.9.7 B 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS B 3.9.7 Refueling Cavity Water Level BASES BACKGROUND The movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within containment requires a minimum water level of 23 ft above the top of the reactor vessel flange.During refueling, this maintains sufficient water level in the containment, refueling canal, fuel transfer canal, refueling cavity, and spent fuel pool.Sufficient water is necessary to retain iodine fission product activity in the water in the event of a fuel handling accident (Refs. 2 and 8). Sufficient iodine activity would be retained to limit offsite doses from the accident to the limits defined in 10 CFR 50.67 (Ref. 7) and Regulatory Position C.4.4 of Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref. 8).APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies, the water level in the refueling canal and the refueling cavity is an initial condition design parameter in the analysis of a fuel handling accident in containment.

A minimum water level of 23 ft (Regulatory Position 2 of Appendix B to Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref. 8)) allows an overall iodine decontamination factor of 200 to be used in the accident analysis.

This relates to the assumption that 99.5% of the total iodine released from the pellet to cladding gap of all the dropped fuel assembly rods is retained by the refueling cavity water. The fuel pellet to cladding gap is assumed to contain 8% of the 1-131, 10% of the Kr-85, and 5% of the other noble gases and iodines from the total fission product inventory in accordance with Regulatory Position 3.1 of Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Ref. 8).The fuel handling accident analysis inside containment is described in Reference

2. With a minimum water level of 23 ft in conjunction with a minimum decay time of 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> prior to fuel handling, the analysis and test programs demonstrate that the iodine release due to a postulated fuel handling accident is adequately captured by the water and offsite doses are maintained within allowable limits (Refs. 7 and 8 ).Refueling cavity water level satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.9-20 (continued)

HI Refueling Cavity Water Level B 3.9.7 BASES (continued)

LCO A minimum refueling cavity water level of 23 ft above the reactor vessel flange is required to ensure that the radiological consequences of a postulated fuel handling accident inside containment are within acceptable limits, as provided by the guidance of Reference 3.APPLICABILITY LCO 3.9.7 is applicable when moving irradiated fuel assemblies within containment.

The LCO minimizes the possibility of a fuel handling accident in containment that is beyond the assumptions of the safety analysis.

If irradiated fuel assemblies are not present in containment, there can be no significant radioactivity release as a result of a postulated fuel handling accident.

Requirements for fuel handling accidents in the spent fuel pool are covered by LCO 3.7.13, "Fuel Storage Pool Water Level." ACTIONS A._1 With a water level of < 23 ft above the top of the reactor vessel flange, all operations involving movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment shall be suspended immediately to ensure that a fuel handling accident cannot occur. The suspension of fuel movement shall not preclude completion of movement of a component to a safe position.A.2 In addition to immediately suspending movement of irradiated fuel, actions to restore refueling cavity water level must be initiated immediately.

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.9.7.1 Verification of a minimum water level of 23 ft above the top of the reactor vessel flange ensures that the design basis for the analysis of the postulated fuel handling accident during refueling operations is met.Water at the required level above the top of the reactor vessel flange limits the consequences of damaged fuel rods that are postulated to result from a fuel handling accident inside containment (Ref. 2).The Frequency of 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> is based on engineering judgment and is considered adequate in view of the large volume of water and the normal procedural controls of valve positions, which make significant unplanned level changes unlikely.(continued)

Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.9-21 A Refueling Cavity Water Level B 3.9.7 BASES (continued)

REFERENCES

1. Deleted 2. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.5.6, "Fuel Handling Accident." 3. NUREG-0800, "Standard Review Plan," Section 15.7.4,"Radiological Consequences of Fuel-Handling Accidents," U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
4. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 20.1201 (a), (a)(1), and (2)(2), "Occupational Dose Limits for Adults." 5. Deleted 6. Deleted 7. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations 50.67, "Accident Source Term." 8. Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternate Source Terms for Evaluation Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors", July 2000.Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental)

B 3.9-22 (continued)

A Enclosure 10 WBN Unit 2 -Revised Technical Requirements Manual Section 3.9.1 E10-1 Der~ay ke TR 3.9.TR an REFErING1 Ihl/ OPPRATIONS TR 3.0.1 Decay Time ADPPI CARILITYI ThA reactor haIh-al ubp warifinca-far -100 hourc.Durin, moFm'o't of irrdiated fuel n thA M-ctr O ovGo-.CORPT4ONONTIAF PGNQIDlOl N REQUIRED ACTION PLETION TiME A, Reiactor Auharitical fni A-4 Suspend all operatione imm~ediate!y 4 400 hGUwS. inYoIY!g moemeent of irradiated fuel in the TECHNICALI SUR"1 Erll I hlQCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEMLLANCE FREQEN TSRW&-494 Verify the reactor has boon subG~rical for > 100 hoUrc Por to IeRet cl by confirm~ing the date and- thme of cbrtait.Rradated fuel *n the reactor v.essel Wfatte Bar Unit 2 Tec-hnica'a Requ*remnents (developmental)A A I Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6 Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.3-53 H Decay Time 3.9.8 Watts Bar -Unit 2 (developmental) 3.9-14 H